SAP-TCodes.pdf
SAP
TRANSACTION
CODES
Frequently Used T-Codes
Arshad Khan
®
“SAP” is a trademark of SAP Aktiengesellschaft, Systems, Applications and
Products in Data Processing, Neurottstrasse 16, 69190 Waldorf, Germany.
The publisher gratefully acknowledges SAP’s kind permission to use its
trademark in this publication. SAP AG is not the publisher of this book and
is not responsible for it under any aspect of press law.
Published by:
Khan Consulting and Publishing LLC
PO Box 700012
San Jose
CA 95129
USA
www.khanbooks.com
khanbooks@gmail.com
First Edition: January 2010
©2010 All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or
transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, includ-
ing photocopy, recording, or any information storage and retrieval system,
except for brief passages used in reviews, without the written permission of
the publisher.
ISBN: 978-0-9772838-9-7, 978-0-977-2838-7-3, 978-0-977-2838-8-0
Printed in the United States of America
Table of Contents
Acknowledgement 5
Preface 7
Part A 9
Finance 13
Controlling 33
Inventory Management 45
Materials Management 53
Warehouse Management 65
Plant Maintenance 73
Production Planning		 83
Project System 101
Quality Management 111
Sales and Distribution 121
Human Resources 137
Payroll 153
System 159
Business Warehouse 171
Part B 177
Acknowledgement
List of reviewers
Tikkana Akurati
Ron Dubuc
Saurabh Agarwal
Gaurav Jain
Nito Waals
Malcolm Reid
Kate Budzinski
Ramon Mira
5
Preface
SAPTransaction Codes: Frequently Used T-Codes is a reference
book, which will be a handy tool for those using the SAP busi-
ness software. It can be used by casual end users, power/super
users, subject matter experts (SMEs) implementation project
team members, as well application support staff.
SAPTransaction Codes has been divided into two parts:
• Part A contains the most widely used T-codes grouped by
modules such as finance, controlling, materials manage-
ment, human resources, payroll, quality management, etc.
• Part B lists all the T-codes, sorted alphabetically, along with
their associated module
SAP Transaction Codes also contains the following step-by-step
procedures, which are described in the Appendix:
• Executing a transaction code using the shortcut method
• Executing a transaction code using the menu tree
• Determining the menu tree for a specific T-code
SAP is used by millions of users across a wide range of indus-
tries, organizations, and processes. The types of users also vary
considerably and include casual users, power users, develop-
ers, business analysts, managers, etc. Therefore, despite the
challenging environment in which SAP is used, the lists com-
piled in this book will easily meet the needs of the overwhelm-
ing majority of SAP users.
7
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
8
The T-code descriptions in this book, with a few minor excep-
tions, reflect what is actually displayed when the SAP transac-
tion codes are executed. Therefore, you will observe variations
in descriptions, capitalization, and abbreviations.
Some T-codes are used in more than one module. However,
every T-code that can be used in multiple modules has been
included only in one module—the one where it is most widely
used. You should also note that a typical user usually executes
only a few T-codes, anywhere from 5-50, depending on the us-
er’s functional role and authorization.
I would like to take this opportunity to thank Kara O’Hare, a
seasoned SAP professional and colleague, whose assessment
and encouragement led to my decision to proceed with this
project. I would also like to thank the reviewers, who are listed
on the acknowledgement page, for reviewing the list of T-codes
within their own specialties. Finally, I would like to thank Sarah
Barrie, who designed the book cover and interior, for ensuring,
as always, a very smooth design and production process.
Arshad Khan
Part A
FINANCE
FINANCE
13
T-Code Description
AB02 Documents for Asset (Change)
AB03 Documents for Asset (Display)
AB08 Documents for Asset (Reverse)
ABAA Unplanned Depreciation
ABAON Enter Asset Transaction: Asset Sale without Customer
ABAVN Enter Asset Transaction: Asset Retirement by Scrapping
ABAW Balance Sheet Revaluation
ABGF Credit Memo in Year after Invoice
ABGL Credit Memo in Year of Invoice
ABMA Manual Depreciation
ABNAN Enter Asset Transaction: Post-Capitalization
ABNE Subsequent Revenue
ABNK Subsequent Costs
ABSO Miscellaneous Transactions
ABST2 Reconcil. Program FI-AA <-> G/L: List of accounts showing differences
ABT1N Enter Asset Transaction: Intercompany Asset Transfer
ABUMN Enter Asset Transaction: Transfer within Company Code
ABZE Acquisition from in-house production
ABZON Enter Asset Transaction: Acquis. W/Autom. Offsetting Entry
ABZP Acquistion from affiliated company
ABZU Write-up
AFAB Depreciation Posting Run
AFAR Recalculate Depreciation
AFBP Log of Posting Run
AIAB Settlement AuC
AIBU AuC Settlement
AIST Reversal of Settlement of AuC
AJAB Year-end closing Asset Accounting
AJRW Asset fiscal year change
AKE1 Create Condition Records
AKE2 Change Condition Records
FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
14
T-Code Description
AKE3 Display Condition Records
AR01 Asset Balances
AR11 Investment Support
AR31 Edit Worklist
AS01 Create Asset
AS02 Change Asset
AS03 Display Asset
AS04 Changes Asset
AS05 Block Asset
AS06 Delete Asset
AS11 Create Subnumber
AS21 Create Group Asset
AS22 Change Group Asset
AS23 Display Group Asset
AS25 Block Group Asset
AUN0 Analysis of an asset and its environment: Data collect. and analysis
AUVA Incomplete Assets - Detail List
AW01N Asset Explorer
BPC1 Create Business Partner
BPC2 Change Business Partner
BPC3 Display Business Partner
BPC4 Create business partner from customer
BPC5 Change business partner with customer reference
BPCD Change Documents (business partner)
CRF1 Payment Cards: Read, Display, Check, Save Incoming File
CRF2 Payment Cards: Delete Saved File
CRF3 Payment Cards: Display File, Create Postings, Edit Log
CRK1 Card Document Create
CRK2 Card Document Change
CRK3 Card Document Display
CRS1 Payment Card Master Record Create
FINANCE
15
T-Code Description
CRS2 Payment Card Master Record Change
CRS3 Payment Card Master Record Display
CXL1 Create Ledger
CXL2 Change Ledger: Overview
CXL3 Display Ledger: Overview
CXL4 Delete Ledger
F.03 Financial Accounting Comparative Analysis
F.05 Foreign Currency Valuation
F.07 Carry Forward Receivables/Payables
F.08 G/L: Account Balances
F.09 G/L: Account List
F.10 Chart of Accounts
F.13 Automatic Clearing
F.14 Create Posting Documents from Recurring Documents
F.15 Recurring Entry Documents
F.19 Analyze GR/IR Clearing Accountsand Display Acquisition Tax
F.1A Grouping Customer/Vendor Master Records
F.20 Customer List
F.21 List of Customer Line Items
F.22 Customer Evaluation with OI Sorted List
F.23 Customer Balances in Local Currency
F.24 Calculate Interest on Arrears
F.25 Bill of Exchange List
F.26 Customer Interest Scale
F.27 Periodic Account Statements
F.28 SD, FI: Recreation of Credit Data after Organizational Changes
F.31 Credit Overview
F.32 Customers with Missing Credit Data
F.35 Credit Master Sheet
F.38 Deferred Tax Transfer
F.40 Vendor List
FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
16
T-Code Description
F.41 List of Vndor Line Items
F.42 Vendor Balances in Local Currency
F.44 Vendor Interest Scale
F.45 Define Background Job
F.50 Profit and Loss Adjustment
F.51 General Ledger Line Items
F.52 G/L Account Interest Scale
F.53 Account Assignment Manual
F.56 Delete Reference Documents
F.57 Delete Reference Documents
F.58 Open Item Account Balance Audit Trail from the Document File
F.5D Calculate Balance Sheet Adjustment
F.5E Post Balance Sheet Adjustment
F.64 Maintain Correspondence Requests
F.80 Mass Reversal of Documents
F.81 Reverse Accrual/Deferral Documents
F.97 Application Tree Report Selection General Ledger
F.98 Application Tree Report Selection Vendors
F.99 Application Tree Report Selection Customers
F/LA Create Pricing Report
F/LB Change Pricing Report
F/LC Display Pricing report
F000 Financial Accounting Information System
F-01 Enter Sample Document Header Data
F-02 Enter G/L Account Posting: Header Data
F-03 Clear G/L Account: Header Data
F-04 Post with Clearing: Header Data
F-05 Post Foreign Currency Valuation: Header Data
F-06 Post Incoming Payments: Header Data
F-07 Post Outgoing Payments: Header Data
F110 Parameters for automatic payment
FINANCE
17
T-Code Description
F110S Report for the Automatic Scheduling of the Payment Program
F111 Automatic Payment Transactions for Payment Requests
F150 Dunning
F-19 Reverse Statistical Posting: Header Data
F-20 Reverse Bill Liability: Header Data
F-21 Enter Transfer Posting: Header Data
F-22 Enter Customer Invoice: Header Data
F-23 Return Bill of Exchange Pmt Request: Header Data
F-26 Incoming Payments Fast Entry: Header Data
F-27 Enter Customer Credit Memo: Header Data
F-28 Post Incoming Payments: Header Data
F-29 Post Customer Down Payment: Header Data
F-30 Post with Clearing: Header Data
F-31 Post Outgoing Payments: Header Data
F-32 Clear Customer: Header Data
F-33 Post Bill of Exchange Usage: Header Data
F-34 Post Collection: Header Data
F-35 Post Forfaiting: Header Data
F-36 Bill of Exchange Payment: Header Data
F-37 Customer Down Payment Request: Header Data
F-38 Enter Statistical Posting: Header Data
F-39 Clear Customer Down Payment: Header Data
F-40 Bill of Exchange Payment: Header Data
F-41 Enter Vendor Credit Memo: Header Data
F-42 Enter Transfer Posting: Header Data
F-43 Enter Vendor Invoice: Header Data
F-44 Clear Vendor: Header Data
F-47 Down Payment Request: Header Data
F-48 Post Vendor Down Payment: Header Data
F-49 Customer noted item
F-51 Post with Clearing: Header Data
FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
18
T-Code Description
F-52 Post Incoming Payments: Header Data
F-53 Post Outgoing Payments: Header Data
F-54 Clear Vendor Down Payment: Header Data
F-55 Enter Statistical Posting: Header Data
F-56 Reverse Statistical Posting: Header Data
F-57 Vendor Noted Item: Header Data
F-62 Change View “Currency Exchange Rates”: Overview
F-63 Park Document: Document Header
F-64 Park Document: Document Header
F-65 Park Document: Document Header
F-66 Park Document: Document Header
F-67 Park Document: Document Header
F801 Create Payment Request
F802 Change payment request
F803 Display payment request
F804 Changes to payment requests
F8BT Display Payment Requests
F8BU Create Payment Runs for Payment Requests
F8BV Reversal of bank-to-bank transfers
F8BW Reverse Clearing of PaymenesRequests
F8Q8 Create Posting Documents from Standing Requests
F-90 Acquisition from purchase w. vendor
F-91 Asset Acquis. Posted w/Clearing Acct: Header Data
F-92 Asset Retire. frm Sale w/ Customer: Header Data
FB00 Accounting Editing Options
FB01 Post Document: Header Data
FB01L General Posting for Ledger Group: Header Data
FB02 Change Document
FB03 Display Document
FB04 Document Changes
FB05 Post with Clearing: Header Data
FINANCE
19
T-Code Description
FB08 Reverse Document: Header Data
FB09 Change Line Items
FB09D Display Line Items
FB10 Invoice/Credit Fast Entry: Header Data
FB11 Post Held Document: Header Data
FB12 Request Correspondence
FB13 Release Line Item
FB1D Clear Customer: Header Data
FB1K Clear Vendor: Header Data
FB1S Clear G/L Account: Header Data
FB21 Enter Statistical Posting: Header Data
FB22 Reverse Statistical Posting: Header Data
FB31 Enter Noted Item: Header Data
FB50 Enter G/L Account Document: Company Code XXX
FB50L Enter G/L Acct Document for Ledger Group
FB60 Enter Vendor Invoice: Company Code XXX
FB65 Enter Vendor Credit Memo: Company Code XXX
FB70 Enter Customer Invoice: Company Code XXX
FB75 Enter Customer Credit Memo: Company Code XXX
FBA1 Customer Down Payment Request: Header Data
FBA2 Post Customer Down Payment: Header Data
FBA3 Clear Customer Down Payment: Header Data
FBA6 Vendor Down Payment Request: Header Data
FBA7 Post Vendor Down Payment: Header Data
FBA8 Clear Vendor Down Payment: Header Data
FBB1 Post Foreign Currency Valn: Header Data
FBCJ Cash Journal XXX Company Code XXX
FBD1 Enter Recurring Entry: Header Data
FBD2 Change Recurring Document
FBD3 Display Recurring Document
FBD4 Recurring Document Changes
FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
20
T-Code Description
FBD5 Realize Recurring Entry: Header Data
FBD9 Enter Recurring Entry: Header Data
FBE1 Create Payment Advice
FBE2 Change Payment Advice
FBE3 Display Payment Advice
FBE6 Delete Payment Advice
FBKP Maintain Accounting Configuration
FBL1N Vendor Line Item Display
FBL2N Vendor Line Item Display
FBL3N G/L Account Line Item Display
FBL4N G/L Account Line Item Display
FBL5N Customer Line Item Display
FBL6N Customer Line Item Display
FBM1 Enter Sample Document
FBM2 Change Sample Document
FBM3 Display Sample Document
FBM4 Sample Document Changes
FBMA Display Dunning Procedure: List
FBME SAP Easy Access Banks
FBMP Maintain Dunning Procedure: List
FBN1 Number Ranges for Accounting Documents
FBN2 Internal number ranges for payment orders
FBP1 Enter Payment Request
FBR1 Post with Reference Document: Header Data
FBR2 Post Document: Header Data
FBRA Reset Cleared Items
FBRC Reverse clearing with payment card data
FBS1 Enter Accrual/Deferral Doc.: Header Data
FBU2 Change Transaction
FBU3 Display Transaction
FBU8 Reverse Cross-Company Code Transaction: Header Data
FINANCE
21
T-Code Description
FBV0 Post Parked Document
FBV1 Park Document: Document Header
FBV2 Change Parked Document
FBV3 Display Parked Document
FBV4 Change Parked Document (Header)
FBV5 Document changes of parked document
FBV6 Reject Parked Document
FBVB Post parked document
FBW1 Enter Bill of Exchange Pmnt Request: Header Data
FBW2 Post Bill of Exch. acc. to Pmt Request: Header Data
FBW4 Reverse Bill Liability: Header Data
FBW5 Customer Check/Bill of Exchange: Header Data
FBW6 Vendor Check/Bill of Exchange
FBZ0 Payment Proposal
FBZ1 Post Incoming Payments: Header Data
FBZ2 Post outgoing payments
FBZ3 Incoming Payments Fast Entry: Header Data
FBZ4 Payment with Printout: Header Data
FBZ5 Print Form for Payment Document
FBZ8 Display Payment Run
FBZG Editing of Failed Payment Transactions
FCH1 Display Check Information
FCH2 Payment Document Checks
FCH3 Void Checks Not Used
FCH4 Renumber Checks
FCH5 Create Check Information
FCH6 Change Check Information/Cash Check
FCH7 Reprint Check
FCH8 Cancel Check Payment
FCH9 Void Issued Checks
FCHD Delete Check Information on Payment Run
FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
22
T-Code Description
FCHE Delete Check Information on Voided Checks
FCHF Delete Information on Checks Created Manually
FCHG Reset Check Information Data
FCHI Check Lots
FCHK SAP Easy Access Check Management
FCHN Check Register
FCHR Online Cashed Checks
FCHX Check Extract Creation
FCMN SAP Easy Access Consolidation
FD01 Customer Create
FD02 Customer Change
FD03 Customer Display
FD04 Customer Account Changes
FD05 Customer Block/Unblock
FD06 Customer Flag for Deletion
FD08 Customer Confirm Change
FD09 Display/Confirm Critical Customer Changes
FD10N Customer Balance Display
FD10NA Customer Balance Display
FD11 Customer: Initial Screen Account Analysis
FD15 Transfer Customer Master Data from Source Company Code
FD16 Transfer customer changes: Receive
FD24 Credit Management Changes
FD32 Customer Credit Management Change
FD33 Customer Credit Management Display
FDIC Currency Translation Type
FEBA Edit Bank Statement
FEBP Post electronic bank statement
FF.5 Select Program: Import Electronic Bank Statement
FF.6 Select Program: Display Electronic Bank Statement
FF_3 Cashed Checks per Bank Account
FINANCE
23
T-Code Description
FF_4 Outstanding Checks Analysis per G/L Account and Vendor
FF_5 Bank Statements: Various Formats
FF_6 Display electronic bank statement
FF63 Create Memo Record
FF67 Process Manual Bank Statement
FF68 Edit Check Deposit List
FF6B Memo Records: List
FF71 Cash Management and Forecast
FF72 Cash Management and Forecast
FF73 Automatic Cash Concentration
FF74 Access Automatic Cash Concentration Using a Program
FF7A Cash Management and Forecast
FF7B Cash Management and Forecast
FG99 Flexible G/L: Report selection
FGI0 Execute Drill-Down Report
FGI1 Create Drill-Down Report
FGI2 Change Report: Settings
FGI3 Display Report: Settings
FGI4 Report Painter: Create Form
FGI5 Report Painter: Change Form
FGI6 Report Painter: Display Form
FI01 Create Bank
FI02 Change Bank
FI03 Display Bank
FI04 Bank Data Changes
FI06 Set bank Deletion Flag
FIAA SAP Easy Access Asset Accounting Information System
FK01 Create Vendor
FK02 Change Vendor
FK03 Display Vendor
FK04 Vendor Account Changes
FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
24
T-Code Description
FK05 Block/Unblock Vendor
FK06 Flag for Deletion Vendor
FK08 Confirm Change Vendor
FK09 Display/Confirm Critical Vendor Changes
FK10N Vendor Balance Display
FKI0 Execute Drill-Down Report
FKI1 Create Drill-Down Report
FKI2 Change Report: Settings
FKI3 Display Report: Settings
FKI4 Report Painter: Create Form
FKI5 Report Painter: Change Form
FKI6 Report Painter: Display Form
FKMT Account Assignment Model
FLB1 Postprocessing Lockbox Data
FLB2 Main Lockbox Program
FLBP Main Lockbox Program
FM03 Display FM Document
FM5I Create Fund
FM5S Display Fund
FM5U Change Fund
FM9B Copy Budget Version
FM9C Plan Data Transfer from CO
FM9D Lock Budget Version
FM9E Unlock Budget Version
FMEDD Display Entry Document
FMN0 Transfer Documents from Financial Accounting
FMR1 Actual/commitment report
FMR3 Plan/Actual/Commitment Report
FMSA Create Funds Center in FM Area
FMX1 Funds Reservation: Create InitScrn
FMX2 Funds Reservation: Change InitScrn
FINANCE
25
T-Code Description
FMX3 Funds Reservation: Display InitScrn
FMY1 Funds precommitment: Create InitScrn
FMY2 Funds precommitment: Change InitScrn
FMY3 Funds precommitment: Display InitScrn
FPS3 Same day Statement: Create memo records
FQUK Query from User Group FK
FS00 Edit G/L Account Centrally
FS01 Edit G/L Account Centrally
FS02 Edit G/L Account Centrally
FS03 Edit G/L Account Centrally
FS04 Central G/L Account Changes
FS05 Edit G/L Account Centrally
FS06 Edit G/L Account Centrally
FS10N G/L Account Balance Display
FSE2 Change Financial Statement Version
FSP0 Edit G/L Account Chart of accts data
FSP1 Edit G/L Account Chart of accts data
FSP2 Edit G/L Account Chart of accts data
FSP3 Edit G/L Account Chart of accts data
FSP4 G/L Account Changes in Chart of Accts
FSS4 G/L Account Changes in Comp. Code
FV50 Park G/L Account Document
FV60 Park Vendor Invoice
FV65 Park Vendor Credit Memo
FWBS Manual Posting
FWDP Securities: Securities Account List
FWOEZ Manual Posting / Debit Position: Reverse
FWSO Securities: Automatic Debit Position
FWUP Securities: Update Planned Records
FWZE Manual Debit Position
FWZZ Display Class - Product Type: ID Number
FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
26
T-Code Description
FZM4 SAP Easy Access Treasury Management Information System
FZMN SAP Easy Access Treasury Management Basic Functions
IM01 Create Inv. Program Definition
IM02 Change Inv. Program Definition
IM03 Display Inv. Program Definition
IM05 Reassignment of measures/app. Requests
IM22 Change Inv. Program Structure
IM23 Display Inv. Program Structure
IM27 Open New Approval Year
IM30 Change Program Budget Supplement
IM31 Display Program Budget Supplement
IM32 Change Original Program Budget
IM33 Display Original Program Budget
IM34 Rollup of plan values
IM35 Change Program Planning
IM36 Display Program Planning
IM38 Change Program Budget Return
IM39 Display Program Budget Return
IM52 Budget distribution
IM53 Display budget distribution
IMA11 Display Appropriation Request
IMCAOV Investment Program Budget Carryforward
IMCCV1 Copy Plan Version (Investment Program)
IMR4 Master data list - App. requests w/o %distrib., w/o variants
IMR5 Master data list - App. requests with %distrib., w/o variants
IMR6 Master data list - App. requests w/o %distrib., w/variants
IMR7 Master data list - App. requests with %distrib., w/variants
MIR4 Display Invoice Document
MIR6 Invoice overview - selection criteria
MIR7 Park Incoming Invoice
MIRA Enter Incoming Invoice
FINANCE
27
T-Code Description
MIRO Enter Incoming Invoice
MR8M Cancel Invoice Document
MRBR Release Blocked Invoices
MRKO Consignment and Pipeline Settlement
MRRL Evaluated Receipt Settlement (ERS) with Logistics Invoice Verification
OADB Change View “Define Depreciation Areas” : Overview
OAY2 Change View “Asset class”: Overview
OB08 Change View “Currency Exchange Rates”: Overview
OB52 Change View “Posting Periods: Specify Time Intervals”: Overview
OB55 Maintain Worklists: Objects
TBB1 Treasury: Post Flows
TBB4 Treasury: Accrual/Deferral of Expenses and Revenues
TBB5 Treasury: Reverse Accrual/Deferral
TBI1 Create/Change Payment Details
TBI5 Create/Change Standing Instructions Corresp.
TBI5D Standing Instructions Correspondence
TBI6 Create/Change Transaction Authorization
TBI7 Create/Change Derived Flows
TBT1 Create/Change Trans. Authorization for Trader
TBZ1 Create Correspondence on Basis of Planned Records
TBZ11 Correspondence Monitor
TI10 Create Interest Rate Adjustment
TI11 Change Interest Rate Adjustment
TI12 Display Interest Rate Adjustment
TI37 Reverse Interest Rate Adjustment
TI90 Manua; Posting Release
TI93 Manual Posting Block
TJ05 Automatic interest rate adjustment
TJ09 Update Planned Records
TK11 Create Condition Records
TK12 Change Condition Records
FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
28
T-Code Description
TK13 Display Condition Records
TK14 Create Condition Records with Reference
TM_60 Facilities: Lines of Credit and Utilization
TM_60A Facilities: Lines of Credit, Drawings and Fees
TM00 Money Market: Collective Processing
TM1F Deposit at notice fast entry
TM20 Time Deposit - Fast Processing
TM21 Deposits at Notice Cash Flow Update
TM22 Date Check
TMFM Money Market: Generate the Cash Flow
TMR1 Money Market: Position List
TPM1 Execute Valuation
TPM10 Fix.. Post or Reverse Transactions
TPM12 Subledger Positions
TPM13 Subledger Cash Flow
TPM18 Fix and Post Derived Business Transactions
TPM2 Reverse Valuation
TPM20 Posting Journal
TPM26 Position List for Quantity Ledger Positions
TPM27 Generate Derived Flows
TPM40 Display Class Cash Flow for Sec. Account
TPM41 Display Securities Account Position List
TPM42 Display Class Position List
TPM44 Treasury Products: Accrual/Deferral of Income
TPM45 Treasury Products: Reverse Accrual/Deferral of Income
TPM57A Display Position Indicator
TPM57C Display Position Indicator
TS00 Securities: Collective Processing
TS01 Create Security Transaction
TS02 Change Security Transaction
TS03 Execute Security Order
FINANCE
29
T-Code Description
TS04 Settle Security Contract
TS07 Reverse Security Transaction
TS08 History of Security Transaction
WL00 SAP Easy Access Vendor
WPCA Payment Cards: Execute Settlement
XD01 Customer Create
XD02 Customer Change
XD03 Customer Display
XD04 Customer Account Changes
XD05 Customer Block/Unblock
XD06 Customer Flag for Deletion
XD07 Change Account Group
XD99 Mass Maintenance: Customers
XDN1 Customer Number Ranges
XEIP Number Range for Export/Import
XK01 Create Vendor
XK02 Change Vendor
XK03 Display Vendor
XK04 Vendor Account Changes
XK05 Block/Unblock Vendor
XK06 Flag for Deletion Vendor
XK07 Change Account Group
XK99 Mass Maintenance: Vendors
FI
CONTROLLING
CONTROLLING
33
T-Code Description
1KE4 Profit Center Accounting: Assignment Monitor
1KE8 Transfer Documents from Financial Accounting
1KEK Profit Center Accounting: Transfer Payables/Receivables
2KEU Copy Cost Center Groups
2KEV Copy Cost Centers
6KEA Display Change Documents
7KE1 Change Plan Costs/Revenues: Characteristics
7KE2 Display Plan Costs/Revenues: Characteristics
8KEG Create Pricing Report
9KE9 Display Document
C000 Overhead Cost Controlling Information System
CKMLCP Costing Cockpit: Actual Costing - Change/Execute
CKMPCD Price Change Document
KA01 Create Cost Element
KA02 Change Cost Element
KA03 Display Cost Element
KA04 Delete Cost Element
KA23 Display Cost Element
KA24 Delete Cost elements
KABL Planning Report
KAH1 Create Cost element group
KAH2 Change Cost element group
KAH3 Display Cost element group
KAK2 "Change View ""Statistical Key Figures"": Overview"
KAK3 "Display View ""Statistical Key Figures"": Overview"
KB21N Enter Direct Activity Allocation
KB23 Display Direct Activity Allocation
KB24 Reverse Direct Activity Allocation
KB31N Enter Statistical Key Figures
KB33N Display Statistical Key Figures
KB34N Reverse Statistical Key Figures
CO
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
34
T-Code Description
KB41N Enter Manual Repostings of Revenues
KB43N Display Manual Repostings of Revenues
KB44N Reverse Manual Repostings of Revenues
KB65 Enter IAA Reposting: Document Row Selection
KB66 Display IAA Reposting: Document Row Selection
KB67 Reverse IAA Reposting: Document Row Selection
KBH1 Create Statistical Key Figure Group
KBH2 Change Statistical Key Figure Group
KBH3 Display Statistical Key Figure Group
KCH1 Create Profit Center Group
KCH2 Change Profit Center Group
KCH3 Display Profit Center Group
KCH5N Standard Hierarchy for Profit Centers Change
KCH6N Standard Hierarchy for Profit Centers Display
KE21N CO-PA Line item entry
KE24 Line item display - Actual data
KE25 Line item display - Plan data
KE27 Periodic valuation
KE2D Display Sales Orders Containing Errors
KE30 Execute profitability report
KE31 Create profitability report
KE32 Change report
KE41 Create Condition Records
KE42 Change Condition Records
KE43 Display Condition Records
KE4N Change Pricing Report
KE4O Display Pricing report
KE4Q Execute Pricing Report
KE50 SAP Easy Access Profit Center Accounting
KE51 Create Profit Center
KE52 Change Profit Center
CONTROLLING
35
T-Code Description
KE53 Display Profit Center
KE54 Delete Profit Centers
KE56 Assignment of Profit Centers to Company Codes - Change
KE5Y Profit Center: Plan Line Items
KE5Z Profit Center: Actual Line Items
KEPM CO-PA Planning
KES1 Change Characteristic Values
KEU5 Perform act. cost-ctr cost transfer
KEU8 Change plan transfer of CCtr costs
KEU9 Display plan transfer of CCtr costs
KEUB Perform plan cost-ctr cost transfer
KGI2 Actual Overhead Calculation: Order
KJH1 Create WBS element group
KJH2 Change WBS element group
KJH3 Display WBS element group
KK01 Create Statistical Key Figure
KK02 Change Statistical Key Figure
KK03 Display Statistical Key Figure
KK04 Master Data Report: Statistical Key Figures
KK11 Create Condition Records
KK12 Change Condition Records
KK13 Display Condition Records
KK14 Create Condition Records with Reference
KK87 Actual Settlement: Product Cost Collector
KK88 Actual Settlement: Cost Object
KK89 Actual settlement: Cost Object
KKA0 Change Cutoff Period
KKA3 Results Analysis for Sales Order
KKA6 Results Analysis for Sales Order: Enter Data
KKA9 Delete Results Analysis Data for Sales Order
KKAK Actual Results Analysis: Sales Orders
CO
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
36
T-Code Description
KKAO Calculate Work in Progress: Collective Processing
KKAS Calculate Work in Progress: Individual Processing
KKAX Calculate Work in Progress: Individual Processing
KKBC Application Tree Report Selection Product Cost Controlling
KKC1 Create Cost Object
KKC2 Change Cost Object
KKC3 Display Cost Object
KKC7 Create Product Group
KKC8 Change Product Group
KKC9 Display Product Group
KKCA Display Variance Line Items for Cost Objects
KKCS Display Actual Cost Line Items for Cost Objects
KKF1 Create CO Production Order
KKF2 Change CO Production Order/QM Order
KKF3 Display CO Production Order/QM Order
KKF4 Change Order Planning
KKF6M Create Multiple Product Cost Collectors for Production Versions
KKF6N Display Product Cost Collector
KKF7 Change Product Cost Collector
KKFB Display Variance Line Items for Orders
KKG1 Order: Enter Cost of Sales
KKG2 Project: Enter Cost of Sales
KKG3 Sales Order: Enter Cost of Sales
KKH1 Create Cost object group
KKH2 Change Cost object group
KKH3 Display Cost object group
KKP4 Display Cost Object Hierarchy
KKP6 Reports: Cost Object Hierarchy
KKRC Summarization: CO object
KKS1 Variance Calculation
KKS2 Variance Calculation
CONTROLLING
37
T-Code Description
KKS5 Variance Calculation
KKS6 Variance Calculation
KL01 Create Activity Type
KL02 Change Activity Type
KL03 Display Activity Type
KL04 Delete Activity Type
KL05 Display Change Documents: Activity Type
KL13 Display Activity Types
KL14 Delete Activity Types
KLH1 Create Activity type group
KLH2 Change Activity type group
KLH3 Display Activity type group
KO01 Create Internal Order
KO02 Change Internal Order
KO03 Display Internal Order
KO04 Order Manager
KO12 Change Overall Planning
KO12N Overall planning for orders: change
KO13 Display Overall Planning
KO13N Overall planning for orders: Display
KO14 Copy Planning
KO14N Set planner profile
KO15 Copy Actual to Plan
KO22 Change Original Budget
KO23 Display Original Budget
KO24 Change Supplement
KO25 Display Supplement
KO2A Change Document
KO2B Display Document
KO88 Actual Settlement: Order
KO8B Display settlement document
CO
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
38
T-Code Description
KO8G Actual Settlment: Orders
KO9E Planned Settlement: Internal orders
KO9G Planned Settlement: Internal orders
KOB1 Display Actual Cost Line Items for Orders
KOB2 Display Commitment Line Items for Orders
KOB3 Display Variance Line Items for Orders
KOB4 Display Budget Line Items for Orders
KOB8 Display Results Analysis Line Items for Orders
KOC4 Order Selection
KOCF Fiscal year close: Carry forward commitment
KOCO Budget Carryforward for Orders
KOH1 Create Order Group
KOH2 Change Order Group
KOH3 Display Order Group
KOK2 Collective Processing for Internal Orders
KOK3 Collective Display for Internal Orders
KOK4 Automatic Collective Processing for Internal Orders
KOK5 Master Data List for Orders
KOW1N Create Actual Periodic Reposting Cycle
KOW2N Change Actual Periodic Reposting Cycle
KOW3N Display Actual Periodic Reposting Cycle
KOW4N Delete Actual Periodic Reposting Cycle
KP04 Set planner profile
KP06 Change CElem/Activity input planning
KP07 Display planning CElem/Act. input
KP26 Change Activity Type/Price Planning
KP27 Display Activity Type/Price Planning
KP46 Change Statistical Key Figure Planning
KP47 Display Statistical Key Figure Planning
KP90 Delete Planned Costs (All Integrated Planning Objects)
KP98 Copy Actual to Plan
CONTROLLING
39
T-Code Description
KP9R Copy CO Resource Prices
KPD6 Change Statistical Key Figure Planning
KPD7 Display Statistical Key Figure Planning
KPF6 Change CElem/activity input plannin
KPF7 Display CElem./Acty input planning
KPG5 Report Painter: Create Orders: Planning layout for cost elements/activ
KPG6 Report Painter: Change Orders: Planning layout for cost elements/activ
KPG7 Report Painter: Display Orders: Planning layout for cost elements/activ
KPSI Execute Plan Reconciliation
KRMI Display Actual Cost Line Items for Orders
KS01 Create Cost Center
KS02 Change Cost Center
KS03 Display Cost Center
KS04 Delete Cost Center
KS05 Display Change Documents: Cost Center
KS12 Change Cost Centers
KS13 Display Cost Centers
KS14 Delete Cost Centers
KSB1 Display Actual Cost Line Items for Cost Centers
KSB2 Display Commitment Line Items for Cost Centers
KSBP Display Plan Cost Line Items for Cost Centers
KSBT Activity Type Price Report
KSC1N Create Cycle for Actual Indirect Activity Allocation
KSC2N Change Cycle for Actual Indirect Activity Allocation
KSC3N Display Cycle for Actual Indirect Activity Allocation
KSC4N Delete Cycle for Actual Indirect Activity Allocation
KSC6N Act. indirect acty alloc.: Overview
KSC7N Create Cycle for Planned Indirect Activity Allocation
KSC8N Change Cycle for Planned Indirect Activity Allocation
KSC9N Display Cycle for Planned Indirect Activity Allocation
KSCB Execute plan indirect acty alloc.
CO
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
40
T-Code Description
KSCCN Document List for Selected Cycle
KSH1 Create Cost Center Group
KSH2 Change Cost Center Group
KSH3 Display Cost Center Group
KSS4 Plan Cost Splitting
KSU1N Create Actual Assessment Cycle
KSU2N Change Actual Assessment Cycle
KSU3N Display Actual Assessment Cycle
KSU4N Delete Actual Assessment Cycle
KSU5 Execute actual assessment
KSU6N Document List for Selected Cycle
KSU7N Create Plan Assessment Cycle
KSU8N Change Plan Assessment Cycle
KSU9N Display Plan Assessment Cycle
KSUAN Delete Plan Assessment Cycle
KSUB Execute plan assessment
KSUCN Plan assessment: Overview
KSV1N Create Actual Distribution Cycle
KSV2N Change Actual Distribution Cycle
KSV3N Display Actual Distribution Cycle
KSV4N Delete Actual Distribution Cycle
KSV5 Execute actual distribution
KSV6N Actual distribution: Overview
KSV7N Create Plan Distribution Cycle
KSV8N Change Plan Distribution Cycle
KSV9N Display Plan Distribution Cycle
KSVAN Delete Plan Distribution Cycle
KSVCN Plan distribution: Overview
KSWB Execute plan periodic reposting
KVA5 Transfer Actual Data from LIS
OKENN Standard Hierarchy for Cost Centers Display
CONTROLLING
41
T-Code Description
OKEON Standard Hierarchy for Cost Centers Change
OKKP "Change View ""Basic data"": Overview (Maintain Controlling Area)"
OKO5 Delete CO orders
OKP1 Maintain Period Lock
OKP2 Display Period Lock
PCA1 Create Production Campaign
PCA2 Change Production Campaign
PCA3 Display Production Campaign
PCCO Production Campaign: Costs - Itemization
CO
INVENTORY
MANAGEMENT
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
45
T-Code Description
MB00 SAP Easy Access Inventory Management
MB01 Goods Receipt for Purchase Order
MB02 Change Material Document
MB03 Display Material Document
MB04 Subcontracting Subsequent Adjustment
MB0A Goods Receipt - PO Unknown
MB1A Enter Goods Issue
MB1B Enter Transfer Posting
MB1C Enter Other Goods Receipts
MB21 Create Reservation
MB22 Change Reservation
MB23 Display Reservation
MB24 Reservation List Inventory Management
MB25 Reservation List Inventory Management
MB26 Pick List
MB51 Material Document List
MB52 Display Warehouse Stocks of Material
MB53 Plant Availability
MB54 Display Consignment Stocks
MB56 Display Batch Where-Used List
MB58 Display Consignment and Returnable Packaging Stocks at Customer
MB59 Material Document List
MB5B Stocks on Posting Date
MB5C Pick-Up List for Batch Where-Used List
MB5K Stock Consistency Check
MB5L List of Stock Values: Balances
MB5M Shelf Life List
MB5S List of GR/IR Balances
MB5T Display Stock in Transit
MB5U Analysis of Conversion Differences
MB90 Output from Goods Movements
IM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
46
T-Code Description
MBBM Batch Input: Post Material Document
MBBR Batch Input: Create Reservation
MBBS Valuated Sales Order and Project Stock
MBC1 Create Batch Search Strategy
MBC2 Change Batch Search Strategy
MBC3 Display Batch Search Strategy
MBGR Material Docmts. With Reason f. Mvt
MBLB Stocks at Subcontractor
MBPM Manage Held Data (Inventory Management)
MBRL Enter return Delivery
MBSF Release Blocked Stock
MBSL Copy Material Document
MBSM Cancelled Material Documents
MBST Cancel Material Document
MBSU Place in Stor. for Mat. Doc.
MC.1 Plant Analysis: Stock: Selection
MC.2 Plant Analysis: Receipts/Issues: Selection
MC.3 Plant Analysis: Inventory Turnover: Selection
MC.4 Plant Analysis: Range of Coverage: Selection
MC.5 Storage Location Analysis: Stock: Selection
MC.6 Storage Loc. Analysis: Receipts/Issues: Selection
MC.7 Storage Loc. Analysis: Inventory Turnover: Selection
MC.9 Material Analysis: Stock: Selection
MC.A Material Analysis: Receipts/Issues: Selection
MC.B Material Analysis: Inventory Turnover: Selection
MC.C Material Analysis: Range of Coverage: Selection
MC01 Logistics Information Library
MC02 Key Fig.Retrieval via Text
MC03 Key Fig Retrieval via Classification Characteristics
MC04 Create Info Set
MC05 Change Info Set
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
47
T-Code Description
MC06 Display Info Set: Members
MC07 Create Key Figure
MC08 Change Key Figure
MC09 Display Key Figure
MC40 Usage-Based ABC Analysis
MC41 Requirement-Based ABC Analysis
MC42 Key Figure: Range of Coverage Based on Usage Values
MC43 Key Figure: Range of Coverage Based on Requirement Values
MC44 Key Figure: Inventory Turnover
MC45 Key Figure: Usage Value
MC46 Key Figure: Slow-Moving Items
MC47 Key Figure: Requirements Value
MC48 Key Figure: Stock Value
MC49 Key Figure: Average Stock Value
MC50 Key Figure: Dead Stock
MCB% Background Report for Parameters Controlling
MCBA INVCO: Plant Analysis Selection
MCBC INVCO: Stor. Loc. Analysis Selection
MCBE INVCO: Material Analysis Selection
MCBR INVCO: Batch Selection Analysis
MCBV Parameter Analysis
MCBZ Current Requirements/Stock
MCL1 Analysis: Stock Placements and Removals: Selection
MCL5 Analysis: Quantity Flows: Selection
MCL9 Analysis: Mat. Stock Placemnts + Removals: Selection
MCLD Analysis: Material Quantity Flows: Selection
MCLH Analysis: Movement Types: Selection
MCSK Call Standard Analyses of Stocks
MCYG Exception Analysis INVCO
MD04 Stock/Requirements List
MI00 SAP Easy Access Physical Inventory
IM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
48
T-Code Description
MI01 Create Physical Inventory Document
MI02 Change Physical Inventory Document
MI03 Display Physical Inventory Document
MI04 Enter Inventory Count
MI05 Change Inventory Count
MI06 Display Inventory Count
MI07 Post Inventory Difference
MI08 Post Count and Difference
MI09 Enter Count w/o Reference to Document
MI10 Post Document, Count, and Difference
MI11 Enter Recount
MI12 Display Changes to Phys. Inv. Docs
MI20 List of Inventory Differences
MI21 Print Physical Inventory Document
MI22 Display Physical Inventory Documents for Material
MI23 Dispay Physical Inventory Data for Material
MI24 Physical Inventory List
MI31 Selected Data for Phys. Inventory Docmts w/o Special Stock
MI32 Batch input: Block material for physical inventory
MI33 Batch input: Freeze book inv. balance for phys. inv.
MI34 Batch input: Enter Count with Reference to Document
MI35 Batch Input: Post Zero Count for Uncounted Materials
MI37 Batch Input: Post Differences
MI38 Batch Input: Enter Count w. Reference to Doc.
MI39 Batch Input: Enter Count w/o Reference to Document
MI40 Batch Input: Enter Count w/o Ref. to Doc., Post Differences
MIBC ABC Analysis for Cycle Counting (Physical Inventory)
MICN Batch Input: Create Phys. Inv. Docs. For Cycle Counting
MIDO Display Physical Inventory Overview
MIGO Goods Receipt Purchase Order
MIGO_GI Goods Movement
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
49
T-Code Description
MIGO_GS Subseq. Adjust. of Material Provided
MIK1 Selected Data for Phys. Inventory Docmts Vendor Consignment
MIMD Report for Transferring PDC Phys. Inv. Data
MIQ1 Selected Data for Physical Inventory Documents for Project
MMBE Stock Overview: Company Code/Plant/Storage Location/Batch
MR51 Accounting Documents for Material
RWBE Stock Overview
IM
MATERIALS
MANAGEMENT
MATERIALS MANAGEMENT
53
T-Code Description
ME00 SAP Easy Access Purchasing
ME01 Maintain Source List
ME03 Display Source List
ME04 Changes to Source List
ME05 Generate Source List
ME06 Analyze Source List
ME07 Reorganize Source List
ME08 Send Source List
ME0M Source List for Material
ME11 Create Info Record
ME12 Change Info Record
ME13 Display Info Record
ME14 Changes to Purchasing Info Record
ME15 Flag Info Record for Deletion
ME16 Deletion Proposals for Info Records
ME17 Archive Administration (Purchasing Info Records)
ME18 Send Purchasing Info Record
ME1A Archived Purchasing Info Records
ME1B Define Background Job
ME1E Quotation Price History
ME1L Info Records per Vendor
ME1M Info Records per Material
ME1P Purchase Order Price History
ME1W Info Records Per Material Group
ME1X Print Buyer's Negotiation Sheet for Vendor
ME1Y Print Buyer's Negotiation Sheet for Material
ME21N Create Purchase Order
ME22N Change Purchase Order
ME23N Display Purchase Order
ME24 Maintain PO Supplement
ME25 Create PO (with Source Determination)
MM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
54
T-Code Description
ME26 Display PO Supplement
ME27 Create Purchase Order (Stock Transfer)
ME28 Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents
ME29N Display Purchase Order (Individual Release)
ME2A Monitor Vendor Confirmations
ME2B Purchasing Documents per Requirement Tracking Number
ME2C Purchasing Documents for Material Group
ME2J Purchasing Documents per Project
ME2K Purchasing Documents per Account Assignment
ME2L Purchasing Documents per Vendor
ME2M Purchasing Documents for Material
ME2N Purchasing Documents per Document Number
ME2O SC Stock Monitoring for Vendor
ME2S PO Reporting with Services
ME2V Expected Goods Receipts
ME2W Purchasing Documents per Supplying Plant
ME308 Send Contracts (with Conditions)
ME31 Create Outline Agreement
ME31K Create Contract
ME31L Create Scheduling Agreement
ME32 Change Outline Agreement
ME32K Change Contract
ME32L Change Scheduling Agreement
ME33 Display Outline Agreement
ME33K Display Contract
ME33L Display Scheduling Agreement
ME34 Maintain Outline Agreement Supplement
ME34K Maintain Contract Supplement
ME34L Maintain Sched. Agmt. Suppl.
ME35 Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents
ME35K Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents (Outline Agreement)
MATERIALS MANAGEMENT
55
T-Code Description
ME35L Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents (Scheduling Agreement)
ME36 Display Outline Agreement Supplement
ME37 Create Scheduling Agreement
ME38 Maintain Sch. Agmt Schedule
ME39 Display Sch. Agmt Schedule
ME3A Send Release Document
ME3B Purchasing Documents per Requirement Tracking Number
ME3C Purchasing Documents for Material Group
ME3J Outline Agreements per Project
ME3K Purchasing Documents per Account Assignment
ME3L Purchasing Documents per Vendor
ME3M Purchasing Documents for Material
ME3N Purchasing Documents per Document Number
ME3P Define Background Job
ME3R Define Background Job
ME3S Contract Reporting with Services
ME41 Create RFQ
ME42 Change RFQ
ME43 Display RFQ
ME44 Maintain RFQ Supplement
ME45 Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents (RFQ)
ME47 Maintain Quotation
ME48 Display Quotation
ME49 Price Comparison List
ME4B Purchasing Documents per Requirement Tracking Number (RFQ)
ME4C Purchasing Documents for Material Group (RFQ)
ME4L Purchasing Documents per Vendor (RFQ)
ME4M Purchasing Documents for Material (RFQ)
ME4N Purchasing Documents per Document Number (RFQ)
ME4S RFQs per Collective Number
ME51N Create Purchase Requisition
MM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
56
T-Code Description
ME52N Change Purchase Requisition
ME53N Display Purchase Requisition
ME54N Release Purchase Requisition (Individual Release)
ME55 Collective Release of Purchase Requisitions
ME56 Assign Source to Supply to Requisitions
ME57 Assign and Process Purchase Requisitions
ME58 Ordering: Assigned Purchase Requisitions
ME59N Automatic Creation of Purchase Orders from Requisitions
ME5A List Display of Purchase Requisitions
ME5F Release (Approval) Reminder: Purchase Requisitions
ME5J List Display of Purchase Requisitions for Project
ME5K List Display of Purchase Requisitions (by Account Assignment)
ME5W Resubmission of Purchase Requisitions
ME61 Maintain Vendor Evaluation
ME62 Display Vendor Evaluation
ME63 Calculate Scores for Semi-Automatic and Automatic Subcriteria
ME64 Evaluation Comparison
ME65 Ranking List of Vendors
ME6A Display Change Documents
ME6B Ranking List of Vendor Evaluations Based on Material/Material Group
ME6C Vendors Without Evaluation
ME6D Vendors Not Evaluated Since...
ME6E Evaluation Records Without Weighting Key
ME6F Print Vendor Evaluation Sheet
ME6G Define Background Job
ME6H Vendor Evaluation Analysis
ME80 Purchasing Documents (General Analysis)
ME80A Purchasing Documents (RFQs)
ME80AN General Evaluations (RFQs)
ME80F Purchasing Documents (Purchase Orders)
ME80FN General Evaluations (Purchase Orders)
MATERIALS MANAGEMENT
57
T-Code Description
ME80R Purchasing Documents (Outline Agreements)
ME80RN General Evaluations (Outline Agreement)
ME81N Analysis of Purchase Order Values
ME82 Archived Purchasing Documents
ME84 Create Releases
ME84A Individual Display of Scheduling Agreement Release
ME85 Renumber SA Delivery Schedule Lines
ME86 Aggregation/Disaggregation of Scheduling Agreement Schedule Lines
ME87 Summarization and Removal of PO History Records
ME88 Set/Reset Agreed Cumulative Quantity and Reconciliation Date
ME91 Purchasing Documents.: Reminders/Expediters
ME91A Purchasing Documents.: Reminders/Expediters
ME91E Purchasing Documents.: Reminders/Expediters (Scheduling Agreement)
ME91F Purchasing Documents.: Reminders/Expediters (Purchase Orders)
ME92 Monitor Receipt of Order Acknowledgments
ME92F Monitor Receipt of Order Acknowledgments (Purchase Order)
ME92K Monitor Receipt of Order Acknowledgments (Contract)
ME92L Monitor Receipt of Order Acknowledgments (Scheduling Agreement)
ME98 Archive Administration (Purchasing Documents)
ME99 Output from Purchase Orders
ME9A Message Output (Request for Quotation)
ME9E Message Output (Scheduling Agreement)
ME9F Message Output (Purchase Order)
ME9K Message Output (Contract)
ME9L Message Output (Scheduling Agreement)
MEAN "Address maintanance:Initial screen ""Delivery addresses (master data)""
MEB0 Cancel Settlement Runs
MEB1 Create Agreement (Rebate Arrangement)
MEB2 Change Agreement (Rebate Arrangement)
MEB3 Display Agreement (Rebate Arrangement)
MEB4 Settlement: Vendor Rebate Arrangements, Purchasing
MM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
58
T-Code Description
MEB5 List of Vendor Rebate Arrangements: Purchasing
MEB8 Detailed Statement; Vendor Busn.Vols.: Reb.Arrangements, Purchasing
MEDL Price Change Involving Vendor's Contracts
MEI1 Changes to Purchasing Documents Due to Changes in Conditions
MEI2 Mass Adjustment of Documents Due to Changes in Documentss
MEI3 Recompilation of Doc. Index (Auto. Document Adj., Subseq.
Settlement)
MEI4 Automatic Document Adjustment: Create Worklist
MEI5 Automatic document adjustment: delete worklist
MEI6 Delete document index (Auto. Doc.Adjustment, Subsequent Settlement)
MEI7 Make Price Change in Open Purchase Orders
MEI8 Recompilation of document index (doc. adjustment) for payment docs
MEI9 Recompilation of Doc. Index (Doc. Adjustment) for Vend. Billing Docs
MEK1 Create Condition Records
MEK2 Change Condition Records
MEK3 Display Condition Records
MEK31 Change Condition Records
MEK32 Change Condition Records
MEK33 Display Condition Records
MEK4 Create Condition Records with Reference
MEKA Purchasing Conditions
MEKB Conditions by Contract
MEKC Conditions by Info Record
MEKD Conditions for Material Group
MEKE Conditions by Vendor
MEKF Conditions for Material Type
MEKG Conditions by Condition Group of Vendor
MEKH Market Price
MEKI Conditions by Incoterms
MEKJ Conditions for Invoicing Party
MEKK Conditions by Vendor Subrange
MEKL Price Change Involving Vendor's Scheduling Agreements
MATERIALS MANAGEMENT
59
T-Code Description
MEKLE Currency Change for Scheduling Agreement Conditions of Vendor
MEKP Price Change Involving Vendor's Info Records
MEKPE Currency Change for Info Record Conditions of Vendor
MEKR Price Change Involving Vendor's Contracts
MEKRE Currency Change for Contract Conditions of Vendor
MELB Purchasing Transactions per Requirement Tracking Number
MEPA Order Price Simulation/Price Information
MEPB Price Information/Vendor Negotiation Sheet
MEPO Display Purchase Order
MEQ1 Maintain Quota Arrangement
MEQ3 Display Quota Arrangement
MEQ4 Changes to Quota Arrangement
MEQ6 Analyze Quota Arrangement
MEQ8 Quota Arrangement for Material
MEQB Define Background Job
MEQM Quota Arrangement for Material
MEU2 Perform Comparison of Business Volumes
MEW6 Assign Purchase Orders WEB
MEW7 Release of Service Entry Sheets
MEW8 Release of Service Entry Sheet
MK01 Create Vendor (Purchasing)
MK02 Change Vendor (Purchasing)
MK03 Display Vendor (Purchasing)
MK04 Vendor Account Changes (Purchasing)
MK05 Block/Unblock Vendor (Purchasing)
MK06 Flag for Deletion Vendor (Purchasing)
MK12 Plan Vendor
MK14 Planned Vendor Account Changes
MK19 Display in future Vendor
MKVG Vendor's Settlement and Condition Groups
MKVZ List of Vendors: Purchasing
MM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
60
T-Code Description
MM00 SAP Easy Access Material Master
MM01 Create Material
MM02 Change Material
MM03 Display Material
MM04 Display Changes
MM06 Flag Material for Deletion
MM11 Schedule Creation of Material
MM12 Schedule Changing of Material
MM16 Schedule Material for Deletion
MM19 Display Material at Key Date
MM50 Extend Material View(s)
MM60 Materials List
MMAM Change Material Type
MMH1 Create Trading Goods
MMI1 Create Operating Supplies
MMN1 Create Non-Stock Material
MMPI Initialize Period for Material Master Records
MMPV Close Period for Material Master Records
MMR1 Create Raw Material
MMRV Allow Posting to Previous Period
MMS1 Create Service
MMSC Enter storage locations collectivel
MMU1 Create Non-Valuated Material
MMV1 Create Packaging
MMVD Change Material
MMVH Create Material
MMVV Change Material
MMZ2 Change Material
MN01 Create Output - Condition Records: Purchasing RFQ
MN02 Change Output - Condition Records: Purchasing RFQ
MN03 Display Output - Condition Records: Purchasing RFQ
MATERIALS MANAGEMENT
61
T-Code Description
MN04 Create Output - Condition Records: Purchase Order
MN05 Change Output - Condition Records: Purchase Order
MN06 Display Output - Condition Records: Purchase Order
MN07 Create Output - Condition Records: Purch. Outline Agr.
MN08 Change Output - Condition Records: Purch. Outline Agr.
MN09 Display Output - Condition Records: Purch. Outline Agr.
MN10 Create Output - Condition Records: Purch. Sch Agr Release
MN11 Change Output - Condition Records: Purch. Sch Agr Release
MN12 Display Output - Condition Records: Purch. Sch Agr Release
MN13 Create Output - Condition Records: Entry Sheet
MN14 Change Output - Condition Records: Entry Sheet
MN15 Display Output - Condition Records: Entry Sheet
MN21 Create Output - Condition Records: Inventory Management
MN22 Change Output - Condition Records: Inventory Management
MN23 Display Output - Condition Records: Inventory Management
MN24 Create Output - Condition Records: Inbound Delivery
MN25 Change Output - Condition Records: Inbound Delivery
MN26 Display Output - Condition Records: Inbound Delivery
MP01 Maintain Approved Manufacturer Parts List
MP02 Display Approved Manufacturer Parts List
MR00 SAP Easy Access Invoice
MR02 Invoice Items Release
MR03 Display Original Document
MR08 Cancel Invoice Document
MR11 Maintain GR/IR Clearing Account
MR21 Price Change - Overview Screen
MR42 Change Parked Document
MR43 Display Parked Document
MR44 Post Parked Document
MR90 Output Messages in Logistics Invoice Verification
MR91 Messages for Invoice Verification
MM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
62
T-Code Description
MRA1 Archive Administration: Create Archive Files
MRA2 Archive Administration: Execute Delete Program
MRA3 Analysis of Invoice Document Archive
MRM0 SAP Easy Access Logistics Invoice Verification
MRM1 Create Message: Invoice Verificatio
MRM2 Change Output - Condition Records: Invoice Verification
MRM3 Display Output - Condition Records: Invoice Verification
MRNB Revaluation with Logistics Invoice Verification
MSRV2 Reporting on Services (Purchase Requisition)
MSRV4 Reporting on Services (RFQ)
WC23 Logistics Invoice Verification - Verification in Background
WF10 Create Collective Purchase Order: Selection and Control Parameters
WAREHOUSE
MANAGEMENT
WAREHOUSE MANAGEMENT
65
T-Code Description
EC09 Org.Object Copier: Warehouse Number
J1A5 Display Warehouse Stock
LB01 Create Transfer Requirement
LB02 Change Transfer Requirement
LB03 Display Transfer Requirement
LB10 Display Transfer Requirement: List for Storage Type
LB11 Display Transfer Requirement: List for Material
LB12 Process Material Document
LCO1 Set Up Warehouse Co/Material Docs.
LCO2 Set Up Warehouse Co/Transport Orders
LI01N Create System Inventory Record
LI02N Change System Inventory Record
LI03N Display System Inventory Record
LI04 Print Inventory List
LI06 "Change View ""Block/Unblock Storage Type for Annual Inv."": Overview"
LI11N Enter Inventory Count
LI12N Change Inventory Count
LI13N Display Inventory Count
LI14 Start Recount
LI20 Clear Inventory Differences WM
LI21 Clearing of Differences in Inventory Management
LICC Execute Inventory with Cycle-Counting Method and by Quants
LL01 Warehouse Activity Monitor
LLVS SAP Easy Access Warehouse Management
LM00 Logon RF
LM01 Dynamic Menu
LM02 Select by SU -Put Away
LM03 Put Away - by TO
LM04 Put Away -System Guided
LM05 Picking by TO ID
LM06 Picking - by Delivery ID
WM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
66
T-Code Description
LM07 Picking - System Guided
LM09 Put Away by Delivery ID
LM11 Posting Changes
LM12 Material Inquiry
LM13 Put Away Clustered
LM18 Handling Unit Inquiry
LM19 Handling Unit - Pack
LM22 Handling Unit - Unpack
LM24 Packing HU by Delivery
LM25 Unpack HU by Delivery
LM26 Picking by Delivery - W/O sel scree
LM27 Put Away by Delivery - W/O sel scree
LM30 Load Control - Load by Shipment
LM31 Load Control - Load by Delivery
LM32 Load Control - System Guide Load
LM33 Load Control - UnLd by Shipment
LM34 Load Control - UnLd by Delivery
LM35 Load Control - Detail by Shipping Un
LM36 Load Control - Detail by Delivery
LM37 Load Control - Detail by Shipment
LM45 Pick and Pack
LM46 Pick and Pack by Delivery
LM50 Count Inventory By System Guided
LM51 Count Inventory By User Selection
LM55 Print Storage Bin Labels
LM56 Select by SU - Interleaving
LM57 System Guided Putaway - Interleaving
LM58 Sys. guided dynamic inventory count
LM59 User initiated dynamic invent. count
LM60 User guided dynamic invent. count
LM61 Goods Issue by Delivery
WAREHOUSE MANAGEMENT
67
T-Code Description
LM62 Goods Issue by MS area
LM63 Goods Issue by Shipment
LM64 Goods Issue by ALL
LM65 Goods Issue by Group
LM66 Goods Issue by HU
LM71 Goods Receipt by Delivery
LM72 Goods Receipt by MS area
LM73 Goods Receipt by Shipment
LM74 Goods Receipt by ALL
LM76 Goods Receipt by HU
LM77 Queue Assignment
LM80 Serial number capture
LN07 Number Range for WM Communicication Records
LP11 WM Staging of Crate Parts
LP12 WM Material Staging of Release Order Parts
LP21 Replenishment for Fixed Bins in WM
LP22 Replenishm. Planning for Fixed Bins
LP24 Replenishment for Storage Types with Random Space Management
LPIN Information on Material Status in Production
LPK1 Create Control Cycle
LPK2 Change Control Cycle
LPK3 Display Control Cycle
LPK4 Automatic creation of control cycles for release order parts
LQ01 Posting Chge Stor. Loc. to Stor. Loc. in Inventory Management.
LQ02 Posting Change in WM and IM
LRF1 RF Monitor; Active
LRF2 RF Monitor, Passive
LS01N Create Storage Bin
LS02N Change Storage Bin
LS03N Display Storage Bin
LS04 Display Empty Storage Bins
WM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
68
T-Code Description
LS05 Automatic Creation of Storage Bins
LS06 Block/Unblock Several Storage Bins Simultaneously
LS07 Block and Unblock Quants for Material
LS08 Block and Unblock a Range of Storage Bins
LS09 WM Material Data per Storage Type
LS10 "Change View ""Storage Bin Structure for Automatic Creation"
": Overview"
LS11 Change Several Storage Bins Simultaneously
LS12 "Change View ""Block/unblock storage type"": Overview"
LS22 Change Quant
LS23 Display Quant
LS24 Stock per Material
LS25 Stock per Storage Bin
LS26 Stock Overview
LS27 Stock per Storage Unit
LS28 Storage Units per Storage Bin
LS32 Change Storage Unit
LS33 Display Storage Unit
LS41 List of Control Cycles
LS51 Create Batch Search Strategy
LS52 Change Batch Search Strategy
LS53 Display Batch Search Strategy
LT0A Create Transfer Order
LT0B Putaway of Pre-Picked Handling Units
LT0C Removal of Pre-Picked Handling Units
LT0D Transferring Pre-Picked Handling Units
LT0E Create Removal TO for 2-Step Picking
LT0F Create Transfer Order for Inbound Delivery
LT0G Return to Stock from Delivery
LT0H Put Away/Transfer Handling Units
LT0I Removal of Handling Units from Stoc
LT0J Create Transfer Order for Storage Unit: Entry
WAREHOUSE MANAGEMENT
69
T-Code Description
LT0R Request replenishment manually
LT1C Confirm Item: Confirm Single Item
LT1D Confirm Transfer Order Pick
LT1E Confirm Transfer Order
LT1F Confirm Transfer Order Items for Storage Unit: Preparation (Pick)
LT1G Confirm Transfer Order Items for Storage Unit: Preparation (Transfer)
LU01 Create Posting Change Notice
LU02 Change Posting Change Notice
LU03 Display Posting Change Notice
LU04 Display Posting Change Notice: Overview
LX01 List of Empty Storage Bins
LX02 WM Stock
LX03 Bin Status Report
LX04 Capacity Used per Storage Type
LX12 Transfer Orders: Resident Documents (Detailed View)
LX15 Selection of Storage Bins for Annual Inventory Count
LX16 Carry out Continuous Inventory
LX17 Differnces List per Storage Type
LX18 Statistics for Inventory Differences
LX22 Inventory Overview
LX23 Stock Comparison Inventory Management / Warehouse Management
LX25 Inventory status
LX26 Carry Out Inventory Using the Cycle Counting Method
LX27 SLED Control List
LX30 Overview of WM Messages Transmitted to External Systems
LX41 WM-PP Evaluation Report
LX42 Evaluation PP Order from WM View
LX43 Consistency Check for Control Cycles
LX46 Transmission WM performance data -> HR incentive wage
FI
PM
PP
PS
SD
WM
PLANT
MAINTENANCE
PLANT MAINTENANCE
73
T-Code Description
AC03 Create Service Master Record
AC06 List Display: Service Master: Selection of Services
CA82 Work Center Where-Used: Selection
CA83 Work Center Where-Used: Selection (Standard network)
CL01 Create Class
CL02 Class (Change)
CL03 Display Class
CL04 Delete Class
CL20N Assign Object to Classes
CL22N Assign Class to Superior Classes
CL24N Assign Objects/Classes to Class
CL26 Mass Release for a Class Type/Class
CL2A Classification Status for Change Number
CL30N Find Objects in Classes
CL31 Find Objects in Class Type
CL6AN Class List
CL6B Object List
CL6BN Object List
CL6C Class Hierarchy
CL6D List of Classes Without Superior Class
CL6O Object Comparison
CLMM Mass Change for Assigned Values
IA00 SAP Easy Access Work Scheduling
IA01 Create Equipment Task List
IA02 Change Equipment Task List
IA03 Display Equipment Task List
IA04 Start transaction for object service
IA05 Create General Task List
IA06 Change General Task List
IA07 Display General Task List
IA08 Change PM Task Lists
PM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
74
T-Code Description
IA09 Display Task Lists: Task List Selection
IA10 Multi-Level Task List: PM Task List Selection
IA11 Create Functional Location Task List
IA12 Change Functional Location Task List
IA13 Display Functional Location Task List
IA15 Display task list change documents
IA16 Task list costing
IA17 Task List Printing List
IA18 Display Standard Milestone
IA19 Change Standard Milestone
IA21 Display Task List Change Documents
IB01 Create equipment BOM
IB02 Change equipment BOM
IB03 Display equipment BOM
IB05 Change BOM group
IB06 Display BOM group
IB07 Create Plant Assignment
IB08 Change Plant Assignment
IB09 Display Plant Assignment
IB11 Create functional location BOM
IB12 Change functional location BOM
IB13 Display functional location BOM
IB15 Change BOM group
IB16 Display BOM group
IB17 Create Plant Assignment
IB18 Change Plant Assignment
IB19 Display Plant Assignment
IB51 Create Installed Base
IB52 Change Installed Base
IB53 Display Installed Base
IE00 SAP Easy Access Management of Technical Objects
PLANT MAINTENANCE
75
T-Code Description
IE01 Create Equipment
IE02 Change Equipment
IE03 Display Equipment
IE05 Change Equipment: Equipment Selection
IE07 Multi-Level Equipment List: Equipment Selection
IE08 Create Equipment
IE10 Equipment Entry List
IE31 Create Fleet Object
IE36 Display Vehicles: Vehicles Selection
IH01 Functional Location Structure
IH02 Reference Location Structure
IH04 Equipment Structure
IH05 Material Structure: Selection
IH06 Display Functional Location: Functional Location Selection
IH07 Display Reference Location: Reference Location Selection
IH08 Display Equipment: Equipment Selection
IH09 Display Material: Material Selection
IH12 Functional Location Structure
IH18 Ref. Location List (Multilevel): Selection Ref. Locations
IK11 Create Measurement Document
IK12 Change Measurement Document
IK13 Display Measurement Document
IK15 Take Up Measurement Reading Transfer
IK17 Display Measurement Documents: Measurement Document Selection
IK18 Change Measurement Documents: Measurement Document Selection
IK21 Collective Entry of MeasDocuments (Funct Location)
IK22 Collective Entry of MeasDocuments (Equipment)
IK31 Measurement Reading Entry List: Create
IK32 Measurement Reading Entry List: Change
IK33 Measurement Reading Entry List: Display
IK34 Collective Entry of MeasDocuments
PM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
76
T-Code Description
IK51 Measurement Reading Transfer: Structural Display
IK52 Display Measurement Reading Transfer (History)
IL01 Create Functional Location
IL02 Change Functional Location
IL03 Display Functional Location
IL04 Create FunctLocation: List Entry
IL05 Change Functional Location: Functional Location Selection
IL06 Data Transfer From FunctLocation
IL07 Multi-Level FunctLocation List: FunctLocation Selection
IL11 Create Reference Location
IL12 Change Reference Location
IL13 Display Reference Location
IP01 Create Maintenance Plan
IP02 Change Maintenance Plan
IP03 Display Maintenance Plan
IP04 Create Maintenance Item
IP05 Change Maintenance Item
IP06 Display Maintenance Item
IP10 Schedule Maintenance Plan
IP11 Change Maintenance Strategies: Overview
IP11Z Change Cycle Sets: Overview
IP12 Display Maintenance Strategies: Overview
IP12Z Display Cycle Sets: Overview
IP13 Package Sequence
IP14 Where-Used List by Strategy
IP15 Change Maintenance Plan: Selection Criteria
IP16 Display Maintenance Plan: Selection Criteria
IP17 Change Maintenance Item: Selection Criteria
IP18 Display Maintenance Item: Selection Criteria
IP19 Maintenance Scheduling Overview and Simulation: Selection Criteria
IP24 Scheduling overview list form: Selection Criteria
PLANT MAINTENANCE
77
T-Code Description
IP25 Set Deletion Flag for Maintenance Plans
IP30 Deadline Monitoring for Maintenance Plans (Batch Input IP10)
IP31 Maintenance Plan Costing
IP40 Create Maintenance Plan
IP41 Create Maintenance Plan (Single Cycle Plan)
IP42 Create Maintenance Plan (Strategy Plan)
IP43 Create Maintenance Plan (Multiple Counter Plan)
IP50 Create Maintenance Plan
IP62 Material where-used list in task list
IPCS SAP Easy Access Service Agreements
IPM2 Change Permit: Selection of Permits
IPM3 Display Permit: Selection of Permits
IQ01 Create Material Serial Number
IQ02 Change Material Serial Number
IQ03 Display Material Serial Number
IQ04 Create Material Serial Number: List Entry
IQ08 Change Material Serial Number: Serial Number Selection
IQ09 Display Material Serial Number: Serial Number Selection
IQS1 Create Notification (Extended View)
IQS2 Change Notification (Extended View)
IQS21 Create Notification (Simplified View)
IQS22 Change Notification (Simplified View)
IQS23 Display Notification (Simplified View)
IQS3 Display Notification (Extended View)
IQS8 Worklist: Notifications (General)
IR01 Create Work Center
IR02 Change Work Center
IR03 Display Work Center
IW13 Material Where-Used List
IW21 Create PM Notification
IW22 Change PM Notification
PM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
78
T-Code Description
IW23 Display PM Notification
IW24 Create PM Notification: Malfunction Report
IW25 Create PM Notification: Activity Report
IW26 Create PM Notification: Maintenance Request
IW27 Assign Deletion Flag to Completed Maintenance Notifications
IW28 Change Notifications: Selection of Notifications
IW29 Display Notifications: Selection of Notifications
IW30 Notification List (Multi-level): Notification Selection
IW31 Create Order
IW32 Change Order
IW33 Display Order
IW34 Create Notification Order
IW36 Create Sub-order
IW37N Change Orders and Operations: Selection of Orders and Operations
IW38 Change PM Orders: Selection of Orders
IW39 Display PM Orders: Selection of Orders
IW3D Print Order
IW3K Change Order: Component Overview
IW3L Display Order: Component Overview
IW3M List of Goods Movements for Order: Selection of Goods Movements
IW40 Order List (Multi-Level): Selection of Orders
IW41 Enter PM Order Confirmation
IW42 Overall Completion Confirmation
IW43 Display PM Order Confirmation
IW44 PM Order Confirmation: Collective Confirmation
IW45 Cancel PM Order Confirmation
IW47 Display Confirmations
IW48 Confirmation using operation list: Selection of Order Operations
IW49N Display Orders and Operations: Selection of Orders and Operations
IW51 Create Service Notification
IW52 Change Service Notification
PLANT MAINTENANCE
79
T-Code Description
IW53 Display Service Notification
IW54 Create Service Notification: Problem Notification
IW55 Create Service Notification: Activity Report
IW56 Create Service Notification: Service Request
IW57 Set Deletion Flag For Notification
IW58 Change Service Notifications: Selection of Notifications
IW59 Display Service Notifications: Selection of Notifications
IW61 Create Historical PM Order
IW62 Change Historical PM Order
IW63 Display Historical PM Order
IW64 Change Activities: Selection of Notifications
IW65 Display Activities: Selection of Notifications
IW66 Change Tasks: Selection of Notifications
IW67 Display Tasks: Selection of Notifications
IW68 Change Notification Items: Selection of Notifications
IW69 Diaplay Notification Items: Selection of Notifications
IW70 Maintenance Order: Total Network Scheduling
IW72 Change Service Order: Selection of Orders
IW73 Display Service Order: Selection of Orders
IW81 Create Order (Refurbishment)
IW8W Goods Receipt Serial Numbers for Refurbishment Order
IWBK Material Availability Information
MC=E Create Exception
MC=F Change Exception
MC=G Display Exception
MC=H Create Exception Group
MC=I Change Exception Group
MC=J Display Exception Group
MC=K Periodic Analyses for Exception: Area to analyze Create
MC=L Periodic Analyses for Exception: Area to analyze Change
MC=M Periodic Analyses for Exception: Area to analyze Display
PM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
80
T-Code Description
MCIZ Vehicle Consumption Analysis
MCJB PMIS: MTTR/MTBR - Equipment
MCJE SAP Easy Access Plant Maintenance Information System
MCMM Display Selection Version
MCYK Plant Maintenance Information System (PMIS): Execute Exception
Analysis
ML01 Create Standard Service Catalog
ML02 Change Standard Service Catalog
ML03 Display Standard Service Catalog
ML10 Create Model Service Specifications
ML11 Change Model Service Specifications
ML12 Display Model Service Specifications
ML15 Model Service Specifications: Reporting
ML81 Maintain Service Entry Sheet
MLS6 Standard Service Catalog: Reporting
PRODUCTION
PLANNING
PRODUCTION PLANNING
83
T-Code Description
B3MG Display Master Warranty
BGM1 Create Master Warranty
BGM2 Change Master Warranty
BM00 SAP Easy Access Batch Management
BMBC Batch Information Cockpit
C201 Create Master Recipe
C202 Change Master Recipe
C203 Display Master Recipe
C223 Production Version: Mass Processing
C251 Master Recipe Print List
C252 Print List for Production Versions with Consistency Check
C260 Task List Changes
C261 Display Change Documents for a Recipe Group
C298 Deletion of Task Lists without Archiving
CA00 SAP Easy Access Routings
CA01 Create Routing
CA02 Change Routing
CA03 Display Routing
CA10 Stdandard Text
CA11 Create Reference Operation Set
CA12 Change Reference Operation Set
CA13 Display Reference Operation Set
CA21 Create Rate Routing
CA22 Change Rate Routing
CA23 Display Rate Routing
CA31 Create Reference Rate Routing
CA32 Change Reference Rate Routing
CA33 Display Reference Rate Routing
CA60 Task List Changes
CA62 Display Change Documents for Reference Operation Set Group
CA63 Display Change Documents for a Routing
PP
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
84
T-Code Description
CA64 Display Change Documents for a Reference Rate Routing Group
CA70 Use of PRT in Task Lists: Selection
CA75 Replace PRT in Task Lists: Selection
CA75N Mass Change of Production Res./Tools: Selection
CA80 Work Center Where-Used: Selection
CA81 Resource Where-Used: Selection
CA85 Replace Work Center: Selection
CA85N Mass Change Work Center
CA87 Replace Work Center: Selection
CA90 Use of Reference Operation Set in Task Lists: Selection
CA95 Replace Reference Operation Set: Selection
CA95N Mass Change Ref. Operation Set Reference: Selection
CA96 Update Material Master
CA97 Update Material Master: Initial Screen (for Mass Processing)
CA98 Deletion of Task Lists without Archiving
CA99 Archive Administration
CAC0 SAP Easy Access Master Recipe - Access Via Production Version
CC00 SAP Easy Access Engineering Change Management
CC01 Create Change Master
CC02 Change Change Master
CC03 Display Change Master
CC04 Product Structure Browser
CC05 Change Overview Initial Screen
CC07 Change Number Selection
CK11N Create Material Cost Estimate with Quantity Structure
CK13N Display Material Cost Estimate with Quantity Structure
CK24 Price Update: Mark Standard Price
CK31 Print log of costing run
CK33 Comparison of Itemizations
CK40N Edit Costing Run
CK41 Create Costing Run (Material)
PRODUCTION PLANNING
85
T-Code Description
CK42 Change Costing Run (Material)
CK43 Display Costing Run (Material)
CK44 Delete Costing Run
CK80 Cost Component Report for Product Cost Estimate
CK81 Application Tree Report Selection Product Cost Planning
CK82 List of Existing Material Cost Estimates
CK83 Call RKKBPCD0 in Background
CK84 Line items in cost est for product
CK85 Line Item Report Costing Items
CK86 Costed Multilevel BOM, Material Cost Estimate
CK87 Costed Multilevel BOM, Sales Order Cost Estimate
CK88 Partner Cost Component Split
CK89 Cost Component Report for Sales Document Cost Estimate
CK90 SAP Easy Access: Mixed Costing
CK91 Create Procurement Alternative
CK91N Display Procurement Alternatives
CK92 Change Procurement Alternatives
CK93 Display Procurement Alternatives
CK94 Change Mixing Ratios
CK95 Display Mixing Ratios
CKC1 Check Costing Variant
CKCM Easy Cost Planning: Model
CKECP Ad Hoc Cost Estimate
CKM3 Material Price Analysis
CKMB Display Material Ledger Document
CKME Release Planned Price Changes
CKMF Allow Price Determination
CKMG Allow Closing Entries
CKMH Single-Level Material Price Determination
CKR1 Reorganization of Cost Estimates
CKUC Multilevel Unit Costing
PP
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
86
T-Code Description
CKW1 Create Cost Estimate for Production Lot
CKW3 Display Cost Estimate for Production Lot
CKW4 Activate Cost Estimate for Production Lot
CM00 SAP Easy Access Capacity Planning
CM01 Capacity Planning: Selection (Work Center - Load)
CM02 Capacity Planning: Selection (Orders)
CM03 Capacity Planning: Selection (Work Center - Pool)
CM04 Capacity Planning: Selection (Work Center - Backlog)
CM05 Capacity Planning: Selection (Work Center - Overload)
CM07 Capacity Planning (Variable)
CM22 Capacity leveling: SFC planning table
CM23 Capacity leveling: SFC orders tab
CM24 Capacity Leveling (Individual Capacity - Tabular)
CM25 Capacity Leveling (Variable)
CM26 Capacity leveling: Proj. View Tabular
CM27 Capacity level.: SFC indiv. cap. graph
CM28 Capac. level.: SFC indiv. cap. Tab
CM30 Capacity Leveling (Indvidual Capacity - Graphical)
CM31 Cap. leveling: SFC orders graphical
CM32 Cap. leveling: PS graph
CM33 Capacity Leveling (Work Center - Graphical)
CM34 Capacity Leveling (Work Center - Tabular)
CM35 Capacity Leveling (Resource View - Table)
CM36 Capacity Leveling (Process Order View)
CM38 Capacity Planning (Capacity Leveling Long-Term Planning)
CM50 Capacity level: SFC work cntr list
CM51 Cap. level: SFC individual cap. list
CM52 Cap. leveling: SFC orders list
CM53 Capacity leveling: PS elem/version
CM54 Capacity leveling: PS list via vers.
CM55 Cap. leveling: PS list WCntr/version
PRODUCTION PLANNING
87
T-Code Description
CM56 Capacity evaluation (Resource View)
CM57 Capacity evaluation (Order View)
CMP2 Workforce Planning - Selection Project View
CMP3 Workforce Planning: Selection for Work Center View
CMP9 Workforce Planning - Reporting
CO00 SAP Easy Access Shop Floor Control
CO01 Production Order Create
CO01S Simulation Order Create
CO02 Production Order Change
CO02S Simulation Order Change
CO03 Production Order Display
CO03S Simulation Order Display
CO04 Print Shop Papers
CO04N Print Production Orders
CO05N Release Production Orders
CO06 Backorder Processing
CO07 Production Order Create (Without Material)
CO08 Production Order Create (For Sales Order)
CO09 Availability Overview
CO10 Production Order Create
CO11 Enter Production Order Confirmation
CO11N Enter time ticket for production order
CO12 Collective Entry: Time Ticket
CO13 Cancel Production Order Confirmation
CO14 Display Production Order Confirmation
CO15 Enter Production Order Confirmation
CO16N Postprocessing Incorrect Confirmations
CO27 Picking List
CO40 Production Order Create (Planned Order)
CO41 Collective Conversion of Planned Orders
CO43 Actual Overhead Calculation: Production/Process Orders
PP
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
88
T-Code Description
CO44 Mass Processing for Orders
CO46 Order Progress Report: Selection Screen
CO48 Production Order Create
CO78 Archiving of Production Orders
CO88 Actual Settlement: Production/Process Orders
COB1 Create Batch Search Strategy
COB2 Change Batch Search Strategy
COB3 Display Batch Search Strategy
COFC Reprocessing of confirmations with errors in calc. of actual costs
COHV Mass Processing Production Orders
COID Selection of Indiv. Object Lists
COIO Order Info System for PP-PI
COMAC Collective Availability Check
COOIS Production Order Information System
COPD Print Process Order
COPI Print Process Order Shop Floor Papers
COR1 Create Process Order
COR2 Change Process Order
COR3 Display Process Order
COR5 Release Process Order
COR6 Create Process Order Confirmation
COR6N Enter time ticket for process order
COR7 Create Process Order (Convert Planned Order)
COR8 Collective Conversion of Planned Orders
CORA Process Order: Scheduling External Relationships
CORK Enter Process Order Confirmation
CORO Create Process Order w/o Material
CORR Collective Entry of Confirmations
CORS Cancel Process Order Confirmation
CORT Display Process Order Confirmation
CORZ Enter Confirmation of Process Order: Create Time Event
PRODUCTION PLANNING
89
T-Code Description
CR01 Create Work Center
CR02 Change Work Center
CR03 Display Work Center
CR05 Work Center List
CR06 Assignment of Work Centers to Cost Centers
CR07 Work Center Capacities
CR08 Work Center Hierarchy
CR09 Standard Text
CR10 Work Center Change Documents
CR11 Create Capacity
CR12 Change Capacity
CR13 Display Capacity
CR15 Capacity: Where-used
CR21 Create Hierarchy
CR22 Change Hierarchy
CR23 Display Hierarchy
CR60 Work center information system
CRA1 Archive Administration: Create Archive Files
CRA2 Archive Administration: Execute Delete Program
CRAA Display Work Center
CRAH Create Work Center
CRAV Change Work Center
CS00 SAP Easy Access Bills of Material
CS01 Create Material BOM
CS02 Change Material BOM
CS03 Display Material BOM
CS05 Change BOM Group
CS06 Display BOM Group
CS07 Create Plant Assignment
CS08 Change Plant Assignment
CS09 Display Plant Assignment
PP
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
90
T-Code Description
CS11 Explode BOM: Level by Level
CS12 Explode BOM: Multi-Level BOM
CS13 Explode BOM: Summarized BOM
CS14 BOM Comparison: Initial Screen (One-Level)
CS15 Where-Used List: Material: Initial Screen
CS20 Mass Changes: Material Selection (Bills of Material)
CS21 Mass Changes: Material Selection
CS22 Mass Changes: Document Selection
CS23 Mass Changes: Class Selection
CS25 Archive Administration: Create Archive Files
CS26 Archive Administration: Execute Delete Program
CS27 Archive Administration: Run Read Program
CS28 Archive Administration: Initial Screen
CS31 Create class BOM
CS32 Change class BOM
CS33 Display class BOM
CS40 Create Link to Configurable Material
CS41 Change Link to Configurable Material
CS42 Display Link to Configurable Material
CS51 Create standard BOM
CS52 Change standard BOM
CS53 Display standard BOM
CS61 Create order BOM
CS62 Change order BOM
CS63 Display order BOM
CS71 Create WBS BOM
CS72 Change WBS BOM
CS73 Display WBS BOM
CS74 Create WBS BOM (Structure)
CS75 Change WBS BOM (Structure)
CS76 Display WBS BOM (Structure)
PRODUCTION PLANNING
91
T-Code Description
CS80 Display Change Documents: Material BOM
CS81 Display Change Documents: Standard BOM
CS82 Display Change Documents: Order BOM
CS83 Display Change Documents: WBS BOM
CS84 Change documents for class BOM
CS90 Number ranges for material bills of material
CS91 Standard object list number range
CS92 Number ranges for sales order BOMs
CSK1 Explode BOM: Level by Level
CSK2 Explode BOM: Multi-Level BOM
CSK3 Explode BOM: Summarized BOM
CSMB Material BOM Browser
CSPB WBS BOM
CV15 Change Document BOM group
CV16 Display Document BOM group
IK01 Create Measuring Point
IK01R Create Reference Measuring Point
IK02 Change Measuring Point
IK02R Change Reference Measuring Point
IK03 Display Measuring Point
IK03R Display Reference Measuring Point
IK06 Display Measuring Points for Object
IK07 Display Measuring Points: MeasPoint Selection
IK07R Display Reference Measuring Point: Reference Measuring Point Selection
IK08 Change Measuring Points: MeasPoint Selection
IK08R Change Reference Measuring Point: Reference Measuring Point
Selection
IPMD "Display View ""Maintain Permits"": Overview"
KSOP Transfer Scheduled from PP for Business Processes
KSPP Transfer Planned Activity Requirements for Production
LDB1 Create Line Hierarchy
PP
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
92
T-Code Description
LDB2 Change Line Hierarchy
LDB3 Display Line Hierarchy
MB11 Enter Goods Movement
MB31 Goods Receipt for Order (Production)
MBVR Manage Reservations
MC11 Create Evaluation
MC12 Change Evaluation
MC13 Display Evaluation
MC35 Create Rough-Cut Planning Profile
MC36 Change Rough-Cut Planning Profile
MC37 Display Rough-Cut Planning Profile
MC61 Create Planning Hierarchy
MC62 Change Planning Hierarchy
MC63 Display Planning Hierarchy
MC64 Create Event
MC65 Change Event
MC66 Display Event
MC67 Planning Hierarchy Graphic
MC71 Product group hierarchy
MC72 Product Group Usage
MC74 Transfer Planning Data to Demand Management (Material)
MC75 Transfer Planning Data to Demand Management (Product Group)
MC78 Copy Planning Version
MC80 Delete Planning Version
MC84 Create Product Group
MC85 Display Product Group
MC86 Change Product Group
MC88 Sales and Operations Planning
MC8A Planning Type: Create
MC8B Planning Type: Change
MC8C Planning Type: Display
PRODUCTION PLANNING
93
T-Code Description
MC8D Create Planning Job
MC8E Change Planning Job
MC8G Schedule Background Run for Selected Planning Objects
MC8J List of planning objects
MC8V Copy Planning Version
MC8W Delete Planning Version
MC90 Transfer Planning Data to Demand Management
MC93 Create Plan in Flexible Planning
MC94 Change Plan in Flexible Planning
MC95 Display Plan in Flexible Planning
MC96 "Change View ""Configuration of Forecast Profiles"": Details"
MC9B Determine Proporations of Lowest-Level Nodes for Consistent Planning
MC9C Standard Analysis for Info Structure
MC9K Maintain Available Capacity for Material
MCI6 Object Statistics
MCP1 Operation Analysis
MCP3 Production Order Analysis
MCP5 Material Analysis
MCP7 Work Center Analysis: Selection
MCRE Material Usage Analysis
MCRI Product Costs Analysis
MCRX Material Usage Analysis
MCRY Product Costs Analysis
MCYJ Shop Floor Information System (PP-IS): Execute Exception Analysis
MD01 MRP Run
MD02 Single-Item; Multi-Level (MRP)
MD03 Single-Item, Single-Level (MRP)
MD05 MRP List (Individual Display)
MD06 MRP List (Collective Display)
MD07 Stock/Requirements List (collective Display)
MD09 Determine Pegged Requirements
PP
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
94
T-Code Description
MD11 Create Planned Order
MD12 Change Planned Order
MD13 Display Planned Order
MD14 Convert Planned Order to Purchase Requisition
MD15 Collective Conversion of Plnd Ord. to Pur. Req.
MD16 Display Planned Orders
MD17 Collective Requirements Display
MD20 Create Planning File Entry
MD21 Display planning file entries
MD25 Create Planning Calendar
MD26 Change Planning Calendar
MD27 Display Planning Calendar
MD43 Single-Item Planning - Interactive
MD44 Evaluation of the Planning Situation
MD45 Evaluation of the Planning Result
MD46 Evaluation of the Planning Result for MRP Controller
MD47 Evaluation of Product Group Planning
MD48 Cross-Plant Evaluation
MD4C Multilevel Order Report
MD50 Make-To-Order Planning - Multi-Level
MD51 Project Planning - Multi-Level
MD61 Create Planned Independent Requirements
MD62 Change Planned Independent Requirements
MD63 Display Planned Independent Requirements
MD64 Standard Independent Requirements (Create)
MD65 Change Standard Independent Requirements
MD66 Display Standard Independent Requirements
MD73 Display Total Requirements
MD74 Reorganizing Indep. Reqmts - Adjusting Requirements (PlndIndReq)
MD75 Indep. requirements reorganization - Delete old requirements records
MD76 Reorg: Indep. Reqmts - Delete History and Independent Requirements
PRODUCTION PLANNING
95
T-Code Description
MD79 PP Demand Management / XXL List Viewer
MD81 Create Independent Requirements
MD82 Change Independent Requirements
MD83 Display Independent Requirements
MDAB Set up planning file entries: Variant
MDAC Execute Action for Planned Order
MDBT Total Planning: Variants
MDL1 Create Production Lot
MDL2 Change Production Lot
MDL3 Display Production Lot
MDLD Print MRP List
MDRE Plnning file entries consisten: Variants
MDSA Display BOM Explosion Numbers
MDSP Maintain BOM Explosion Numbers
MDUM Convert Planned Orders into PR: Variants
MDUP Process project assignment
MDUS Display project assignment
MDVP Collective Availability Check
MF12 Display Document Log Information
MF26 Display Reporting Point Information
MF30 Creation of Preliminary Cost Estimates for Product Cost Collectors
MF41 Document-Specific Backflush Reversal
MF42N Collective Entry of Confirmations
MF45 Postprocess Backflush Items
MF46 Collective Postprocessing
MF50 Planning Table Initial Screen: Change Mode
MF51 Production List for Repetitive Manufacturing
MF52 Planning Table Initial Screen: Display Mode
MF57 Planning Table Initial Screen: By MRP Lists
MF60 Material Staging for Planned Orders
MF63 Staging Situation for Planned Orders
PP
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
96
T-Code Description
MF65 Picking: Collective processing
MF68 Message logs for material staging
MF70 Aggregate Collective Backflush
MFBF REM Confirmation: Transaction Variant: None
MFHU HU Backflush in Repetitive Manufacturing
MP30 Execute Forecast (Materials)
MP31 Change Forecast (Materials)
MP32 Display Forecast (Materials)
MP33 Forecast Reprocessing
MP38 Execute Mass Forecast
MP39 Material Forecast Printing
MP80 Forecast Profile Create
MP81 Forecast Profile Change
MP82 Forecast Profile Delete
MP83 Forecast Profile Display
MP90 Number Ranges for Forecast Parameter
MP91 Number Ranges for Forecast Values
MPBT Total Forecast: Variants
MPDR Print forecast: Variants
MS31 Create Planning Scenario
MS32 Change Planning Scenario
MS33 Display Planning Scenario
MS44 Long-Term Planning: Evaluation
MS64 Copy Version
MSC1N Create Batch
MSC2N Change Batch
MSC3N Display Batch
MSC4N Display Change Documents for Batch
OMI8 Plant Parameters for Material Requirements Planning
OP4A "Change View ""Grouping"": Overview"
OPPP "Change View ""Alternative BOM Determination"": Overview"
PRODUCTION PLANNING
97
T-Code Description
OS29 "Change View ""User Profile for BOMs"": Overview"
PK00 SAP Easy Access Kanban
PK01 Create Control Cycle
PK02 Change Control Cycle
PK03 Display Control Cycle
PK03NR Display Control Cycle
PK05 "Change View ""Supply Area"": Overview"
PK05S Fast Entry Supply Area
PK06 "Display View ""Supply Area"": Overview"
PK10 Define Status of Kanban Board
PK11 Kanban Plant Overview
PK12N Kanban Board: Supply Source Overview
PK13N Kanban Board: Demand Source Overview
PK17 Collective Kanban Print
PK18 Econtrol Cycle and Kanban Evaluation
PK21 Kanban Signal
PK22 Quantity Signal: Input
PK23 Create Kanban
PK41 Kanban Backflush
PK50 Kanban Processing: Error Display
PKBC Kanban Signal
PKC1 SAP Easy Access Activity-Based Costing Information System
PKMC Control Cycle Maintenance: Display
WWP1 Planning Workbench (Online Planning)
WWP3 Planning Workbench (Order Cancellation)
PP
PROJECT
SYSTEM
PROJECT SYSTEM
101
T-Code Description
CJ01 Create Project (Work Breakdown Structure)
CJ02 Change Project (Work Breakdown Structure)
CJ03 Display Project (Work Breakdown Structure)
CJ06 Create Project Definition
CJ07 Change Project Definition
CJ08 Display Project Definition
CJ11 Create WBS Element
CJ12 Change WBS Element
CJ13 Display WBS Element
CJ20 Structure Planning: Change
CJ20N Project Builder
CJ21 Change Time Scheduling: Basic Dates
CJ22 Display Time Scheduling: Basic Dates
CJ23 Change Time Scheduling: Forecast Dates
CJ24 Display Time Scheduling: Forecast Dates
CJ25 Change Time Scheduling: Actual Dates
CJ26 Display Time Scheduling: Actual Dates
CJ27 Create Project (Project Planning Board)
CJ29 Project Scheduling
CJ2A Structure Planning: Display
CJ2B Change Project Planning Board
CJ2C Display Project Planning Board
CJ2D Create Project (Structure Planning)
CJ30 Change Original Budget
CJ31 Display Original Budget
CJ32 Change Release
CJ33 Display Release
CJ34 Transfer Budget
CJ35 Post Return
CJ36 Post Supplement
CJ37 Change Supplement
PS
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
102
T-Code Description
CJ38 Change Return
CJ3A Change Document
CJ3B Display Document
CJ40 Change Cost Planning
CJ41 Display Project Plan
CJ42 Change Revenue Planning
CJ43 Display Revenue Planning
CJ44 Actual Overhead Calculation: Project/WBS Element/Network
CJ45 Actual Overhead Calculation: Projects/WBS Elements/Networks
CJ46 Plan Overhead Calculation: Project/WBS Element
CJ47 Plan Overhead Calculation: Projects/WBS Elements
CJ48 Payment Planning Change
CJ49 Payment Planning Display
CJ70 Display Project Settlement Line Items
CJ74 Display Project Actual Cost Line Items
CJ76 Display Project Commitment Line Items
CJ7E Transfer of Planning Data: Projects/WBS elements
CJ7G Transfer of Planning Data: Projects/WBS elements
CJ7M Display Project Planned Cost Line Items
CJ88 Actual Settlement: Project/WBS Element/Network
CJ8G Actual Settlement: Projects/WBS Elements/Networks
CJ91 Create Standard WBS
CJ92 Change Standard WBS
CJ93 Display Standard WBS
CJ9B Copy WBS Plan to Plan (Collective)
CJ9BS Copy WBS Plan to Plan (Individual)
CJ9C Copy WBS Actual to Plan (Collective)
CJ9CS Copy WBS Actual to Plan (Individual)
CJ9D Orders/Networks for Project: Copy Plan Version
CJ9E Planned Settlement: Projects/WBS elements
CJ9F Copy Project Costing (Collective)
PROJECT SYSTEM
103
T-Code Description
CJ9FS Copy Project Costing (Individual)
CJ9G Planed Settlement: Projects/WBS elements
CJ9K Asynchronous Network Costing: Planned Costs and Payments
CJ9L Cost Forecast (Individual Processing)
CJ9M Cost Forecast (Collective Processing)
CJ9Q Integrated Planning for Networks (Collective Processing)
CJ9QS Integrated Planning for Networks (Individual Processing)
CJA1 Project-Related Incoming Orders (Collective Processing)
CJA2 Project-Related Incoming Orders (Individual Processing)
CJB1 Generate Settlement Rules: WBS Elements (Collective Processing)
CJB2 Generate Settlement Rules: WBS Elements (Individual Processing)
CJBV Project Availability Control Background Job Activation
CJBW Deactivate Availabilty Control for Projects
CJCF Fiscal year close: Carry forward commitment
CJCO Carrying Forward Project Budget
CJCS Display change documents: Reference WBS
CJE1 Create Hierarchy Report
CJE2 Change Hierarchy Report
CJE3 Display Hierarchy Report
CJEA Selection: Plan/Actual/Commitment/Rem. Plan/Assigned
CJF1 Create Transfer Price Agreement
CJI1 Display Project Budget Line Items
CJI2 Budget Updates: Document Chain
CJI3 Display Project Actual Cost Line Items
CJI4 Display Project Planned Cost Line Items
CJI5 Display Project Commitment Line Items
CJI8 Display Project Budget Line Items
CJI9 Display Project Hierarchy Cost Planning Line Items
CJIA Display Project Actual Payment Line Items
CJIB Display Project Planned Payment Line Items
CJIC Display Project Settlement Line Items
PS
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
104
T-Code Description
CJID Display Project Settlement Line Items
CJK2 Change Statistical Key Figure Planning
CJK3 Display Statistical Key Figure Planning
CJP1 Create Plan Revaluation
CJP2 Change Plan Revaluation
CJP3 Display Plan Revaluation
CJP4 Delete Plan Revaluation
CJPU Plan Revaluation
CJR2 Change Cost and Activity Inputs
CJR3 Display Cost and Activity Inputs
CJS2 Change Planning Statistical Key Figures
CJS3 Display Planning Statistical Key Figures
CJS4 Change Planning Statistical Key Figures
CJS5 Display Planning Statistical Key Figures
CJSN Number Range for Project Definition
CJT2 Display Project Actual Payment Line Items
CJV1 Project Planning Board: Create Simulation
CJV2 Project Planning Board: Change Simulation
CJV3 Project Planning Board: Display Simulation
CJV4 Transfer Project
CJV5 Delete Simulation Version
CN01 Standard Network Create
CN02 Standard Network Change
CN03 Standard Network Display
CN04 PS Text Catalog: Change
CN05 PS Text Catalog: Display
CN08 Allocate Material to Standard Network Change: Overview
CN09 Allocate Material to Standard Network Display: Overview
CN11 Create Standard Milestone
CN12 Change Standard Milestone
CN13 Display Standard Milestone
PROJECT SYSTEM
105
T-Code Description
CN21 Create: Network
CN22 Change: Network
CN23 Display: Network
CN24N Overall Network Scheduling
CN25 Enter Network Confirmation
CN27 Network Confirmation: Collective Confirmation
CN28 Display Network Confirmation
CN29 Cancel Network Confirmation
CN2X Process Network Confirmation
CN40 Project Info System
CN41 Structure Overview
CN42N Overview: Project Definitions
CN43N Overview: WBS Elements
CN44N Overview: Planned Orders
CN45N Overview: Orders
CN46N Overview: Networks
CN47N Overview: Activities/Elements
CN48N Overview Confirmations
CN49N Overview: Relationships
CN50N Overview: Capacity Requirements
CN51N Overview: PRTs
CN52N Overview: Components
CN53N Overview: Milestones
CN54N Overview: Sales Document
CN55N Overview: Sales and Dist. Doc. Items
CN60 Change Documents for Projects/Netw.
CN61 Display Change Documents: Library Network
CN65 Display Change Document: Network
CN71 Project Info System: Save Project Version Initial Screen
CN72 Create Project Version
CN85 Operative Project Structures / Delete without Archiving
PS
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
106
T-Code Description
CN98 Delete Standard Networks Without Archiving
CNB1 List Display of Purchase Requisitions for Project
CNB2 Purchasing Documents per Project
CNC4 Master Data Reconciliation Report: Consistency Within Project Struct.
CNC5 Master Reconciliation Report: Consistency Sales Order/Project
CNE1 Project Progress (Individual Processing)
CNE2 Project Progress (Collective Processing)
CNE5 Project Info System: Progress Analysis Initial Screen
CNL1 Create Delivery Info
CNL2 Change Delivery Info
CNL3 Display Delivery Info
CNMASS Mass Changes in the Project System
CNMM Project-Oriented Procurement
CNPRG Progress Report: Network Activities
CNR1 Create Work Center
CNR2 Change Work Center
CNR3 Display Work Center
CNS0 Delivery from Project: Selection Initial Screen
CNS40 Project Info System
CNS41 Project Info System: Structure Initial Screen
CNS42 Project Info System: Project Definitions Initial Screen
CNS43 Project Info System: WBS Elements Initial Screen
CNS44 Project Info System: Planned Orders Initial Screen
CNS45 Project Info System: Orders Initial Screen
CNS46 Project Info System: Networks Initial Screen
CNS47 Project Info System: Activities Initial Screen
CNS48 Project Info System: Confirmations Initial Screen
CNS49 Project Info System: Relationships Initial Screen
CNS50 Project Info System: Capacity Requirements Initial Screen
CNS51 Project Info System: Prod. Resources/Tools Initial Screen
CNS52 Project Info System: Components Initial Screen
PROJECT SYSTEM
107
T-Code Description
CNS53 Project Info System: Milestones Initial Screen
CNS54 Project Info System: SD Documents Initial Screen
CNS55 Project Info System: Sales Document Items Initial Screen
CNS60 Project Info System: Change Documents
CNS71 Project Info System: Save Project Version Initial Screen
CNSE5 Project Info System: Progress Analysis Initial Screen
PS
QUALITY
MANAGEMENT
QUALITY MANAGEMENT
111
T-Code Description
CRQ1 Create work center (QM)
CRQ2 Change work center (QM)
CRQ3 Display work center (QM)
CT12 Where-Used List for Characteristics/Characteristic Values
CV01N Create Document
CV02N Change Document
CV03N Display document
CV04N Find Document: Selection Criteria
MCOA Customer Analysis Overview: Lots: Selection
MCVA Vendor Analysis Overview: Lots: Selection
MCXB Analysis: Inspection Results, General: Selection
MCXC Material Analysis Overview: Quantities: Selection
MCXI Material Analysis Quantities: Selection
MCXV Q-Notification Analysis: Mat. Overview: Selection
Q000 SAP Easy Access Quality Management
QA00 SAP Easy Access Quality Inspection
QA01A Create Inspection Lot Manually
QA02A Change Inspection Lot
QA03 Display Inspection Lot
QA05 Recurring insp. job planning: Variants
QA07 Deadline Monitoring of Batches
QA08 Mass Change of QM Inspection Setup Data in Materials
QA09 QM inspection lot
QA10 Lot Selection for Automatic Usage Decision
QA10L Log for Automatic Usage Decision
QA11 Record Usage Decision
QA12 Change Usage Decision
QA13 Display Usage Decision
QA14 Change Usage Decision without History
QA16 Collective Usage Decision for OK Lots
QA17 Job planning for automatic UD: Variants
QM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
112
T-Code Description
QA18 Job overview (Automatic Usage Decision)
QA19 Lot Selection for Automatic Usage Decision
QA22 Change Inspection Point: Initial
QA23 Display Inspection Point Quantities
QA32 Inspection Lot Selection
QA33 Inspection Lot Selection
QA40 Complete Production Inspection Lots/Lots for PM Orders
QA40L Log for Automatic Usage Decision (Orders)
QA41 UD prod. lots: job planning: Variants
QA42 Job Overview (Automatic Usage Decision - Orders)
QA51 Source inspection: job planning: Variants
QA52 Job Overview (Source Inspection)
QAC1 Correct Actual Quantity in Insp. Lot
QAC2 Transfer Insp. Lot Quant. (PlntToPlnt, StorLoc to StorLoc)
QAC3 Insp. Lot - Reset Sample Calculation
QAS1 Download inspection specifications
QAS2 Download Basic Data
QAS3 Upload Inspection Results
QAS4 Upload Usage Decision
QC01 Create Certificate Profile
QC02 Change Certificate Profile
QC03 Display Certificate Profile
QC06 Deletion of Unused Certificate Profiles
QC11 Create Certificate Profile Assignment
QC12 Change Certificate Profile Assignment
QC13 Display Certificate Profile Assignment
QC20 Qualtiy Certificates for Deliveries
QC21 Quality Certificate for the Inspection Lot
QC22 Quality Certificate for Batch
QC31 Archive Display Quality Certificate for a Delivery Item
QC32 Archive Display Quality Certificate for an Inspection Lot
QUALITY MANAGEMENT
113
T-Code Description
QC51 Create Quality Certificate Receipt
QC52 Change Quality Certificate
QC53 Display Quality Certificate
QC55 QM Worklist: Quality Certificates in Procurement
QCE2 "Change View ""Partner setting for quality data exchange"": Overview"
QCE3 "Display View ""Partner setting for quality data exchange"": Overview"
QCYF Copy Forms Between Clients
QCYT Copy Texts Between Clients
QD33 Deletion Program for Quality Levels where Deletion Date Exceeded
QD34 Delete Q-level job planning: Variants
QD35 Jobs for Deleting Quality Level
QDB1 "Change View ""Allwd. Relationships: Sampling Procedures/Dynamic
Mod. Rule)""
QDB3 "Display View ""Allwd. Relationships: Sampling Procedures/Dynamic
Mod. Rule)""
QDH1 Q-level Evaluation: Select Quality Levels (Edit)
QDH2 Q-level Evaluation: Select Quality Levels (Display)
QDL1 Create Quality Level
QDL2 Change Quality Level
QDL3 Display Quality Level
QDP1 Create Sampling Scheme
QDP2 Change Sampling Scheme
QDP3 Display Sampling Scheme
QDR1 Create Dynamic Modification Rule
QDR2 Change Dynamic Modification Rule
QDR3 Display Dynamic Modification Rule
QDR6 Dynamic Modification Rule Where-Used List
QDR7 Replace Dynamic Modification Rule
QDV1 Create Sampling Procedure
QDV2 Change Sampling Procedure
QDV3 Display Sampling Procedure
QDV6 Sampling Procedure Where-Used List
QM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
114
T-Code Description
QDV7 Replace Sampling Procedure
QE00 SAP Easy Access Quality Planning
QE01 Record Results (Characteristic)
QE02 Change Results (Characteristic)
QE03 Display Results (Characteristic)
QE04 Record Sample Results
QE05 Change Sample Results
QE06 Display Sample Results
QE09 Display Individual Result
QE11 Record Results for Inspection Point
QE12 Change Results for Inspection Point
QE13 Display Results for Inspection Point
QE14 Record Results for Delivery Note
QE15 Change Results for Delivery Note
QE16 Display Results for Delivery Note
QE17 Record Equipment Results
QE18 Change Results for Equipment
QE19 Display results for equipment
QE20 Record Results for Functional Location
QE21 Change Results for Functional Location
QE22 Display Results for Functional Location
QE23 Record Physical Sample Results
QE24 Change Physical Sample Results
QE25 Display Physical Sample Results
QE51N Results Recording Worklist
QE52 Results Recording Worklist for Physical Samples
QE53 Results Recording Worklist for Eqquipment
QE54 Results Recording Worklist for Functional Locations
QE71 Selection: Tabular Results Recording for Inspection Points
QE72 Selection: Tabular Results Recording for Inspection Lots
QE73 Selection: Tabular Results Recording for a Characteristic
QUALITY MANAGEMENT
115
T-Code Description
QEH1 Mobile Results Recording Worklist - Selection
QEI1 Analyze Application Log
QEI2 Deleting the Application Log for the QM-IDI Interface
QF01 Record Defects
QF02 Change Defects
QF03 Display Defects
QF11 Record Defects for Inspection Lot
QF21 Record Defects for Operation
QF31 Record Defects for Characteristic
QG09 Quality control chart
QGA1 Time Line Representation of Quality Scores
QGA2 Display Inspection Results
QGA3 Results Printout
QGC1 Quality Control Charts for Inspection Lots
QGC2 Control Charts for Task List Characteristic
QGC3 Control Charts for a Master Inspection Characteristic
QGD1 Test Equipment Usage List: Equipment Selection
QGD2 Test Equipment Tracking
QGP1 Inspection Results for TList Charac. (History for Inspection Characteristic)
QGP2 Inspection Results for TList Charac. (Calibration Results History)
QI01 Create Q-Info Record
QI02 Change Q-Info Record
QI03 Display Q-Info Record
QI04 QM procurement key: material: Variants
QI05 Mass maintenance QM procurement key
QI06 QM Releases: Mass maintenance
QI07 Worklist of Source Inspections
QI08 Job Overview (Control Keys for Procurement)
QK01 Create and Assign QM Orders to Materials
QK02 Overview of QM Order Usage in Material Master
QK04 Creation of QM Orders
QM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
116
T-Code Description
QK05 Confirmed Activities for the Inspection Lot
QL11 Send Inspection Setup
QL21 Send Master Inspection Characteristics
QL31 Send Inspection Method
QL41 Send Code Groups
QM00 SAP Easy Access Quality Notifications
QM01 Create Notification (Quality)
QM02 Change Notification (Quality)
QM03 Display Notification (Quality)
QM10 Change list of quality notifications: Selection of Notifications
QM11 Display List of Qual. Notifications: Selection of Notifications
QM12 Change list of tasks: Selection of Notifications
QM13 Display list of tasks: Selection of Notifications
QM14 Change list of items: Selection of Notifications
QM15 Display list of items: Selection of Notifications
QM16 Change activity list: Selection of Notifications
QM17 Display activity list: Selection of Notifications
QM19 Notification List (Multi-Level): Notification Selection
QM50 Time line display of quality notifications
QP01 Create Inspection Plan
QP02 Change Inspection Plan
QP03 Display Inspection Plan
QP05 Print list for task list
QP06 Missing/Non-unusable Inspection Plans
QP07 Missing/Unusable Goods Receipt Inspection Plans
QP08 Print list: Task list for material
QP11 Create Reference Operation Set
QP12 Change Reference Operation Set
QP13 Display Reference Operation Set
QP48 Number range for physical samples
QP49 This No. Documents the Withdrawal of Physical Samples
QUALITY MANAGEMENT
117
T-Code Description
QP60 Task List Changes
QP61 Display Change Documents for an Inspection Plan Group
QP62 Display Change Documents for Reference Operation Set Group
QPNQ Number Ranges Object Maintenance
QPR1 Create Physical Sample
QPR2 Change Physical Sample
QPR3 Display Physical Sample
QPR4 Process Physical-Sample Drawing
QPR5 Create Inspection Lots for Physical Samples
QPR6 Create New Physical-Sample Drawing with Reference
QPR7 Storage Data Maintenance
QPV2 "Change View ""Sample-drawing procedure"": Overview"
QPV3 "Display View ""Sample-drawing procedure"": Overview"
QS21 Create Master Inspection Characteristic
QS22 Create Master Insp. Characteristic Version
QS23 Change Master Insp. Characteristic Version
QS24 Display Master Insp. Characteristic Version
QS25 Delete Master Insp. Characteristic Version
QS26 Master Inspection Charac. Where-Used List
QS27 Replace Master Inspection Characteristic
QS28 Display Master Inspection Characteristics
QS29 Master - inspection characteristics in QSS
QS31 Create Inspection Method
QS32 Create Inspection Method Version
QS33 Change Inspection Method Version
QS34 Display Inspection Method Version
QS35 Delete Inspection Method Version
QS36 Display Inspection Method in Task List
QS37 Replace Inspection Method in Task List
QS38 Display Inspection Method List
QS39 QM test methods
QM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
118
T-Code Description
QS41 Edit Catalog
QS42 Display Catalog
QS43 Edit Catalog (Individual Maintenance)
QS44 Edit Catalog (Group Code)
QS45 Display Catalog (Group Code)
QS46 Display Code Group in Task List
QS47 Replace Code Group in Task List
QS48 Code groups: Check usage indicator
QS49 Display Code Group Index
QS51 Edit Selected Set
QS52 Display selected sets
QS58 Selected sets: Check usage indicator
QS59 Display Selected Set Index
QS61 Maintain Material Specification
QS62 Display Material Specification
QS63 Maintain Material Specification (TLists)
QS65 Activate Material Specification
QS66 Activate material spec.: Variants
QSR6 Delete Task Lists Without Archiving
QST04 Selection: Display of Packages Used in Inspection Plans
QST06 Scheduling Overview for Stability Studies (List)
QST07 Change Testing Schedule Items
QST08 Display Testing Schedule Items
QTSA Transfer: Product Allocation Quantities to APO
QTSP Transfer: Customizing Settings to APO
QV51 Create QM Control Data in SD
QV52 Change QM Control Data in SD
QV53 Display QM Control Data in SD
QVM1 Inspection Lots Without Inspection Completion
QVM2 Inspection Lots with Outstanding Quantities
QVM3 Inspection Lots without Usage Decision
SALES AND
DISTRIBUTION
SALES AND DISTRIBUTION
121
T-Code Description
BD21 Creating IDoc Type from Change Pointers
BD22 Delete Change Pointers
BUP1 Create Business Partner
BUP2 Maintain Business Partner
BUP3 Display Business Partner
COGI Automatic Goods Movements: Error Handling
DGP1 Create Dangerous Goods Master
DGP2 Change Dangerous Goods Master
DGP3 Display Dangerous Goods Master
DGR1 Dangerous Goods Master: Display with Descriptions
DP90 Resource-Related Billing Request
LT01 Create Transfer Order
LT02 Clear Inventory Using Transfer Order
LT03 Create Transfer Order for Delivery Note
LT04 Create Transfer Order from TR
LT05 Processing Posting Change
LT06 Create Transfer Order for Material Document
LT07 Place Storage Unit into Stock: Beginning Process
LT08 Additional Stock for Storage Unit: Beginning Process
LT09 Create Transfer Order for Storage Unit: Entry
LT0S Create Transfer Order for Multiple Orders
LT10 Stock Transfer: Start
LT11 Confirm Item: Confirm Single Item (In One Step)
LT12 Confirm Transfer Order
LT13 Confirm Transfer Order Items for Storage Unit: Preparation
LT14 Confirm Planned Single Item
LT15 Cancelling Transfer Order
LT16 Cancel Transfer Order for Storage Unit
LT1A Change Transfer Order Header
LT1B Confirm Item: Confirm Single Item (Pick Step)
LT21 Display Transfer Order
SD
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
122
T-Code Description
LT22 Transfer orders for storage type
LT23 Transfer Orders: List of Resident Documents
LT24 Transfer Orders for Material
LT25 Display Transfer Order / Group
LT25A Transfer Orders for Each Group (By Wave Pick)
LT25N Transfer Orders for Each Group (Collective Processing)
LT26 Transfer Orders for Storage Bin
LT27 Transfer Orders for Storage Unit
LT28 Transfer Orders for Each Group
LT31 Print Transfer Order
LT42 Create TOs by Multiple Processing
MC+A Customer Analysis: Returns: Selection
MC+E Customer Analysis: Invoiced Sales: Selection
MCTA Customer Analysis: Selection
MCTC Material Analysis (SIS): Selection
MCTE Sales Organization Analysis: Selection
MCV9 Incomplete SD Documents
OLVD SAP Easy Access Customizing for Sales and Distribution: Shipping
OLVF SAP Easy Access SD Customizing: Billing
OLVS SAP Easy Access Customizing for Sales and Distribution: Master Data
OVKK "Change View ""Pricing Procedurs: Determination in Sales Docs."":
Overview"
OVXC Shipping Points -> Plants: Overview
POF1 Pkg instruction - Create Determination Recs
POF2 Pkg instruction - Change Determination Recs
POF3 Pkg instruction - Display Determination Recs
POP1 Create Packing Instruction
POP2 Change Packing Instruction
POP5 Report that outputs all condition records for packaging instructions
PRICAT Initial screen: Price Catalog Maintenance
V.01 Incomplete SD Documents
V.02 Incomplete SD Documents (Incomplete Orders)
SALES AND DISTRIBUTION
123
T-Code Description
V.14 Sales Orders/Contracts Blocked for Delivery
V.15 Backorders
V.21 Log of Collective Run
V.23 Release Sales Orders for Billing
V/03 Create Condition Table (Pricing Sales/Distribution)
V/04 Change Condition Table (Pricing Sales/Distribution)
V/05 Display Condition Table (Pricing Sales/Distribution)
V/06 "Change View ""Conditions: Condition Types"": Overview"
V/07 "Change View ""Access Sequences"": Overview"
V/08 "Change View ""Procedures"": Overview"
V/09 "Change View ""Conditions: Types"": Overview"
V/10 "Change View ""Access Sequences"": Overview"
V/11 "Change View ""Procedures"": Overview"
V/12 Create Condition Table (Accnt Determination Sales/Distribution)
V/13 Change Condition Table (Accnt Determination Sales/Distribution)
V/14 Display Condition Table (Accnt Determination Sales/Distribution)
V/LD Execute Pricing Report
V_NL Create net price list
V_R2 Rescheduling of sales and stock transfer documents: Evaluation
V_UC Selection of Incomplete SD Documents
V_V2 Rescheduling of sales and stock transfer documents: by material
V-61 Create Customer Discount Condition (K007): Fast Entry
V-64 Display Customer Discount (K007): Selection
VA00 SAP Easy Access Sales
VA01 Create Sales Order
VA02 Change Sales Order
VA03 Display Sales Order
VA05 List of Sales Orders
VA07 Selection: Comparison of Orders with Purchase Requisitions and POs
VA08 Adjustment sales-purchasing (selection using organizational data)
VA11 Create Inquiry
SD
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
124
T-Code Description
VA12 Change Inquiry
VA13 Display Inquiry
VA14L Sales Documents Blocked for Deliver
VA15 List of Inquiries
VA21 Create Quotation
VA22 Change Quotation
VA23 Display Quotation
VA25 List of Quotations
VA26 List of Quotations (Follow-up Actions)
VA31 Create Scheduling Agreement
VA32 Change Scheduling Agreement
VA33 Display Scheduling Agreement
VA35 List of Scheduling Agreements
VA41 Create Contract
VA42 Change Contract
VA42W Change Contract
VA43 Display Contract
VA44 Actual Overhead: Calculation: Sales Order
VA45 List of Contracts
VA46 List of Contracts (Follow-up Actions)
VA51 Create Item Proposal
VA52 Change Item Proposal
VA53 Display Item Proposal
VA55 List of Item Proposals
VA88 Actual Settlement: Sales Orders
VACF Fiscal year close: Carry forward commitment
VB01 Create Listing/Exclusion
VB02 Change Listing/Exclusion
VB03 Display Listing/Exclusion
VB11 Create Material Determination
VB12 Change Material Determination
SALES AND DISTRIBUTION
125
T-Code Description
VB13 Display Material Determination
VB21 Create Sales Deal
VB22 Change Sales Deal
VB23 Display Sales Deal
VB25 List of Sales Deals
VB31 Create Promotion
VB32 Change Promotion
VB33 Display Promotion
VB35 Promotions List
VB41 Create cross-selling
VB42 Change cross-selling
VB43 Display cross-selling
VBG1 Create Material Grouping
VBG2 Change Material Grouping
VBG3 Display Material Grouping
VBK0 SAP Easy Access Material Grouping/Bonus Buy
VBK1 Create bonus buy
VBK2 Change bonus buy
VBK3 Display bonus buy
VBN1 Create free goods determination
VBN2 Change free goods determination
VBN3 Display free goods determination
VBO1 Create Rebate Agreement
VBO2 Change Rebate Agreement
VBO3 Display Rebate Agreement
VBOF Update Billing Documents
VC/2 Sales Summary
VC00 SAP Easy Access Sales Support
VC01 Create Sales Activity
VC02 Change Sales Activity
VC03 Display Sales Activity
SD
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
126
T-Code Description
VCC1 Payment Cards: Worklist
VD01 Customer Create (Sales)
VD02 Customer Change (Sales)
VD03 Customer Display (Sales)
VD04 Customer Account Changes
VD05 Customer Block/Unblock
VD06 Customer Flag for Deletion
VD51 Create Customer-Material Info Record
VD52 Selection of Customer-Material Info Records (Change)
VD53 Selection of Customer-Material Info Records (Display)
VD59 List customer-material-info
VDH2 Display customer hierarchy
VF00 SAP Easy Access Billing
VF01 Create Billing Document
VF02 Change Billing Document
VF03 Display Billing Document
VF04 Maintain Billing Due List
VF05 List of Billing Documents
VF11 Cancel Billing Document
VF21 Create Invoice List
VF22 Change invoice list
VF23 Display Invoice List
VF25 List of Invoice Lists
VF26 Cancel Invoice List
VF31 Output from Billing
VFRB Retro-billing
VFX3 Release Billing Documents for Accounting
VG01 Create Group
VG02 Change Group
VG03 Display Group
VGK1 Create Group: Documents by Group
SALES AND DISTRIBUTION
127
T-Code Description
VGK2 Change Group
VGK3 Display Group
VGM1 Create Group: Documents by Group
VI01 Create Shipment Costs
VI02 Change Shipment Costs
VI03 Display freight costs
VI04 Shipment List: Create shipment costs
VI05 List Shipment Costs: Change Worklist
VI11 List Shipment Costs: Calculation
VI12 List Shipment Costs: Settlement
VI16 Logs in the application log
VK11 Create Condition Records
VK12 Change Condition Records
VK13 Display Condition Records
VK14 Create Condition Records with Reference
VKM1 Blocked SD Documents
VKM2 Released SD Documents
VKM3 Sales Document
VKM4 SD Documents
VKM5 Deliveries
VKP0 SAP Easy Access Pricing
VKP1 Change Price Calculation
VKP5 Create Price Calculation
VL00 SAP Easy Access Shipping
VL01N Create Outbound Delivery with Order Reference
VL01NO Create Outbound Delivery without Order Reference
VL02N Change Outbound Delivery
VL03N Display Outbound Delivery
VL04 Sales Orders/Purchase Orders Worklist: Selection
VL06 Delivery Monitor
VL06C Outbound Deliveries for Confirmation
SD
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
128
T-Code Description
VL06D Outbound Deliveries for Distribution
VL06F General Delivery List - Outbound Deliveries
VL06G Oubound Deliveries for Goods Issue
VL06I Inbound Delivery Monitor
VL06IC Inbound Deliveries for Confirmation
VL06ID Inbound Deliveries for Distribution
VL06IF List of Inbound Deliveries
VL06IG Inbound Deliveries for Goods Receipt
VL06IP Inbound Deliveries for Putaway
VL06L Outbound Deliveries for Loading
VL06O Outbound Delivery Monitor
VL06P Outbound Deliveries for Picking
VL06T Outbound Deliveries for Transportation Planning
VL06U Unchecked Outbound Deliveries
VL08 Report Results of Pick Order
VL09 Reverse Goods Movement
VL10 Sales Orders, Fast Display
VL10A Sales Orders, Fast Display
VL10B Purchase Orders, Fast Display
VL10H Sales Order and Purchase Order Items
VL10I Sales and Purch. Order Item Sched. Lines
VL21 Create Background Jobs for Goods Issue Posting
VL22 Display change documents of delivery
VL23N Scheduling reports for background processing
VL30 SAP Easy Access Inbound Delivery
VL31N Create Inbound Delivery
VL32N Change Inbound Delivery
VL33N Display Inbound Delivery
VL34 Generation of Inbound Deliveries
VL35 Create Picking Waves According to Delivery Compare Times
VL35_S Create Pick. Waves Acc. To Shpmnts
SALES AND DISTRIBUTION
129
T-Code Description
VL36 Change Wave Picks
VL37 Wave Pick Monitor
VL41 Create Rough Goods Receipt
VL42 Change Rough GR
VL43 Display Rough GR
VLSP Subsequent Outbound-Delivery Split
VM01 Create hazardous material
VM02 Change hazardous material
VM03 Display hazardous material
VRRE Create Returns Delivery for Repair Order
VS00 SAP Easy Access Sales Master Data
VS01 Create scale
VS02 Change scale
VS03 Display scale
VS04 Create scale with reference
VS05 List Scales
VS06 List Scales (Shipment Cost)
VSB1 Inbound Monitor: SD Self-Billing Procedure, Status Window
VT00 SAP Easy Access Transportation
VT01N Create Shipment
VT02N Change Shipment
VT03N Display Shipment
VT04 Create shipments in collective proc.
VT05 Logs in the application log
VT06 Shipment List: Colelctive change shpmt
VT11 Shipment List: Planning
VT12 Shipment List: Shipment Completion
VT16 Shipment List: Check-in
VT20 Overall Shipment Status Monitor
VT22 Selection Screen: Change Document Shipment
VT32 Selection Criteria for Forwarding Agent
SD
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
130
T-Code Description
VT70 Messages for Shipments
VV21 Create Output - Condition Records: Shipping
VV22 Change Output - Condition Records: Shipping
VV23 Display Output - Condition Records: Shipping
VV31 Create Output - Condition Records: Billing
VV32 Change Output - Condition Records: Billing
VV33 Display Output - Condition Records: Billing
VV51 Create Output - Condition Records: Sales activities
VV52 Change Output - Condition Records: Sales activities
VV53 Display Output - Condition Records: Sales activities
VV61 Create Output - Condition Records: Handling Units
VV62 Change Output - Condition Records: Handling Units
VV63 Display Output - Condition Records: Handling Units
VV71 Create Output - Condition Records: Transport
VV72 Change Output - Condition Records: Transport
VV73 Display Output - Condition Records: Transport
VVG1 Create Output - Condition Records: Groups
VVG2 Change Output - Condition Records: Groups
VVG3 Display Output - Condition Records: Groups
VX00 SAP Easy Access Foreign Trade / Customs
VX01N License Create
VX01X License Create
VX02N License Change
VX02X License Change
VX03N License Display
VX03X License Display
VX0C SAP Easy Access Foreign Trade
W10M SAP Easy Access Retailing
WA01 Create Allocation Table
WA02 Change Allocation Table
WA03 Display Allocation Table
SALES AND DISTRIBUTION
131
T-Code Description
WA04 Edit allocation table, reply
WA08 Follow-on Document Generation Allocation Table
WA11 Allocation Table: Message Bundling / Notification Creation
WA21 Allocation Rule Create
WA22 Allocation Rule Change
WA23 Allocation Rule Display
WAK0 SAP Easy Access Promotion
WAK1 Create promotion
WAK11 Promotion - display for plant
WAK12 Maintain promotion items
WAK14 Promotions for a material
WAK15 Promotions for a plant
WAK2 Change promotion
WAK3 Display promotion
WAK4 Delete promotion
WAK5 Promo. Subsequent processing
WAP1 Appointments: Process Worklist
WAP2 Appointments: Change
WAP3 Appointments: Display
WAP4 Appointments: Overview
WAP5 Appointment: Change
WB00 SAP Easy Access Subseq. Settlement, Purchasing - Vendor Rebate
Arrang
WB01 Plant Create
WB02 Plant Change
WB03 Plant Display
WB20 SAP Easy Access SAP Global Trade Management
WB21 Trading Contract Create
WB22 Trading Contract Change
WB23 Trading Contract Display
WB24 Trading Contract: General Document Overview
WB25 Trading Contract: General Document Overview
SD
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
132
T-Code Description
WB26 Trading Contract: Document Flow
WB27 Trading Contract: Document Flow
WB28 Trading contract: Display change documents
WB2R Global Trade General Control Parameters
WB60 Create Promotions
WB61 Change Promotions
WB62 Display Promotions
WB63 Delete Promotions
WB66 Plants in a Class - Maintain Assignment
WDBI Assortment List: Initialization and Full Version
WDBM Assortment List.: Manual Request
WDIS SAP Easy Access Materials Requirements Planning
WDRD1 Determine Delivery Relationship
WDRD2 Change Delivery Relationship
WDRD3 Display Delivery Relationship
WDRD4 Delete Delivery Relationship
WEKF SAP Easy Access Purchase Order
WF30 Merchandise Distribution: Monitor
WF40 Delete distribution
WF50 Adjust Distribution: Selection
WF60 Create Outbound Deliveries for Merchandise Distribution
WF70 Create distribution orders - selection
WFRE Distribution of Returns Among Backorders
WKK1 Create Market-Basket Price Calculation
WLCN Delete All Listing Conditions From Layout Module
WLWB Space Management: Layout Workbench
WMB1 Create Price Entry
WMB2 Change Price Entry
WMB3 Display Price Entry
WMBE Stock Overview: Value-only Material
WPER POS Interface Monitor
SALES AND DISTRIBUTION
133
T-Code Description
WPLG Space Management: Display Materials in Layout Module
WPMA Direct requrest for POS outbound
WPMI POS Outbound: Initialization
WPMU POS Interface - Outbound: Change Message
WPUF POS Simulation: Accounting Documents - Items
WPUK POS Simulation: Selection
WPUS Simulation: Inbound Processing
WPUW Goods Movements
WSE4 Material Discontinuation (Material/Plant Discontinuation)
WSK1 Assortment Copy Assortment
WSL0 Material Groups - Material - Assortments Consistency Check
WSL1 Listing Conditions
WSL11 Evaluation of Listing Conditions
WSL5 Modules in Assortment
WSL7 Material List of a Vendor for Assortment
WSM4A Automatic Relisting Via Changes to Assortment Master Data
WSM8 Reorganize Listing Conditions By Material Group
WSM9 Deletion of Obsolete Listing Conditions
WSO1 Assortment Module Create
WSO5 Assortment Module assignment to Assortment: Maintn
WSO7 Assortment Module assignment to Assortment: Display
WSOA1 Create Assortment
WSOA2 Change Assortment
WSOA3 Display Assortment
WSP4 Create Individual Listing Material/Assortment
WSP5 Change Individual Listing Material/Assortment
WSP6 Delete Individual Listing Material/Assortment
WSPL Display/edit material master segments that cannot be generated
WVA1 Create Planned mark-up
WVA2 Change Planned mark-up
WVA3 Display Planned mark-up
SD
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
134
T-Code Description
WVA7 Display Planned markup (Price list)
WVFB Simulation Store Orders: Header Data Selection
WVFD Send physical inventory document
WVFI Simulation: Store Physical Inventory/Sales Price Change
WVM2 Transfer of Stock and Sales Data
WVN0 Pricing Worklist: Generate
WVN1 Release Worklist for Material
WWM1 Create Product Catalog
WWM2 Change Product Catalog
WWM3 Display Product Catalog
WWM4 Copy Product Catalog
WWM5 Delete Product Catalog
HUMAN
RESOURCES
HUMAN RESOURCES
137
T-Code Description
BD78 Monitoring control data distribution
BD82 Generate Partner Profile
CADO Display Time Sheet Data
CAOR Display Time Sheet Data
CAPS Time Sheet: Approve Times (Selection by Master Data)
CAT2 Time Sheet (Change)
CAT3 Time Sheet (Display)
CAT4 Time Sheet: Approve Times (Selection by Org. Assignment)
CAT6 Transfer Time Data to HR Time Management
CATC Time Sheet: Time Leveling
CATS SAP Easy Access Time Sheet
CATS_DA Display Working Times
CBHR11 Create Person: Role External Person
CBHR12 Change Person: Finance. New Role External Person
CBHR13 Display External Person
CBHR21 Create Organization: Role Authority
CBHR22 Change Authority
CBHR23 Display Authority
OOPD "Change View ""HR Master Data"": Overview"
P1B4 Copy Object Lists Between Clients
PA00 SAP Easy Access Personnel Administration
PA03 Payroll control record
PA05 Table COIFT key
PA06 Number Range for Time Events and Plant Data
PA07 HR vendor for garnishment remittance
PA08 Define vendor subgroup for individual remittance
PA09 Days carried MM-SRV: HR document number
PA0A Range of Numbers for Central Person
PA10 Personnel File
PA20 Display HR Master Data
PA30 Maintain HR Master Data
HR
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
138
T-Code Description
PA40 Personnel Actions
PA41 Change Entry/Leaving Date
PA42 Fast Entry for Actions
PA48 Hiring of Transferred Employees
PA51 Display Time Data
PA53 Display Time Data
PA61 Maintain Time Data
PA62 List Entry of Additional Data
PA63 Maintain Time Data
PA64 Calendar Entry
PA70 Fast Entry
PA71 Fast Entry of Time Data
PAAH InfoSet Query (InfoSet: HR Personnel Administration)
PAC5 Maintain HR Master Data
PACA PF Administration
PACB PF Account Maintenance: Access
PACC PF Debugger
PACE Maintain Postings: Access
PACK SAP Easy Access HR-CH: Pension Fund
PACN HR-CH: Pension fund: Account number number ranges
PACP HR-CH: Pension fund, person view
PACT PC parameter maintenance: Access
PAL1 Create Sales Representative
PAL2 Display Sales Representative
PAL3 Maintain Sales Representative
PAL4 Create Buyer
PAL5 Maintain Buyer
PAL6 Display Buyer
PAR1 Flexible Employee Data
PAR2 Employee List
PAT1 Display Report Tree Report Selection for Administration
HUMAN RESOURCES
139
T-Code Description
PAUX Adjustment Workbench
PAUY Adjustment Workbench (special retro processing)
PAW1 Who is Who
PB00 SAP Easy Access Recruitment
PB04 Number Ranges for Applicant Administration
PB10 Initial entry of basic data (Applicant Master Data)
PB20 Display applicant master data
PB30 Maintain applicant master data
PB40 Applicant actions
PB50 Display Applicant Activities
PB60 Maintain Applicant Activities
PB80 Vacancies
PBA0 Job Advertisements
PBA1 Applicants by Name
PBA2 Applications
PBA3 Vacancy Assignments
PBA4 Applicants by action
PBA5 Print Letters (SAPscript)
PBA6 Complete Activities after Printout
PBA7 Direct Data Transfer
PBA8 Complete Activities after Data Transfer
PBA9 Planned activities
PBAA Evaluate Recruitment Instruments
PBAB Maintain vacancy assignments
PBAC Applicant Statistics
PBAD Print Letters (RTF format)
PBAE Applicants by action
PBAF Administration of Selection Procedure
PBAG Vacancies
PBAH Applicant Selection
PBAI Find Objects for Qualifications
HR
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
140
T-Code Description
PBAJ Display Report Tree Reporting selection for Recruitment: Overview
PBAK Print labels
PBAL Create Activities in Bulk processing
PBAM Variable Applicant List
PBAN InfoSet Query (InfoSet: HR Recruitment)
PBAP Find Objects for Qualifications (Internal Applicants)
PBAQ Find Objects for Qualifications (External Applicants)
PBAT Print Letters (SAPscript)
PBAU "Change View ""Recruitment Instrument"": Overview"
PBAV "Display View ""Recruitment Instrument"": Overview"
PBAW Job Advertisements (Maintain)
PBAX Job Advertisements (Display)
PBAY Vacancies (Maintain)
PBAZ Vacancies (Display)
PBWW Maintain Standard Text in RTF Format (access word processing)
PDSY HR Documentation Maintenance
PE50 HR Form Editor
PEPM Display Profile Matchup
PEPP Profile Evaluation
PF02 Test Settings for Value-Based Inventory Management
PF05 Number Range for Standard Task, Role, etc.
PFAC Maintain Rule
PFAL HR: ALE Distribution HR Master Data
PFCG Acivity Group (Authorizations)
PFCP Copy Report for Workflow Tasks
PFCT Task Catalog
PFOM Initial Screen: Assignment to SAP Organizational Objects (Create)
PFOS Initial Screen: Assignment to SAP Organizational Objects (Display)
PFSE Planning Tool (PFS): Start
PFSO Display of Organizational Assignment
PFT Maintain Task
HUMAN RESOURCES
141
T-Code Description
PFTR Choose Standard Task Transaction
PFTS Maintain Standard task
PFWF Maintain Workflow task
PFWS Maintain Workflow template
PGOM PD Graphics Interface
PIMN SAP Easy Access Human Resources Information System
PM01 Create Infotype
PMEC Employee (Change)
PMED Employee (Display)
PMMN SAP Easy Access HR Funds and Position Management
PO01 Maintain Work Center
PO01D Display Work Center
PO02 Maintain Training Program
PO02D Display Training Program
PO03 Maintain Job
PO03D Display Job
PO04 Maintain Business Event Type
PO04D Display Business Event Type
PO05 Maintain Business Event
PO05D Display Business Event
PO06 Maintain Location
PO06D Display Location
PO07 Maintain Resource
PO07D Display Resource
PO08 Maintain External Person
PO08D Display External Person
PO09 Maintain Business Event Group
PO09D Display Business Event Group
PO10 Maintain Organizational Unit
PO10D Display Organizational Unit
PO11 Maintain Qualification
HR
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
142
T-Code Description
PO11D Display Qualification
PO12 Maintain Resource Type
PO12D Display Resource Type
PO13 Maintain Position
PO13D Display Position
PO14 Maintain Task
PO14D Display Task
PO15 Maintain Company
PO15D Display Company
PO16 Maintain Services
PO16D Display Service
PO17 Maintain Requirements Profile
PO17D Display Requirements Profile
PO18 Maintain Resource 'Room'
PO18D Display Resource Room
PO19 Maintain External Instructor
PO19D Display External Instructor
POI1 Selection of master data to be sent for PFS
POIL Monitor receipt of data changes
POIM Select Master Data for Transfer
POIT Select Transaction Data for Transfer
POIU Start POI Data Upload
PP01 Maintain object
PP02 Maintain Plan Data: Expert Mode
PP03 Maintain Plan Data: Execute Actions
PP05 Number Ranges for Personnel Planning
PP06 Number of Additional Relationship Data
PP23 Personnel Cost Planning: Change Scenario Group's Password
PP26 Plan scenario administration
PP27 Releasing a plan scenario for Controlling
PP28 Planning Basis Projected Pay
HUMAN RESOURCES
143
T-Code Description
PP29 Change Scenario Group
PP2B Planning Basis Basic Pay
PP30 Room Reservations
PP32 Services (Room Reservations)
PP40 Business Event Notifications
PP61 Shift Plan: Entry Screen (Change)
PP62 Requirements Display: Entry Screen
PP63 Requirements Change: Entry Screen
PP64 Choose plan version (Shift Planning)
PP65 Simple maintenance (Entry Objects)
PP6A Display Personal Shift Plan
PP6B Display attendance list
PP70 SAP Easy Access Organizational Management
PP72 SAP Easy Access Time Management: Shift Planning
PP74 SAP Easy Access Personnel Cost Planning
PP7S SAP Easy Access Organizational Management
PP90 Set Up Organization
PPCI Create infotype
PPCJ Create infotype
PPCO Organisational Management: Maintain Organizational Plan
PPCP Career Planning
PPCT Task Catalog
PPEM Planning for Organizational Unit
PPIS HIS: Access Object
PPLB Evaluate Careers
PPME Initial Screen Matrix (Change)
PPMM SAP Easy Access Personnel Planning
PPMS Initial Screen Matrix (Display)
PPO1 Account Assignment / Change
PPO2 Account Assignment / Display
PPO3 Reporting Structure / Change
HR
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
144
T-Code Description
PPO4 Display Reporting Structure
PPO5 Attributes of Organizational Units and Positions / Change
PPO6 Attributes of Organizational Units and Positions / Display
PPOC Organizational and Staffing (Workflow) Create
PPOM Organizational and Staffing (Workflow) Change
PPOMA Attributes in Organizational Management Change
PPOME Organization and Staffing Change
PPOS Organization and Staffing Display (Organizational Unit)
PPOSE Organization and Staffing Display (Organization and Staffing)
PPPE SAP Easy Access Personnel Development
PPPM User: Change Profile
PPQ1 Find Objects for Qualifications
PPQ2 Find Objects for Requirements
PPQD Catalog: Display Qualification(s)
PPRP Reporting: Personnel Development
PPSC Create Structure
PPSM Change Structure
PPSP Succession Planning
PPSS Display Structure
PPST Structure Display/Maintenance
PPUP Settings for Personnel Development
PQ01 Actions for Work Center
PQ02 Actions for Training Program
PQ03 Actions for Job
PQ04 Actions for Business Event Type
PQ06 Actions for Location
PQ07 Actions for Resource
PQ08 Actions for External Person
PQ09 Actions for Business Event Group
PQ10 Actions for Organizational Unit
PQ12 Actions for Resource Type
HUMAN RESOURCES
145
T-Code Description
PQ13 Actions for Position
PQ14 Actions for Task
PQ15 Actions for Company
PQ17 Actions for Requirement Profiles
PQ18 Actions for Resource Room
PQ19 Actions for External Instructor
PQAH InfoSet Query (InfoSet: HR Personnel Administration)
PR00 SAP Easy Access Travel Expenses
PR02 Travel Calendar: Domestic Trips
PR03 Trip Advances
PR04 Overview of Weekly Reports
PR05 Travel Expense Manager
PR10 Number ranges for trip numbers
PR11 Days Carried FI/CO: Travel Expenses Posting Documents
PRAA Create/Change/Block Vendor Master Records from HR Master Records
PRAP Approval of Trips
PRCC Import of Credit Card Data (Credit Card Clearing)
PRCD Delete/Restore Trip Country Data
PREC Settlement of Trip Data
PRMD Maintain HR Master Data
PRML Change Country Grouping
PRMM Personnel Actions
PRMS Display HR Master Data
PRMT Update of Trip Costs Matchcode
PRPD Delimitation of Per-Diem/Maximum Rates for Meals
PS03 SAP Easy Access Project Planning
PS04 SAP Easy Access Project Budgeting
PSC0 Set Plan Version
PSO0 Set Plan Version (Organizational Management)
PSO1 Set Aspect (Organizational Management)
PSO3 Display and Maintain Infotypes
HR
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
146
T-Code Description
PSO4 Maintain Infotype
PSOA Work Center Reporting
PSOC Job Reporting
PSOG Lists
PSOO Organizational Unit Reporting
PSOS Position Reporting
PSOT Task Reporting
PSSD Loans - Borrower's Notes Customizing Check Report Flow Types
PSV0 Change / Display Resources
PSV1 Dynamic Attendance Menu
PSV2 Dynamic Business Event Menu
PSV3 Dynamic Information Menu
PSV4 Set Plan Version
PSV5 Information menu: participation
PSV6 Information menu: business events
PSV7 Information menu: resources
PSV8 Maintain objects for internal courses (Create Participant/Attendee)
PSV9 Maintain objects for external courses (Change/Display Participant/
Attendee)
PSVA Set Aspect
PSVC Current Settings
PSVL Set Business Event Language
PSVO Change / display organizer
PSVP Dynamic Planning Menu
PSVR Resource Menu
PSVT Dynamic Tool Menu
PT00 SAP Easy Access Time Management: Time Data Administration
PT01 Create Work Schedule
PT02 Change Work Schedule
PT03 Display Work Schedule
PT10 Number range for person time document number
PT11 Number range for person time quotas
HUMAN RESOURCES
147
T-Code Description
PT12 HR: Posting documents for days carried: Cost allocation
PT40 Time Management Pool
PT41 HR-PDC/CC1: Communication Parameters
PT42 Transfer HR Master Data to PDC Subsystems
PT43 Transfer Master Data to PDC Subsystems
PT44 Upload request
PT45 HR-PDC: Post personnel time events
PT46 Post Work Time Events from PP-PDC
PT50 Quota Overview
PT60 Time Evaluation for Concurrent Employment
PT61 Time Statement Form
PT62 Attendance Check
PT63 Personal Work Schedule
PT64 Attendance/Absence Data: Overview
PT65 Overview Graphic of Attendances/Absences
PT66 Display Time Evaluation Results (Cluster B2)
PT68 Transfer Additional Data for Activity Allocation to Accounting
PT69 Time Recording for Multiple Persons and Infotypes
PT70 Display Report Tree Time Management report selection: Overview
PT71 Display Report Tree Time Management tool selection: Overview
PT90 Attendance/Absence Data: Calendar View
PT91 Attendances/Absences: Multiple Employee View
PTE1 Create Batch Input Session for Employee Expenditures
PTE2 Batch Input: Process sessions in batch
PTE3 Reorganize Table TEXLGA (Employee Expenditures)
PTMW Time Manager's Workplace
PU90 Delete applicant data
PUC0 HR-CH: Assign/delete employee attributes
PUCG Reference copier for pension funds
PUCK Organizational object HR-CH: Pension funds
PUCV Organizational object Business area
HR
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
148
T-Code Description
PUCW Task: Maintain
PUOCBA Subsequent Processes of Off-Cycle Activities
PUST HR Process Workbench
PUU1 BSI test tool 5.0
PV00 Book Attendance: Data
PV01 Rebook Attendance
PV02 Prebook Attendance: Data
PV03 Replace Attendance
PV04 Cancel Attendance
PV05 Book Attendee List
PV06 Prebooking List per Business Event Type
PV07 Book Attendee List
PV08 Book List: Business Events
PV09 Plan Business Events
PV10 Create Business Event with Resources
PV11 Create Business Event without Resources
PV12 Firmly Book / Cancel Business Event
PV14 Lock / Unlock Business Event
PV15 Follow Up Business Event
PV16 Prebooking List per Attendee
PV17 Billing Business Events
PV18 Internal Activity Allocation for Attendees
PV1A Change Business Event
PV1B Display Business Event
PV1C Business Event Cost Calculation and Cost Transfer to CO
PV1D Calculate Business Event Prices and Transfer to Infotype 1021 'Price'
PV26 Book List: Business Events
PV34 Attendee Appraisal
PVB0 Budgeting (Business Event Budget)
PVB1 Create Budget Structure
PVB2 Display Budget Structure
HUMAN RESOURCES
149
T-Code Description
PVB3 Change Budget Structure
PVBA Budget Comparison
PVBB Display Development Plan Catalog
PVCT Training and Event Management: Master Data Catalog
PVD0 Business event type
PVF0 Location (Create/Change)
PVF1 Location: Initial Screen (Room Reservations)
PVG0 Resource (Create/Change)
PVG1 Room (Create/Change)
PVG2 Lock/Unlock Resource
PVG3 Room: Initial Screen (Room Reservations)
PVH0 External person (Create/Change)
PVH1 External instructor (Create/Change)
PVH2 External person: Initial Screen (Room Reservations)
PVL0 Business event group (Create/Change)
PVMN SAP Easy Access Training and Event Management
PVR0 Resource type (Create/Change)
PVR1 Resource type: Initial Screen (Room Reservations)
PVU0 Company (Create/Change)
PVU1 Company: Initial Screen (Room Reservations)
PVV0 Service (Create/Change)
TPED Maintain HR Master Data (ESS)
TPES Display HR Master Data (ESS)
HR
PAYROLL
PAYROLL
153
T-Code Description
FDTA Data Medium Administration
PC00 SAP Easy Access Payroll for all countries
PC10 SAP Easy Access Payroll
PC99 SAP Easy Access International Payroll
PCP0 Display posting runs
PDF0 Conversion Report for Remuneration Statement Forms
PDF7 Delete Form in Customer Client
PDF8 Copy Form from SAP Client to Customer Client
PDF9 Copy form within customer client
PDFA Conversion of Payroll Journal Forms
PE01 Personnel Calculation Schemas
PE02 Personnel Calculation Rules
PE03 Maintain Features
PE04 Maintain Functions and Operations
PE51 HR Form Editor
PEST Maintenance of Process Models
PM10 Statements
PM11 Statements: Initial Screen
PM12 Statements: Fast data entry
PM13 Statements: Administration
PMESIM Posting to Accounting: Create Posting Run
PMSI Payroll Simulation for Persons
PP2D Personnel Cost Planning; Delete Payroll Results
PP2P Planning Basis Payroll Results
PRC2 "Change View ""Screen Modification for Account Assignment Block"
": Overview"
PRC7 "Change View ""Screen Modification for Account Assignment Block"
": Overview"
PRCU International Payment Medium - Check (with check management)
PRD1 Payment Medium USA - Transfers/Bank Direct Debits in ACH Formats
PRDE Delete Trip Provision Variant
PRDH Determination of Employees with Exceeded Trip Days
PY
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
154
T-Code Description
PRDX Data Medium Exchange: Travel Expenses (USA)
PREX Create expense report
PRF0 Standard Travel Expense Form
PRF1 Summarized Form 1 for Travel Expenses
PRF2 Summarized Form 2 for Travel Expenses Accounting
PRFI Create Posting Run
PRFW Income-Relatedl.Expenses Statement
PRHD Delimitation of Per-Diem/Maximum Rates for Meals
PRHH Generation of Scaled Meals Rates According to Times
PRHP Generation of Scaled Meals Rates According to Times
PRPY Transfer Travel Expenses to Separate Payroll System
PRRQ Create Travel Request
PRRW Posting Run Management
PRST Travel Expense Reporting by Period
PRTE Trip Details
PRTS Overview of Trips
PT67 PDC Time Evaluation: Supply Third-Party Payroll System
PU00 Delete Personnel Data
PU01 Delete current payroll result
PU03 Change Payroll Status
PU11 Supplementary Pension (PSG) - Initial Access
PU12 Interface Toolbox
PU19 Tax Reporter
PU22 Archiving Payroll Data
PU30 Wage Type Maintenance
PU95 Edit Wage Type Groups and Logical Views
PU96 Edit Wage Type Groups
PU97 Edit Logical Views
PU98 Assign Wage Types to Wage Type Groups
PUOCLL Bank transfer reversed or replaced by check
PW00 SAP Easy Access Incentive Wages
PAYROLL
155
T-Code Description
PW01 Maintain Incentive Wages
PW02 Display Incentive Wages
PW03 Record Incentive Wages
PW41 Integration with Logistics: Read Interface File and Generate Session
PW42 Batch Input: Session Overview
PW43 Integration with Logistics: Reorganize Interface File
PW61 Time Leveling
PW62 Working Times of Time - and Incentive Wage Earners
PW63 Reassignment Proposals for Wage Groups
PW70 Recalculate Results and Cumulations for Individual Incentive Wages
PW71 Recalculate Results and Cumulations for Group Incentive Wages
PW91 Incentive Wages: Parameters
PW92 User Exits
PW93 Validation for Group Incentive Wages
PW94 Logistics Integration Parameters
PY
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
159
T-Code Description
AL08 List of All Users Logged On
AL11 Display SAP Directories
AL12 Display Table Buffer
AL13 Display Shared Memory
AL15 Customize SAPOSCOL destination
ALO1 Determine ASH/DOREX Relationships
BD64 Display Distribution Model
BD83 Process Outbound IDOCs with Errors Again
BD84 Reprocess IDOCs After Inbound ALE Error
BD87 Status Monitor for ALE Messages
CMOD Project Management of SAP Enhancements
DB01 DBA Cockpit: System Configuration Maintenance
DB02 Tables and Indexes Monitor
DB03 Parameter history, active parameters and db options
DB11 Select Database Connection
DB12 DBA Backup Logs
DB13 DBA Planning Calendar
DB15 Tables and Archiving Objects
DB2 Select Database Activities
DB26 Parameter history, active parameters and db options
DB2J DB2 z/OS: JCL Settings
DBCO "Display View "" Description of Database Connections"": Overview"
EWZ5 EMU Conversion: Lock and Unlock Users
EWZ6 EMU Conversion: Lock and Unlock Users
FILE Cross-Client File Names/Paths
IDX1 Port Maintenance in IDoc Adapter
IDX2 Metadata Overview for IDoc Adapter
LSMW Legacy System Migration Workbench
NACE Conditions for Output Control
OAA1 ArchiveLink: Selection of Storage Systems
OAA3 ArchiveLink: Communications Interface Administration
SYS
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
160
T-Code Description
OAA4 ArchiveLink: Application Maintenance
OAAD ArchiveLink: Administration of Stored Documents
OAC2 "Change View ""Global document types"": Overview"
OAC5 "Display View "" Settings for Bar Code Entry"": Overview"
OACA "Change View ""Parameter Definition Workflow"": Overview"
OAD0 "Change View ""Definition of Object Link Types"": Overview"
OAD2 "Change View ""ArchiveLink: Document classes"": Overview"
OAD3 "Change View ""Link Tables"": Overview"
OAD4 "Change View ""Bar Code Types"": Overview"
OAD5 ArchiveLink Customizing Wizard
OADR Search for Stored Print Lists
OAM1 ArchiveLink: Monitor
OAOR Business Document Navigator
OARE "Display View ""Administration: Storage system error messages"
": Overview"
OOSB "Change View ""User Authorizations"": Overview"
OS01 LAN Check by PING
OS03 Parameter Changes in Operating System
OS04 Local / Configuration Parameter
OS05 Remote System Cconfiguration
OS06 Local / Operating System Monitor
OS07 Remote Operating System Activity
OSS1 Log On to SAPNet
OY18 Analysis of Changed Customizing Objects and Tables
PFCG Role Maintenance
PFTC Task: Maintain
PFUD User Master Data Reconciliation
RZ01 Job Scheduling Monitor
RZ03 CCMS Control Panel: Display Server Statuses and Alerts
RZ04 CCMS: Maintain Operation Modes and Instances
RZ10 Maintain Profile Parameters
RZ11 Profile Parameter Maintenance
SYSTEM
161
T-Code Description
RZ12 CCMS: RFC Server Group Maintenance
RZ20 CCMS Monitor Sets - Maintenance functions OFF
RZ21 Monitoring: Properties and Methods
RZ70 System Landscape Directory: Local Administration
S000 SAP Easy Access
S001 SAP Easy Access ABAP Workbench
S002 SAP Easy Access System Administration
SA38 ABAP: Program Execution
SAINT Add-On Installation Tool
SALE Display ALE Customizing
SARA Archive Administration
SARI Archive Information System: Central management
SARP Report Tree
SB01 Internal Application Component Hierarchy Maintenance
SBWP SAP Business Workplace
SC38 Cross-system Program Execution
SCAT Computer Aided Test Tool
SCC1 Copy by Transaport Request
SCC3 Client Copy/Transport Log Analysis
SCC4 Client administration
SCC5 Delete Client
SCC7 Post-Client Import Methods
SCC8 Client Export
SCC9 Remote Client Copy
SCCL Local Client Copy
SCDO Change Document Objects: Overview
SCMP View/Table Comparison
SCON SAPconnect: Administration (system status)
SCU0 Customizing Cross-System Viewer
SCU3 Analysis of Changed Customizing Objects and Tables
SCUA Display System Landscape
SYS
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
162
T-Code Description
SCUG Transfer Users
SCUM Central User Administration
SD11 Data Modeler
SDBE Input SQL statement
SE01 Transport Organizer
SE03 Transport Organizer Tools
SE06 Post-Installation Actions for Transport Organizer
SE07 Import Monitor of SE1
SE09 Transport Organizer
SE10 Transport Organizer
SE11 ABAP Dictionary
SE13 Dictionary: Technical Settings
SE14 ABAP Dictionary: Database Utility
SE15 ABAP/4 Repository Information System
SE16 Data Browser
SE16N General Table Display
SE17 General Table Display
SE30 ABAP Runtime Analysis
SE32 ABAP Text Elements Maintenance
SE33 Context Builder
SE35 Maintain Dialog Modules
SE36 Logical Database Builder
SE37 Function Builder
SE38 ABAP Editor
SE39 ABAP Splitscreen Editor
SE40 Menu Painter Standards Maintenance
SE41 Menu Painter
SE43N Area Menu Maintenance
SE51 Screen Painter
SE54 Generate Table Maintenance Dialog: Initial Table/View Screen
SE55 Generate Table Maintenance Dialog: Initial Table/View Screen
SYSTEM
163
T-Code Description
SE56 Generate Table Maintenance Dialog: Initial Table/View Screen
SE57 Generate Table Maintenance Dialog: Initial Table/View Screen
SE61 Document Mainentance
SE62 Short Text Conversion - Activation
SE63 Initial Screen: Standard Translation Environment
SE71 Form Painter: Request
SE72 Style: Request
SE73 SAPscript Font Maintenance
SE74 SAPscript format conversion
SE75 SAPscript Settings
SE76 SAPscript Form Translation
SE77 SAPscript Style Conversion
SE78 Administration of Form Graphics
SE80 Object Navigator
SE81 Application Hierarchy: Display
SE82 Application Hierarchy: Display
SE84 Repository Information System
SE85 ABAP/4 Repository Information System
SE89 R/3 Repository Information System: Maintain Tree Display
SE91 Message Maintenance
SE92 System Log Message Maint.: Access
SE93 Maintain Transaction
SE94 Simulation: Customer enhancement to SE38
SE95 Modification Browser: Object selection
SECR Audit Information System
SEPS Electronic Parcel Service
SERP Report Tree
SF01 "Change View ""Logical File Names, Client-Specific"": Overview"
SFAW Field Selection Maintenance
SHDB Transaction Recorder: Recording Overview
SICF Maintain Services
SYS
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
164
T-Code Description
SICK SAP Initial Consistency Check
SIN1 Business Workplace
SINA Maintain Standard Configurations
SLG0 Application Log: Object Maintenance
SLG1 Analyze Application Log
SLG2 Application log: Delete Expired Logs
SLIN ABAP Program Extended Syntax Check
SM01 Lock Transactions
SM02 System Messages
SM04 User List
SM12 Display and Delete Locks
SM13 Update Requests
SM14 Update Program Administration
SM21 System Log: Local Analysis
SM28 SAP Initial Consistency Check
SM29 Tables - Model Transfer
SM30 Maintain Table Views
SM31 Maintain Table Views
SM32 Maintain Table Parameter ID TAB
SM33 Display Table Parameter ID TAB
SM34 View Cluster Maintenance
SM35 Batch Input: Session Overview
SM36 Define Background Job
SM37 Simple Job Selection
SM38 Queue: Initial Screen
SM49 External Operating System Commands
SM50 Process Overview
SM51 List of SAP Systems
SM54 Maintain Table TXCOM
SM55 THOST Table Maintenance
SM56 Number Range Buffer
SYSTEM
165
T-Code Description
SM58 Transactional RFC
SM59 Configuration of RFC Connections
SM61 Backgroup control objects monitor
SM62 Event History: Overview
SM63 Display/Maintain Operation Mode Set
SM64 Background Events: Overview and Administration
SM65 Analysis Tool - Background Processing (Simple Tests)
SM66 Global Work Process Overview
SM69 External Operating System Commands
SMGW Gateway Monitor
SMICM ICM Monitor
SMLG CCMS: Maintain Logon Groups
SMLT Language Management
SMOD SAP Enhancements
SMQ1 qRFC Monitor (Outbound Queue)
SMQ2 qRFC Monitor (Inbound Queue)
SMQR qRFC Monitor (QIN Scheduler)
SMT1 Display and Maintain Trusted Systems
SMT2 Display and Maintain Trusting Systems
SMW0 SAP Web Repository
SMX Job Overview
SNRO Number Range Object Maintenance
SO95 Search Interafce: Request
SO99 Find Release Notes
SOA0 "Change View ""Workflow Document Types"": Overview"
SOBJ View Cluster Maintenance
SOLE "Display View ""Maintenance view for OLE applications"": Overview"
SOPE "Change View ""Exclusion of Specific File Extensions"": Overview"
SOST SAPconnect : Transmission Requests
SP00 SAP Easy Access: Spool and Related Areas
SP01 Output controller: Spool request selection screen
SYS
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
166
T-Code Description
SP02 Output Controller: List of Spool Requests
SP11 TemSe: Request Screen
SP12 TemSe - Administration of Temporary Sequential Data
SPAD Spool Administration
SPAM Support Package Manager
SPAU Modification Adjustment: Object Selection
SPDD Modification Adjustment Directory: Object Selection
SPHA SAPphone Administration
SPRO Customizing
SQ01 SAP Query: Maintain queries
SQ02 SAP Query: Maintain InfoSet
SQ07 Language Comparison of SAP Query Objects
SQVI QuickViewer
SRZL SAP Easy Access Test
SSAA R/3 - Administrative Activities
SSCA Appointment Calendar: Administration for Authorizations
ST01 System Trace
ST02 Tune Summary
ST03 Workload Monitor
ST04 DBA Cockpit: System Configuration Maintenance
ST05 Performance Analysis
ST06 Local / Operating System Monitor
ST07 Application Monitor: user Distribution
ST10 Table Call Statistics
ST11 Error Log Files (Display Developer Traces)
ST12 Single transaction analysis
ST14 Application analysis
ST22 ABAP Runtime Error
ST62 Short Texts Conversion - Preparation
STMS Transport Management System
STUN SAP Easy Access Performance Monitoring
SYSTEM
167
T-Code Description
STZAC "Change View ""Customizing time zones"": Details"
STZAD "Display View ""Customizing time zones"": Details"
SU01 User Maintenance
SU01D User Maintenance
SU02 Maintain Authorization Profiles
SU03 Maintain Authorizations
SU05 Maintain Internet Users
SU10 User Mass Maintenance
SU12 Mass Changes to User Master Records
SU20 Maintain Authorization Fields
SU21 Maintain Authorization Objects
SU22 Auth. Object Usage in Transactions
SU24 Auth. Obj. Check Under Transactions
SU25 Upgrade Tool for Profile Generator
SU26 Upgrade Tool for Profile Generator
SU52 Maintain User Profile
SU53 Display Authorization Data for User
SU56 Analyze User Buffer
SUIM User Information System
SUPC Roles: Mass generation of profiles
SWDC Maintain Administration Data
SWI30 Unlock Workflows
SWIA Process Work Item as Administrator
SWPR Workflow Restart After Error
SWU2 Transactional RFC
SWWL Delete Work Item
SXDA Data Transfer Workbench
TBD6 Datafeed: User Log Display
TU02 Parameter Changes in SAPSYSTEM
USMM System Measurement
WE02 IDoc List
SYS
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
168
T-Code Description
WE05 IDoc List
WE06 Active IDoc Monitoring
WE07 IDoc Statistics
WE08 "Display View ""File Status: Overview"
WE09 IDoc Search for Business Content
WE10 IDoc Search for Business Content
WE11 Delete IDocs
WE12 Modification of Outbound File Triggering Inbound Procg
WE14 Process All Selected IDocs (EDI)
WE15 Selection Program for Issuing Output
WE16 Trigger inbound processing
WE17 Trigger status processing
WE18 Generate test status file for outbound IDocs
WE19 Test tool for IDOC processing
WE20 Partner profiles
WE21 Ports in IDoc processing
WE23 Display Test Catalog Test IDoc Interface
WE46 Settings: Error and Status Processing
WEDI SAP Easy Access IDoc and EDI Basis
BUSINESS
WAREHOUSE
BUSINESS WAREHOUSE
171
T-Code Description
DB14 Display DBA Operation Logs
DB16 Display DB Check Results
DB20 Update DB Statistics
KEB2 CO-PA / SAP BW: Display Detailed Information about the Data-
Source
LISTCUBE Call List Viewer for Data Targets
LISTSCHEMA Call up schema viewer for InfoCubes
RSA1 Modeling - DW Workbench
RSA11 DW Workbench: InfoProvider Tree
RSA12 DW Workbench: InfoSource Tree
RSA13 DW Workbench: Source System Tree
RSA14 DW Workbench: InfoObject Tree
RSA15 DW Workbench: DataSource Tree
RSA16 RSA16 - Calling up AWB with Favorites
RSA17 RSA17 - Call up the AWB Find Option
RSA18 RSA18 - Calling up the AWB with the Open Hub (Info Spoke) Tree
RSA2 OLTP Metadata Repository
RSA3 Extractor Checker
RSA5 Install Business Content
RSA6 Maintain DataSources
RSA7 BW Delta Queue Monitor
RSA8 DataSource Repository
RSA9 Transfer Application Components
RSBBS Maintaining BW Sender-Receiver
RSCUSTA Maintain BW Settings
RSCUSTA2 ODS Settings
RSCUSTV1 "Change View ""BW: Settings for Flat Files"": Details"
RSCUSTV10 "Change View ""URL Creation by the Server"": Details"
RSCUSTV11 "Change View ""Standard Web Templates"": Details"
RSCUSTV12 "Change View ""Settings - Microsoft Analysis Services"": Details"
RSCUSTV13 "Change View ""Drag&Relate Settings"": Details"
RSCUSTV14 "Change View ""OLAP: Cache Parameters"": Details"
BW
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
172
T-Code Description
RSCUSTV15 "Change View ""Web Protocol for BW Reporting URLs Created by
Server""
RSCUSTV16 "Change View ""Authorization Settings"": Details"
RSCUSTV17 "Change View ""Settings for Currency Translations"": Details"
RSCUSTV18 "Change View ""DB Connect Settings"": Details"
RSCUSTV19 "Change View ""Settings for InfoSets"": Details"
RSCUSTV2 "Change View ""BW: Monitor Waiting Time"": Details"
RSCUSTV3 "Change View ""BW: User in SS for ALE Communication"": Details"
RSCUSTV4 "Change View ""BEx Values"": Details"
RSCUSTV5 "Change View ""BW: Currency Conversion for External Systems"":
Details"
RSCUSTV6 "Change View ""BW: Threshold Value for Data Loading"": Details"
RSCUSTV7 "Change View ""BW: Basic Settings"": Details "
RSCUSTV8 "Change View ""BW: Parameter for Aggregates (Structure, Change
Run)"": Details"
RSCUSTV9 "Change View ""BW: Posting Mode for Master Data"": Details"
RSD1 Characteristic maintenance
RSD2 Maintenance of key figures
RSD3 Maintenance of units
RSD4 Maintenance of time characteristics
RSD5 Edit InfoObjects: Start
RSDCUBE Start: InfoCube editing
RSDCUBED Start: InfoCube editing
RSDCUBEM Start: InfoCube editing
RSDDV Maintaining Aggregates/BIA Index
RSDIOBC Start: InfoObject catalog editing
RSDIOBCD Start: InfoObject catalog editing
RSDIOBCM Start: InfoObject catalog editing
RSDL DB Connect - Test Program
RSDMD Master Data Maintenance w. Prev. Sel.
RSDMD_TEST Master Data Test
RSDMPRO Initial Screen: MultiProvider Proc.
BUSINESS WAREHOUSE
173
T-Code Description
RSDMPROD Initial Screen: MultiProvider Proc.
RSDMPROM Initial Screen: MultiProvider Proc.
RSDMWB Datamining Workbnch
RSDODS Initial Screen: ODS Object Processng
RSDS Data Source
RSECADMIN Management of Analysis Authorizations
RSIMPCUR Load Exchange Rates from File
RSINPUT Manual Data Entry
RSISET Maintain InfoSets
RSKC Maintaining the Permittd Extra Chars
RSLGMP Maintain RSLOGSYSMAP
RSMO Data Load Monitor Start
RSMON Administration - DW Workbench
RSOR BW Metadata Repository
RSORBCT BI Business Content Transfer
RSORMDR BW Metadata Repository
RSPC Process Chain Maintenance
RSPC1 Process Chain Display
RSPCM Monitor daily process chains
RSRCACHE OLAP: Cache Monitor
RSRT Start of the report monitor
RSRT1 Start of the Report Monitor
RSRT2 Start of the Report Monitor
RSRTRACE Set trace configuration
RSRTRACETEST Trace tool configuration
RSRV Analysis and Repair of BW Objects
SE18 Add-Ins: Definitions
SE19 Business Add-Ins: Implementations
SE21 Package Builder
SE24 Class Builder
BW
Part B
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
177
T-Code Description Module
1KE4 Profit Center Accounting: Assignment Monitor CO
1KE8 Transfer Documents from Financial Accounting CO
1KEK Profit Center Accounting:Transfer Payables/Receivables CO
2KEU Copy Cost Center Groups CO
2KEV Copy Cost Centers CO
6KEA Display Change Documents CO
7KE1 Change Plan Costs/Revenues: Characteristics CO
7KE2 Display Plan Costs/Revenues: Characteristics CO
8KEG Create Pricing Report CO
9KE9 Display Document CO
AB02 Documents for Asset (Change) FI
AB03 Documents for Asset (Display) FI
AB08 Documents for Asset (Reverse) FI
ABAA Unplanned Depreciation FI
ABAON Enter Asset Transaction: Asset Sale without Customer FI
ABAVN Enter Asset Transaction:Asset Retirement by Scrapping FI
ABAW Balance Sheet Revaluation FI
ABGF Credit Memo in Year after Invoice FI
ABGL Credit Memo in Year of Invoice FI
ABMA Manual Depreciation FI
ABNAN Enter Asset Transaction: Post-Capitalization FI
ABNE Subsequent Revenue FI
ABNK Subsequent Costs FI
ABSO Miscellaneous Transactions FI
ABST2 Reconcil. Program FI-AA <-> G/L: List of accounts
showing differences
FI
ABT1N Enter Asset Transaction: Intercompany Asset Transfer FI
ABUMN Enter Asset Transaction: Transfer within Company Code FI
ABZE Acquisition from in-house production FI
ABZON Enter Asset Transaction: Acquis. W/Autom. Offsetting
Entry
FI
ABZP Acquistion from affiliated company FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
178
T-Code Description Module
ABZU Write-up FI
AC03 Create Service Master Record PM
AC06 List Display: Service Master: Selection of Services PM
AFAB Depreciation Posting Run FI
AFAR Recalculate Depreciation FI
AFBP Log of Posting Run FI
AIAB Settlement AuC FI
AIBU AuC Settlement FI
AIST Reversal of Settlement of AuC FI
AJAB Year-end closing Asset Accounting FI
AJRW Asset fiscal year change FI
AKE1 Create Condition Records FI
AKE2 Change Condition Records FI
AKE3 Display Condition Records FI
AL08 List of All Users Logged On SYS
AL11 Display SAP Directories SYS
AL12 Display Table Buffer SYS
AL13 Display Shared Memory SYS
AL15 Customize SAPOSCOL destination SYS
ALO1 Determine ASH/DOREX Relationships SYS
AR01 Asset Balances FI
AR11 Investment Support FI
AR31 Edit Worklist FI
AS01 Create Asset FI
AS02 Change Asset FI
AS03 Display Asset FI
AS04 Changes Asset FI
AS05 Block Asset FI
AS06 Delete Asset FI
AS11 Create Subnumber FI
AS21 Create Group Asset FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
179
T-Code Description Module
AS22 Change Group Asset FI
AS23 Display Group Asset FI
AS25 Block Group Asset FI
AUN0 Analysis of an asset and its environment: Data collect.
and analysis
FI
AUVA Incomplete Assets - Detail List FI
AW01N Asset Explorer FI
B3MG Display Master Warranty PP
BD21 Creating IDoc Type from Change Pointers SD
BD22 Delete Change Pointers SD
BD64 Display Distribution Model SYS
BD78 Monitoring control data distributio HR
BD82 Generate Partner Profile HR
BD83 Process Outbound IDOCs with Errors Again SYS
BD84 Reprocess IDOCs After Inbound ALE Error SYS
BD87 Status Monitor for ALE Messages SYS
BGM1 Create Master Warranty PP
BGM2 Change Master Warranty PP
BM00 SAP Easy Access Batch Management PP
BMBC Batch Information Cockpit PP
BPC1 Create Business Partner FI
BPC2 Change Business Partner FI
BPC3 Display Business Partner FI
BPC4 Create business partner from customer FI
BPC5 Change business partner with customer reference FI
BPCD Change Documents (business partner) FI
BUP1 Create Business Partner SD
BUP2 Maintain Business Partner SD
BUP3 Display Business Partner SD
C000 Overhead Cost Controlling Information System CO
C201 Create Master Recipe PP
C202 Change Master Recipe PP
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
180
T-Code Description Module
C203 Display Master Recipe PP
C223 Production Version: Mass Processing PP
C251 Master Recipe Print List PP
C252 Print List for Production Versions with Consistency
Check
PP
C260 Task List Changes PP
C261 Display Change Documents for a Recipe Group PP
C298 Deletion of Task Lists without Archiving PP
CA00 SAP Easy Access Routings PP
CA01 Create Routing PP
CA02 Change Routing PP
CA03 Display Routing PP
CA10 Stdandard Text PP
CA11 Create Reference Operation Set PP
CA12 Change Reference Operation Set PP
CA13 Display Reference Operation Set PP
CA21 Create Rate Routing PP
CA22 Change Rate Routing PP
CA23 Display Rate Routing PP
CA31 Create Reference Rate Routing PP
CA32 Change Reference Rate Routing PP
CA33 Display Reference Rate Routing PP
CA60 Task List Changes PP
CA62 Display Change Documents for Reference Operation
Set Group
PP
CA63 Display Change Documents for a Routing PP
CA64 Display Change Documents for a Reference Rate
Routing Group
PP
CA70 Use of PRT in Task Lists: Selection PP
CA75 Replace PRT in Task Lists: Selection PP
CA75N Mass Change of Production Res./Tools: Selection PP
CA80 Work Center Where-Used: Selection PP
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
181
T-Code Description Module
CA81 Resource Where-Used: Selection PP
CA82 Work Center Where-Used: Selection PM
CA83 Work Center Where-Used: Selection (Standard
network)
PM
CA85 Replace Work Center: Selection PP
CA85N Mass Change Work Center PP
CA87 Replace Work Center: Selection PP
CA90 Use of Reference Operation Set in Task Lists: Selection PP
CA95 Replace Reference Operation Set: Selection PP
CA95N Mass Change Ref. Operation Set Reference: Selection PP
CA96 Update Material Master PP
CA97 Update Material Master: Initial Screen (for Mass
Processing)
PP
CA98 Deletion of Task Lists without Archiving PP
CA99 Archive Administration PP
CAC0 SAP Easy Access Master Recipe - Access Via
Production Version
PP
CADO Display Time Sheet Data HR
CAOR Display Time Sheet Data HR
CAPS Time Sheet: Approve Times (Selection by Master Data) HR
CAT2 Time Sheet (Change) HR
CAT3 Time Sheet (Display) HR
CAT4 Time Sheet: Approve Times (Selection by Org.
Assignment)
HR
CAT6 Transfer Time Data to HR Time Management HR
CATC Time Sheet: Time Leveling HR
CATS SAP Easy Access Time Sheet HR
CATS_DA Display Working Times HR
CBHR11 Create Person: Role External Person HR
CBHR12 Change Person: Finance. New Role External Person HR
CBHR13 Display External Person HR
CBHR21 Create Organization: Role Authority HR
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
182
T-Code Description Module
CBHR22 Change Authority HR
CBHR23 Display Authority HR
CC00 SAP Easy Access Engineering Change Management PP
CC01 Create Change Master PP
CC02 Change Change Master PP
CC03 Display Change Master PP
CC04 Product Structure Browser PP
CC05 Change Overview Initial Screen PP
CC07 Change Number Selection PP
CJ01 Create Project (Work Breakdown Structure) PS
CJ02 Change Project (Work Breakdown Structure) PS
CJ03 Display Project (Work Breakdown Structure) PS
CJ06 Create Project Definition PS
CJ07 Change Project Definition PS
CJ08 Display Project Definition PS
CJ11 Create WBS Element PS
CJ12 Change WBS Element PS
CJ13 Display WBS Element PS
CJ20 Structure Planning: Change PS
CJ20N Project Builder PS
CJ21 Change Time Scheduling: Basic Dates PS
CJ22 Display Time Scheduling: Basic Dates PS
CJ23 Change Time Scheduling: Forecast Dates PS
CJ24 Display Time Scheduling: Forecast Dates PS
CJ25 Change Time Scheduling: Actual Dates PS
CJ26 Display Time Scheduling: Actual Dates PS
CJ27 Create Project (Project Planning Board) PS
CJ29 Project Scheduling PS
CJ2A Structure Planning: Display PS
CJ2B Change Project Planning Board PS
CJ2C Display Project Planning Board PS
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
183
T-Code Description Module
CJ2D Create Project (Structure Planning) PS
CJ30 Change Original Budget PS
CJ31 Display Original Budget PS
CJ32 Change Release PS
CJ33 Display Release PS
CJ34 Transfer Budget PS
CJ35 Post Return PS
CJ36 Post Supplement PS
CJ37 Change Supplement PS
CJ38 Change Return PS
CJ3A Change Document PS
CJ3B Display Document PS
CJ40 Change Cost Planning PS
CJ41 Display Project Plan PS
CJ42 Change Revenue Planning PS
CJ43 Display Revenue Planning PS
CJ44 Actual Overhead Calculation: Project/WBS Element/
Network
PS
CJ45 Actual Overhead Calculation: Projects/WBS Elements/
Networks
PS
CJ46 Plan Overhead Calculation: Project/WBS Element PS
CJ47 Plan Overhead Calculation: Projects/WBS Elements PS
CJ48 Payment Planning Change PS
CJ49 Payment Planning Display PS
CJ70 Display Project Settlement Line Items PS
CJ74 Display Project Actual Cost Line Items PS
CJ76 Display Project Commitment Line Items PS
CJ7E Transfer of Planning Data: Projects/WBS elements PS
CJ7G Transfer of Planning Data: Projects/WBS elements PS
CJ7M Display Project Planned Cost Line Items PS
CJ88 Actual Settlement: Project/WBS Element/Network PS
CJ8G Actual Settlement: Projects/WBS Elements/Networks PS
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
184
T-Code Description Module
CJ91 Create Standard WBS PS
CJ92 Change Standard WBS PS
CJ93 Display Standard WBS PS
CJ9B Copy WBS Plan to Plan (Collective) PS
CJ9BS Copy WBS Plan to Plan (Individual) PS
CJ9C Copy WBS Actual to Plan (Collective) PS
CJ9CS Copy WBS Actual to Plan (Individual) PS
CJ9D Orders/Networks for Project: Copy Plan Version PS
CJ9E Planned Settlement: Projects/WBS elements PS
CJ9F Copy Project Costing (Collective) PS
CJ9FS Copy Project Costing (Individual) PS
CJ9G Planed Settlement: Projects/WBS elements PS
CJ9K Asynchronous Network Costing: Planned Costs and
Payments
PS
CJ9L Cost Forecast (Individual Processing) PS
CJ9M Cost Forecast (Collective Processing) PS
CJ9Q Integrated Planning for Networks (Collective Processing) PS
CJ9QS Integrated Planning for Networks (Individual Processing) PS
CJA1 Project-Related Incoming Orders (Collective Processing) PS
CJA2 Project-Related Incoming Orders (Individual Processing) PS
CJB1 Generate Settlement Rules: WBS Elements (Collective
Processing)
PS
CJB2 Generate Settlement Rules: WBS Elements (Individual
Processing)
PS
CJBV Project Availability Control Background Job Activation PS
CJBW Deactivate Availabilty Control for Projects PS
CJCF Fiscal year close: Carry forward commitment PS
CJCO Carrying Forward Project Budget PS
CJCS Display change documents: Reference WBS PS
CJE1 Create Hierarchy Report PS
CJE2 Change Hierarchy Report PS
CJE3 Display Hierarchy Report PS
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
185
T-Code Description Module
CJEA Selection: Plan/Actual/Commitment/Rem. Plan/
Assigned
PS
CJF1 Create Transfer Price Agreement PS
CJI1 Display Project Budget Line Items PS
CJI2 Budget Updates: Document Chain PS
CJI3 Display Project Actual Cost Line Items PS
CJI4 Display Project Planned Cost Line Items PS
CJI5 Display Project Commitment Line Items PS
CJI8 Display Project Budget Line Items PS
CJI9 Display Project Hierarchy Cost Planning Line Items PS
CJIA Display Project Actual Payment Line Items PS
CJIB Display Project Planned Payment Line Items PS
CJIC Display Project Settlement Line Items PS
CJID Display Project Settlement Line Items PS
CJK2 Change Statistical Key Figure Planning PS
CJK3 Display Statistical Key Figure Planning PS
CJP1 Create Plan Revaluation PS
CJP2 Change Plan Revaluation PS
CJP3 Display Plan Revaluation PS
CJP4 Delete Plan Revaluation PS
CJPU Plan Revaluation PS
CJR2 Change Cost and Activity Inputs PS
CJR3 Display Cost and Activity Inputs PS
CJS2 Change Planning Statistical Key Figures PS
CJS3 Display Planning Statistical Key Figures PS
CJS4 Change Planning Statistical Key Figures PS
CJS5 Display Planning Statistical Key Figures PS
CJSN Number Range for Project Definition PS
CJT2 Display Project Actual Payment Line Items PS
CJV1 Project Planning Board: Create Simulation PS
CJV2 Project Planning Board: Change Simulation PS
CJV3 Project Planning Board: Display Simulation PS
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
186
T-Code Description Module
CJV4 Transfer Project PS
CJV5 Delete Simulation Version PS
CK11N Create Material Cost Estimate with Quantity Structure PP
CK13N Display Material Cost Estimate with Quantity Structure PP
CK24 Price Update: Mark Standard Price PP
CK31 Print log of costing run PP
CK33 Comparison of Itemizations PP
CK40N Edit Costing Run PP
CK41 Create Costing Run (Material) PP
CK42 Change Costing Run (Material) PP
CK43 Display Costing Run (Material) PP
CK44 Delete Costing Run PP
CK80 Cost Component Report for Product Cost Estimate PP
CK81 Application Tree Report Selection Product Cost Planning PP
CK82 List of Existing Material Cost Estimates PP
CK83 Call RKKBPCD0 in Background PP
CK84 Line items in cost est for product PP
CK85 Line Item Report Costing Items PP
CK86 Costed Multilevel BOM, Material Cost Estimate PP
CK87 Costed Multilevel BOM, Sales Order Cost Estimate PP
CK88 Partner Cost Component Split PP
CK89 Cost Component Report for Sales Document Cost
Estimate
PP
CK90 SAP Easy Access: Mixed Costing PP
CK91 Create Procurement Alternative PP
CK91N Display Procurement Alternatives PP
CK92 Change Procurement Alternatives PP
CK93 Display Procurement Alternatives PP
CK94 Change Mixing Ratios PP
CK95 Display Mixing Ratios PP
CKC1 Check Costing Variant PP
CKCM Easy Cost Planning: Model PP
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
187
T-Code Description Module
CKECP Ad Hoc Cost Estimate PP
CKM3 Material Price Analysis PP
CKMB Display Material Ledger Document PP
CKME Release Planned Price Changes PP
CKMF Allow Price Determination PP
CKMG Allow Closing Entries PP
CKMH Single-Level Material Price Determination PP
CKMLCP Costing Cockpit: Actual Costing - Change/Execute CO
CKMPCD Price Change Document CO
CKR1 Reorganization of Cost Estimates PP
CKUC Multilevel Unit Costing PP
CKW1 Create Cost Estimate for Production Lot PP
CKW3 Display Cost Estimate for Production Lot PP
CKW4 Activate Cost Estimate for Production Lot PP
CL01 Create Class PM
CL02 Class (Change) PM
CL03 Display Class PM
CL04 Delete Class PM
CL20N Assign Object to Classes PM
CL22N Assign Class to Superior Classes PM
CL24N Assign Objects/Classes to Class PM
CL26 Mass Release for a Class Type/Class PM
CL2A Classification Status for Change Number PM
CL30N Find Objects in Classes PM
CL31 Find Objects in Class Type PM
CL6AN Class List PM
CL6B Object List PM
CL6BN Object List PM
CL6C Class Hierarchy PM
CL6D List of Classes Without Superior Class PM
CL6O Object Comparison PM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
188
T-Code Description Module
CLMM Mass Change for Assigned Values PM
CM00 SAP Easy Access Capacity Planning PP
CM01 Capacity Planning: Selection (Work Center - Load) PP
CM02 Capacity Planning: Selection (Orders) PP
CM03 Capacity Planning: Selection (Work Center - Pool) PP
CM04 Capacity Planning: Selection (Work Center - Backlog) PP
CM05 Capacity Planning: Selection (Work Center - Overload) PP
CM07 Capacity Planning (Variable) PP
CM22 Capacity leveling: SFC planning table PP
CM23 Capacity leveling: SFC orders tab PP
CM24 Capacity Leveling (Individual Capacity - Tabular) PP
CM25 Capacity Leveling (Variable) PP
CM26 Capacity leveling: Proj. View Tabular PP
CM27 Capacity level.: SFC indiv. cap. graph PP
CM28 Capac. level.: SFC indiv. cap. Tab PP
CM30 Capacity Leveling (Indvidual Capacity - Graphical) PP
CM31 Cap. leveling: SFC orders graphical PP
CM32 Cap. leveling: PS graph PP
CM33 Capacity Leveling (Work Center - Graphical) PP
CM34 Capacity Leveling (Work Center - Tabular) PP
CM35 Capacity Leveling (Resource View - Table) PP
CM36 Capacity Leveling (Process Order View) PP
CM38 Capacity Planning (Capacity Leveling Long-Term Planning) PP
CM50 Capacity level: SFC work cntr list PP
CM51 Cap. level: SFC individual cap. list PP
CM52 Cap. leveling: SFC orders list PP
CM53 Capacity leveling: PS elem/version PP
CM54 Capacity leveling: PS list via vers. PP
CM55 Cap. leveling: PS list WCntr/version PP
CM56 Capacity evaluation (Resource View) PP
CM57 Capacity evaluation (Order View) PP
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
189
T-Code Description Module
CMOD Project Management of SAP Enhancements SYS
CMP2 Workforce Planning - Selection Project View PP
CMP3 Workforce Planning: Selection for Work Center View PP
CMP9 Workforce Planning - Reporting PP
CN01 Standard Network Create PS
CN02 Standard Network Change PS
CN03 Standard Network Display PS
CN04 PS Text Catalog: Change PS
CN05 PS Text Catalog: Display PS
CN08 Allocate Material to Standard Network Change: Overview PS
CN09 Allocate Material to Standard Network Display: Overview PS
CN11 Create Standard Milestone PS
CN12 Change Standard Milestone PS
CN13 Display Standard Milestone PS
CN21 Create: Network PS
CN22 Change: Network PS
CN23 Display: Network PS
CN24N Overall Network Scheduling PS
CN25 Enter Network Confirmation PS
CN27 Network Confirmation: Collective Confirmation PS
CN28 Display Network Confirmation PS
CN29 Cancel Network Confirmation PS
CN2X Process Network Confirmation PS
CN40 Project Info System PS
CN41 Structure Overview PS
CN42N Overview: Project Definitions PS
CN43N Overview: WBS Elements PS
CN44N Overview: Planned Orders PS
CN45N Overview: Orders PS
CN46N Overview: Networks PS
CN47N Overview: Activities/Elements PS
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
190
T-Code Description Module
CN48N Overview Confirmations PS
CN49N Overview: Relationships PS
CN50N Overview: Capacity Requirements PS
CN51N Overview: PRTs PS
CN52N Overview: Components PS
CN53N Overview: Milestones PS
CN54N Overview: Sales Document PS
CN55N Overview: Sales and Dist. Doc. Items PS
CN60 Change Documents for Projects/Netw. PS
CN61 Display Change Documents: Library Network PS
CN65 Display Change Document: Network PS
CN71 Project Info System: Save Project Version Initial Screen PS
CN72 Create Project Version PS
CN85 Operative Project Structures / Delete without Archiving PS
CN98 Delete Standard Networks Without Archiving PS
CNB1 List Display of Purchase Requisitions for Project PS
CNB2 Purchasing Documents per Project PS
CNC4 Master Data Reconciliation Report: Consistency Within
Project Struct.
PS
CNC5 Master Reconciliation Report: Consistency Sales Order/
Project
PS
CNE1 Project Progress (Individual Processing) PS
CNE2 Project Progress (Collective Processing) PS
CNE5 Project Info System: Progress Analysis Initial Screen PS
CNL1 Create Delivery Info PS
CNL2 Change Delivery Info PS
CNL3 Display Delivery Info PS
CNMASS Mass Changes in the Project System PS
CNMM Project-Oriented Procurement PS
CNPRG Progress Report: Network Activities PS
CNR1 Create Work Center PS
CNR2 Change Work Center PS
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
191
T-Code Description Module
CNR3 Display Work Center PS
CNS0 Delivery from Project: Selection Initial Screen PS
CNS40 Project Info System PS
CNS41 Project Info System: Structure Initial Screen PS
CNS42 Project Info System: Project Definitions Initial Screen PS
CNS43 Project Info System: WBS Elements Initial Screen PS
CNS44 Project Info System: Planned Orders Initial Screen PS
CNS45 Project Info System: Orders Initial Screen PS
CNS46 Project Info System: Networks Initial Screen PS
CNS47 Project Info System: Activities Initial Screen PS
CNS48 Project Info System: Confirmations Initial Screen PS
CNS49 Project Info System: Relationships Initial Screen PS
CNS50 Project Info System: Capacity Requirements Initial
Screen
PS
CNS51 Project Info System: Prod. Resources/Tools Initial
Screen
PS
CNS52 Project Info System: Components Initial Screen PS
CNS53 Project Info System: Milestones Initial Screen PS
CNS54 Project Info System: SD Documents Initial Screen PS
CNS55 Project Info System: Sales Document Items Initial
Screen
PS
CNS60 Project Info System: Change Documents PS
CNS71 Project Info System: Save Project Version Initial Screen PS
CNSE5 Project Info System: Progress Analysis Initial Screen PS
CO00 SAP Easy Access Shop Floor Control PP
CO01 Production Order Create PP
CO01S Simulation Order Create PP
CO02 Production Order Change PP
CO02S Simulation Order Change PP
CO03 Production Order Display PP
CO03S Simulation Order Display PP
CO04 Print Shop Papers PP
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
192
T-Code Description Module
CO04N Print Production Orders PP
CO05N Release Production Orders PP
CO06 Backorder Processing PP
CO07 Production Order Create (Without Material) PP
CO08 Production Order Create (For Sales Order) PP
CO09 Availability Overview PP
CO10 Production Order Create PP
CO11 Enter Production Order Confirmation PP
CO11N Enter time ticket for production order PP
CO12 Collective Entry: Time Ticket PP
CO13 Cancel Production Order Confirmation PP
CO14 Display Production Order Confirmation PP
CO15 Enter Production Order Confirmation PP
CO16N Postprocessing Incorrect Confirmations PP
CO27 Picking List PP
CO40 Production Order Create (Planned Order) PP
CO41 Collective Conversion of Planned Orders PP
CO43 Actual Overhead Calculation: Production/Process
Orders
PP
CO44 Mass Processing for Orders PP
CO46 Order Progress Report: Selection Screen PP
CO48 Production Order Create PP
CO78 Archiving of Production Orders PP
CO88 Actual Settlement: Production/Process Orders PP
COB1 Create Batch Search Strategy PP
COB2 Change Batch Search Strategy PP
COB3 Display Batch Search Strategy PP
COFC Reprocessing of confirmations with errors in calc. of
actual costs
PP
COGI Automatic Goods Movements: Error Handling SD
COHV Mass Processing Production Orders PP
COID Selection of Indiv. Object Lists PP
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
193
T-Code Description Module
COIO Order Info System for PP-PI PP
COMAC Collective Availability Check PP
COOIS Production Order Information System PP
COPD Print Process Order PP
COPI Print Process Order Shop Floor Papers PP
COR1 Create Process Order PP
COR2 Change Process Order PP
COR3 Display Process Order PP
COR5 Release Process Order PP
COR6 Create Process Order Confirmation PP
COR6N Enter time ticket for process order PP
COR7 Create Process Order (Convert Planned Order) PP
COR8 Collective Conversion of Planned Orders PP
CORA Process Order: Scheduling External Relationships PP
CORK Enter Process Order Confirmation PP
CORO Create Process Order w/o Material PP
CORR Collective Entry of Confirmations PP
CORS Cancel Process Order Confirmation PP
CORT Display Process Order Confirmation PP
CORZ Enter Confirmation of Process Order: Create Time
Event
PP
CR01 Create Work Center PP
CR02 Change Work Center PP
CR03 Display Work Center PP
CR05 Work Center List PP
CR06 Assignment of Work Centers to Cost Centers PP
CR07 Work Center Capacities PP
CR08 Work Center Hierarchy PP
CR09 Standard Text PP
CR10 Work Center Change Documents PP
CR11 Create Capacity PP
CR12 Change Capacity PP
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
194
T-Code Description Module
CR13 Display Capacity PP
CR15 Capacity: Where-used PP
CR21 Create Hierarchy PP
CR22 Change Hierarchy PP
CR23 Display Hierarchy PP
CR60 Work center information system PP
CRA1 Archive Administration: Create Archive Files PP
CRA2 Archive Administration: Execute Delete Program PP
CRAA Display Work Center PP
CRAH Create Work Center PP
CRAV Change Work Center PP
CRF1 Payment Cards: Read, Display, Check, Save Incoming
File
FI
CRF2 Payment Cards: Delete Saved File FI
CRF3 Payment Cards: Display File, Create Postings, Edit Log FI
CRK1 Card Document Create FI
CRK2 Card Document Change FI
CRK3 Card Document Display FI
CRQ1 Create work center (QM) QM
CRQ2 Change work center (QM) QM
CRQ3 Display work center (QM) QM
CRS1 Payment Card Master Record Create FI
CRS2 Payment Card Master Record Change FI
CRS3 Payment Card Master Record Display FI
CS00 SAP Easy Access Bills of Material PP
CS01 Create Material BOM PP
CS02 Change Material BOM PP
CS03 Display Material BOM PP
CS05 Change BOM Group PP
CS06 Display BOM Group PP
CS07 Create Plant Assignment PP
CS08 Change Plant Assignment PP
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
195
T-Code Description Module
CS09 Display Plant Assignment PP
CS11 Explode BOM: Level by Level PP
CS12 Explode BOM: Multi-Level BOM PP
CS13 Explode BOM: Summarized BOM PP
CS14 BOM Comparison: Initial Screen (One-Level) PP
CS15 Where-Used List: Material: Initial Screen PP
CS20 Mass Changes: Material Selection (Bills of Material) PP
CS21 Mass Changes: Material Selection PP
CS22 Mass Changes: Document Selection PP
CS23 Mass Changes: Class Selection PP
CS25 Archive Administration: Create Archive Files PP
CS26 Archive Administration: Execute Delete Program PP
CS27 Archive Administration: Run Read Program PP
CS28 Archive Administration: Initial Screen PP
CS31 Create class BOM PP
CS32 Change class BOM PP
CS33 Display class BOM PP
CS40 Create Link to Configurable Material PP
CS41 Change Link to Configurable Material PP
CS42 Display Link to Configurable Material PP
CS51 Create standard BOM PP
CS52 Change standard BOM PP
CS53 Display standard BOM PP
CS61 Create order BOM PP
CS62 Change order BOM PP
CS63 Display order BOM PP
CS71 Create WBS BOM PP
CS72 Change WBS BOM PP
CS73 Display WBS BOM PP
CS74 Create WBS BOM (Structure) PP
CS75 Change WBS BOM (Structure) PP
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
196
T-Code Description Module
CS76 Display WBS BOM (Structure) PP
CS80 Display Change Documents: Material BOM PP
CS81 Display Change Documents: Standard BOM PP
CS82 Display Change Documents: Order BOM PP
CS83 Display Change Documents: WBS BOM PP
CS84 Change documents for class BOM PP
CS90 Number ranges for material bills of material PP
CS91 Standard object list number range PP
CS92 Number ranges for sales order BOMs PP
CSK1 Explode BOM: Level by Level PP
CSK2 Explode BOM: Multi-Level BOM PP
CSK3 Explode BOM: Summarized BOM PP
CSMB Material BOM Browser PP
CSPB WBS BOM PP
CT12 Where-Used List for Characteristics/Characteristic
Values
QM
CV01N Create Document QM
CV02N Change Document QM
CV03N Display document QM
CV04N Find Document: Selection Criteria QM
CV15 Change Document BOM group PP
CV16 Display Document BOM group PP
CXL1 Create Ledger FI
CXL2 Change Ledger: Overview FI
CXL3 Display Ledger: Overview FI
CXL4 Delete Ledger FI
DB01 DBA Cockpit: System Configuration Maintenance SYS
DB02 Tables and Indexes Monitor SYS
DB03 Parameter history, active parameters and db options SYS
DB11 Select Database Connection SYS
DB12 DBA Backup Logs SYS
DB13 DBA Planning Calendar SYS
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
197
T-Code Description Module
DB14 Display DBA Operation Logs BW
DB15 Tables and Archiving Objects SYS
DB16 Display DB Check Results BW
DB2 Select Database Activities SYS
DB20 Update DB Statistics BW
DB26 Parameter history, active parameters and db options SYS
DB2J DB2 z/OS: JCL Settings SYS
DBCO "Display View "" Description of Database Connec-
tions"": Overview"
SYS
DGP1 Create Dangerous Goods Master SD
DGP2 Change Dangerous Goods Master SD
DGP3 Display Dangerous Goods Master SD
DGR1 Dangerous Goods Master: Display with Descriptions SD
DP90 Resource-Related Billing Request SD
EC09 Org.Object Copier: Warehouse Number WM
EWZ5 EMU Conversion: Lock and Unlock Users SYS
EWZ6 EMU Conversion: Lock and Unlock Users SYS
F.03 Financial Accounting Comparative Analysis FI
F.05 Foreign Currency Valuation FI
F.07 Carry Forward Receivables/Payables FI
F.08 G/L: Account Balances FI
F.09 G/L: Account List FI
F.10 Chart of Accounts FI
F.13 Automatic Clearing FI
F.14 Create Posting Documents from Recurring Documents FI
F.15 Recurring Entry Documents FI
F.19 Analyze GR/IR Clearing Accountsand Display
Acquisition Tax
FI
F.1A Grouping Customer/Vendor Master Records FI
F.20 Customer List FI
F.21 List of Customer Line Items FI
F.22 Customer Evaluation with OI Sorted List FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
198
T-Code Description Module
F.23 Customer Balances in Local Currency FI
F.24 Calculate Interest on Arrears FI
F.25 Bill of Exchange List FI
F.26 Customer Interest Scale FI
F.27 Periodic Account Statements FI
F.28 SD, FI: Recreation of Credit Data after Organizational
Changes
FI
F.31 Credit Overview FI
F.32 Customers with Missing Credit Data FI
F.35 Credit Master Sheet FI
F.38 Deferred Tax Transfer FI
F.40 Vendor List FI
F.41 List of Vndor Line Items FI
F.42 Vendor Balances in Local Currency FI
F.44 Vendor Interest Scale FI
F.45 Define Background Job FI
F.50 Profit and Loss Adjustment FI
F.51 General Ledger Line Items FI
F.52 G/L Account Interest Scale FI
F.53 Account Assignment Manual FI
F.56 Delete Reference Documents FI
F.57 Delete Reference Documents FI
F.58 Open Item Account Balance Audit Trail from the
Document File
FI
F.5D Calculate Balance Sheet Adjustment FI
F.5E Post Balance Sheet Adjustment FI
F.64 Maintain Correspondence Requests FI
F.80 Mass Reversal of Documents FI
F.81 Reverse Accrual/Deferral Documents FI
F.97 Application Tree Report Selection General Ledger FI
F.98 Application Tree Report Selection Vendors FI
F.99 Application Tree Report Selection Customers FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
199
T-Code Description Module
F/LA Create Pricing Report FI
F/LB Change Pricing Report FI
F/LC Display Pricing report FI
F000 Financial Accounting Information System FI
F-01 Enter Sample Document Header Data FI
F-02 Enter G/L Account Posting: Header Data FI
F-03 Clear G/L Account: Header Data FI
F-04 Post with Clearing: Header Data FI
F-05 Post Foreign Currency Valuation: Header Data FI
F-06 Post Incoming Payments: Header Data FI
F-07 Post Outgoing Payments: Header Data FI
F110 Parameters for automatic payment FI
F110S Report for the Automatic Scheduling of the Payment
Program
FI
F111 Automatic Payment Transactions for Payment Re-
quests
FI
F150 Dunning FI
F-19 Reverse Statistical Posting: Header Data FI
F-20 Reverse Bill Liability: Header Data FI
F-21 Enter Transfer Posting: Header Data FI
F-22 Enter Customer Invoice: Header Data FI
F-23 Return Bill of Exchange Pmt Request: Header Data FI
F-26 Incoming Payments Fast Entry: Header Data FI
F-27 Enter Customer Credit Memo: Header Data FI
F-28 Post Incoming Payments: Header Data FI
F-29 Post Customer Down Payment: Header Data FI
F-30 Post with Clearing: Header Data FI
F-31 Post Outgoing Payments: Header Data FI
F-32 Clear Customer: Header Data FI
F-33 Post Bill of Exchange Usage: Header Data FI
F-34 Post Collection: Header Data FI
F-35 Post Forfaiting: Header Data FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
200
T-Code Description Module
F-36 Bill of Exchange Payment: Header Data FI
F-37 Customer Down Payment Request: Header Data FI
F-38 Enter Statistical Posting: Header Data FI
F-39 Clear Customer Down Payment: Header Data FI
F-40 Bill of Exchange Payment: Header Data FI
F-41 Enter Vendor Credit Memo: Header Data FI
F-42 Enter Transfer Posting: Header Data FI
F-43 Enter Vendor Invoice: Header Data FI
F-44 Clear Vendor: Header Data FI
F-47 Down Payment Request: Header Data FI
F-48 Post Vendor Down Payment: Header Data FI
F-49 Customer noted item FI
F-51 Post with Clearing: Header Data FI
F-52 Post Incoming Payments: Header Data FI
F-53 Post Outgoing Payments: Header Data FI
F-54 Clear Vendor Down Payment: Header Data FI
F-55 Enter Statistical Posting: Header Data FI
F-56 Reverse Statistical Posting: Header Data FI
F-57 Vendor Noted Item: Header Data FI
F-62 "Change View ""Currency Exchange Rates"
": Overview"
FI
F-63 Park Document: Document Header FI
F-64 Park Document: Document Header FI
F-65 Park Document: Document Header FI
F-66 Park Document: Document Header FI
F-67 Park Document: Document Header FI
F801 Create Payment Request FI
F802 Change payment request FI
F803 Display payment request FI
F804 Changes to payment requests FI
F8BT Display Payment Requests FI
F8BU Create Payment Runs for Payment Requests FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
201
T-Code Description Module
F8BV Reversal of bank-to-bank transfers FI
F8BW Reverse Clearing of PaymenesRequests FI
F8Q8 Create Posting Documents from Standing Requests FI
F-90 Acquisition from purchase w. vendor FI
F-91 Asset Acquis. Posted w/Clearing Acct: Header Data FI
F-92 Asset Retire. frm Sale w/ Customer: Header Data FI
FB00 Accounting Editing Options FI
FB01 Post Document: Header Data FI
FB01L General Posting for Ledger Group: Header Data FI
FB02 Change Document FI
FB03 Display Document FI
FB04 Document Changes FI
FB05 Post with Clearing: Header Data FI
FB08 Reverse Document: Header Data FI
FB09 Change Line Items FI
FB09D Display Line Items FI
FB10 Invoice/Credit Fast Entry: Header Data FI
FB11 Post Held Document: Header Data FI
FB12 Request Correspondence FI
FB13 Release Line Item FI
FB1D Clear Customer: Header Data FI
FB1K Clear Vendor: Header Data FI
FB1S Clear G/L Account: Header Data FI
FB21 Enter Statistical Posting: Header Data FI
FB22 Reverse Statistical Posting: Header Data FI
FB31 Enter Noted Item: Header Data FI
FB50 Enter G/L Account Document: Company Code XXX FI
FB50L Enter G/L Acct Document for Ledger Group FI
FB60 Enter Vendor Invoice: Company Code XXX FI
FB65 Enter Vendor Credit Memo: Company Code XXX FI
FB70 Enter Customer Invoice: Company Code XXX FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
202
T-Code Description Module
FB75 Enter Customer Credit Memo: Company Code XXX FI
FBA1 Customer Down Payment Request: Header Data FI
FBA2 Post Customer Down Payment: Header Data FI
FBA3 Clear Customer Down Payment: Header Data FI
FBA6 Vendor Down Payment Request: Header Data FI
FBA7 Post Vendor Down Payment: Header Data FI
FBA8 Clear Vendor Down Payment: Header Data FI
FBB1 Post Foreign Currency Valn: Header Data FI
FBCJ Cash Journal XXX Company Code XXX FI
FBD1 Enter Recurring Entry: Header Data FI
FBD2 Change Recurring Document FI
FBD3 Display Recurring Document FI
FBD4 Recurring Document Changes FI
FBD5 Realize Recurring Entry: Header Data FI
FBD9 Enter Recurring Entry: Header Data FI
FBE1 Create Payment Advice FI
FBE2 Change Payment Advice FI
FBE3 Display Payment Advice FI
FBE6 Delete Payment Advice FI
FBKP Maintain Accounting Configuration FI
FBL1N Vendor Line Item Display FI
FBL2N Vendor Line Item Display FI
FBL3N G/L Account Line Item Display FI
FBL4N G/L Account Line Item Display FI
FBL5N Customer Line Item Display FI
FBL6N Customer Line Item Display FI
FBM1 Enter Sample Document FI
FBM2 Change Sample Document FI
FBM3 Display Sample Document FI
FBM4 Sample Document Changes FI
FBMA Display Dunning Procedure: List FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
203
T-Code Description Module
FBME SAP Easy Access Banks FI
FBMP Maintain Dunning Procedure: List FI
FBN1 Number Ranges for Accounting Documents FI
FBN2 Internal number ranges for payment orders FI
FBP1 Enter Payment Request FI
FBR1 Post with Reference Document: Header Data FI
FBR2 Post Document: Header Data FI
FBRA Reset Cleared Items FI
FBRC Reverse clearing with payment card data FI
FBS1 Enter Accrual/Deferral Doc.: Header Data FI
FBU2 Change Transaction FI
FBU3 Display Transaction FI
FBU8 Reverse Cross-Company Code Transaction: Header
Data
FI
FBV0 Post Parked Document FI
FBV1 Park Document: Document Header FI
FBV2 Change Parked Document FI
FBV3 Display Parked Document FI
FBV4 Change Parked Document (Header) FI
FBV5 Document changes of parked document FI
FBV6 Reject Parked Document FI
FBVB Post parked document FI
FBW1 Enter Bill of Exchange Pmnt Request: Header Data FI
FBW2 Post Bill of Exch. acc. to Pmt Request: Header Data FI
FBW4 Reverse Bill Liability: Header Data FI
FBW5 Customer Check/Bill of Exchange: Header Data FI
FBW6 Vendor Check/Bill of Exchange FI
FBZ0 Payment Proposal FI
FBZ1 Post Incoming Payments: Header Data FI
FBZ2 Post outgoing payments FI
FBZ3 Incoming Payments Fast Entry: Header Data FI
FBZ4 Payment with Printout: Header Data FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
204
T-Code Description Module
FBZ5 Print Form for Payment Document FI
FBZ8 Display Payment Run FI
FBZG Editing of Failed Payment Transactions FI
FCH1 Display Check Information FI
FCH2 Payment Document Checks FI
FCH3 Void Checks Not Used FI
FCH4 Renumber Checks FI
FCH5 Create Check Information FI
FCH6 Change Check Information/Cash Check FI
FCH7 Reprint Check FI
FCH8 Cancel Check Payment FI
FCH9 Void Issued Checks FI
FCHD Delete Check Information on Payment Run FI
FCHE Delete Check Information on Voided Checks FI
FCHF Delete Information on Checks Created Manually FI
FCHG Reset Check Information Data FI
FCHI Check Lots FI
FCHK SAP Easy Access Check Management FI
FCHN Check Register FI
FCHR Online Cashed Checks FI
FCHX Check Extract Creation FI
FCMN SAP Easy Access Consolidation FI
FD01 Customer Create FI
FD02 Customer Change FI
FD03 Customer Display FI
FD04 Customer Account Changes FI
FD05 Customer Block/Unblock FI
FD06 Customer Flag for Deletion FI
FD08 Customer Confirm Change FI
FD09 Display/Confirm Critical Customer Changes FI
FD10N Customer Balance Display FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
205
T-Code Description Module
FD10NA Customer Balance Display FI
FD11 Customer: Initial Screen Account Analysis FI
FD15 Transfer Customer Master Data from Source Company
Code
FI
FD16 Transfer customer changes: Receive FI
FD24 Credit Management Changes FI
FD32 Customer Credit Management Change FI
FD33 Customer Credit Management Display FI
FDIC Currency Translation Type FI
FDTA Data Medium Administration PY
FEBA Edit Bank Statement FI
FEBP Post electronic bank statement FI
FF.5 Select Program: Import Electronic Bank Statement FI
FF.6 Select Program: Display Electronic Bank Statement FI
FF_3 Cashed Checks per Bank Account FI
FF_4 Outstanding Checks Analysis per G/L Account and
Vendor
FI
FF_5 Bank Statements: Various Formats FI
FF_6 Display electronic bank statement FI
FF63 Create Memo Record FI
FF67 Process Manual Bank Statement FI
FF68 Edit Check Deposit List FI
FF6B Memo Records: List FI
FF71 Cash Management and Forecast FI
FF72 Cash Management and Forecast FI
FF73 Automatic Cash Concentration FI
FF74 Access Automatic Cash Concentration Using a Pro-
gram
FI
FF7A Cash Management and Forecast FI
FF7B Cash Management and Forecast FI
FG99 Flexible G/L: Report selection FI
FGI0 Execute Drill-Down Report FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
206
T-Code Description Module
FGI1 Create Drill-Down Report FI
FGI2 Change Report: Settings FI
FGI3 Display Report: Settings FI
FGI4 Report Painter: Create Form FI
FGI5 Report Painter: Change Form FI
FGI6 Report Painter: Display Form FI
FI01 Create Bank FI
FI02 Change Bank FI
FI03 Display Bank FI
FI04 Bank Data Changes FI
FI06 Set bank Deletion Flag FI
FIAA SAP Easy Access Asset Accounting Information System FI
FILE Cross-Client File Names/Paths SYS
FK01 Create Vendor FI
FK02 Change Vendor FI
FK03 Display Vendor FI
FK04 Vendor Account Changes FI
FK05 Block/Unblock Vendor FI
FK06 Flag for Deletion Vendor FI
FK08 Confirm Change Vendor FI
FK09 Display/Confirm Critical Vendor Changes FI
FK10N Vendor Balance Display FI
FKI0 Execute Drill-Down Report FI
FKI1 Create Drill-Down Report FI
FKI2 Change Report: Settings FI
FKI3 Display Report: Settings FI
FKI4 Report Painter: Create Form FI
FKI5 Report Painter: Change Form FI
FKI6 Report Painter: Display Form FI
FKMT Account Assignment Model FI
FLB1 Postprocessing Lockbox Data FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
207
T-Code Description Module
FLB2 Main Lockbox Program FI
FLBP Main Lockbox Program FI
FM03 Display FM Document FI
FM5I Create Fund FI
FM5S Display Fund FI
FM5U Change Fund FI
FM9B Copy Budget Version FI
FM9C Plan Data Transfer from CO FI
FM9D Lock Budget Version FI
FM9E Unlock Budget Version FI
FMEDD Display Entry Document FI
FMN0 Transfer Documents from Financial Accounting FI
FMR1 Actual/commitment report FI
FMR3 Plan/Actual/Commitment Report FI
FMSA Create Funds Center in FM Area FI
FMX1 Funds Reservation: Create InitScrn FI
FMX2 Funds Reservation: Change InitScrn FI
FMX3 Funds Reservation: Display InitScrn FI
FMY1 Funds precommitment: Create InitScrn FI
FMY2 Funds precommitment: Change InitScrn FI
FMY3 Funds precommitment: Display InitScrn FI
FPS3 Same day Statement: Create memo records FI
FQUK Query from User Group FK FI
FS00 Edit G/L Account Centrally FI
FS01 Edit G/L Account Centrally FI
FS02 Edit G/L Account Centrally FI
FS03 Edit G/L Account Centrally FI
FS04 Central G/L Account Changes FI
FS05 Edit G/L Account Centrally FI
FS06 Edit G/L Account Centrally FI
FS10N G/L Account Balance Display FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
208
T-Code Description Module
FSE2 Change Financial Statement Version FI
FSP0 Edit G/L Account Chart of accts data FI
FSP1 Edit G/L Account Chart of accts data FI
FSP2 Edit G/L Account Chart of accts data FI
FSP3 Edit G/L Account Chart of accts data FI
FSP4 G/L Account Changes in Chart of Accts FI
FSS4 G/L Account Changes in Comp. Code FI
FV50 Park G/L Account Document FI
FV60 Park Vendor Invoice FI
FV65 Park Vendor Credit Memo FI
FWBS Manual Posting FI
FWDP Securities: Securities Account List FI
FWOEZ Manual Posting / Debit Position: Reverse FI
FWSO Securities: Automatic Debit Position FI
FWUP Securities: Update Planned Records FI
FWZE Manual Debit Position FI
FWZZ Display Class - Product Type: ID Number FI
FZM4 SAP Easy Access Treasury Management Information
System
FI
FZMN SAP Easy Access Treasury Management Basic
Functions
FI
IA00 SAP Easy Access Work Scheduling PM
IA01 Create Equipment Task List PM
IA02 Change Equipment Task List PM
IA03 Display Equipment Task List PM
IA04 Start transaction for object service PM
IA05 Create General Task List PM
IA06 Change General Task List PM
IA07 Display General Task List PM
IA08 Change PM Task Lists PM
IA09 Display Task Lists: Task List Selection PM
IA10 Multi-Level Task List: PM Task List Selection PM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
209
T-Code Description Module
IA11 Create Functional Location Task List PM
IA12 Change Functional Location Task List PM
IA13 Display Functional Location Task List PM
IA15 Display task list change documents PM
IA16 Task list costing PM
IA17 Task List Printing List PM
IA18 Display Standard Milestone PM
IA19 Change Standard Milestone PM
IA21 Display Task List Change Documents PM
IB01 Create equipment BOM PM
IB02 Change equipment BOM PM
IB03 Display equipment BOM PM
IB05 Change BOM group PM
IB06 Display BOM group PM
IB07 Create Plant Assignment PM
IB08 Change Plant Assignment PM
IB09 Display Plant Assignment PM
IB11 Create functional location BOM PM
IB12 Change functional location BOM PM
IB13 Display functional location BOM PM
IB15 Change BOM group PM
IB16 Display BOM group PM
IB17 Create Plant Assignment PM
IB18 Change Plant Assignment PM
IB19 Display Plant Assignment PM
IB51 Create Installed Base PM
IB52 Change Installed Base PM
IB53 Display Installed Base PM
IDX1 Port Maintenance in IDoc Adapter SYS
IDX2 Metadata Overview for IDoc Adapter SYS
IE00 SAP Easy Access Management of Technical Objects PM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
210
T-Code Description Module
IE01 Create Equipment PM
IE02 Change Equipment PM
IE03 Display Equipment PM
IE05 Change Equipment: Equipment Selection PM
IE07 Multi-Level Equipment List: Equipment Selection PM
IE08 Create Equipment PM
IE10 Equipment Entry List PM
IE31 Create Fleet Object PM
IE36 Display Vehicles: Vehicles Selection PM
IH01 Functional Location Structure PM
IH02 Reference Location Structure PM
IH04 Equipment Structure PM
IH05 Material Structure: Selection PM
IH06 Display Functional Location: Functional Location
Selection
PM
IH07 Display Reference Location: Reference Location
Selection
PM
IH08 Display Equipment: Equipment Selection PM
IH09 Display Material: Material Selection PM
IH12 Functional Location Structure PM
IH18 Ref. Location List (Multilevel): Selection Ref. Locations PM
IK01 Create Measuring Point PP
IK01R Create Reference Measuring Point PP
IK02 Change Measuring Point PP
IK02R Change Reference Measuring Point PP
IK03 Display Measuring Point PP
IK03R Display Reference Measuring Point PP
IK06 Display Measuring Points for Object PP
IK07 Display Measuring Points: MeasPoint Selection PP
IK07R Display Reference Measuring Point: Reference Mea-
suring Point Selection
PP
IK08 Change Measuring Points: MeasPoint Selection PP
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
211
T-Code Description Module
IK08R Change Reference Measuring Point: Reference
Measuring Point Selection
PP
IK11 Create Measurement Document PM
IK12 Change Measurement Document PM
IK13 Display Measurement Document PM
IK15 Take Up Measurement Reading Transfer PM
IK17 Display Measurement Documents: Measurement
Document Selection
PM
IK18 Change Measurement Documents: Measurement
Document Selection
PM
IK21 Collective Entry of MeasDocuments (Funct Location) PM
IK22 Collective Entry of MeasDocuments (Equipment) PM
IK31 Measurement Reading Entry List: Create PM
IK32 Measurement Reading Entry List: Change PM
IK33 Measurement Reading Entry List: Display PM
IK34 Collective Entry of MeasDocuments PM
IK51 Measurement Reading Transfer: Structural Display PM
IK52 Display Measurement Reading Transfer (History) PM
IL01 Create Functional Location PM
IL02 Change Functional Location PM
IL03 Display Functional Location PM
IL04 Create FunctLocation: List Entry PM
IL05 Change Functional Location: Functional Location
Selection
PM
IL06 Data Transfer From FunctLocation PM
IL07 Multi-Level FunctLocation List: FunctLocation Selec-
tion
PM
IL11 Create Reference Location PM
IL12 Change Reference Location PM
IL13 Display Reference Location PM
IM01 Create Inv. Program Definition FI
IM02 Change Inv. Program Definition FI
IM03 Display Inv. Program Definition FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
212
T-Code Description Module
IM05 Reassignment of measures/app. Requests FI
IM22 Change Inv. Program Structure FI
IM23 Display Inv. Program Structure FI
IM27 Open New Approval Year FI
IM30 Change Program Budget Supplement FI
IM31 Display Program Budget Supplement FI
IM32 Change Original Program Budget FI
IM33 Display Original Program Budget FI
IM34 Rollup of plan values FI
IM35 Change Program Planning FI
IM36 Display Program Planning FI
IM38 Change Program Budget Return FI
IM39 Display Program Budget Return FI
IM52 Budget distribution FI
IM53 Display budget distribution FI
IMA11 Display Appropriation Request FI
IMCAOV Investment Program Budget Carryforward FI
IMCCV1 Copy Plan Version (Investment Program) FI
IMR4 Master data list - App. requests w/o %distrib., w/o
variants
FI
IMR5 Master data list - App. requests with %distrib., w/o
variants
FI
IMR6 Master data list - App. requests w/o %distrib., w/
variants
FI
IMR7 Master data list - App. requests with %distrib., w/
variants
FI
IP01 Create Maintenance Plan PM
IP02 Change Maintenance Plan PM
IP03 Display Maintenance Plan PM
IP04 Create Maintenance Item PM
IP05 Change Maintenance Item PM
IP06 Display Maintenance Item PM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
213
T-Code Description Module
IP10 Schedule Maintenance Plan PM
IP11 Change Maintenance Strategies: Overview PM
IP11Z Change Cycle Sets: Overview PM
IP12 Display Maintenance Strategies: Overview PM
IP12Z Display Cycle Sets: Overview PM
IP13 Package Sequence PM
IP14 Where-Used List by Strategy PM
IP15 Change Maintenance Plan: Selection Criteria PM
IP16 Display Maintenance Plan: Selection Criteria PM
IP17 Change Maintenance Item: Selection Criteria PM
IP18 Display Maintenance Item: Selection Criteria PM
IP19 Maintenance Scheduling Overview and Simulation:
Selection Criteria
PM
IP24 Scheduling overview list form: Selection Criteria PM
IP25 Set Deletion Flag for Maintenance Plans PM
IP30 Deadline Monitoring for Maintenance Plans (Batch
Input IP10)
PM
IP31 Maintenance Plan Costing PM
IP40 Create Maintenance Plan PM
IP41 Create Maintenance Plan (Single Cycle Plan) PM
IP42 Create Maintenance Plan (Strategy Plan) PM
IP43 Create Maintenance Plan (Multiple Counter Plan) PM
IP50 Create Maintenance Plan PM
IP62 Material where-used list in task list PM
IPCS SAP Easy Access Service Agreements PM
IPM2 Change Permit: Selection of Permits PM
IPM3 Display Permit: Selection of Permits PM
IPMD "Display View ""Maintain Permits"": Overview" PP
IQ01 Create Material Serial Number PM
IQ02 Change Material Serial Number PM
IQ03 Display Material Serial Number PM
IQ04 Create Material Serial Number: List Entry PM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
214
T-Code Description Module
IQ08 Change Material Serial Number: Serial Number Selec-
tion
PM
IQ09 Display Material Serial Number: Serial Number Selection PM
IQS1 Create Notification (Extended View) PM
IQS2 Change Notification (Extended View) PM
IQS21 Create Notification (Simplified View) PM
IQS22 Change Notification (Simplified View) PM
IQS23 Display Notification (Simplified View) PM
IQS3 Display Notification (Extended View) PM
IQS8 Worklist: Notifications (General) PM
IR01 Create Work Center PM
IR02 Change Work Center PM
IR03 Display Work Center PM
IW13 Material Where-Used List PM
IW21 Create PM Notification PM
IW22 Change PM Notification PM
IW23 Display PM Notification PM
IW24 Create PM Notification: Malfunction Report PM
IW25 Create PM Notification: Activity Report PM
IW26 Create PM Notification: Maintenance Request PM
IW27 Assign Deletion Flag to Completed Maintenance
Notifications
PM
IW28 Change Notifications: Selection of Notifications PM
IW29 Display Notifications: Selection of Notifications PM
IW30 Notification List (Multi-level): Notification Selection PM
IW31 Create Order PM
IW32 Change Order PM
IW33 Display Order PM
IW34 Create Notification Order PM
IW36 Create Sub-order PM
IW37N Change Orders and Operations: Selection of Orders
and Operations
PM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
215
T-Code Description Module
IW38 Change PM Orders: Selection of Orders PM
IW39 Display PM Orders: Selection of Orders PM
IW3D Print Order PM
IW3K Change Order: Component Overview PM
IW3L Display Order: Component Overview PM
IW3M List of Goods Movements for Order: Selection of Goods
Movements
PM
IW40 Order List (Multi-Level): Selection of Orders PM
IW41 Enter PM Order Confirmation PM
IW42 Overall Completion Confirmation PM
IW43 Display PM Order Confirmation PM
IW44 PM Order Confirmation: Collective Confirmation PM
IW45 Cancel PM Order Confirmation PM
IW47 Display Confirmations PM
IW48 Confirmation using operation list: Selection of Order
Operations
PM
IW49N Display Orders and Operations: Selection of Orders
and Operations
PM
IW51 Create Service Notification PM
IW52 Change Service Notification PM
IW53 Display Service Notification PM
IW54 Create Service Notification: Problem Notification PM
IW55 Create Service Notification: Activity Report PM
IW56 Create Service Notification: Service Request PM
IW57 Set Deletion Flag For Notification PM
IW58 Change Service Notifications: Selection of Notifications PM
IW59 Display Service Notifications: Selection of Notifications PM
IW61 Create Historical PM Order PM
IW62 Change Historical PM Order PM
IW63 Display Historical PM Order PM
IW64 Change Activities: Selection of Notifications PM
IW65 Display Activities: Selection of Notifications PM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
216
T-Code Description Module
IW66 Change Tasks: Selection of Notifications PM
IW67 Display Tasks: Selection of Notifications PM
IW68 Change Notification Items: Selection of Notifications PM
IW69 Diaplay Notification Items: Selection of Notifications PM
IW70 Maintenance Order: Total Network Scheduling PM
IW72 Change Service Order: Selection of Orders PM
IW73 Display Service Order: Selection of Orders PM
IW81 Create Order (Refurbishment) PM
IW8W Goods Receipt Serial Numbers for Refurbishment
Order
PM
IWBK Material Availability Information PM
J1A5 Display Warehouse Stock WM
KA01 Create Cost Element CO
KA02 Change Cost Element CO
KA03 Display Cost Element CO
KA04 Delete Cost Element CO
KA23 Display Cost Element CO
KA24 Delete Cost elements CO
KABL Planning Report CO
KAH1 Create Cost element group CO
KAH2 Change Cost element group CO
KAH3 Display Cost element group CO
KAK2 "Change View ""Statistical Key Figures"": Overview" CO
KAK3 "Display View ""Statistical Key Figures"": Overview" CO
KB21N Enter Direct Activity Allocation CO
KB23 Display Direct Activity Allocation CO
KB24 Reverse Direct Activity Allocation CO
KB31N Enter Statistical Key Figures CO
KB33N Display Statistical Key Figures CO
KB34N Reverse Statistical Key Figures CO
KB41N Enter Manual Repostings of Revenues CO
KB43N Display Manual Repostings of Revenues CO
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
217
T-Code Description Module
KB44N Reverse Manual Repostings of Revenues CO
KB65 Enter IAA Reposting: Document Row Selection CO
KB66 Display IAA Reposting: Document Row Selection CO
KB67 Reverse IAA Reposting: Document Row Selection CO
KBH1 Create Statistical Key Figure Group CO
KBH2 Change Statistical Key Figure Group CO
KBH3 Display Statistical Key Figure Group CO
KCH1 Create Profit Center Group CO
KCH2 Change Profit Center Group CO
KCH3 Display Profit Center Group CO
KCH5N Standard Hierarchy for Profit Centers Change CO
KCH6N Standard Hierarchy for Profit Centers Display CO
KE21N CO-PA Line item entry CO
KE24 Line item display - Actual data CO
KE25 Line item display - Plan data CO
KE27 Periodic valuation CO
KE2D Display Sales Orders Containing Errors CO
KE30 Execute profitability report CO
KE31 Create profitability report CO
KE32 Change report CO
KE41 Create Condition Records CO
KE42 Change Condition Records CO
KE43 Display Condition Records CO
KE4N Change Pricing Report CO
KE4O Display Pricing report CO
KE4Q Execute Pricing Report CO
KE50 SAP Easy Access Profit Center Accounting CO
KE51 Create Profit Center CO
KE52 Change Profit Center CO
KE53 Display Profit Center CO
KE54 Delete Profit Centers CO
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
218
T-Code Description Module
KE56 Assignment of Profit Centers to Company Codes -
Change
CO
KE5Y Profit Center: Plan Line Items CO
KE5Z Profit Center: Actual Line Items CO
KEB2 CO-PA / SAP BW: Display Detailed Information about
the DataSource
BW
KEPM CO-PA Planning CO
KES1 Change Characteristic Values CO
KEU5 Perform act. cost-ctr cost transfer CO
KEU8 Change plan transfer of CCtr costs CO
KEU9 Display plan transfer of CCtr costs CO
KEUB Perform plan cost-ctr cost transfer CO
KGI2 Actual Overhead Calculation: Order CO
KJH1 Create WBS element group CO
KJH2 Change WBS element group CO
KJH3 Display WBS element group CO
KK01 Create Statistical Key Figure CO
KK02 Change Statistical Key Figure CO
KK03 Display Statistical Key Figure CO
KK04 Master Data Report: Statistical Key Figures CO
KK11 Create Condition Records CO
KK12 Change Condition Records CO
KK13 Display Condition Records CO
KK14 Create Condition Records with Reference CO
KK87 Actual Settlement: Product Cost Collector CO
KK88 Actual Settlement: Cost Object CO
KK89 Actual settlement: Cost Object CO
KKA0 Change Cutoff Period CO
KKA3 Results Analysis for Sales Order CO
KKA6 Results Analysis for Sales Order: Enter Data CO
KKA9 Delete Results Analysis Data for Sales Order CO
KKAK Actual Results Analysis: Sales Orders CO
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
219
T-Code Description Module
KKAO Calculate Work in Progress: Collective Processing CO
KKAS Calculate Work in Progress: Individual Processing CO
KKAX Calculate Work in Progress: Individual Processing CO
KKBC Application Tree Report Selection Product Cost Controlling CO
KKC1 Create Cost Object CO
KKC2 Change Cost Object CO
KKC3 Display Cost Object CO
KKC7 Create Product Group CO
KKC8 Change Product Group CO
KKC9 Display Product Group CO
KKCA Display Variance Line Items for Cost Objects CO
KKCS Display Actual Cost Line Items for Cost Objects CO
KKF1 Create CO Production Order CO
KKF2 Change CO Production Order/QM Order CO
KKF3 Display CO Production Order/QM Order CO
KKF4 Change Order Planning CO
KKF6M Create Multiple Product Cost Collectors for Production
Versions
CO
KKF6N Display Product Cost Collector CO
KKF7 Change Product Cost Collector CO
KKFB Display Variance Line Items for Orders CO
KKG1 Order: Enter Cost of Sales CO
KKG2 Project: Enter Cost of Sales CO
KKG3 Sales Order: Enter Cost of Sales CO
KKH1 Create Cost object group CO
KKH2 Change Cost object group CO
KKH3 Display Cost object group CO
KKP4 Display Cost Object Hierarchy CO
KKP6 Reports: Cost Object Hierarchy CO
KKRC Summarization: CO object CO
KKS1 Variance Calculation CO
KKS2 Variance Calculation CO
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
220
T-Code Description Module
KKS5 Variance Calculation CO
KKS6 Variance Calculation CO
KL01 Create Activity Type CO
KL02 Change Activity Type CO
KL03 Display Activity Type CO
KL04 Delete Activity Type CO
KL05 Display Change Documents: Activity Type CO
KL13 Display Activity Types CO
KL14 Delete Activity Types CO
KLH1 Create Activity type group CO
KLH2 Change Activity type group CO
KLH3 Display Activity type group CO
KO01 Create Internal Order CO
KO02 Change Internal Order CO
KO03 Display Internal Order CO
KO04 Order Manager CO
KO12 Change Overall Planning CO
KO12N Overall planning for orders: change CO
KO13 Display Overall Planning CO
KO13N Overall planning for orders: Display CO
KO14 Copy Planning CO
KO14N Set planner profile CO
KO15 Copy Actual to Plan CO
KO22 Change Original Budget CO
KO23 Display Original Budget CO
KO24 Change Supplement CO
KO25 Display Supplement CO
KO2A Change Document CO
KO2B Display Document CO
KO88 Actual Settlement: Order CO
KO8B Display settlement document CO
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
221
T-Code Description Module
KO8G Actual Settlment: Orders CO
KO9E Planned Settlement: Internal orders CO
KO9G Planned Settlement: Internal orders CO
KOB1 Display Actual Cost Line Items for Orders CO
KOB2 Display Commitment Line Items for Orders CO
KOB3 Display Variance Line Items for Orders CO
KOB4 Display Budget Line Items for Orders CO
KOB8 Display Results Analysis Line Items for Orders CO
KOC4 Order Selection CO
KOCF Fiscal year close: Carry forward commitment CO
KOCO Budget Carryforward for Orders CO
KOH1 Create Order Group CO
KOH2 Change Order Group CO
KOH3 Display Order Group CO
KOK2 Collective Processing for Internal Orders CO
KOK3 Collective Display for Internal Orders CO
KOK4 Automatic Collective Processing for Internal Orders CO
KOK5 Master Data List for Orders CO
KOW1N Create Actual Periodic Reposting Cycle CO
KOW2N Change Actual Periodic Reposting Cycle CO
KOW3N Display Actual Periodic Reposting Cycle CO
KOW4N Delete Actual Periodic Reposting Cycle CO
KP04 Set planner profile CO
KP06 Change CElem/Activity input planning CO
KP07 Display planning CElem/Act. input CO
KP26 Change Activity Type/Price Planning CO
KP27 Display Activity Type/Price Planning CO
KP46 Change Statistical Key Figure Planning CO
KP47 Display Statistical Key Figure Planning CO
KP90 Delete Planned Costs (All Integrated Planning Objects) CO
KP98 Copy Actual to Plan CO
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
222
T-Code Description Module
KP9R Copy CO Resource Prices CO
KPD6 Change Statistical Key Figure Planning CO
KPD7 Display Statistical Key Figure Planning CO
KPF6 Change CElem/activity input plannin CO
KPF7 Display CElem./Acty input planning CO
KPG5 Report Painter: Create Orders: Planning layout for cost
elements/activ
CO
KPG6 Report Painter: Change Orders: Planning layout for cost
elements/activ
CO
KPG7 Report Painter: Display Orders: Planning layout for cost
elements/activ
CO
KPSI Execute Plan Reconciliation CO
KRMI Display Actual Cost Line Items for Orders CO
KS01 Create Cost Center CO
KS02 Change Cost Center CO
KS03 Display Cost Center CO
KS04 Delete Cost Center CO
KS05 Display Change Documents: Cost Center CO
KS12 Change Cost Centers CO
KS13 Display Cost Centers CO
KS14 Delete Cost Centers CO
KSB1 Display Actual Cost Line Items for Cost Centers CO
KSB2 Display Commitment Line Items for Cost Centers CO
KSBP Display Plan Cost Line Items for Cost Centers CO
KSBT Activity Type Price Report CO
KSC1N Create Cycle for Actual Indirect Activity Allocation CO
KSC2N Change Cycle for Actual Indirect Activity Allocation CO
KSC3N Display Cycle for Actual Indirect Activity Allocation CO
KSC4N Delete Cycle for Actual Indirect Activity Allocation CO
KSC6N Act. indirect acty alloc.: Overview CO
KSC7N Create Cycle for Planned Indirect Activity Allocation CO
KSC8N Change Cycle for Planned Indirect Activity Allocation CO
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
223
T-Code Description Module
KSC9N Display Cycle for Planned Indirect Activity Allocation CO
KSCB Execute plan indirect acty alloc. CO
KSCCN Document List for Selected Cycle CO
KSH1 Create Cost Center Group CO
KSH2 Change Cost Center Group CO
KSH3 Display Cost Center Group CO
KSOP Transfer Scheduled from PP for Business Processes PP
KSPP Transfer Planned Activity Requirements for Production PP
KSS4 Plan Cost Splitting CO
KSU1N Create Actual Assessment Cycle CO
KSU2N Change Actual Assessment Cycle CO
KSU3N Display Actual Assessment Cycle CO
KSU4N Delete Actual Assessment Cycle CO
KSU5 Execute actual assessment CO
KSU6N Document List for Selected Cycle CO
KSU7N Create Plan Assessment Cycle CO
KSU8N Change Plan Assessment Cycle CO
KSU9N Display Plan Assessment Cycle CO
KSUAN Delete Plan Assessment Cycle CO
KSUB Execute plan assessment CO
KSUCN Plan assessment: Overview CO
KSV1N Create Actual Distribution Cycle CO
KSV2N Change Actual Distribution Cycle CO
KSV3N Display Actual Distribution Cycle CO
KSV4N Delete Actual Distribution Cycle CO
KSV5 Execute actual distribution CO
KSV6N Actual distribution: Overview CO
KSV7N Create Plan Distribution Cycle CO
KSV8N Change Plan Distribution Cycle CO
KSV9N Display Plan Distribution Cycle CO
KSVAN Delete Plan Distribution Cycle CO
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
224
T-Code Description Module
KSVCN Plan distribution: Overview CO
KSWB Execute plan periodic reposting CO
KVA5 Transfer Actual Data from LIS CO
LB01 Create Transfer Requirement WM
LB02 Change Transfer Requirement WM
LB03 Display Transfer Requirement WM
LB10 Display Transfer Requirement: List for Storage Type WM
LB11 Display Transfer Requirement: List for Material WM
LB12 Process Material Document WM
LCO1 Set Up Warehouse Co/Material Docs. WM
LCO2 Set Up Warehouse Co/Transport Orders WM
LDB1 Create Line Hierarchy PP
LDB2 Change Line Hierarchy PP
LDB3 Display Line Hierarchy PP
LI01N Create System Inventory Record WM
LI02N Change System Inventory Record WM
LI03N Display System Inventory Record WM
LI04 Print Inventory List WM
LI06 "Change View ""Block/Unblock Storage Type for
Annual Inv."": Overview"
WM
LI11N Enter Inventory Count WM
LI12N Change Inventory Count WM
LI13N Display Inventory Count WM
LI14 Start Recount WM
LI20 Clear Inventory Differences WM WM
LI21 Clearing of Differences in Inventory Management WM
LICC Execute Inventory with Cycle-Counting Method and by
Quants
WM
LISTCUBE Call List Viewer for Data Targets BW
LISTSCHEMA Call up schema viewer for InfoCubes BW
LL01 Warehouse Activity Monitor WM
LLVS SAP Easy Access Warehouse Management WM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
225
T-Code Description Module
LM00 Logon RF WM
LM01 Dynamic Menu WM
LM02 Select by SU -Put Away WM
LM03 Put Away - by TO WM
LM04 Put Away -System Guided WM
LM05 Picking by TO ID WM
LM06 Picking - by Delivery ID WM
LM07 Picking - System Guided WM
LM09 Put Away by Delivery ID WM
LM11 Posting Changes WM
LM12 Material Inquiry WM
LM13 Put Away Clustered WM
LM18 Handling Unit Inquiry WM
LM19 Handling Unit - Pack WM
LM22 Handling Unit - Unpack WM
LM24 Packing HU by Delivery WM
LM25 Unpack HU by Delivery WM
LM26 Picking by Delivery - W/O sel scree WM
LM27 Put Away by Delivery - W/O sel scree WM
LM30 Load Control - Load by Shipment WM
LM31 Load Control - Load by Delivery WM
LM32 Load Control - System Guide Load WM
LM33 Load Control - UnLd by Shipment WM
LM34 Load Control - UnLd by Delivery WM
LM35 Load Control - Detail by Shipping Un WM
LM36 Load Control - Detail by Delivery WM
LM37 Load Control - Detail by Shipment WM
LM45 Pick and Pack WM
LM46 Pick and Pack by Delivery WM
LM50 Count Inventory By System Guided WM
LM51 Count Inventory By User Selection WM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
226
T-Code Description Module
LM55 Print Storage Bin Labels WM
LM56 Select by SU - Interleaving WM
LM57 System Guided Putaway - Interleaving WM
LM58 Sys. guided dynamic inventory count WM
LM59 User initiated dynamic invent. count WM
LM60 User guided dynamic invent. count WM
LM61 Goods Issue by Delivery WM
LM62 Goods Issue by MS area WM
LM63 Goods Issue by Shipment WM
LM64 Goods Issue by ALL WM
LM65 Goods Issue by Group WM
LM66 Goods Issue by HU WM
LM71 Goods Receipt by Delivery WM
LM72 Goods Receipt by MS area WM
LM73 Goods Receipt by Shipment WM
LM74 Goods Receipt by ALL WM
LM76 Goods Receipt by HU WM
LM77 Queue Assignment WM
LM80 Serial number capture WM
LN07 Number Range for WM Communicication Records WM
LP11 WM Staging of Crate Parts WM
LP12 WM Material Staging of Release Order Parts WM
LP21 Replenishment for Fixed Bins in WM WM
LP22 Replenishm. Planning for Fixed Bins WM
LP24 Replenishment for Storage Types with Random Space
Management
WM
LPIN Information on Material Status in Production WM
LPK1 Create Control Cycle WM
LPK2 Change Control Cycle WM
LPK3 Display Control Cycle WM
LPK4 Automatic creation of control cycles for release order
parts
WM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
227
T-Code Description Module
LQ01 Posting Chge Stor. Loc. to Stor. Loc. in Inventory
Management
WM
LQ02 Posting Change in WM and IM WM
LRF1 RF Monitor; Active WM
LRF2 RF Monitor, Passive WM
LS01N Create Storage Bin WM
LS02N Change Storage Bin WM
LS03N Display Storage Bin WM
LS04 Display Empty Storage Bins WM
LS05 Automatic Creation of Storage Bins WM
LS06 Block/Unblock Several Storage Bins Simultaneously WM
LS07 Block and Unblock Quants for Material WM
LS08 Block and Unblock a Range of Storage Bins WM
LS09 WM Material Data per Storage Type WM
LS10 "Change View ""Storage Bin Structure for Automatic
Creation"": Overview"
WM
LS11 Change Several Storage Bins Simultaneously WM
LS12 "Change View ""Block/unblock storage type"
": Overview"
WM
LS22 Change Quant WM
LS23 Display Quant WM
LS24 Stock per Material WM
LS25 Stock per Storage Bin WM
LS26 Stock Overview WM
LS27 Stock per Storage Unit WM
LS28 Storage Units per Storage Bin WM
LS32 Change Storage Unit WM
LS33 Display Storage Unit WM
LS41 List of Control Cycles WM
LS51 Create Batch Search Strategy WM
LS52 Change Batch Search Strategy WM
LS53 Display Batch Search Strategy WM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
228
T-Code Description Module
LSMW Legacy System Migration Workbench SYS
LT01 Create Transfer Order SD
LT02 Clear Inventory Using Transfer Order SD
LT03 Create Transfer Order for Delivery Note SD
LT04 Create Transfer Order from TR SD
LT05 Processing Posting Change SD
LT06 Create Transfer Order for Material Document SD
LT07 Place Storage Unit into Stock: Beginning Process SD
LT08 Additional Stock for Storage Unit: Beginning Process SD
LT09 Create Transfer Order for Storage Unit: Entry SD
LT0A Create Transfer Order WM
LT0B Putaway of Pre-Picked Handling Units WM
LT0C Removal of Pre-Picked Handling Units WM
LT0D Transferring Pre-Picked Handling Units WM
LT0E Create Removal TO for 2-Step Picking WM
LT0F Create Transfer Order for Inbound Delivery WM
LT0G Return to Stock from Delivery WM
LT0H Put Away/Transfer Handling Units WM
LT0I Removal of Handling Units from Stoc WM
LT0J Create Transfer Order for Storage Unit: Entry WM
LT0R Request replenishment manually WM
LT0S Create Transfer Order for Multiple Orders SD
LT10 Stock Transfer: Start SD
LT11 Confirm Item: Confirm Single Item (In One Step) SD
LT12 Confirm Transfer Order SD
LT13 Confirm Transfer Order Items for Storage Unit: Preparation SD
LT14 Confirm Planned Single Item SD
LT15 Cancelling Transfer Order SD
LT16 Cancel Transfer Order for Storage Unit SD
LT1A Change Transfer Order Header SD
LT1B Confirm Item: Confirm Single Item (Pick Step) SD
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
229
T-Code Description Module
LT1C Confirm Item: Confirm Single Item WM
LT1D Confirm Transfer Order Pick WM
LT1E Confirm Transfer Order WM
LT1F Confirm Transfer Order Items for Storage Unit:
Preparation (Pick)
WM
LT1G Confirm Transfer Order Items for Storage Unit:
Preparation (Transfer)
WM
LT21 Display Transfer Order SD
LT22 Transfer orders for storage type SD
LT23 Transfer Orders: List of Resident Documents SD
LT24 Transfer Orders for Material SD
LT25 Display Transfer Order / Group SD
LT25A Transfer Orders for Each Group (By Wave Pick) SD
LT25N Transfer Orders for Each Group (Collective Processing) SD
LT26 Transfer Orders for Storage Bin SD
LT27 Transfer Orders for Storage Unit SD
LT28 Transfer Orders for Each Group SD
LT31 Print Transfer Order SD
LT42 Create TOs by Multiple Processing SD
LU01 Create Posting Change Notice WM
LU02 Change Posting Change Notice WM
LU03 Display Posting Change Notice WM
LU04 Display Posting Change Notice: Overview WM
LX01 List of Empty Storage Bins WM
LX02 WM Stock WM
LX03 Bin Status Report WM
LX04 Capacity Used per Storage Type WM
LX12 Transfer Orders: Resident Documents (Detailed View) WM
LX15 Selection of Storage Bins for Annual Inventory Count WM
LX16 Carry out Continuous Inventory WM
LX17 Differnces List per Storage Type WM
LX18 Statistics for Inventory Differences WM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
230
T-Code Description Module
LX22 Inventory Overview WM
LX23 Stock Comparison Inventory Management / Warehouse
Management
WM
LX25 Inventory status WM
LX26 Carry Out Inventory Using the Cycle Counting Method WM
LX27 SLED Control List WM
LX30 Overview of WM Messages Transmitted to External
Systems
WM
LX41 WM-PP Evaluation Report WM
LX42 Evaluation PP Order from WM View WM
LX43 Consistency Check for Control Cycles WM
LX46 Transmission WM performance data -> HR incentive
wage
WM
MB00 SAP Easy Access Inventory Management IM
MB01 Goods Receipt for Purchase Order IM
MB02 Change Material Document IM
MB03 Display Material Document IM
MB04 Subcontracting Subsequent Adjustment IM
MB0A Goods Receipt - PO Unknown IM
MB11 Enter Goods Movement PP
MB1A Enter Goods Issue IM
MB1B Enter Transfer Posting IM
MB1C Enter Other Goods Receipts IM
MB21 Create Reservation IM
MB22 Change Reservation IM
MB23 Display Reservation IM
MB24 Reservation List Inventory Management IM
MB25 Reservation List Inventory Management IM
MB26 Pick List IM
MB31 Goods Receipt for Order (Production) PP
MB51 Material Document List IM
MB52 Display Warehouse Stocks of Material IM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
231
T-Code Description Module
MB53 Plant Availability IM
MB54 Display Consignment Stocks IM
MB56 Display Batch Where-Used List IM
MB58 Display Consignment and Returnable Packaging
Stocks at Customer
IM
MB59 Material Document List IM
MB5B Stocks on Posting Date IM
MB5C Pick-Up List for Batch Where-Used List IM
MB5K Stock Consistency Check IM
MB5L List of Stock Values: Balances IM
MB5M Shelf Life List IM
MB5S List of GR/IR Balances IM
MB5T Display Stock in Transit IM
MB5U Analysis of Conversion Differences IM
MB90 Output from Goods Movements IM
MBBM Batch Input: Post Material Document IM
MBBR Batch Input: Create Reservation IM
MBBS Valuated Sales Order and Project Stock IM
MBC1 Create Batch Search Strategy IM
MBC2 Change Batch Search Strategy IM
MBC3 Display Batch Search Strategy IM
MBGR Material Docmts. With Reason f. Mvt IM
MBLB Stocks at Subcontractor IM
MBPM Manage Held Data (Inventory Management) IM
MBRL Enter return Delivery IM
MBSF Release Blocked Stock IM
MBSL Copy Material Document IM
MBSM Cancelled Material Documents IM
MBST Cancel Material Document IM
MBSU Place in Stor. for Mat. Doc. IM
MBVR Manage Reservations PP
MC.1 Plant Analysis: Stock: Selection IM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
232
T-Code Description Module
MC.2 Plant Analysis: Receipts/Issues: Selection IM
MC.3 Plant Analysis: Inventory Turnover: Selection IM
MC.4 Plant Analysis: Range of Coverage: Selection IM
MC.5 Storage Location Analysis: Stock: Selection IM
MC.6 Storage Loc. Analysis: Receipts/Issues: Selection IM
MC.7 Storage Loc. Analysis: Inventory Turnover: Selection IM
MC.9 Material Analysis: Stock: Selection IM
MC.A Material Analysis: Receipts/Issues: Selection IM
MC.B Material Analysis: Inventory Turnover: Selection IM
MC.C Material Analysis: Range of Coverage: Selection IM
MC+A Customer Analysis: Returns: Selection SD
MC+E Customer Analysis: Invoiced Sales: Selection SD
MC=E Create Exception PM
MC=F Change Exception PM
MC=G Display Exception PM
MC=H Create Exception Group PM
MC=I Change Exception Group PM
MC=J Display Exception Group PM
MC=K Periodic Analyses for Exception: Area to analyze Create PM
MC=L Periodic Analyses for Exception: Area to analyze
Change
PM
MC=M Periodic Analyses for Exception: Area to analyze
Display
PM
MC01 Logistics Information Library IM
MC02 Key Fig.Retrieval via Text IM
MC03 Key Fig Retrieval via Classification Characteristics IM
MC04 Create Info Set IM
MC05 Change Info Set IM
MC06 Display Info Set: Members IM
MC07 Create Key Figure IM
MC08 Change Key Figure IM
MC09 Display Key Figure IM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
233
T-Code Description Module
MC11 Create Evaluation PP
MC12 Change Evaluation PP
MC13 Display Evaluation PP
MC35 Create Rough-Cut Planning Profile PP
MC36 Change Rough-Cut Planning Profile PP
MC37 Display Rough-Cut Planning Profile PP
MC40 Usage-Based ABC Analysis IM
MC41 Requirement-Based ABC Analysis IM
MC42 Key Figure: Range of Coverage Based on Usage Values IM
MC43 Key Figure: Range of Coverage Based on Requirement
Values
IM
MC44 Key Figure: Inventory Turnover IM
MC45 Key Figure: Usage Value IM
MC46 Key Figure: Slow-Moving Items IM
MC47 Key Figure: Requirements Value IM
MC48 Key Figure: Stock Value IM
MC49 Key Figure: Average Stock Value IM
MC50 Key Figure: Dead Stock IM
MC61 Create Planning Hierarchy PP
MC62 Change Planning Hierarchy PP
MC63 Display Planning Hierarchy PP
MC64 Create Event PP
MC65 Change Event PP
MC66 Display Event PP
MC67 Planning Hierarchy Graphic PP
MC71 Product group hierarchy PP
MC72 Product Group Usage PP
MC74 Transfer Planning Data to Demand Management
(Material)
PP
MC75 Transfer Planning Data to Demand Management
(Product Group)
PP
MC78 Copy Planning Version PP
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
234
T-Code Description Module
MC80 Delete Planning Version PP
MC84 Create Product Group PP
MC85 Display Product Group PP
MC86 Change Product Group PP
MC88 Sales and Operations Planning PP
MC8A Planning Type: Create PP
MC8B Planning Type: Change PP
MC8C Planning Type: Display PP
MC8D Create Planning Job PP
MC8E Change Planning Job PP
MC8G Schedule Background Run for Selected Planning
Objects
PP
MC8J List of planning objects PP
MC8V Copy Planning Version PP
MC8W Delete Planning Version PP
MC90 Transfer Planning Data to Demand Management PP
MC93 Create Plan in Flexible Planning PP
MC94 Change Plan in Flexible Planning PP
MC95 Display Plan in Flexible Planning PP
MC96 "Change View ""Configuration of Forecast Profiles"":
Details"
PP
MC9B Determine Proporations of Lowest-Level Nodes for
Consistent Planning
PP
MC9C Standard Analysis for Info Structure PP
MC9K Maintain Available Capacity for Material PP
MCB% Background Report for Parameters Controlling IM
MCBA INVCO: Plant Analysis Selection IM
MCBC INVCO: Stor. Loc. Analysis Selection IM
MCBE INVCO: Material Analysis Selection IM
MCBR INVCO: Batch Selection Analysis IM
MCBV Parameter Analysis IM
MCBZ Current Requirements/Stock IM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
235
T-Code Description Module
MCI6 Object Statistics PP
MCIZ Vehicle Consumption Analysis PM
MCJB PMIS: MTTR/MTBR - Equipment PM
MCJE SAP Easy Access Plant Maintenance Information
System
PM
MCL1 Analysis: Stock Placements and Removals: Selection IM
MCL5 Analysis: Quantity Flows: Selection IM
MCL9 Analysis: Mat. Stock Placemnts + Removals: Selection IM
MCLD Analysis: Material Quantity Flows: Selection IM
MCLH Analysis: Movement Types: Selection IM
MCMM Display Selection Version PM
MCOA Customer Analysis Overview: Lots: Selection QM
MCP1 Operation Analysis PP
MCP3 Production Order Analysis PP
MCP5 Material Analysis PP
MCP7 Work Center Analysis: Selection PP
MCRE Material Usage Analysis PP
MCRI Product Costs Analysis PP
MCRX Material Usage Analysis PP
MCRY Product Costs Analysis PP
MCSK Call Standard Analyses of Stocks IM
MCTA Customer Analysis: Selection SD
MCTC Material Analysis (SIS): Selection SD
MCTE Sales Organization Analysis: Selection SD
MCV9 Incomplete SD Documents SD
MCVA Vendor Analysis Overview: Lots: Selection QM
MCXB Analysis: Inspection Results, General: Selection QM
MCXC Material Analysis Overview: Quantities: Selection QM
MCXI Material Analysis Quantities: Selection QM
MCXV Q-Notification Analysis: Mat. Overview: Selection QM
MCYG Exception Analysis INVCO IM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
236
T-Code Description Module
MCYJ Shop Floor Information System (PP-IS): Execute Excep-
tion Analysis
PP
MCYK Plant Maintenance Information System (PMIS): Execute
Exception Analysis
PM
MD01 MRP Run PP
MD02 Single-Item; Multi-Level (MRP) PP
MD03 Single-Item, Single-Level (MRP) PP
MD04 Stock/Requirements List IM
MD05 MRP List (Individual Display) PP
MD06 MRP List (Collective Display) PP
MD07 Stock/Requirements List (collective Display) PP
MD09 Determine Pegged Requirements PP
MD11 Create Planned Order PP
MD12 Change Planned Order PP
MD13 Display Planned Order PP
MD14 Convert Planned Order to Purchase Requisition PP
MD15 Collective Conversion of Plnd Ord. to Pur. Req. PP
MD16 Display Planned Orders PP
MD17 Collective Requirements Display PP
MD20 Create Planning File Entry PP
MD21 Display planning file entries PP
MD25 Create Planning Calendar PP
MD26 Change Planning Calendar PP
MD27 Display Planning Calendar PP
MD43 Single-Item Planning - Interactive PP
MD44 Evaluation of the Planning Situation PP
MD45 Evaluation of the Planning Result PP
MD46 Evaluation of the Planning Result for MRP Controller PP
MD47 Evaluation of Product Group Planning PP
MD48 Cross-Plant Evaluation PP
MD4C Multilevel Order Report PP
MD50 Make-To-Order Planning - Multi-Level PP
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
237
T-Code Description Module
MD51 Project Planning - Multi-Level PP
MD61 Create Planned Independent Requirements PP
MD62 Change Planned Independent Requirements PP
MD63 Display Planned Independent Requirements PP
MD64 Standard Independent Requirements (Create) PP
MD65 Change Standard Independent Requirements PP
MD66 Display Standard Independent Requirements PP
MD73 Display Total Requirements PP
MD74 Reorganizing Indep. Reqmts - Adjusting Requirements
(PlndIndReq)
PP
MD75 Indep. requirements reorganization - Delete old
requirements records
PP
MD76 Reorg: Indep. Reqmts - Delete History and Indepen-
dent Requirements
PP
MD79 PP Demand Management / XXL List Viewer PP
MD81 Create Independent Requirements PP
MD82 Change Independent Requirements PP
MD83 Display Independent Requirements PP
MDAB Set up planning file entries: Variant PP
MDAC Execute Action for Planned Order PP
MDBT Total Planning: Variants PP
MDL1 Create Production Lot PP
MDL2 Change Production Lot PP
MDL3 Display Production Lot PP
MDLD Print MRP List PP
MDRE Plnning file entries consisten: Variants PP
MDSA Display BOM Explosion Numbers PP
MDSP Maintain BOM Explosion Numbers PP
MDUM Convert Planned Orders into PR: Variants PP
MDUP Process project assignment PP
MDUS Display project assignment PP
MDVP Collective Availability Check PP
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
238
T-Code Description Module
ME00 SAP Easy Access Purchasing MM
ME01 Maintain Source List MM
ME03 Display Source List MM
ME04 Changes to Source List MM
ME05 Generate Source List MM
ME06 Analyze Source List MM
ME07 Reorganize Source List MM
ME08 Send Source List MM
ME0M Source List for Material MM
ME11 Create Info Record MM
ME12 Change Info Record MM
ME13 Display Info Record MM
ME14 Changes to Purchasing Info Record MM
ME15 Flag Info Record for Deletion MM
ME16 Deletion Proposals for Info Records MM
ME17 Archive Administration (Purchasing Info Records) MM
ME18 Send Purchasing Info Record MM
ME1A Archived Purchasing Info Records MM
ME1B Define Background Job MM
ME1E Quotation Price History MM
ME1L Info Records per Vendor MM
ME1M Info Records per Material MM
ME1P Purchase Order Price History MM
ME1W Info Records Per Material Group MM
ME1X Print Buyer's Negotiation Sheet for Vendor MM
ME1Y Print Buyer's Negotiation Sheet for Material MM
ME21N Create Purchase Order MM
ME22N Change Purchase Order MM
ME23N Display Purchase Order MM
ME24 Maintain PO Supplement MM
ME25 Create PO (with Source Determination) MM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
239
T-Code Description Module
ME26 Display PO Supplement MM
ME27 Create Purchase Order (Stock Transfer) MM
ME28 Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents MM
ME29N Display Purchase Order (Individual Release) MM
ME2A Monitor Vendor Confirmations MM
ME2B Purchasing Documents per Requirement Tracking
Number
MM
ME2C Purchasing Documents for Material Group MM
ME2J Purchasing Documents per Project MM
ME2K Purchasing Documents per Account Assignment MM
ME2L Purchasing Documents per Vendor MM
ME2M Purchasing Documents for Material MM
ME2N Purchasing Documents per Document Number MM
ME2O SC Stock Monitoring for Vendor MM
ME2S PO Reporting with Services MM
ME2V Expected Goods Receipts MM
ME2W Purchasing Documents per Supplying Plant MM
ME308 Send Contracts (with Conditions) MM
ME31 Create Outline Agreement MM
ME31K Create Contract MM
ME31L Create Scheduling Agreement MM
ME32 Change Outline Agreement MM
ME32K Change Contract MM
ME32L Change Scheduling Agreement MM
ME33 Display Outline Agreement MM
ME33K Display Contract MM
ME33L Display Scheduling Agreement MM
ME34 Maintain Outline Agreement Supplement MM
ME34K Maintain Contract Supplement MM
ME34L Maintain Sched. Agmt. Suppl. MM
ME35 Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents MM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
240
T-Code Description Module
ME35K Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents (Outline
Agreement)
MM
ME35L Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents (Scheduling
Agreement)
MM
ME36 Display Outline Agreement Supplement MM
ME37 Create Scheduling Agreement MM
ME38 Maintain Sch. Agmt Schedule MM
ME39 Display Sch. Agmt Schedule MM
ME3A Send Release Document MM
ME3B Purchasing Documents per Requirement Tracking
Number
MM
ME3C Purchasing Documents for Material Group MM
ME3J Outline Agreements per Project MM
ME3K Purchasing Documents per Account Assignment MM
ME3L Purchasing Documents per Vendor MM
ME3M Purchasing Documents for Material MM
ME3N Purchasing Documents per Document Number MM
ME3P Define Background Job MM
ME3R Define Background Job MM
ME3S Contract Reporting with Services MM
ME41 Create RFQ MM
ME42 Change RFQ MM
ME43 Display RFQ MM
ME44 Maintain RFQ Supplement MM
ME45 Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents (RFQ) MM
ME47 Maintain Quotation MM
ME48 Display Quotation MM
ME49 Price Comparison List MM
ME4B Purchasing Documents per Requirement Tracking
Number (RFQ)
MM
ME4C Purchasing Documents for Material Group (RFQ) MM
ME4L Purchasing Documents per Vendor (RFQ) MM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
241
T-Code Description Module
ME4M Purchasing Documents for Material (RFQ) MM
ME4N Purchasing Documents per Document Number (RFQ) MM
ME4S RFQs per Collective Number MM
ME51N Create Purchase Requisition MM
ME52N Change Purchase Requisition MM
ME53N Display Purchase Requisition MM
ME54N Release Purchase Requisition (Individual Release) MM
ME55 Collective Release of Purchase Requisitions MM
ME56 Assign Source to Supply to Requisitions MM
ME57 Assign and Process Purchase Requisitions MM
ME58 Ordering: Assigned Purchase Requisitions MM
ME59N Automatic Creation of Purchase Orders from Requisitions MM
ME5A List Display of Purchase Requisitions MM
ME5F Release (Approval) Reminder: Purchase Requisitions MM
ME5J List Display of Purchase Requisitions for Project MM
ME5K List Display of Purchase Requisitions (by Account
Assignment)
MM
ME5W Resubmission of Purchase Requisitions MM
ME61 Maintain Vendor Evaluation MM
ME62 Display Vendor Evaluation MM
ME63 Calculate Scores for Semi-Automatic and Automatic
Subcriteria
MM
ME64 Evaluation Comparison MM
ME65 Ranking List of Vendors MM
ME6A Display Change Documents MM
ME6B Ranking List of Vendor Evaluations Based on Material/
Material Group
MM
ME6C Vendors Without Evaluation MM
ME6D Vendors Not Evaluated Since... MM
ME6E Evaluation Records Without Weighting Key MM
ME6F Print Vendor Evaluation Sheet MM
ME6G Define Background Job MM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
242
T-Code Description Module
ME6H Vendor Evaluation Analysis MM
ME80 Purchasing Documents (General Analysis) MM
ME80A Purchasing Documents (RFQs) MM
ME80AN General Evaluations (RFQs) MM
ME80F Purchasing Documents (Purchase Orders) MM
ME80FN General Evaluations (Purchase Orders) MM
ME80R Purchasing Documents (Outline Agreements) MM
ME80RN General Evaluations (Outline Agreement) MM
ME81N Analysis of Purchase Order Values MM
ME82 Archived Purchasing Documents MM
ME84 Create Releases MM
ME84A Individual Display of Scheduling Agreement Release MM
ME85 Renumber SA Delivery Schedule Lines MM
ME86 Aggregation/Disaggregation of Scheduling Agreement
Schedule Lines
MM
ME87 Summarization and Removal of PO History Records MM
ME88 Set/Reset Agreed Cumulative Quantity and
Reconciliation Date
MM
ME91 Purchasing Documents.: Reminders/Expediters MM
ME91A Purchasing Documents.: Reminders/Expediters MM
ME91E Purchasing Documents.: Reminders/Expediters
(Scheduling Agreement)
MM
ME91F Purchasing Documents.: Reminders/Expediters
(Purchase Orders)
MM
ME92 Monitor Receipt of Order Acknowledgments MM
ME92F Monitor Receipt of Order Acknowledgments (Purchase
Order)
MM
ME92K Monitor Receipt of Order Acknowledgments (Contract) MM
ME92L Monitor Receipt of Order Acknowledgments
(Scheduling Agreement)
MM
ME98 Archive Administration (Purchasing Documents) MM
ME99 Output from Purchase Orders MM
ME9A Message Output (Request for Quotation) MM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
243
T-Code Description Module
ME9E Message Output (Scheduling Agreement) MM
ME9F Message Output (Purchase Order) MM
ME9K Message Output (Contract) MM
ME9L Message Output (Scheduling Agreement) MM
MEAN "Address maintanance: Initial screen ""Delivery
addresses (master data)""
MM
MEB0 Cancel Settlement Runs MM
MEB1 Create Agreement (Rebate Arrangement) MM
MEB2 Change Agreement (Rebate Arrangement) MM
MEB3 Display Agreement (Rebate Arrangement) MM
MEB4 Settlement: Vendor Rebate Arrangements, Purchasing MM
MEB5 List of Vendor Rebate Arrangements: Purchasing MM
MEB8 Detailed Statement; Vendor Busn. Vols.: Reb.
Arrangements, Purchasing
MM
MEDL Price Change Involving Vendor's Contracts MM
MEI1 Changes to Purchasing Documents Due to Changes in
Conditions
MM
MEI2 Mass Adjustment of Documents Due to Changes in
Documentss
MM
MEI3 Recompilation of Doc. Index (Auto. Document Adj.,
Subseq. Settlement)
MM
MEI4 Automatic Document Adjustment: Create Worklist MM
MEI5 Automatic document adjustment: delete worklist MM
MEI6 Delete document index (Auto. Doc. Adjustment,
Subsequent Settlement)
MM
MEI7 Make Price Change in Open Purchase Orders MM
MEI8 Recompilation of document index (doc. adjustment) for
payment docs
MM
MEI9 Recompilation of Doc. Index (Doc. Adjustment) for
Vend. Billing Docs
MM
MEK1 Create Condition Records MM
MEK2 Change Condition Records MM
MEK3 Display Condition Records MM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
244
T-Code Description Module
MEK31 Change Condition Records MM
MEK32 Change Condition Records MM
MEK33 Display Condition Records MM
MEK4 Create Condition Records with Reference MM
MEKA Purchasing Conditions MM
MEKB Conditions by Contract MM
MEKC Conditions by Info Record MM
MEKD Conditions for Material Group MM
MEKE Conditions by Vendor MM
MEKF Conditions for Material Type MM
MEKG Conditions by Condition Group of Vendor MM
MEKH Market Price MM
MEKI Conditions by Incoterms MM
MEKJ Conditions for Invoicing Party MM
MEKK Conditions by Vendor Subrange MM
MEKL Price Change Involving Vendor's Scheduling Agreements MM
MEKLE Currency Change for Scheduling Agreement Conditions
of Vendor
MM
MEKP Price Change Involving Vendor's Info Records MM
MEKPE Currency Change for Info Record Conditions of Vendor MM
MEKR Price Change Involving Vendor's Contracts MM
MEKRE Currency Change for Contract Conditions of Vendor MM
MELB Purchasing Transactions per Requirement Tracking
Number
MM
MEPA Order Price Simulation/Price Information MM
MEPB Price Information/Vendor Negotiation Sheet MM
MEPO Display Purchase Order MM
MEQ1 Maintain Quota Arrangement MM
MEQ3 Display Quota Arrangement MM
MEQ4 Changes to Quota Arrangement MM
MEQ6 Analyze Quota Arrangement MM
MEQ8 Quota Arrangement for Material MM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
245
T-Code Description Module
MEQB Define Background Job MM
MEQM Quota Arrangement for Material MM
MEU2 Perform Comparison of Business Volumes MM
MEW6 Assign Purchase Orders WEB MM
MEW7 Release of Service Entry Sheets MM
MEW8 Release of Service Entry Sheet MM
MF12 Display Document Log Information PP
MF26 Display Reporting Point Information PP
MF30 Creation of Preliminary Cost Estimates for Product
Cost Collectors
PP
MF41 Document-Specific Backflush Reversal PP
MF42N Collective Entry of Confirmations PP
MF45 Postprocess Backflush Items PP
MF46 Collective Postprocessing PP
MF50 Planning Table Initial Screen: Change Mode PP
MF51 Production List for Repetitive Manufacturing PP
MF52 Planning Table Initial Screen: Display Mode PP
MF57 Planning Table Initial Screen: By MRP Lists PP
MF60 Material Staging for Planned Orders PP
MF63 Staging Situation for Planned Orders PP
MF65 Picking: Collective processing PP
MF68 Message logs for material staging PP
MF70 Aggregate Collective Backflush PP
MFBF REM Confirmation: Transaction Variant: None PP
MFHU HU Backflush in Repetitive Manufacturing PP
MI00 SAP Easy Access Physical Inventory IM
MI01 Create Physical Inventory Document IM
MI02 Change Physical Inventory Document IM
MI03 Display Physical Inventory Document IM
MI04 Enter Inventory Count IM
MI05 Change Inventory Count IM
MI06 Display Inventory Count IM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
246
T-Code Description Module
MI07 Post Inventory Difference IM
MI08 Post Count and Difference IM
MI09 Enter Count w/o Reference to Document IM
MI10 Post Document, Count, and Difference IM
MI11 Enter Recount IM
MI12 Display Changes to Phys. Inv. Docs IM
MI20 List of Inventory Differences IM
MI21 Print Physical Inventory Document IM
MI22 Display Physical Inventory Documents for Material IM
MI23 Dispay Physical Inventory Data for Material IM
MI24 Physical Inventory List IM
MI31 Selected Data for Phys. Inventory Docmts w/o Special
Stock
IM
MI32 Batch input: Block material for physical inventory IM
MI33 Batch input: Freeze book inv. balance for phys. inv. IM
MI34 Batch input: Enter Count with Reference to Document IM
MI35 Batch Input: Post Zero Count for Uncounted Materials IM
MI37 Batch Input: Post Differences IM
MI38 Batch Input: Enter Count w. Reference to Doc. IM
MI39 Batch Input: Enter Count w/o Reference to Document IM
MI40 Batch Input:Enter Count w/o Ref.to Doc.,Post Differences IM
MIBC ABC Analysis for Cycle Counting (Physical Inventory) IM
MICN Batch Input: Create Phys. Inv. Docs. For Cycle Counting IM
MIDO Display Physical Inventory Overview IM
MIGO Goods Receipt Purchase Order IM
MIGO_GI Goods Movement IM
MIGO_GS Subseq. Adjust. of Material Provided IM
MIK1 Selected Data for Phys. Inventory Docmts Vendor
Consignment
IM
MIMD Report for Transferring PDC Phys. Inv. Data IM
MIQ1 Selected Data for Physical Inventory Documents for
Project
IM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
247
T-Code Description Module
MIR4 Display Invoice Document FI
MIR6 Invoice overview - selection criteria FI
MIR7 Park Incoming Invoice FI
MIRA Enter Incoming Invoice FI
MIRO Enter Incoming Invoice FI
MK01 Create Vendor (Purchasing) MM
MK02 Change Vendor (Purchasing) MM
MK03 Display Vendor (Purchasing) MM
MK04 Vendor Account Changes (Purchasing) MM
MK05 Block/Unblock Vendor (Purchasing) MM
MK06 Flag for Deletion Vendor (Purchasing) MM
MK12 Plan Vendor MM
MK14 Planned Vendor Account Changes MM
MK19 Display in future Vendor MM
MKVG Vendor's Settlement and Condition Groups MM
MKVZ List of Vendors: Purchasing MM
ML01 Create Standard Service Catalog PM
ML02 Change Standard Service Catalog PM
ML03 Display Standard Service Catalog PM
ML10 Create Model Service Specifications PM
ML11 Change Model Service Specifications PM
ML12 Display Model Service Specifications PM
ML15 Model Service Specifications: Reporting PM
ML81 Maintain Service Entry Sheet PM
MLS6 Standard Service Catalog: Reporting PM
MM00 SAP Easy Access Material Master MM
MM01 Create Material MM
MM02 Change Material MM
MM03 Display Material MM
MM04 Display Changes MM
MM06 Flag Material for Deletion MM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
248
T-Code Description Module
MM11 Schedule Creation of Material MM
MM12 Schedule Changing of Material MM
MM16 Schedule Material for Deletion MM
MM19 Display Material at Key Date MM
MM50 Extend Material View(s) MM
MM60 Materials List MM
MMAM Change Material Type MM
MMBE Stock Overview: Company Code/Plant/Storage
Location/Batch
IM
MMH1 Create Trading Goods MM
MMI1 Create Operating Supplies MM
MMN1 Create Non-Stock Material MM
MMPI Initialize Period for Material Master Records MM
MMPV Close Period for Material Master Records MM
MMR1 Create Raw Material MM
MMRV Allow Posting to Previous Period MM
MMS1 Create Service MM
MMSC Enter storage locations collectivel MM
MMU1 Create Non-Valuated Material MM
MMV1 Create Packaging MM
MMVD Change Material MM
MMVH Create Material MM
MMVV Change Material MM
MMZ2 Change Material MM
MN01 Create Output - Condition Records: Purchasing RFQ MM
MN02 Change Output - Condition Records: Purchasing RFQ MM
MN03 Display Output - Condition Records: Purchasing RFQ MM
MN04 Create Output - Condition Records: Purchase Order MM
MN05 Change Output - Condition Records: Purchase Order MM
MN06 Display Output - Condition Records: Purchase Order MM
MN07 Create Output - Condition Records: Purch. Outline Agr. MM
MN08 Change Output - Condition Records: Purch. Outline Agr. MM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
249
T-Code Description Module
MN09 Display Output - Condition Records: Purch. Outline Agr. MM
MN10 Create Output - Condition Records: Purch. Sch Agr
Release
MM
MN11 Change Output - Condition Records: Purch. Sch Agr
Release
MM
MN12 Display Output - Condition Records: Purch. Sch Agr
Release
MM
MN13 Create Output - Condition Records: Entry Sheet MM
MN14 Change Output - Condition Records: Entry Sheet MM
MN15 Display Output - Condition Records: Entry Sheet MM
MN21 Create Output - Condition Records: Inventory
Management
MM
MN22 Change Output - Condition Records: Inventory
Management
MM
MN23 Display Output - Condition Records:Inventory Management MM
MN24 Create Output - Condition Records: Inbound Delivery MM
MN25 Change Output - Condition Records: Inbound Delivery MM
MN26 Display Output - Condition Records: Inbound Delivery MM
MP01 Maintain Approved Manufacturer Parts List MM
MP02 Display Approved Manufacturer Parts List MM
MP30 Execute Forecast (Materials) PP
MP31 Change Forecast (Materials) PP
MP32 Display Forecast (Materials) PP
MP33 Forecast Reprocessing PP
MP38 Execute Mass Forecast PP
MP39 Material Forecast Printing PP
MP80 Forecast Profile Create PP
MP81 Forecast Profile Change PP
MP82 Forecast Profile Delete PP
MP83 Forecast Profile Display PP
MP90 Number Ranges for Forecast Parameter PP
MP91 Number Ranges for Forecast Values PP
MPBT Total Forecast: Variants PP
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
250
T-Code Description Module
MPDR Print forecast: Variants PP
MR00 SAP Easy Access Invoice MM
MR02 Invoice Items Release MM
MR03 Display Original Document MM
MR08 Cancel Invoice Document MM
MR11 Maintain GR/IR Clearing Account MM
MR21 Price Change - Overview Screen MM
MR42 Change Parked Document MM
MR43 Display Parked Document MM
MR44 Post Parked Document MM
MR51 Accounting Documents for Material IM
MR8M Cancel Invoice Document FI
MR90 Output Messages in Logistics Invoice Verification MM
MR91 Messages for Invoice Verification MM
MRA1 Archive Administration: Create Archive Files MM
MRA2 Archive Administration: Execute Delete Program MM
MRA3 Analysis of Invoice Document Archive MM
MRBR Release Blocked Invoices FI
MRKO Consignment and Pipeline Settlement FI
MRM0 SAP Easy Access Logistics Invoice Verification MM
MRM1 Create Message: Invoice Verificatio MM
MRM2 Change Output - Condition Records: Invoice Verifica-
tion
MM
MRM3 Display Output - Condition Records: Invoice Verification MM
MRNB Revaluation with Logistics Invoice Verification MM
MRRL Evaluated Receipt Settlement (ERS) with Logistics
Invoice Verification
FI
MS31 Create Planning Scenario PP
MS32 Change Planning Scenario PP
MS33 Display Planning Scenario PP
MS44 Long-Term Planning: Evaluation PP
MS64 Copy Version PP
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
251
T-Code Description Module
MSC1N Create Batch PP
MSC2N Change Batch PP
MSC3N Display Batch PP
MSC4N Display Change Documents for Batch PP
MSRV2 Reporting on Services (Purchase Requisition) MM
MSRV4 Reporting on Services (RFQ) MM
NACE Conditions for Output Control SYS
OAA1 ArchiveLink: Selection of Storage Systems SYS
OAA3 ArchiveLink: Communications Interface Administration SYS
OAA4 ArchiveLink: Application Maintenance SYS
OAAD ArchiveLink: Administration of Stored Documents SYS
OAC2 "Change View ""Global document types"": Overview" SYS
OAC5 "Display View "" Settings for Bar Code Entry"": Overview" SYS
OACA "Change View ""Parameter Definition Workflow"
": Overview"
SYS
OAD0 "Change View ""Definition of Object Link Types"
": Overview"
SYS
OAD2 "Change View ""ArchiveLink: Document classes"
": Overview"
SYS
OAD3 "Change View ""Link Tables"": Overview" SYS
OAD4 "Change View ""Bar Code Types"": Overview" SYS
OAD5 ArchiveLink Customizing Wizard SYS
OADB "Change View ""Define Depreciation Areas"" : Overview" FI
OADR Search for Stored Print Lists SYS
OAM1 ArchiveLink: Monitor SYS
OAOR Business Document Navigator SYS
OARE "Display View ""Administration: Storage system error
messages"": Overview"
SYS
OAY2 "Change View ""Asset class"": Overview" FI
OB08 "Change View ""Currency Exchange Rates"": Overview" FI
OB52 "Change View ""Posting Periods: Specify Time
Intervals"": Overview"
FI
OB55 Maintain Worklists: Objects FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
252
T-Code Description Module
OKENN Standard Hierarchy for Cost Centers Display CO
OKEON Standard Hierarchy for Cost Centers Change CO
OKKP "Change View ""Basic data"": Overview (Maintain
Controlling Area)"
CO
OKO5 Delete CO orders CO
OKP1 Maintain Period Lock CO
OKP2 Display Period Lock CO
OLVD SAP Easy Access Customizing for Sales and
Distribution: Shipping
SD
OLVF SAP Easy Access SD Customizing: Billing SD
OLVS SAP Easy Access Customizing for Sales and
Distribution: Master Data
SD
OMI8 Plant Parameters for Material Requirements Planning PP
OOPD "Change View ""HR Master Data"": Overview" HR
OOSB "Change View ""User Authorizations"": Overview" SYS
OP4A "Change View ""Grouping"": Overview" PP
OPPP "Change View ""Alternative BOM Determination"
": Overview"
PP
OS01 LAN Check by PING SYS
OS03 Parameter Changes in Operating System SYS
OS04 Local / Configuration Parameter SYS
OS05 Remote System Cconfiguration SYS
OS06 Local / Operating System Monitor SYS
OS07 Remote Operating System Activity SYS
OS29 "Change View ""User Profile for BOMs"": Overview" PP
OSS1 Log On to SAPNet SYS
OVKK "Change View ""Pricing Procedurs: Determination in
Sales Docs."": Overview"
SD
OVXC Shipping Points -> Plants: Overview SD
OY18 Analysis of Changed Customizing Objects and Tables SYS
P1B4 Copy Object Lists Between Clients HR
PA00 SAP Easy Access Personnel Administration HR
PA03 Payroll control record HR
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
253
T-Code Description Module
PA05 Table COIFT key HR
PA06 Number Range for Time Events and Plant Data HR
PA07 HR vendor for garnishment remittance HR
PA08 Define vendor subgroup for individual remittance HR
PA09 Days carried MM-SRV: HR document number HR
PA0A Range of Numbers for Central Person HR
PA10 Personnel File HR
PA20 Display HR Master Data HR
PA30 Maintain HR Master Data HR
PA40 Personnel Actions HR
PA41 Change Entry/Leaving Date HR
PA42 Fast Entry for Actions HR
PA48 Hiring of Transferred Employees HR
PA51 Display Time Data HR
PA53 Display Time Data HR
PA61 Maintain Time Data HR
PA62 List Entry of Additional Data HR
PA63 Maintain Time Data HR
PA64 Calendar Entry HR
PA70 Fast Entry HR
PA71 Fast Entry of Time Data HR
PAAH InfoSet Query (InfoSet: HR Personnel Administration) HR
PAC5 Maintain HR Master Data HR
PACA PF Administration HR
PACB PF Account Maintenance: Access HR
PACC PF Debugger HR
PACE Maintain Postings: Access HR
PACK SAP Easy Access HR-CH: Pension Fund HR
PACN HR-CH: Pension fund: Account number number ranges HR
PACP HR-CH: Pension fund, person view HR
PACT PC parameter maintenance: Access HR
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
254
T-Code Description Module
PAL1 Create Sales Representative HR
PAL2 Display Sales Representative HR
PAL3 Maintain Sales Representative HR
PAL4 Create Buyer HR
PAL5 Maintain Buyer HR
PAL6 Display Buyer HR
PAR1 Flexible Employee Data HR
PAR2 Employee List HR
PAT1 Display Report Tree Report Selection for Administration HR
PAUX Adjustment Workbench HR
PAUY Adjustment Workbench (special retro processing) HR
PAW1 Who is Who HR
PB00 SAP Easy Access Recruitment HR
PB04 Number Ranges for Applicant Administration HR
PB10 Initial entry of basic data (Applicant Master Data) HR
PB20 Display applicant master data HR
PB30 Maintain applicant master data HR
PB40 Applicant actions HR
PB50 Display Applicant Activities HR
PB60 Maintain Applicant Activities HR
PB80 Vacancies HR
PBA0 Job Advertisements HR
PBA1 Applicants by Name HR
PBA2 Applications HR
PBA3 Vacancy Assignments HR
PBA4 Applicants by action HR
PBA5 Print Letters (SAPscript) HR
PBA6 Complete Activities after Printout HR
PBA7 Direct Data Transfer HR
PBA8 Complete Activities after Data Transfer HR
PBA9 Planned activities HR
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
255
T-Code Description Module
PBAA Evaluate Recruitment Instruments HR
PBAB Maintain vacancy assignments HR
PBAC Applicant Statistics HR
PBAD Print Letters (RTF format) HR
PBAE Applicants by action HR
PBAF Administration of Selection Procedure HR
PBAG Vacancies HR
PBAH Applicant Selection HR
PBAI Find Objects for Qualifications HR
PBAJ Display Report Tree Reporting selection for
Recruitment: Overview
HR
PBAK Print labels HR
PBAL Create Activities in Bulk processing HR
PBAM Variable Applicant List HR
PBAN InfoSet Query (InfoSet: HR Recruitment) HR
PBAP Find Objects for Qualifications (Internal Applicants) HR
PBAQ Find Objects for Qualifications (External Applicants) HR
PBAT Print Letters (SAPscript) HR
PBAU "Change View ""Recruitment Instrument"": Overview" HR
PBAV "Display View ""Recruitment Instrument"": Overview" HR
PBAW Job Advertisements (Maintain) HR
PBAX Job Advertisements (Display) HR
PBAY Vacancies (Maintain) HR
PBAZ Vacancies (Display) HR
PBWW Maintain Standard Text in RTF Format (access word
processing)
HR
PC00 SAP Easy Access Payroll for all countries PY
PC10 SAP Easy Access Payroll PY
PC99 SAP Easy Access International Payroll PY
PCA1 Create Production Campaign CO
PCA2 Change Production Campaign CO
PCA3 Display Production Campaign CO
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
256
T-Code Description Module
PCCO Production Campaign: Costs - Itemization CO
PCP0 Display posting runs PY
PDF0 Conversion Report for Remuneration Statement Forms PY
PDF7 Delete Form in Customer Client PY
PDF8 Copy Form from SAP Client to Customer Client PY
PDF9 Copy form within customer client PY
PDFA Conversion of Payroll Journal Forms PY
PDSY HR Documentation Maintenance HR
PE01 Personnel Calculation Schemas PY
PE02 Personnel Calculation Rules PY
PE03 Maintain Features PY
PE04 Maintain Functions and Operations PY
PE50 HR Form Editor HR
PE51 HR Form Editor PY
PEPM Display Profile Matchup HR
PEPP Profile Evaluation HR
PEST Maintenance of Process Models PY
PF02 Test Settings for Value-Based Inventory Management HR
PF05 Number Range for Standard Task, Role, etc. HR
PFAC Maintain Rule HR
PFAL HR: ALE Distribution HR Master Data HR
PFCG Acivity Group (Authorizations) HR
PFCG Role Maintenance SYS
PFCP Copy Report for Workflow Tasks HR
PFCT Task Catalog HR
PFOM Initial Screen: Assignment to SAP Organizational
Objects (Create)
HR
PFOS Initial Screen: Assignment to SAP Organizational
Objects (Display)
HR
PFSE Planning Tool (PFS): Start HR
PFSO Display of Organizational Assignment HR
PFT Maintain Task HR
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
257
T-Code Description Module
PFTC Task: Maintain SYS
PFTR Choose Standard Task Transaction HR
PFTS Maintain Standard task HR
PFUD User Master Data Reconciliation SYS
PFWF Maintain Workflow task HR
PFWS Maintain Workflow template HR
PGOM PD Graphics Interface HR
PIMN SAP Easy Access Human Resources Information
System
HR
PK00 SAP Easy Access Kanban PP
PK01 Create Control Cycle PP
PK02 Change Control Cycle PP
PK03 Display Control Cycle PP
PK03NR Display Control Cycle PP
PK05 "Change View ""Supply Area"": Overview" PP
PK05S Fast Entry Supply Area PP
PK06 "Display View ""Supply Area"": Overview" PP
PK10 Define Status of Kanban Board PP
PK11 Kanban Plant Overview PP
PK12N Kanban Board: Supply Source Overview PP
PK13N Kanban Board: Demand Source Overview PP
PK17 Collective Kanban Print PP
PK18 Econtrol Cycle and Kanban Evaluation PP
PK21 Kanban Signal PP
PK22 Quantity Signal: Input PP
PK23 Create Kanban PP
PK41 Kanban Backflush PP
PK50 Kanban Processing: Error Display PP
PKBC Kanban Signal PP
PKC1 SAP Easy Access Activity-Based Costing Information
System
PP
PKMC Control Cycle Maintenance: Display PP
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
258
T-Code Description Module
PM01 Create Infotype HR
PM10 Statements PY
PM11 Statements: Initial Screen PY
PM12 Statements: Fast data entry PY
PM13 Statements: Administration PY
PMEC Employee (Change) HR
PMED Employee (Display) HR
PMESIM Posting to Accounting: Create Posting Run PY
PMMN SAP Easy Access HR Funds and Position Management HR
PMSI Payroll Simulation for Persons PY
PO01 Maintain Work Center HR
PO01D Display Work Center HR
PO02 Maintain Training Program HR
PO02D Display Training Program HR
PO03 Maintain Job HR
PO03D Display Job HR
PO04 Maintain Business Event Type HR
PO04D Display Business Event Type HR
PO05 Maintain Business Event HR
PO05D Display Business Event HR
PO06 Maintain Location HR
PO06D Display Location HR
PO07 Maintain Resource HR
PO07D Display Resource HR
PO08 Maintain External Person HR
PO08D Display External Person HR
PO09 Maintain Business Event Group HR
PO09D Display Business Event Group HR
PO10 Maintain Organizational Unit HR
PO10D Display Organizational Unit HR
PO11 Maintain Qualification HR
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
259
T-Code Description Module
PO11D Display Qualification HR
PO12 Maintain Resource Type HR
PO12D Display Resource Type HR
PO13 Maintain Position HR
PO13D Display Position HR
PO14 Maintain Task HR
PO14D Display Task HR
PO15 Maintain Company HR
PO15D Display Company HR
PO16 Maintain Services HR
PO16D Display Service HR
PO17 Maintain Requirements Profile HR
PO17D Display Requirements Profile HR
PO18 Maintain Resource 'Room' HR
PO18D Display Resource Room HR
PO19 Maintain External Instructor HR
PO19D Display External Instructor HR
POF1 Pkg instruction - Create Determination Recs SD
POF2 Pkg instruction - Change Determination Recs SD
POF3 Pkg instruction - Display Determination Recs SD
POI1 Selection of master data to be sent for PFS HR
POIL Monitor receipt of data changes HR
POIM Select Master Data for Transfer HR
POIT Select Transaction Data for Transfer HR
POIU Start POI Data Upload HR
POP1 Create Packing Instruction SD
POP2 Change Packing Instruction SD
POP5 Report that outputs all condition records for packaging
instructions
SD
PP01 Maintain object HR
PP02 Maintain Plan Data: Expert Mode HR
PP03 Maintain Plan Data: Execute Actions HR
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
260
T-Code Description Module
PP05 Number Ranges for Personnel Planning HR
PP06 Number of Additional Relationship Data HR
PP23 Personnel Cost Planning: Change Scenario Group's
Password
HR
PP26 Plan scenario administration HR
PP27 Releasing a plan scenario for Controlling HR
PP28 Planning Basis Projected Pay HR
PP29 Change Scenario Group HR
PP2B Planning Basis Basic Pay HR
PP2D Personnel Cost Planning; Delete Payroll Results PY
PP2P Planning Basis Payroll Results PY
PP30 Room Reservations HR
PP32 Services (Room Reservations) HR
PP40 Business Event Notifications HR
PP61 Shift Plan: Entry Screen (Change) HR
PP62 Requirements Display: Entry Screen HR
PP63 Requirements Change: Entry Screen HR
PP64 Choose plan version (Shift Planning) HR
PP65 Simple maintenance (Entry Objects) HR
PP6A Display Personal Shift Plan HR
PP6B Display attendance list HR
PP70 SAP Easy Access Organizational Management HR
PP72 SAP Easy Access Time Management: Shift Planning HR
PP74 SAP Easy Access Personnel Cost Planning HR
PP7S SAP Easy Access Organizational Management HR
PP90 Set Up Organization HR
PPCI Create infotype HR
PPCJ Create infotype HR
PPCO Organisational Management: Maintain Organizational
Plan
HR
PPCP Career Planning HR
PPCT Task Catalog HR
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
261
T-Code Description Module
PPEM Planning for Organizational Unit HR
PPIS HIS: Access Object HR
PPLB Evaluate Careers HR
PPME Initial Screen Matrix (Change) HR
PPMM SAP Easy Access Personnel Planning HR
PPMS Initial Screen Matrix (Display) HR
PPO1 Account Assignment / Change HR
PPO2 Account Assignment / Display HR
PPO3 Reporting Structure / Change HR
PPO4 Display Reporting Structure HR
PPO5 Attributes of Organizational Units and Positions /
Change
HR
PPO6 Attributes of Organizational Units and Positions /
Display
HR
PPOC Organizational and Staffing (Workflow) Create HR
PPOM Organizational and Staffing (Workflow) Change HR
PPOMA Attributes in Organizational Management Change HR
PPOME Organization and Staffing Change HR
PPOS Organization and Staffing Display (Organizational Unit) HR
PPOSE Organization and Staffing Display (Organization and
Staffing)
HR
PPPE SAP Easy Access Personnel Development HR
PPPM User: Change Profile HR
PPQ1 Find Objects for Qualifications HR
PPQ2 Find Objects for Requirements HR
PPQD Catalog: Display Qualification(s) HR
PPRP Reporting: Personnel Development HR
PPSC Create Structure HR
PPSM Change Structure HR
PPSP Succession Planning HR
PPSS Display Structure HR
PPST Structure Display/Maintenance HR
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
262
T-Code Description Module
PPUP Settings for Personnel Development HR
PQ01 Actions for Work Center HR
PQ02 Actions for Training Program HR
PQ03 Actions for Job HR
PQ04 Actions for Business Event Type HR
PQ06 Actions for Location HR
PQ07 Actions for Resource HR
PQ08 Actions for External Person HR
PQ09 Actions for Business Event Group HR
PQ10 Actions for Organizational Unit HR
PQ12 Actions for Resource Type HR
PQ13 Actions for Position HR
PQ14 Actions for Task HR
PQ15 Actions for Company HR
PQ17 Actions for Requirement Profiles HR
PQ18 Actions for Resource Room HR
PQ19 Actions for External Instructor HR
PQAH InfoSet Query (InfoSet: HR Personnel Administration) HR
PR00 SAP Easy Access Travel Expenses HR
PR02 Travel Calendar: Domestic Trips HR
PR03 Trip Advances HR
PR04 Overview of Weekly Reports HR
PR05 Travel Expense Manager HR
PR10 Number ranges for trip numbers HR
PR11 Days Carried FI/CO: Travel Expenses Posting
Documents
HR
PRAA Create/Change/Block Vendor Master Records from HR
Master Records
HR
PRAP Approval of Trips HR
PRC2 "Change View ""Screen Modification for Account
Assignment Block"": Overview"
PY
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
263
T-Code Description Module
PRC7 "Change View ""Screen Modification for Account
Assignment Block"": Overview"
PY
PRCC Import of Credit Card Data (Credit Card Clearing) HR
PRCD Delete/Restore Trip Country Data HR
PRCU International Payment Medium - Check (with check
management)
PY
PRD1 Payment Medium USA - Transfers/Bank Direct Debits
in ACH Formats
PY
PRDE Delete Trip Provision Variant PY
PRDH Determination of Employees with Exceeded Trip Days PY
PRDX Data Medium Exchange: Travel Expenses (USA) PY
PREC Settlement of Trip Data HR
PREX Create expense report PY
PRF0 Standard Travel Expense Form PY
PRF1 Summarized Form 1 for Travel Expenses PY
PRF2 Summarized Form 2 for Travel Expenses Accounting PY
PRFI Create Posting Run PY
PRFW Income-Relatedl.Expenses Statement PY
PRHD Delimitation of Per-Diem/Maximum Rates for Meals PY
PRHH Generation of Scaled Meals Rates According to Times PY
PRHP Generation of Scaled Meals Rates According to Times PY
PRICAT Initial screen: Price Catalog Maintenance SD
PRMD Maintain HR Master Data HR
PRML Change Country Grouping HR
PRMM Personnel Actions HR
PRMS Display HR Master Data HR
PRMT Update of Trip Costs Matchcode HR
PRPD Delimitation of Per-Diem/Maximum Rates for Meals HR
PRPY Transfer Travel Expenses to Separate Payroll System PY
PRRQ Create Travel Request PY
PRRW Posting Run Management PY
PRST Travel Expense Reporting by Period PY
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
264
T-Code Description Module
PRTE Trip Details PY
PRTS Overview of Trips PY
PS03 SAP Easy Access Project Planning HR
PS04 SAP Easy Access Project Budgeting HR
PSC0 Set Plan Version HR
PSO0 Set Plan Version (Organizational Management) HR
PSO1 Set Aspect (Organizational Management) HR
PSO3 Display and Maintain Infotypes HR
PSO4 Maintain Infotype HR
PSOA Work Center Reporting HR
PSOC Job Reporting HR
PSOG Lists HR
PSOO Organizational Unit Reporting HR
PSOS Position Reporting HR
PSOT Task Reporting HR
PSSD Loans - Borrower's Notes Customizing Check Report
Flow Types
HR
PSV0 Change / Display Resources HR
PSV1 Dynamic Attendance Menu HR
PSV2 Dynamic Business Event Menu HR
PSV3 Dynamic Information Menu HR
PSV4 Set Plan Version HR
PSV5 Information menu: participation HR
PSV6 Information menu: business events HR
PSV7 Information menu: resources HR
PSV8 Maintain objects for internal courses (Create
Participant/Attendee)
HR
PSV9 Maintain objects for external courses (Change/Display
Participant/Attendee)
HR
PSVA Set Aspect HR
PSVC Current Settings HR
PSVL Set Business Event Language HR
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
265
T-Code Description Module
PSVO Change / display organizer HR
PSVP Dynamic Planning Menu HR
PSVR Resource Menu HR
PSVT Dynamic Tool Menu HR
PT00 SAP Easy Access Time Management: Time Data
Administration
HR
PT01 Create Work Schedule HR
PT02 Change Work Schedule HR
PT03 Display Work Schedule HR
PT10 Number range for person time document number HR
PT11 Number range for person time quotas HR
PT12 HR: Posting documents for days carried: Cost
allocation
HR
PT40 Time Management Pool HR
PT41 HR-PDC/CC1: Communication Parameters HR
PT42 Transfer HR Master Data to PDC Subsystems HR
PT43 Transfer Master Data to PDC Subsystems HR
PT44 Upload request HR
PT45 HR-PDC: Post personnel time events HR
PT46 Post Work Time Events from PP-PDC HR
PT50 Quota Overview HR
PT60 Time Evaluation for Concurrent Employment HR
PT61 Time Statement Form HR
PT62 Attendance Check HR
PT63 Personal Work Schedule HR
PT64 Attendance/Absence Data: Overview HR
PT65 Overview Graphic of Attendances/Absences HR
PT66 Display Time Evaluation Results (Cluster B2) HR
PT67 PDC Time Evaluation: Supply Third-Party Payroll
System
PY
PT68 Transfer Additional Data for Activity Allocation to
Accounting
HR
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
266
T-Code Description Module
PT69 Time Recording for Multiple Persons and Infotypes HR
PT70 Display Report Tree Time Management report selec-
tion: Overview
HR
PT71 Display Report Tree Time Management tool selection:
Overview
HR
PT90 Attendance/Absence Data: Calendar View HR
PT91 Attendances/Absences: Multiple Employee View HR
PTE1 Create Batch Input Session for Employee Expenditures HR
PTE2 Batch Input: Process sessions in batch HR
PTE3 Reorganize Table TEXLGA (Employee Expenditures) HR
PTMW Time Manager's Workplace HR
PU00 Delete Personnel Data PY
PU01 Delete current payroll result PY
PU03 Change Payroll Status PY
PU11 Supplementary Pension (PSG) - Initial Access PY
PU12 Interface Toolbox PY
PU19 Tax Reporter PY
PU22 Archiving Payroll Data PY
PU30 Wage Type Maintenance PY
PU90 Delete applicant data HR
PU95 Edit Wage Type Groups and Logical Views PY
PU96 Edit Wage Type Groups PY
PU97 Edit Logical Views PY
PU98 Assign Wage Types to Wage Type Groups PY
PUC0 HR-CH: Assign/delete employee attributes HR
PUCG Reference copier for pension funds HR
PUCK Organizational object HR-CH: Pension funds HR
PUCV Organizational object Business area HR
PUCW Task: Maintain HR
PUOCBA Subsequent Processes of Off-Cycle Activities HR
PUOCLL Bank transfer reversed or replaced by check PY
PUST HR Process Workbench HR
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
267
T-Code Description Module
PUU1 BSI test tool 5.0 HR
PV00 Book Attendance: Data HR
PV01 Rebook Attendance HR
PV02 Prebook Attendance: Data HR
PV03 Replace Attendance HR
PV04 Cancel Attendance HR
PV05 Book Attendee List HR
PV06 Prebooking List per Business Event Type HR
PV07 Book Attendee List HR
PV08 Book List: Business Events HR
PV09 Plan Business Events HR
PV10 Create Business Event with Resources HR
PV11 Create Business Event without Resources HR
PV12 Firmly Book / Cancel Business Event HR
PV14 Lock / Unlock Business Event HR
PV15 Follow Up Business Event HR
PV16 Prebooking List per Attendee HR
PV17 Billing Business Events HR
PV18 Internal Activity Allocation for Attendees HR
PV1A Change Business Event HR
PV1B Display Business Event HR
PV1C Business Event Cost Calculation and Cost Transfer to
CO
HR
PV1D Calculate Business Event Prices and Transfer to
Infotype 1021 'Price'
HR
PV26 Book List: Business Events HR
PV34 Attendee Appraisal HR
PVB0 Budgeting (Business Event Budget) HR
PVB1 Create Budget Structure HR
PVB2 Display Budget Structure HR
PVB3 Change Budget Structure HR
PVBA Budget Comparison HR
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
268
T-Code Description Module
PVBB Display Development Plan Catalog HR
PVCT Training and Event Management: Master Data Catalog HR
PVD0 Business event type HR
PVF0 Location (Create/Change) HR
PVF1 Location: Initial Screen (Room Reservations) HR
PVG0 Resource (Create/Change) HR
PVG1 Room (Create/Change) HR
PVG2 Lock/Unlock Resource HR
PVG3 Room: Initial Screen (Room Reservations) HR
PVH0 External person (Create/Change) HR
PVH1 External instructor (Create/Change) HR
PVH2 External person: Initial Screen (Room Reservations) HR
PVL0 Business event group (Create/Change) HR
PVMN SAP Easy Access Training and Event Management HR
PVR0 Resource type (Create/Change) HR
PVR1 Resource type: Initial Screen (Room Reservations) HR
PVU0 Company (Create/Change) HR
PVU1 Company: Initial Screen (Room Reservations) HR
PVV0 Service (Create/Change) HR
PW00 SAP Easy Access Incentive Wages PY
PW01 Maintain Incentive Wages PY
PW02 Display Incentive Wages PY
PW03 Record Incentive Wages PY
PW41 Integration with Logistics: Read Interface File and
Generate Session
PY
PW42 Batch Input: Session Overview PY
PW43 Integration with Logistics: Reorganize Interface File PY
PW61 Time Leveling PY
PW62 Working Times of Time - and Incentive Wage Earners PY
PW63 Reassignment Proposals for Wage Groups PY
PW70 Recalculate Results and Cumulations for Individual
Incentive Wages
PY
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
269
T-Code Description Module
PW71 Recalculate Results and Cumulations for Group
Incentive Wages
PY
PW91 Incentive Wages: Parameters PY
PW92 User Exits PY
PW93 Validation for Group Incentive Wages PY
PW94 Logistics Integration Parameters PY
Q000 SAP Easy Access Quality Management QM
QA00 SAP Easy Access Quality Inspection QM
QA01A Create Inspection Lot Manually QM
QA02A Change Inspection Lot QM
QA03 Display Inspection Lot QM
QA05 Recurring insp. job planning: Variants QM
QA07 Deadline Monitoring of Batches QM
QA08 Mass Change of QM Inspection Setup Data in Materi-
als
QM
QA09 QM inspection lot QM
QA10 Lot Selection for Automatic Usage Decision QM
QA10L Log for Automatic Usage Decision QM
QA11 Record Usage Decision QM
QA12 Change Usage Decision QM
QA13 Display Usage Decision QM
QA14 Change Usage Decision without History QM
QA16 Collective Usage Decision for OK Lots QM
QA17 Job planning for automatic UD: Variants QM
QA18 Job overview (Automatic Usage Decision) QM
QA19 Lot Selection for Automatic Usage Decision QM
QA22 Change Inspection Point: Initial QM
QA23 Display Inspection Point Quantities QM
QA32 Inspection Lot Selection QM
QA33 Inspection Lot Selection QM
QA40 Complete Production Inspection Lots/Lots for PM
Orders
QM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
270
T-Code Description Module
QA40L Log for Automatic Usage Decision (Orders) QM
QA41 UD prod. lots: job planning: Variants QM
QA42 Job Overview (Automatic Usage Decision - Orders) QM
QA51 Source inspection: job planning: Variants QM
QA52 Job Overview (Source Inspection) QM
QAC1 Correct Actual Quantity in Insp. Lot QM
QAC2 Transfer Insp. Lot Quant. (PlntToPlnt, StorLoc to StorLoc) QM
QAC3 Insp. Lot - Reset Sample Calculation QM
QAS1 Download inspection specifications QM
QAS2 Download Basic Data QM
QAS3 Upload Inspection Results QM
QAS4 Upload Usage Decision QM
QC01 Create Certificate Profile QM
QC02 Change Certificate Profile QM
QC03 Display Certificate Profile QM
QC06 Deletion of Unused Certificate Profiles QM
QC11 Create Certificate Profile Assignment QM
QC12 Change Certificate Profile Assignment QM
QC13 Display Certificate Profile Assignment QM
QC20 Qualtiy Certificates for Deliveries QM
QC21 Quality Certificate for the Inspection Lot QM
QC22 Quality Certificate for Batch QM
QC31 Archive Display Quality Certificate for a Delivery Item QM
QC32 Archive Display Quality Certificate for an Inspection Lot QM
QC51 Create Quality Certificate Receipt QM
QC52 Change Quality Certificate QM
QC53 Display Quality Certificate QM
QC55 QM Worklist: Quality Certificates in Procurement QM
QCE2 "Change View ""Partner setting for quality data ex-
change"": Overview"
QM
QCE3 "Display View ""Partner setting for quality data
exchange"": Overview"
QM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
271
T-Code Description Module
QCYF Copy Forms Between Clients QM
QCYT Copy Texts Between Clients QM
QD33 Deletion Program for Quality Levels where Deletion
Date Exceeded
QM
QD34 Delete Q-level job planning: Variants QM
QD35 Jobs for Deleting Quality Level QM
QDB1 "Change View ""Allwd. Relationships: Sampling
Procedures/Dynamic Mod. Rule)""
QM
QDB3 "Display View ""Allwd. Relationships: Sampling
Procedures/Dynamic Mod. Rule)""
QM
QDH1 Q-level Evaluation: Select Quality Levels (Edit) QM
QDH2 Q-level Evaluation: Select Quality Levels (Display) QM
QDL1 Create Quality Level QM
QDL2 Change Quality Level QM
QDL3 Display Quality Level QM
QDP1 Create Sampling Scheme QM
QDP2 Change Sampling Scheme QM
QDP3 Display Sampling Scheme QM
QDR1 Create Dynamic Modification Rule QM
QDR2 Change Dynamic Modification Rule QM
QDR3 Display Dynamic Modification Rule QM
QDR6 Dynamic Modification Rule Where-Used List QM
QDR7 Replace Dynamic Modification Rule QM
QDV1 Create Sampling Procedure QM
QDV2 Change Sampling Procedure QM
QDV3 Display Sampling Procedure QM
QDV6 Sampling Procedure Where-Used List QM
QDV7 Replace Sampling Procedure QM
QE00 SAP Easy Access Quality Planning QM
QE01 Record Results (Characteristic) QM
QE02 Change Results (Characteristic) QM
QE03 Display Results (Characteristic) QM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
272
T-Code Description Module
QE04 Record Sample Results QM
QE05 Change Sample Results QM
QE06 Display Sample Results QM
QE09 Display Individual Result QM
QE11 Record Results for Inspection Point QM
QE12 Change Results for Inspection Point QM
QE13 Display Results for Inspection Point QM
QE14 Record Results for Delivery Note QM
QE15 Change Results for Delivery Note QM
QE16 Display Results for Delivery Note QM
QE17 Record Equipment Results QM
QE18 Change Results for Equipment QM
QE19 Display results for equipment QM
QE20 Record Results for Functional Location QM
QE21 Change Results for Functional Location QM
QE22 Display Results for Functional Location QM
QE23 Record Physical Sample Results QM
QE24 Change Physical Sample Results QM
QE25 Display Physical Sample Results QM
QE51N Results Recording Worklist QM
QE52 Results Recording Worklist for Physical Samples QM
QE53 Results Recording Worklist for Eqquipment QM
QE54 Results Recording Worklist for Functional Locations QM
QE71 Selection: Tabular Results Recording for Inspection
Points
QM
QE72 Selection: Tabular Results Recording for Inspection
Lots
QM
QE73 Selection:Tabular Results Recording for a Characteristic QM
QEH1 Mobile Results Recording Worklist - Selection QM
QEI1 Analyze Application Log QM
QEI2 Deleting the Application Log for the QM-IDI Interface QM
QF01 Record Defects QM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
273
T-Code Description Module
QF02 Change Defects QM
QF03 Display Defects QM
QF11 Record Defects for Inspection Lot QM
QF21 Record Defects for Operation QM
QF31 Record Defects for Characteristic QM
QG09 Quality control chart QM
QGA1 Time Line Representation of Quality Scores QM
QGA2 Display Inspection Results QM
QGA3 Results Printout QM
QGC1 Quality Control Charts for Inspection Lots QM
QGC2 Control Charts for Task List Characteristic QM
QGC3 Control Charts for a Master Inspection Characteristic QM
QGD1 Test Equipment Usage List: Equipment Selection QM
QGD2 Test Equipment Tracking QM
QGP1 Inspection Results for TList Charac. (History for
Inspection Characteristic)
QM
QGP2 Inspection Results for TList Charac. (Calibration Re-
sults History)
QM
QI01 Create Q-Info Record QM
QI02 Change Q-Info Record QM
QI03 Display Q-Info Record QM
QI04 QM procurement key: material: Variants QM
QI05 Mass maintenance QM procurement key QM
QI06 QM Releases: Mass maintenance QM
QI07 Worklist of Source Inspections QM
QI08 Job Overview (Control Keys for Procurement) QM
QK01 Create and Assign QM Orders to Materials QM
QK02 Overview of QM Order Usage in Material Master QM
QK04 Creation of QM Orders QM
QK05 Confirmed Activities for the Inspection Lot QM
QL11 Send Inspection Setup QM
QL21 Send Master Inspection Characteristics QM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
274
T-Code Description Module
QL31 Send Inspection Method QM
QL41 Send Code Groups QM
QM00 SAP Easy Access Quality Notifications QM
QM01 Create Notification (Quality) QM
QM02 Change Notification (Quality) QM
QM03 Display Notification (Quality) QM
QM10 Change list of quality notifications: Selection of
Notifications
QM
QM11 Display List of Qual. Notifications: Selection of
Notifications
QM
QM12 Change list of tasks: Selection of Notifications QM
QM13 Display list of tasks: Selection of Notifications QM
QM14 Change list of items: Selection of Notifications QM
QM15 Display list of items: Selection of Notifications QM
QM16 Change activity list: Selection of Notifications QM
QM17 Display activity list: Selection of Notifications QM
QM19 Notification List (Multi-Level): Notification Selection QM
QM50 Time line display of quality notifications QM
QP01 Create Inspection Plan QM
QP02 Change Inspection Plan QM
QP03 Display Inspection Plan QM
QP05 Print list for task list QM
QP06 Missing/Non-unusable Inspection Plans QM
QP07 Missing/Unusable Goods Receipt Inspection Plans QM
QP08 Print list: Task list for material QM
QP11 Create Reference Operation Set QM
QP12 Change Reference Operation Set QM
QP13 Display Reference Operation Set QM
QP48 Number range for physical samples QM
QP49 This No. Documents the Withdrawal of Physical
Samples
QM
QP60 Task List Changes QM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
275
T-Code Description Module
QP61 Display Change Documents for an Inspection Plan
Group
QM
QP62 Display Change Documents for Reference Operation
Set Group
QM
QPNQ Number Ranges Object Maintenance QM
QPR1 Create Physical Sample QM
QPR2 Change Physical Sample QM
QPR3 Display Physical Sample QM
QPR4 Process Physical-Sample Drawing QM
QPR5 Create Inspection Lots for Physical Samples QM
QPR6 Create New Physical-Sample Drawing with Reference QM
QPR7 Storage Data Maintenance QM
QPV2 "Change View ""Sample-drawing procedure"
": Overview"
QM
QPV3 "Display View ""Sample-drawing procedure"
": Overview"
QM
QS21 Create Master Inspection Characteristic QM
QS22 Create Master Insp. Characteristic Version QM
QS23 Change Master Insp. Characteristic Version QM
QS24 Display Master Insp. Characteristic Version QM
QS25 Delete Master Insp. Characteristic Version QM
QS26 Master Inspection Charac. Where-Used List QM
QS27 Replace Master Inspection Characteristic QM
QS28 Display Master Inspection Characteristics QM
QS29 Master - inspection characteristics in QSS QM
QS31 Create Inspection Method QM
QS32 Create Inspection Method Version QM
QS33 Change Inspection Method Version QM
QS34 Display Inspection Method Version QM
QS35 Delete Inspection Method Version QM
QS36 Display Inspection Method in Task List QM
QS37 Replace Inspection Method in Task List QM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
276
T-Code Description Module
QS38 Display Inspection Method List QM
QS39 QM test methods QM
QS41 Edit Catalog QM
QS42 Display Catalog QM
QS43 Edit Catalog (Individual Maintenance) QM
QS44 Edit Catalog (Group Code) QM
QS45 Display Catalog (Group Code) QM
QS46 Display Code Group in Task List QM
QS47 Replace Code Group in Task List QM
QS48 Code groups: Check usage indicator QM
QS49 Display Code Group Index QM
QS51 Edit Selected Set QM
QS52 Display selected sets QM
QS58 Selected sets: Check usage indicator QM
QS59 Display Selected Set Index QM
QS61 Maintain Material Specification QM
QS62 Display Material Specification QM
QS63 Maintain Material Specification (TLists) QM
QS65 Activate Material Specification QM
QS66 Activate material spec.: Variants QM
QSR6 Delete Task Lists Without Archiving QM
QST04 Selection: Display of Packages Used in Inspection
Plans
QM
QST06 Scheduling Overview for Stability Studies (List) QM
QST07 Change Testing Schedule Items QM
QST08 Display Testing Schedule Items QM
QTSA Transfer: Product Allocation Quantities to APO QM
QTSP Transfer: Customizing Settings to APO QM
QV51 Create QM Control Data in SD QM
QV52 Change QM Control Data in SD QM
QV53 Display QM Control Data in SD QM
QVM1 Inspection Lots Without Inspection Completion QM
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
277
T-Code Description Module
QVM2 Inspection Lots with Outstanding Quantities QM
QVM3 Inspection Lots without Usage Decision QM
RSA1 Modeling - DW Workbench BW
RSA11 DW Workbench: InfoProvider Tree BW
RSA12 DW Workbench: InfoSource Tree BW
RSA13 DW Workbench: Source System Tree BW
RSA14 DW Workbench: InfoObject Tree BW
RSA15 DW Workbench: DataSource Tree BW
RSA16 RSA16 - Calling up AWB with Favorites BW
RSA17 RSA17 - Call up the AWB Find Option BW
RSA18 RSA18 - Calling up the AWB with the Open Hub (Info
Spoke) Tree
BW
RSA2 OLTP Metadata Repository BW
RSA3 Extractor Checker BW
RSA5 Install Business Content BW
RSA6 Maintain DataSources BW
RSA7 BW Delta Queue Monitor BW
RSA8 DataSource Repository BW
RSA9 Transfer Application Components BW
RSBBS Maintaining BW Sender-Receiver BW
RSCUSTA Maintain BW Settings BW
RSCUSTA2 ODS Settings BW
RSCUSTV1 "Change View ""BW: Settings for Flat Files"": Details" BW
RSCUSTV10 "Change View ""URL Creation by the Server"": De-
tails"
BW
RSCUSTV11 "Change View ""Standard Web Templates"": Details" BW
RSCUSTV12 "Change View ""Settings - Microsoft Analysis
Services"": Details"
BW
RSCUSTV13 "Change View ""Drag&Relate Settings"": Details" BW
RSCUSTV14 "Change View ""OLAP: Cache Parameters"": Details" BW
RSCUSTV15 "Change View ""Web Protocol for BW Reporting URLs
Created by Server""
BW
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
278
T-Code Description Module
RSCUSTV16 "Change View ""Authorization Settings"": Details" BW
RSCUSTV17 "Change View ""Settings for Currency Translations"
": Details"
BW
RSCUSTV18 "Change View ""DB Connect Settings"": Details" BW
RSCUSTV19 "Change View ""Settings for InfoSets"": Details" BW
RSCUSTV2 "Change View ""BW: Monitor Waiting Time"": Details" BW
RSCUSTV3 "Change View ""BW: User in SS for ALE Communica-
tion"": Details"
BW
RSCUSTV4 "Change View ""BEx Values"": Details" BW
RSCUSTV5 "Change View ""BW: Currency Conversion for External
Systems"": Details"
BW
RSCUSTV6 "Change View ""BW: Threshold Value for Data
Loading"": Details"
BW
RSCUSTV7 "Change View ""BW: Basic Settings"": Details " BW
RSCUSTV8 "Change View ""BW: Parameter for Aggregates
(Structure, Change Run)"": Details"
BW
RSCUSTV9 "Change View ""BW: Posting Mode for Master Data"
": Details"
BW
RSD1 Characteristic maintenance BW
RSD2 Maintenance of key figures BW
RSD3 Maintenance of units BW
RSD4 Maintenance of time characteristics BW
RSD5 Edit InfoObjects: Start BW
RSDCUBE Start: InfoCube editing BW
RSDCUBED Start: InfoCube editing BW
RSDCUBEM Start: InfoCube editing BW
RSDDV Maintaining Aggregates/BIA Index BW
RSDIOBC Start: InfoObject catalog editing BW
RSDIOBCD Start: InfoObject catalog editing BW
RSDIOBCM Start: InfoObject catalog editing BW
RSDL DB Connect - Test Program BW
RSDMD Master Data Maintenance w. Prev. Sel. BW
RSDMD_TEST Master Data Test BW
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
279
T-Code Description Module
RSDMPRO Initial Screen: MultiProvider Proc. BW
RSDMPROD Initial Screen: MultiProvider Proc. BW
RSDMPROM Initial Screen: MultiProvider Proc. BW
RSDMWB Datamining Workbnch BW
RSDODS Initial Screen: ODS Object Processng BW
RSDS Data Source BW
RSECADMIN Management of Analysis Authorizations BW
RSIMPCUR Load Exchange Rates from File BW
RSINPUT Manual Data Entry BW
RSISET Maintain InfoSets BW
RSKC Maintaining the Permittd Extra Chars BW
RSLGMP Maintain RSLOGSYSMAP BW
RSMO Data Load Monitor Start BW
RSMON Administration - DW Workbench BW
RSOR BW Metadata Repository BW
RSORBCT BI Business Content Transfer BW
RSORMDR BW Metadata Repository BW
RSPC Process Chain Maintenance BW
RSPC1 Process Chain Display BW
RSPCM Monitor daily process chains BW
RSRCACHE OLAP: Cache Monitor BW
RSRT Start of the report monitor BW
RSRT1 Start of the Report Monitor BW
RSRT2 Start of the Report Monitor BW
RSRTRACE Set trace configuration BW
RSRTRACETEST Trace tool configuration BW
RSRV Analysis and Repair of BW Objects BW
RWBE Stock Overview IM
RZ01 Job Scheduling Monitor SYS
RZ03 CCMS Control Panel: Display Server Statuses and
Alerts
SYS
RZ04 CCMS: Maintain Operation Modes and Instances SYS
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
280
T-Code Description Module
RZ10 Maintain Profile Parameters SYS
RZ11 Profile Parameter Maintenance SYS
RZ12 CCMS: RFC Server Group Maintenance SYS
RZ20 CCMS Monitor Sets - Maintenance functions OFF SYS
RZ21 Monitoring: Properties and Methods SYS
RZ70 System Landscape Directory: Local Administration SYS
S000 SAP Easy Access SYS
S001 SAP Easy Access ABAP Workbench SYS
S002 SAP Easy Access System Administration SYS
SA38 ABAP: Program Execution SYS
SAINT Add-On Installation Tool SYS
SALE Display ALE Customizing SYS
SARA Archive Administration SYS
SARI Archive Information System: Central management SYS
SARP Report Tree SYS
SB01 Internal Application Component Hierarchy Maintenance SYS
SBWP SAP Business Workplace SYS
SC38 Cross-system Program Execution SYS
SCAT Computer Aided Test Tool SYS
SCC1 Copy by Transaport Request SYS
SCC3 Client Copy/Transport Log Analysis SYS
SCC4 Client administration SYS
SCC5 Delete Client SYS
SCC7 Post-Client Import Methods SYS
SCC8 Client Export SYS
SCC9 Remote Client Copy SYS
SCCL Local Client Copy SYS
SCDO Change Document Objects: Overview SYS
SCMP View/Table Comparison SYS
SCON SAPconnect: Administration (system status) SYS
SCU0 Customizing Cross-System Viewer SYS
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
281
T-Code Description Module
SCU3 Analysis of Changed Customizing Objects and Tables SYS
SCUA Display System Landscape SYS
SCUG Transfer Users SYS
SCUM Central User Administration SYS
SD11 Data Modeler SYS
SDBE Input SQL statement SYS
SE01 Transport Organizer SYS
SE03 Transport Organizer Tools SYS
SE06 Post-Installation Actions for Transport Organizer SYS
SE07 Import Monitor of SE1 SYS
SE09 Transport Organizer SYS
SE10 Transport Organizer SYS
SE11 ABAP Dictionary SYS
SE13 Dictionary: Technical Settings SYS
SE14 ABAP Dictionary: Database Utility SYS
SE15 ABAP/4 Repository Information System SYS
SE16 Data Browser SYS
SE16N General Table Display SYS
SE17 General Table Display SYS
SE18 Add-Ins: Definitions BW
SE19 Business Add-Ins: Implementations BW
SE21 Package Builder BW
SE24 Class Builder BW
SE30 ABAP Runtime Analysis SYS
SE32 ABAP Text Elements Maintenance SYS
SE33 Context Builder SYS
SE35 Maintain Dialog Modules SYS
SE36 Logical Database Builder SYS
SE37 Function Builder SYS
SE38 ABAP Editor SYS
SE39 ABAP Splitscreen Editor SYS
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
282
T-Code Description Module
SE40 Menu Painter Standards Maintenance SYS
SE41 Menu Painter SYS
SE43N Area Menu Maintenance SYS
SE51 Screen Painter SYS
SE54 Generate Table Maintenance Dialog: Initial Table/View
Screen
SYS
SE55 Generate Table Maintenance Dialog: Initial Table/View
Screen
SYS
SE56 Generate Table Maintenance Dialog: Initial Table/View
Screen
SYS
SE57 Generate Table Maintenance Dialog: Initial Table/View
Screen
SYS
SE61 Document Mainentance SYS
SE62 Short Text Conversion - Activation SYS
SE63 Initial Screen: Standard Translation Environment SYS
SE71 Form Painter: Request SYS
SE72 Style: Request SYS
SE73 SAPscript Font Maintenance SYS
SE74 SAPscript format conversion SYS
SE75 SAPscript Settings SYS
SE76 SAPscript Form Translation SYS
SE77 SAPscript Style Conversion SYS
SE78 Administration of Form Graphics SYS
SE80 Object Navigator SYS
SE81 Application Hierarchy: Display SYS
SE82 Application Hierarchy: Display SYS
SE84 Repository Information System SYS
SE85 ABAP/4 Repository Information System SYS
SE89 R/3 Repository Information System: Maintain Tree
Display
SYS
SE91 Message Maintenance SYS
SE92 System Log Message Maint.: Access SYS
SE93 Maintain Transaction SYS
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
283
T-Code Description Module
SE94 Simulation: Customer enhancement to SE38 SYS
SE95 Modification Browser: Object selection SYS
SECR Audit Information System SYS
SEPS Electronic Parcel Service SYS
SERP Report Tree SYS
SF01 "Change View ""Logical File Names, Client-Specific"
": Overview"
SYS
SFAW Field Selection Maintenance SYS
SHDB Transaction Recorder: Recording Overview SYS
SICF Maintain Services SYS
SICK SAP Initial Consistency Check SYS
SIN1 Business Workplace SYS
SINA Maintain Standard Configurations SYS
SLG0 Application Log: Object Maintenance SYS
SLG1 Analyze Application Log SYS
SLG2 Application log: Delete Expired Logs SYS
SLIN ABAP Program Extended Syntax Check SYS
SM01 Lock Transactions SYS
SM02 System Messages SYS
SM04 User List SYS
SM12 Display and Delete Locks SYS
SM13 Update Requests SYS
SM14 Update Program Administration SYS
SM21 System Log: Local Analysis SYS
SM28 SAP Initial Consistency Check SYS
SM29 Tables - Model Transfer SYS
SM30 Maintain Table Views SYS
SM31 Maintain Table Views SYS
SM32 Maintain Table Parameter ID TAB SYS
SM33 Display Table Parameter ID TAB SYS
SM34 View Cluster Maintenance SYS
SM35 Batch Input: Session Overview SYS
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
284
T-Code Description Module
SM36 Define Background Job SYS
SM37 Simple Job Selection SYS
SM38 Queue: Initial Screen SYS
SM49 External Operating System Commands SYS
SM50 Process Overview SYS
SM51 List of SAP Systems SYS
SM54 Maintain Table TXCOM SYS
SM55 THOST Table Maintenance SYS
SM56 Number Range Buffer SYS
SM58 Transactional RFC SYS
SM59 Configuration of RFC Connections SYS
SM61 Backgroup control objects monitor SYS
SM62 Event History: Overview SYS
SM63 Display/Maintain Operation Mode Set SYS
SM64 Background Events: Overview and Administration SYS
SM65 Analysis Tool - Background Processing (Simple Tests) SYS
SM66 Global Work Process Overview SYS
SM69 External Operating System Commands SYS
SMGW Gateway Monitor SYS
SMICM ICM Monitor SYS
SMLG CCMS: Maintain Logon Groups SYS
SMLT Language Management SYS
SMOD SAP Enhancements SYS
SMQ1 qRFC Monitor (Outbound Queue) SYS
SMQ2 qRFC Monitor (Inbound Queue) SYS
SMQR qRFC Monitor (QIN Scheduler) SYS
SMT1 Display and Maintain Trusted Systems SYS
SMT2 Display and Maintain Trusting Systems SYS
SMW0 SAP Web Repository SYS
SMX Job Overview SYS
SNRO Number Range Object Maintenance SYS
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
285
T-Code Description Module
SO95 Search Interafce: Request SYS
SO99 Find Release Notes SYS
SOA0 "Change View ""Workflow Document Types"
": Overview"
SYS
SOBJ View Cluster Maintenance SYS
SOLE "Display View ""Maintenance view for OLE
applications"": Overview"
SYS
SOPE "Change View ""Exclusion of Specific File
Extensions"": Overview"
SYS
SOST SAPconnect : Transmission Requests SYS
SP00 SAP Easy Access: Spool and Related Areas SYS
SP01 Output controller: Spool request selection screen SYS
SP02 Output Controller: List of Spool Requests SYS
SP11 TemSe: Request Screen SYS
SP12 TemSe - Administration of Temporary Sequential Data SYS
SPAD Spool Administration SYS
SPAM Support Package Manager SYS
SPAU Modification Adjustment: Object Selection SYS
SPDD Modification Adjustment Directory: Object Selection SYS
SPHA SAPphone Administration SYS
SPRO Customizing SYS
SQ01 SAP Query: Maintain queries SYS
SQ02 SAP Query: Maintain InfoSet SYS
SQ07 Language Comparison of SAP Query Objects SYS
SQVI QuickViewer SYS
SRZL SAP Easy Access Test SYS
SSAA R/3 - Administrative Activities SYS
SSCA Appointment Calendar: Administration for
Authorizations
SYS
ST01 System Trace SYS
ST02 Tune Summary SYS
ST03 Workload Monitor SYS
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
286
T-Code Description Module
ST04 DBA Cockpit: System Configuration Maintenance SYS
ST05 Performance Analysis SYS
ST06 Local / Operating System Monitor SYS
ST07 Application Monitor: user Distribution SYS
ST10 Table Call Statistics SYS
ST11 Error Log Files (Display Developer Traces) SYS
ST12 Single transaction analysis SYS
ST14 Application analysis SYS
ST22 ABAP Runtime Error SYS
ST62 Short Texts Conversion - Preparation SYS
STMS Transport Management System SYS
STUN SAP Easy Access Performance Monitoring SYS
STZAC "Change View ""Customizing time zones"": Details" SYS
STZAD "Display View ""Customizing time zones"": Details" SYS
SU01 User Maintenance SYS
SU01D User Maintenance SYS
SU02 Maintain Authorization Profiles SYS
SU03 Maintain Authorizations SYS
SU05 Maintain Internet Users SYS
SU10 User Mass Maintenance SYS
SU12 Mass Changes to User Master Records SYS
SU20 Maintain Authorization Fields SYS
SU21 Maintain Authorization Objects SYS
SU22 Auth. Object Usage in Transactions SYS
SU24 Auth. Obj. Check Under Transactions SYS
SU25 Upgrade Tool for Profile Generator SYS
SU26 Upgrade Tool for Profile Generator SYS
SU52 Maintain User Profile SYS
SU53 Display Authorization Data for User SYS
SU56 Analyze User Buffer SYS
SUIM User Information System SYS
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
287
T-Code Description Module
SUPC Roles: Mass generation of profiles SYS
SWDC Maintain Administration Data SYS
SWI30 Unlock Workflows SYS
SWIA Process Work Item as Administrator SYS
SWPR Workflow Restart After Error SYS
SWU2 Transactional RFC SYS
SWWL Delete Work Item SYS
SXDA Data Transfer Workbench SYS
TBB1 Treasury: Post Flows FI
TBB4 Treasury: Accrual/Deferral of Expenses and Revenues FI
TBB5 Treasury: Reverse Accrual/Deferral FI
TBD6 Datafeed: User Log Display SYS
TBI1 Create/Change Payment Details FI
TBI5 Create/Change Standing Instructions Corresp. FI
TBI5D Standing Instructions Correspondence FI
TBI6 Create/Change Transaction Authorization FI
TBI7 Create/Change Derived Flows FI
TBT1 Create/Change Trans. Authorization for Trader FI
TBZ1 Create Correspondence on Basis of Planned Records FI
TBZ11 Correspondence Monitor FI
TI10 Create Interest Rate Adjustment FI
TI11 Change Interest Rate Adjustment FI
TI12 Display Interest Rate Adjustment FI
TI37 Reverse Interest Rate Adjustment FI
TI90 Manua; Posting Release FI
TI93 Manual Posting Block FI
TJ05 Automatic interest rate adjustment FI
TJ09 Update Planned Records FI
TK11 Create Condition Records FI
TK12 Change Condition Records FI
TK13 Display Condition Records FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
288
T-Code Description Module
TK14 Create Condition Records with Reference FI
TM_60 Facilities: Lines of Credit and Utilization FI
TM_60A Facilities: Lines of Credit, Drawings and Fees FI
TM00 Money Market: Collective Processing FI
TM1F Deposit at notice fast entry FI
TM20 Time Deposit - Fast Processing FI
TM21 Deposits at Notice Cash Flow Update FI
TM22 Date Check FI
TMFM Money Market: Generate the Cash Flow FI
TMR1 Money Market: Position List FI
TPED Maintain HR Master Data (ESS) HR
TPES Display HR Master Data (ESS) HR
TPM1 Execute Valuation FI
TPM10 Fix.. Post or Reverse Transactions FI
TPM12 Subledger Positions FI
TPM13 Subledger Cash Flow FI
TPM18 Fix and Post Derived Business Transactions FI
TPM2 Reverse Valuation FI
TPM20 Posting Journal FI
TPM26 Position List for Quantity Ledger Positions FI
TPM27 Generate Derived Flows FI
TPM40 Display Class Cash Flow for Sec. Account FI
TPM41 Display Securities Account Position List FI
TPM42 Display Class Position List FI
TPM44 Treasury Products: Accrual/Deferral of Income FI
TPM45 Treasury Products: Reverse Accrual/Deferral of Income FI
TPM57A Display Position Indicator FI
TPM57C Display Position Indicator FI
TS00 Securities: Collective Processing FI
TS01 Create Security Transaction FI
TS02 Change Security Transaction FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
289
T-Code Description Module
TS03 Execute Security Order FI
TS04 Settle Security Contract FI
TS07 Reverse Security Transaction FI
TS08 History of Security Transaction FI
TU02 Parameter Changes in SAPSYSTEM SYS
USMM System Measurement SYS
V.01 Incomplete SD Documents SD
V.02 Incomplete SD Documents (Incomplete Orders) SD
V.14 Sales Orders/Contracts Blocked for Delivery SD
V.15 Backorders SD
V.21 Log of Collective Run SD
V.23 Release Sales Orders for Billing SD
V/03 Create Condition Table (Pricing Sales/Distribution) SD
V/04 Change Condition Table (Pricing Sales/Distribution) SD
V/05 Display Condition Table (Pricing Sales/Distribution) SD
V/06 "Change View ""Conditions: Condition Types"
": Overview"
SD
V/07 "Change View ""Access Sequences"": Overview" SD
V/08 "Change View ""Procedures"": Overview" SD
V/09 "Change View ""Conditions: Types"": Overview" SD
V/10 "Change View ""Access Sequences"": Overview" SD
V/11 "Change View ""Procedures"": Overview" SD
V/12 Create Condition Table (Accnt Determination Sales/
Distribution)
SD
V/13 Change Condition Table (Accnt Determination Sales/
Distribution)
SD
V/14 Display Condition Table (Accnt Determination Sales/
Distribution)
SD
V/LD Execute Pricing Report SD
V_NL Create net price list SD
V_R2 Rescheduling of sales and stock transfer documents:
Evaluation
SD
V_UC Selection of Incomplete SD Documents SD
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
290
T-Code Description Module
V_V2 Rescheduling of sales and stock transfer documents:
by material
SD
V-61 Create Customer Discount Condition (K007): Fast Entry SD
V-64 Display Customer Discount (K007): Selection SD
VA00 SAP Easy Access Sales SD
VA01 Create Sales Order SD
VA02 Change Sales Order SD
VA03 Display Sales Order SD
VA05 List of Sales Orders SD
VA07 Selection: Comparison of Orders with Purchase
Requisitions and POs
SD
VA08 Adjustment sales-purchasing (selection using
organizational data)
SD
VA11 Create Inquiry SD
VA12 Change Inquiry SD
VA13 Display Inquiry SD
VA14L Sales Documents Blocked for Deliver SD
VA15 List of Inquiries SD
VA21 Create Quotation SD
VA22 Change Quotation SD
VA23 Display Quotation SD
VA25 List of Quotations SD
VA26 List of Quotations (Follow-up Actions) SD
VA31 Create Scheduling Agreement SD
VA32 Change Scheduling Agreement SD
VA33 Display Scheduling Agreement SD
VA35 List of Scheduling Agreements SD
VA41 Create Contract SD
VA42 Change Contract SD
VA42W Change Contract SD
VA43 Display Contract SD
VA44 Actual Overhead: Calculation: Sales Order SD
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
291
T-Code Description Module
VA45 List of Contracts SD
VA46 List of Contracts (Follow-up Actions) SD
VA51 Create Item Proposal SD
VA52 Change Item Proposal SD
VA53 Display Item Proposal SD
VA55 List of Item Proposals SD
VA88 Actual Settlement: Sales Orders SD
VACF Fiscal year close: Carry forward commitment SD
VB01 Create Listing/Exclusion SD
VB02 Change Listing/Exclusion SD
VB03 Display Listing/Exclusion SD
VB11 Create Material Determination SD
VB12 Change Material Determination SD
VB13 Display Material Determination SD
VB21 Create Sales Deal SD
VB22 Change Sales Deal SD
VB23 Display Sales Deal SD
VB25 List of Sales Deals SD
VB31 Create Promotion SD
VB32 Change Promotion SD
VB33 Display Promotion SD
VB35 Promotions List SD
VB41 Create cross-selling SD
VB42 Change cross-selling SD
VB43 Display cross-selling SD
VBG1 Create Material Grouping SD
VBG2 Change Material Grouping SD
VBG3 Display Material Grouping SD
VBK0 SAP Easy Access Material Grouping/Bonus Buy SD
VBK1 Create bonus buy SD
VBK2 Change bonus buy SD
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
292
T-Code Description Module
VBK3 Display bonus buy SD
VBN1 Create free goods determination SD
VBN2 Change free goods determination SD
VBN3 Display free goods determination SD
VBO1 Create Rebate Agreement SD
VBO2 Change Rebate Agreement SD
VBO3 Display Rebate Agreement SD
VBOF Update Billing Documents SD
VC/2 Sales Summary SD
VC00 SAP Easy Access Sales Support SD
VC01 Create Sales Activity SD
VC02 Change Sales Activity SD
VC03 Display Sales Activity SD
VCC1 Payment Cards: Worklist SD
VD01 Customer Create (Sales) SD
VD02 Customer Change (Sales) SD
VD03 Customer Display (Sales) SD
VD04 Customer Account Changes SD
VD05 Customer Block/Unblock SD
VD06 Customer Flag for Deletion SD
VD51 Create Customer-Material Info Record SD
VD52 Selection of Customer-Material Info Records (Change) SD
VD53 Selection of Customer-Material Info Records (Display) SD
VD59 List customer-material-info SD
VDH2 Display customer hierarchy SD
VF00 SAP Easy Access Billing SD
VF01 Create Billing Document SD
VF02 Change Billing Document SD
VF03 Display Billing Document SD
VF04 Maintain Billing Due List SD
VF05 List of Billing Documents SD
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
293
T-Code Description Module
VF11 Cancel Billing Document SD
VF21 Create Invoice List SD
VF22 Change invoice list SD
VF23 Display Invoice List SD
VF25 List of Invoice Lists SD
VF26 Cancel Invoice List SD
VF31 Output from Billing SD
VFRB Retro-billing SD
VFX3 Release Billing Documents for Accounting SD
VG01 Create Group SD
VG02 Change Group SD
VG03 Display Group SD
VGK1 Create Group: Documents by Group SD
VGK2 Change Group SD
VGK3 Display Group SD
VGM1 Create Group: Documents by Group SD
VI01 Create Shipment Costs SD
VI02 Change Shipment Costs SD
VI03 Display freight costs SD
VI04 Shipment List: Create shipment costs SD
VI05 List Shipment Costs: Change Worklist SD
VI11 List Shipment Costs: Calculation SD
VI12 List Shipment Costs: Settlement SD
VI16 Logs in the application log SD
VK11 Create Condition Records SD
VK12 Change Condition Records SD
VK13 Display Condition Records SD
VK14 Create Condition Records with Reference SD
VKM1 Blocked SD Documents SD
VKM2 Released SD Documents SD
VKM3 Sales Document SD
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
294
T-Code Description Module
VKM4 SD Documents SD
VKM5 Deliveries SD
VKP0 SAP Easy Access Pricing SD
VKP1 Change Price Calculation SD
VKP5 Create Price Calculation SD
VL00 SAP Easy Access Shipping SD
VL01N Create Outbound Delivery with Order Reference SD
VL01NO Create Outbound Delivery without Order Reference SD
VL02N Change Outbound Delivery SD
VL03N Display Outbound Delivery SD
VL04 Sales Orders/Purchase Orders Worklist: Selection SD
VL06 Delivery Monitor SD
VL06C Outbound Deliveries for Confirmation SD
VL06D Outbound Deliveries for Distribution SD
VL06F General Delivery List - Outbound Deliveries SD
VL06G Oubound Deliveries for Goods Issue SD
VL06I Inbound Delivery Monitor SD
VL06IC Inbound Deliveries for Confirmation SD
VL06ID Inbound Deliveries for Distribution SD
VL06IF List of Inbound Deliveries SD
VL06IG Inbound Deliveries for Goods Receipt SD
VL06IP Inbound Deliveries for Putaway SD
VL06L Outbound Deliveries for Loading SD
VL06O Outbound Delivery Monitor SD
VL06P Outbound Deliveries for Picking SD
VL06T Outbound Deliveries for Transportation Planning SD
VL06U Unchecked Outbound Deliveries SD
VL08 Report Results of Pick Order SD
VL09 Reverse Goods Movement SD
VL10 Sales Orders, Fast Display SD
VL10A Sales Orders, Fast Display SD
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
295
T-Code Description Module
VL10B Purchase Orders, Fast Display SD
VL10H Sales Order and Purchase Order Items SD
VL10I Sales and Purch. Order Item Sched. Lines SD
VL21 Create Background Jobs for Goods Issue Posting SD
VL22 Display change documents of delivery SD
VL23N Scheduling reports for background processing SD
VL30 SAP Easy Access Inbound Delivery SD
VL31N Create Inbound Delivery SD
VL32N Change Inbound Delivery SD
VL33N Display Inbound Delivery SD
VL34 Generation of Inbound Deliveries SD
VL35 Create Picking Waves According to Delivery Compare
Times
SD
VL35_S Create Pick. Waves Acc. To Shpmnts SD
VL36 Change Wave Picks SD
VL37 Wave Pick Monitor SD
VL41 Create Rough Goods Receipt SD
VL42 Change Rough GR SD
VL43 Display Rough GR SD
VLSP Subsequent Outbound-Delivery Split SD
VM01 Create hazardous material SD
VM02 Change hazardous material SD
VM03 Display hazardous material SD
VRRE Create Returns Delivery for Repair Order SD
VS00 SAP Easy Access Sales Master Data SD
VS01 Create scale SD
VS02 Change scale SD
VS03 Display scale SD
VS04 Create scale with reference SD
VS05 List Scales SD
VS06 List Scales (Shipment Cost) SD
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
296
T-Code Description Module
VSB1 Inbound Monitor: SD Self-Billing Procedure, Status
Window
SD
VT00 SAP Easy Access Transportation SD
VT01N Create Shipment SD
VT02N Change Shipment SD
VT03N Display Shipment SD
VT04 Create shipments in collective proc. SD
VT05 Logs in the application log SD
VT06 Shipment List: Colelctive change shpmt SD
VT11 Shipment List: Planning SD
VT12 Shipment List: Shipment Completion SD
VT16 Shipment List: Check-in SD
VT20 Overall Shipment Status Monitor SD
VT22 Selection Screen: Change Document Shipment SD
VT32 Selection Criteria for Forwarding Agent SD
VT70 Messages for Shipments SD
VV21 Create Output - Condition Records: Shipping SD
VV22 Change Output - Condition Records: Shipping SD
VV23 Display Output - Condition Records: Shipping SD
VV31 Create Output - Condition Records: Billing SD
VV32 Change Output - Condition Records: Billing SD
VV33 Display Output - Condition Records: Billing SD
VV51 Create Output - Condition Records: Sales activities SD
VV52 Change Output - Condition Records: Sales activities SD
VV53 Display Output - Condition Records: Sales activities SD
VV61 Create Output - Condition Records: Handling Units SD
VV62 Change Output - Condition Records: Handling Units SD
VV63 Display Output - Condition Records: Handling Units SD
VV71 Create Output - Condition Records: Transport SD
VV72 Change Output - Condition Records: Transport SD
VV73 Display Output - Condition Records: Transport SD
VVG1 Create Output - Condition Records: Groups SD
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
297
T-Code Description Module
VVG2 Change Output - Condition Records: Groups SD
VVG3 Display Output - Condition Records: Groups SD
VX00 SAP Easy Access Foreign Trade / Customs SD
VX01N License Create SD
VX01X License Create SD
VX02N License Change SD
VX02X License Change SD
VX03N License Display SD
VX03X License Display SD
VX0C SAP Easy Access Foreign Trade SD
W10M SAP Easy Access Retailing SD
WA01 Create Allocation Table SD
WA02 Change Allocation Table SD
WA03 Display Allocation Table SD
WA04 Edit allocation table, reply SD
WA08 Follow-on Document Generation Allocation Table SD
WA11 Allocation Table: Message Bundling / Notification
Creation
SD
WA21 Allocation Rule Create SD
WA22 Allocation Rule Change SD
WA23 Allocation Rule Display SD
WAK0 SAP Easy Access Promotion SD
WAK1 Create promotion SD
WAK11 Promotion - display for plant SD
WAK12 Maintain promotion items SD
WAK14 Promotions for a material SD
WAK15 Promotions for a plant SD
WAK2 Change promotion SD
WAK3 Display promotion SD
WAK4 Delete promotion SD
WAK5 Promo. Subsequent processing SD
WAP1 Appointments: Process Worklist SD
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
298
T-Code Description Module
WAP2 Appointments: Change SD
WAP3 Appointments: Display SD
WAP4 Appointments: Overview SD
WAP5 Appointment: Change SD
WB00 SAP Easy Access Subseq. Settlement, Purchasing -
Vendor Rebate Arrang
SD
WB01 Plant Create SD
WB02 Plant Change SD
WB03 Plant Display SD
WB20 SAP Easy Access SAP Global Trade Management SD
WB21 Trading Contract Create SD
WB22 Trading Contract Change SD
WB23 Trading Contract Display SD
WB24 Trading Contract: General Document Overview SD
WB25 Trading Contract: General Document Overview SD
WB26 Trading Contract: Document Flow SD
WB27 Trading Contract: Document Flow SD
WB28 Trading contract: Display change documents SD
WB2R Global Trade General Control Parameters SD
WB60 Create Promotions SD
WB61 Change Promotions SD
WB62 Display Promotions SD
WB63 Delete Promotions SD
WB66 Plants in a Class - Maintain Assignment SD
WC23 Logistics Invoice Verification - Verification in Background MM
WDBI Assortment List: Initialization and Full Version SD
WDBM Assortment List.: Manual Request SD
WDIS SAP Easy Access Materials Requirements Planning SD
WDRD1 Determine Delivery Relationship SD
WDRD2 Change Delivery Relationship SD
WDRD3 Display Delivery Relationship SD
WDRD4 Delete Delivery Relationship SD
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
299
T-Code Description Module
WE02 IDoc List SYS
WE05 IDoc List SYS
WE06 Active IDoc Monitoring SYS
WE07 IDoc Statistics SYS
WE08 "Display View ""File Status: Overview" SYS
WE09 IDoc Search for Business Content SYS
WE10 IDoc Search for Business Content SYS
WE11 Delete IDocs SYS
WE12 Modification of Outbound File Triggering Inbound Procg SYS
WE14 Process All Selected IDocs (EDI) SYS
WE15 Selection Program for Issuing Output SYS
WE16 Trigger inbound processing SYS
WE17 Trigger status processing SYS
WE18 Generate test status file for outbound IDocs SYS
WE19 Test tool for IDOC processing SYS
WE20 Partner profiles SYS
WE21 Ports in IDoc processing SYS
WE23 Display Test Catalog Test IDoc Interface SYS
WE46 Settings: Error and Status Processing SYS
WEDI SAP Easy Access IDoc and EDI Basis SYS
WEKF SAP Easy Access Purchase Order SD
WF10 Create Collective Purchase Order: Selection and
Control Parameters
MM
WF30 Merchandise Distribution: Monitor SD
WF40 Delete distribution SD
WF50 Adjust Distribution: Selection SD
WF60 Create Outbound Deliveries for Merchandise Distribution SD
WF70 Create distribution orders - selection SD
WFRE Distribution of Returns Among Backorders SD
WKK1 Create Market-Basket Price Calculation SD
WL00 SAP Easy Access Vendor FI
WLCN Delete All Listing Conditions From Layout Module SD
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
300
T-Code Description Module
WLWB Space Management: Layout Workbench SD
WMB1 Create Price Entry SD
WMB2 Change Price Entry SD
WMB3 Display Price Entry SD
WMBE Stock Overview: Value-only Material SD
WPCA Payment Cards: Execute Settlement FI
WPER POS Interface Monitor SD
WPLG Space Management: Display Materials in Layout
Module
SD
WPMA Direct requrest for POS outbound SD
WPMI POS Outbound: Initialization SD
WPMU POS Interface - Outbound: Change Message SD
WPUF POS Simulation: Accounting Documents - Items SD
WPUK POS Simulation: Selection SD
WPUS Simulation: Inbound Processing SD
WPUW Goods Movements SD
WSE4 Material Discontinuation (Material/Plant Discontinuation) SD
WSK1 Assortment Copy Assortment SD
WSL0 Material Groups - Material - Assortments Consistency
Check
SD
WSL1 Listing Conditions SD
WSL11 Evaluation of Listing Conditions SD
WSL5 Modules in Assortment SD
WSL7 Material List of a Vendor for Assortment SD
WSM4A Automatic Relisting Via Changes to Assortment Master
Data
SD
WSM8 Reorganize Listing Conditions By Material Group SD
WSM9 Deletion of Obsolete Listing Conditions SD
WSO1 Assortment Module Create SD
WSO5 Assortment Module assignment to Assortment: Maintn SD
WSO7 Assortment Module assignment to Assortment: Display SD
WSOA1 Create Assortment SD
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
301
T-Code Description Module
WSOA2 Change Assortment SD
WSOA3 Display Assortment SD
WSP4 Create Individual Listing Material/Assortment SD
WSP5 Change Individual Listing Material/Assortment SD
WSP6 Delete Individual Listing Material/Assortment SD
WSPL Display/edit material master segments that cannot be
generated
SD
WVA1 Create Planned mark-up SD
WVA2 Change Planned mark-up SD
WVA3 Display Planned mark-up SD
WVA7 Display Planned markup (Price list) SD
WVFB Simulation Store Orders: Header Data Selection SD
WVFD Send physical inventory document SD
WVFI Simulation: Store Physical Inventory/Sales Price
Change
SD
WVM2 Transfer of Stock and Sales Data SD
WVN0 Pricing Worklist: Generate SD
WVN1 Release Worklist for Material SD
WWM1 Create Product Catalog SD
WWM2 Change Product Catalog SD
WWM3 Display Product Catalog SD
WWM4 Copy Product Catalog SD
WWM5 Delete Product Catalog SD
WWP1 Planning Workbench (Online Planning) PP
WWP3 Planning Workbench (Order Cancellation) PP
XD01 Customer Create FI
XD02 Customer Change FI
XD03 Customer Display FI
XD04 Customer Account Changes FI
XD05 Customer Block/Unblock FI
XD06 Customer Flag for Deletion FI
XD07 Change Account Group FI
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
302
T-Code Description Module
XD99 Mass Maintenance: Customers FI
XDN1 Customer Number Ranges FI
XEIP Number Range for Export/Import FI
XK01 Create Vendor FI
XK02 Change Vendor FI
XK03 Display Vendor FI
XK04 Vendor Account Changes FI
XK05 Block/Unblock Vendor FI
XK06 Flag for Deletion Vendor FI
XK07 Change Account Group FI
XK99 Mass Maintenance: Vendors FI
Appendix
305
Executing a transaction code using the shortcut method
The most commonly used method for executing an SAP trans-
action code, without navigating via the menu tree, is described
below:
• Launch SAP
The SAP Easy Access window, Figure 1, will be displayed.
Figure 1
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
306
Notice the small box, known as the Command field, in the up-
per left-hand corner of Figure 1.
• Type in the transaction code in the Figure 1 Command
field
Figure 2 shows the transaction code, ME21N, which has been
typed in.
Figure 2
• Hit the Enter key
This will execute the transaction code and, in this case, the
Create Purchase Order, window is displayed (Figure 3).
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
307
Figure 3
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
308
Executing a transaction code using the menu tree
Some users prefer to use the menu tree for navigating to and
displaying the transaction code. The following procedure
demonstrates how to execute a transaction code using the ap-
plicable menu tree.
• Launch SAP
After the SAP Easy Access window is displayed (Figure 1),
drill-down the menu tree by clicking on the appropriate items,
step-by-step, till the desired transaction code is displayed. In
this example, as shown on Figure 4, the following drill-down
path is used:
SAP Menu > Logistics > Materials Management > Purchasing > Pur-
chase Order > Create > ME21N –Vendor/Supplying Plant Known
Figure 4
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
309
• Double-click on the desired item, after it is displayed, to
execute the transaction code (ME21N, in this case)
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
310
Determining the menu tree for a transaction code
The following procedure demonstrates how to determine and
display the menu tree for a particular transaction code.
• Type Search_SAP_Menu in the Command field (as shown
on Figure 5)
Figure 5
• Hit the Enter key
This will launch a pop-up box, as shown on Figure 6.
Figure 6
• Type in the transaction code for which the menu tree is to
be determined (ME21N), as shown on Figure 7
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
311
Figure 7
• Hit the Enter key
This will cause the appropriate menu tree to be displayed, for
ME21N in this case, as shown on Figure 8.
Figure 8
SAP TRANSACTION CODES
312
It should be noted that multiple menu tree paths can be used
to navigate to a transaction code. Figure 8 displays four differ-
ent paths that can be used to navigate to the ME21N transact-
ion code.

More Related Content

PDF
Sap fi configuration
PDF
Sap transaction-codes-list
PDF
331507492-Sap-Internal-Order.pdf
PDF
SAP AC020 - Investment Management
PDF
Sap Fico Configuration Material
DOCX
Fi to mm integration by Naga srinivas irrinki 9550292839
PDF
SAP MM Authorization Matrix and User roles.pdf
DOC
SAP Basis Training Material | www.sapdocs.info
Sap fi configuration
Sap transaction-codes-list
331507492-Sap-Internal-Order.pdf
SAP AC020 - Investment Management
Sap Fico Configuration Material
Fi to mm integration by Naga srinivas irrinki 9550292839
SAP MM Authorization Matrix and User roles.pdf
SAP Basis Training Material | www.sapdocs.info

What's hot (20)

PDF
Automatic vendor payment advice notes by mail
PDF
Funds management configuration sap ag
PDF
Po vendor down pay process SAP
DOCX
Asset sales
PPTX
Account based COPA in SAP
PDF
S4 HANA SD Content.pdf
PDF
S4 HANA Business Partner Configuration@Ganesh Tarlana
PPTX
Withholding tax in sap
PDF
Sap sd pricing
PDF
Document splitting in New GL in SAP
PPTX
A guide to functional areas and cost of sales P&L reporting in the SAP® Gener...
DOCX
Electronic bank statement in SAP FI
PDF
SAP STO config
PDF
Sap co profit center accounting
PDF
SAP Automatic batch determination
DOCX
Customer master Data
PDF
Material requirement planning in SAP MM.pdf
PPTX
SAP FICO Training Material PPT
DOCX
New general ledger accounting in sap
PDF
SAP SD Copy Controls
Automatic vendor payment advice notes by mail
Funds management configuration sap ag
Po vendor down pay process SAP
Asset sales
Account based COPA in SAP
S4 HANA SD Content.pdf
S4 HANA Business Partner Configuration@Ganesh Tarlana
Withholding tax in sap
Sap sd pricing
Document splitting in New GL in SAP
A guide to functional areas and cost of sales P&L reporting in the SAP® Gener...
Electronic bank statement in SAP FI
SAP STO config
Sap co profit center accounting
SAP Automatic batch determination
Customer master Data
Material requirement planning in SAP MM.pdf
SAP FICO Training Material PPT
New general ledger accounting in sap
SAP SD Copy Controls
Ad

Similar to SAP-TCodes.pdf (20)

PDF
Sap fi automatic payment configuration
PDF
SAP Training
PDF
Sap fico shortcut Keys
PDF
Sap fico shortcut keys
PDF
Transacciones sap
PDF
SAP FI-AR TCODES & MENU PATHS
PDF
fico_sample.pdf
DOCX
xxxxxxxxxxxxxlist transaction codes.docx
PPTX
answer SMED (Single Minute Exchange of Die) - Swades Quality ... SMED stands ...
PDF
AC200 Accounts Receivable And Payable Processing
PPTX
SAP FI - Accounts Payable (AP) presentation.pptx
PDF
Sap tables-list -SAP ABAP Training institute in Pune
DOC
Fi arapconcept
PPT
SAP FICO SUB MODULE WISE PPT_14.10.2015(1).ppt
PPTX
Exd fico zero level training
PPTX
SAP FI - Accounts Receivable (AR) pres.pptx
PDF
SAP FI-AP TCODES & MENU PATHS
PDF
Fi implementation
 
PPTX
This comprehensive overview of SAP FICO.
PDF
S4F17 Asset Accounting in SAP S/4HANA v2023
Sap fi automatic payment configuration
SAP Training
Sap fico shortcut Keys
Sap fico shortcut keys
Transacciones sap
SAP FI-AR TCODES & MENU PATHS
fico_sample.pdf
xxxxxxxxxxxxxlist transaction codes.docx
answer SMED (Single Minute Exchange of Die) - Swades Quality ... SMED stands ...
AC200 Accounts Receivable And Payable Processing
SAP FI - Accounts Payable (AP) presentation.pptx
Sap tables-list -SAP ABAP Training institute in Pune
Fi arapconcept
SAP FICO SUB MODULE WISE PPT_14.10.2015(1).ppt
Exd fico zero level training
SAP FI - Accounts Receivable (AR) pres.pptx
SAP FI-AP TCODES & MENU PATHS
Fi implementation
 
This comprehensive overview of SAP FICO.
S4F17 Asset Accounting in SAP S/4HANA v2023
Ad

Recently uploaded (20)

PPTX
ai agent creaction with langgraph_presentation_
DOCX
Factor Analysis Word Document Presentation
PDF
Tetra Pak Index 2023 - The future of health and nutrition - Full report.pdf
PPTX
Copy of 16 Timeline & Flowchart Templates – HubSpot.pptx
PDF
©️ 02_SKU Automatic SW Robotics for Microsoft PC.pdf
PPT
Image processing and pattern recognition 2.ppt
PDF
Microsoft Core Cloud Services powerpoint
PDF
CS3352FOUNDATION OF DATA SCIENCE _1_MAterial.pdf
PPT
PROJECT CYCLE MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK (PCM).ppt
PDF
Session 11 - Data Visualization Storytelling (2).pdf
PPTX
FMIS 108 and AISlaudon_mis17_ppt_ch11.pptx
PPTX
CYBER SECURITY the Next Warefare Tactics
PPTX
IMPACT OF LANDSLIDE.....................
PPTX
Topic 5 Presentation 5 Lesson 5 Corporate Fin
PDF
Best Data Science Professional Certificates in the USA | IABAC
PPTX
Tapan_20220802057_Researchinternship_final_stage.pptx
PPTX
Caseware_IDEA_Detailed_Presentation.pptx
PDF
Votre score augmente si vous choisissez une catégorie et que vous rédigez une...
PPTX
CHAPTER-2-THE-ACCOUNTING-PROCESS-2-4.pptx
PDF
A biomechanical Functional analysis of the masitary muscles in man
ai agent creaction with langgraph_presentation_
Factor Analysis Word Document Presentation
Tetra Pak Index 2023 - The future of health and nutrition - Full report.pdf
Copy of 16 Timeline & Flowchart Templates – HubSpot.pptx
©️ 02_SKU Automatic SW Robotics for Microsoft PC.pdf
Image processing and pattern recognition 2.ppt
Microsoft Core Cloud Services powerpoint
CS3352FOUNDATION OF DATA SCIENCE _1_MAterial.pdf
PROJECT CYCLE MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK (PCM).ppt
Session 11 - Data Visualization Storytelling (2).pdf
FMIS 108 and AISlaudon_mis17_ppt_ch11.pptx
CYBER SECURITY the Next Warefare Tactics
IMPACT OF LANDSLIDE.....................
Topic 5 Presentation 5 Lesson 5 Corporate Fin
Best Data Science Professional Certificates in the USA | IABAC
Tapan_20220802057_Researchinternship_final_stage.pptx
Caseware_IDEA_Detailed_Presentation.pptx
Votre score augmente si vous choisissez une catégorie et que vous rédigez une...
CHAPTER-2-THE-ACCOUNTING-PROCESS-2-4.pptx
A biomechanical Functional analysis of the masitary muscles in man

SAP-TCodes.pdf

  • 3. “SAP” is a trademark of SAP Aktiengesellschaft, Systems, Applications and Products in Data Processing, Neurottstrasse 16, 69190 Waldorf, Germany. The publisher gratefully acknowledges SAP’s kind permission to use its trademark in this publication. SAP AG is not the publisher of this book and is not responsible for it under any aspect of press law. Published by: Khan Consulting and Publishing LLC PO Box 700012 San Jose CA 95129 USA www.khanbooks.com khanbooks@gmail.com First Edition: January 2010 ©2010 All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, includ- ing photocopy, recording, or any information storage and retrieval system, except for brief passages used in reviews, without the written permission of the publisher. ISBN: 978-0-9772838-9-7, 978-0-977-2838-7-3, 978-0-977-2838-8-0 Printed in the United States of America
  • 4. Table of Contents Acknowledgement 5 Preface 7 Part A 9 Finance 13 Controlling 33 Inventory Management 45 Materials Management 53 Warehouse Management 65 Plant Maintenance 73 Production Planning 83 Project System 101 Quality Management 111 Sales and Distribution 121 Human Resources 137 Payroll 153 System 159 Business Warehouse 171 Part B 177
  • 5. Acknowledgement List of reviewers Tikkana Akurati Ron Dubuc Saurabh Agarwal Gaurav Jain Nito Waals Malcolm Reid Kate Budzinski Ramon Mira 5
  • 6. Preface SAPTransaction Codes: Frequently Used T-Codes is a reference book, which will be a handy tool for those using the SAP busi- ness software. It can be used by casual end users, power/super users, subject matter experts (SMEs) implementation project team members, as well application support staff. SAPTransaction Codes has been divided into two parts: • Part A contains the most widely used T-codes grouped by modules such as finance, controlling, materials manage- ment, human resources, payroll, quality management, etc. • Part B lists all the T-codes, sorted alphabetically, along with their associated module SAP Transaction Codes also contains the following step-by-step procedures, which are described in the Appendix: • Executing a transaction code using the shortcut method • Executing a transaction code using the menu tree • Determining the menu tree for a specific T-code SAP is used by millions of users across a wide range of indus- tries, organizations, and processes. The types of users also vary considerably and include casual users, power users, develop- ers, business analysts, managers, etc. Therefore, despite the challenging environment in which SAP is used, the lists com- piled in this book will easily meet the needs of the overwhelm- ing majority of SAP users. 7
  • 7. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 8 The T-code descriptions in this book, with a few minor excep- tions, reflect what is actually displayed when the SAP transac- tion codes are executed. Therefore, you will observe variations in descriptions, capitalization, and abbreviations. Some T-codes are used in more than one module. However, every T-code that can be used in multiple modules has been included only in one module—the one where it is most widely used. You should also note that a typical user usually executes only a few T-codes, anywhere from 5-50, depending on the us- er’s functional role and authorization. I would like to take this opportunity to thank Kara O’Hare, a seasoned SAP professional and colleague, whose assessment and encouragement led to my decision to proceed with this project. I would also like to thank the reviewers, who are listed on the acknowledgement page, for reviewing the list of T-codes within their own specialties. Finally, I would like to thank Sarah Barrie, who designed the book cover and interior, for ensuring, as always, a very smooth design and production process. Arshad Khan
  • 10. FINANCE 13 T-Code Description AB02 Documents for Asset (Change) AB03 Documents for Asset (Display) AB08 Documents for Asset (Reverse) ABAA Unplanned Depreciation ABAON Enter Asset Transaction: Asset Sale without Customer ABAVN Enter Asset Transaction: Asset Retirement by Scrapping ABAW Balance Sheet Revaluation ABGF Credit Memo in Year after Invoice ABGL Credit Memo in Year of Invoice ABMA Manual Depreciation ABNAN Enter Asset Transaction: Post-Capitalization ABNE Subsequent Revenue ABNK Subsequent Costs ABSO Miscellaneous Transactions ABST2 Reconcil. Program FI-AA <-> G/L: List of accounts showing differences ABT1N Enter Asset Transaction: Intercompany Asset Transfer ABUMN Enter Asset Transaction: Transfer within Company Code ABZE Acquisition from in-house production ABZON Enter Asset Transaction: Acquis. W/Autom. Offsetting Entry ABZP Acquistion from affiliated company ABZU Write-up AFAB Depreciation Posting Run AFAR Recalculate Depreciation AFBP Log of Posting Run AIAB Settlement AuC AIBU AuC Settlement AIST Reversal of Settlement of AuC AJAB Year-end closing Asset Accounting AJRW Asset fiscal year change AKE1 Create Condition Records AKE2 Change Condition Records FI
  • 11. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 14 T-Code Description AKE3 Display Condition Records AR01 Asset Balances AR11 Investment Support AR31 Edit Worklist AS01 Create Asset AS02 Change Asset AS03 Display Asset AS04 Changes Asset AS05 Block Asset AS06 Delete Asset AS11 Create Subnumber AS21 Create Group Asset AS22 Change Group Asset AS23 Display Group Asset AS25 Block Group Asset AUN0 Analysis of an asset and its environment: Data collect. and analysis AUVA Incomplete Assets - Detail List AW01N Asset Explorer BPC1 Create Business Partner BPC2 Change Business Partner BPC3 Display Business Partner BPC4 Create business partner from customer BPC5 Change business partner with customer reference BPCD Change Documents (business partner) CRF1 Payment Cards: Read, Display, Check, Save Incoming File CRF2 Payment Cards: Delete Saved File CRF3 Payment Cards: Display File, Create Postings, Edit Log CRK1 Card Document Create CRK2 Card Document Change CRK3 Card Document Display CRS1 Payment Card Master Record Create
  • 12. FINANCE 15 T-Code Description CRS2 Payment Card Master Record Change CRS3 Payment Card Master Record Display CXL1 Create Ledger CXL2 Change Ledger: Overview CXL3 Display Ledger: Overview CXL4 Delete Ledger F.03 Financial Accounting Comparative Analysis F.05 Foreign Currency Valuation F.07 Carry Forward Receivables/Payables F.08 G/L: Account Balances F.09 G/L: Account List F.10 Chart of Accounts F.13 Automatic Clearing F.14 Create Posting Documents from Recurring Documents F.15 Recurring Entry Documents F.19 Analyze GR/IR Clearing Accountsand Display Acquisition Tax F.1A Grouping Customer/Vendor Master Records F.20 Customer List F.21 List of Customer Line Items F.22 Customer Evaluation with OI Sorted List F.23 Customer Balances in Local Currency F.24 Calculate Interest on Arrears F.25 Bill of Exchange List F.26 Customer Interest Scale F.27 Periodic Account Statements F.28 SD, FI: Recreation of Credit Data after Organizational Changes F.31 Credit Overview F.32 Customers with Missing Credit Data F.35 Credit Master Sheet F.38 Deferred Tax Transfer F.40 Vendor List FI
  • 13. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 16 T-Code Description F.41 List of Vndor Line Items F.42 Vendor Balances in Local Currency F.44 Vendor Interest Scale F.45 Define Background Job F.50 Profit and Loss Adjustment F.51 General Ledger Line Items F.52 G/L Account Interest Scale F.53 Account Assignment Manual F.56 Delete Reference Documents F.57 Delete Reference Documents F.58 Open Item Account Balance Audit Trail from the Document File F.5D Calculate Balance Sheet Adjustment F.5E Post Balance Sheet Adjustment F.64 Maintain Correspondence Requests F.80 Mass Reversal of Documents F.81 Reverse Accrual/Deferral Documents F.97 Application Tree Report Selection General Ledger F.98 Application Tree Report Selection Vendors F.99 Application Tree Report Selection Customers F/LA Create Pricing Report F/LB Change Pricing Report F/LC Display Pricing report F000 Financial Accounting Information System F-01 Enter Sample Document Header Data F-02 Enter G/L Account Posting: Header Data F-03 Clear G/L Account: Header Data F-04 Post with Clearing: Header Data F-05 Post Foreign Currency Valuation: Header Data F-06 Post Incoming Payments: Header Data F-07 Post Outgoing Payments: Header Data F110 Parameters for automatic payment
  • 14. FINANCE 17 T-Code Description F110S Report for the Automatic Scheduling of the Payment Program F111 Automatic Payment Transactions for Payment Requests F150 Dunning F-19 Reverse Statistical Posting: Header Data F-20 Reverse Bill Liability: Header Data F-21 Enter Transfer Posting: Header Data F-22 Enter Customer Invoice: Header Data F-23 Return Bill of Exchange Pmt Request: Header Data F-26 Incoming Payments Fast Entry: Header Data F-27 Enter Customer Credit Memo: Header Data F-28 Post Incoming Payments: Header Data F-29 Post Customer Down Payment: Header Data F-30 Post with Clearing: Header Data F-31 Post Outgoing Payments: Header Data F-32 Clear Customer: Header Data F-33 Post Bill of Exchange Usage: Header Data F-34 Post Collection: Header Data F-35 Post Forfaiting: Header Data F-36 Bill of Exchange Payment: Header Data F-37 Customer Down Payment Request: Header Data F-38 Enter Statistical Posting: Header Data F-39 Clear Customer Down Payment: Header Data F-40 Bill of Exchange Payment: Header Data F-41 Enter Vendor Credit Memo: Header Data F-42 Enter Transfer Posting: Header Data F-43 Enter Vendor Invoice: Header Data F-44 Clear Vendor: Header Data F-47 Down Payment Request: Header Data F-48 Post Vendor Down Payment: Header Data F-49 Customer noted item F-51 Post with Clearing: Header Data FI
  • 15. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 18 T-Code Description F-52 Post Incoming Payments: Header Data F-53 Post Outgoing Payments: Header Data F-54 Clear Vendor Down Payment: Header Data F-55 Enter Statistical Posting: Header Data F-56 Reverse Statistical Posting: Header Data F-57 Vendor Noted Item: Header Data F-62 Change View “Currency Exchange Rates”: Overview F-63 Park Document: Document Header F-64 Park Document: Document Header F-65 Park Document: Document Header F-66 Park Document: Document Header F-67 Park Document: Document Header F801 Create Payment Request F802 Change payment request F803 Display payment request F804 Changes to payment requests F8BT Display Payment Requests F8BU Create Payment Runs for Payment Requests F8BV Reversal of bank-to-bank transfers F8BW Reverse Clearing of PaymenesRequests F8Q8 Create Posting Documents from Standing Requests F-90 Acquisition from purchase w. vendor F-91 Asset Acquis. Posted w/Clearing Acct: Header Data F-92 Asset Retire. frm Sale w/ Customer: Header Data FB00 Accounting Editing Options FB01 Post Document: Header Data FB01L General Posting for Ledger Group: Header Data FB02 Change Document FB03 Display Document FB04 Document Changes FB05 Post with Clearing: Header Data
  • 16. FINANCE 19 T-Code Description FB08 Reverse Document: Header Data FB09 Change Line Items FB09D Display Line Items FB10 Invoice/Credit Fast Entry: Header Data FB11 Post Held Document: Header Data FB12 Request Correspondence FB13 Release Line Item FB1D Clear Customer: Header Data FB1K Clear Vendor: Header Data FB1S Clear G/L Account: Header Data FB21 Enter Statistical Posting: Header Data FB22 Reverse Statistical Posting: Header Data FB31 Enter Noted Item: Header Data FB50 Enter G/L Account Document: Company Code XXX FB50L Enter G/L Acct Document for Ledger Group FB60 Enter Vendor Invoice: Company Code XXX FB65 Enter Vendor Credit Memo: Company Code XXX FB70 Enter Customer Invoice: Company Code XXX FB75 Enter Customer Credit Memo: Company Code XXX FBA1 Customer Down Payment Request: Header Data FBA2 Post Customer Down Payment: Header Data FBA3 Clear Customer Down Payment: Header Data FBA6 Vendor Down Payment Request: Header Data FBA7 Post Vendor Down Payment: Header Data FBA8 Clear Vendor Down Payment: Header Data FBB1 Post Foreign Currency Valn: Header Data FBCJ Cash Journal XXX Company Code XXX FBD1 Enter Recurring Entry: Header Data FBD2 Change Recurring Document FBD3 Display Recurring Document FBD4 Recurring Document Changes FI
  • 17. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 20 T-Code Description FBD5 Realize Recurring Entry: Header Data FBD9 Enter Recurring Entry: Header Data FBE1 Create Payment Advice FBE2 Change Payment Advice FBE3 Display Payment Advice FBE6 Delete Payment Advice FBKP Maintain Accounting Configuration FBL1N Vendor Line Item Display FBL2N Vendor Line Item Display FBL3N G/L Account Line Item Display FBL4N G/L Account Line Item Display FBL5N Customer Line Item Display FBL6N Customer Line Item Display FBM1 Enter Sample Document FBM2 Change Sample Document FBM3 Display Sample Document FBM4 Sample Document Changes FBMA Display Dunning Procedure: List FBME SAP Easy Access Banks FBMP Maintain Dunning Procedure: List FBN1 Number Ranges for Accounting Documents FBN2 Internal number ranges for payment orders FBP1 Enter Payment Request FBR1 Post with Reference Document: Header Data FBR2 Post Document: Header Data FBRA Reset Cleared Items FBRC Reverse clearing with payment card data FBS1 Enter Accrual/Deferral Doc.: Header Data FBU2 Change Transaction FBU3 Display Transaction FBU8 Reverse Cross-Company Code Transaction: Header Data
  • 18. FINANCE 21 T-Code Description FBV0 Post Parked Document FBV1 Park Document: Document Header FBV2 Change Parked Document FBV3 Display Parked Document FBV4 Change Parked Document (Header) FBV5 Document changes of parked document FBV6 Reject Parked Document FBVB Post parked document FBW1 Enter Bill of Exchange Pmnt Request: Header Data FBW2 Post Bill of Exch. acc. to Pmt Request: Header Data FBW4 Reverse Bill Liability: Header Data FBW5 Customer Check/Bill of Exchange: Header Data FBW6 Vendor Check/Bill of Exchange FBZ0 Payment Proposal FBZ1 Post Incoming Payments: Header Data FBZ2 Post outgoing payments FBZ3 Incoming Payments Fast Entry: Header Data FBZ4 Payment with Printout: Header Data FBZ5 Print Form for Payment Document FBZ8 Display Payment Run FBZG Editing of Failed Payment Transactions FCH1 Display Check Information FCH2 Payment Document Checks FCH3 Void Checks Not Used FCH4 Renumber Checks FCH5 Create Check Information FCH6 Change Check Information/Cash Check FCH7 Reprint Check FCH8 Cancel Check Payment FCH9 Void Issued Checks FCHD Delete Check Information on Payment Run FI
  • 19. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 22 T-Code Description FCHE Delete Check Information on Voided Checks FCHF Delete Information on Checks Created Manually FCHG Reset Check Information Data FCHI Check Lots FCHK SAP Easy Access Check Management FCHN Check Register FCHR Online Cashed Checks FCHX Check Extract Creation FCMN SAP Easy Access Consolidation FD01 Customer Create FD02 Customer Change FD03 Customer Display FD04 Customer Account Changes FD05 Customer Block/Unblock FD06 Customer Flag for Deletion FD08 Customer Confirm Change FD09 Display/Confirm Critical Customer Changes FD10N Customer Balance Display FD10NA Customer Balance Display FD11 Customer: Initial Screen Account Analysis FD15 Transfer Customer Master Data from Source Company Code FD16 Transfer customer changes: Receive FD24 Credit Management Changes FD32 Customer Credit Management Change FD33 Customer Credit Management Display FDIC Currency Translation Type FEBA Edit Bank Statement FEBP Post electronic bank statement FF.5 Select Program: Import Electronic Bank Statement FF.6 Select Program: Display Electronic Bank Statement FF_3 Cashed Checks per Bank Account
  • 20. FINANCE 23 T-Code Description FF_4 Outstanding Checks Analysis per G/L Account and Vendor FF_5 Bank Statements: Various Formats FF_6 Display electronic bank statement FF63 Create Memo Record FF67 Process Manual Bank Statement FF68 Edit Check Deposit List FF6B Memo Records: List FF71 Cash Management and Forecast FF72 Cash Management and Forecast FF73 Automatic Cash Concentration FF74 Access Automatic Cash Concentration Using a Program FF7A Cash Management and Forecast FF7B Cash Management and Forecast FG99 Flexible G/L: Report selection FGI0 Execute Drill-Down Report FGI1 Create Drill-Down Report FGI2 Change Report: Settings FGI3 Display Report: Settings FGI4 Report Painter: Create Form FGI5 Report Painter: Change Form FGI6 Report Painter: Display Form FI01 Create Bank FI02 Change Bank FI03 Display Bank FI04 Bank Data Changes FI06 Set bank Deletion Flag FIAA SAP Easy Access Asset Accounting Information System FK01 Create Vendor FK02 Change Vendor FK03 Display Vendor FK04 Vendor Account Changes FI
  • 21. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 24 T-Code Description FK05 Block/Unblock Vendor FK06 Flag for Deletion Vendor FK08 Confirm Change Vendor FK09 Display/Confirm Critical Vendor Changes FK10N Vendor Balance Display FKI0 Execute Drill-Down Report FKI1 Create Drill-Down Report FKI2 Change Report: Settings FKI3 Display Report: Settings FKI4 Report Painter: Create Form FKI5 Report Painter: Change Form FKI6 Report Painter: Display Form FKMT Account Assignment Model FLB1 Postprocessing Lockbox Data FLB2 Main Lockbox Program FLBP Main Lockbox Program FM03 Display FM Document FM5I Create Fund FM5S Display Fund FM5U Change Fund FM9B Copy Budget Version FM9C Plan Data Transfer from CO FM9D Lock Budget Version FM9E Unlock Budget Version FMEDD Display Entry Document FMN0 Transfer Documents from Financial Accounting FMR1 Actual/commitment report FMR3 Plan/Actual/Commitment Report FMSA Create Funds Center in FM Area FMX1 Funds Reservation: Create InitScrn FMX2 Funds Reservation: Change InitScrn
  • 22. FINANCE 25 T-Code Description FMX3 Funds Reservation: Display InitScrn FMY1 Funds precommitment: Create InitScrn FMY2 Funds precommitment: Change InitScrn FMY3 Funds precommitment: Display InitScrn FPS3 Same day Statement: Create memo records FQUK Query from User Group FK FS00 Edit G/L Account Centrally FS01 Edit G/L Account Centrally FS02 Edit G/L Account Centrally FS03 Edit G/L Account Centrally FS04 Central G/L Account Changes FS05 Edit G/L Account Centrally FS06 Edit G/L Account Centrally FS10N G/L Account Balance Display FSE2 Change Financial Statement Version FSP0 Edit G/L Account Chart of accts data FSP1 Edit G/L Account Chart of accts data FSP2 Edit G/L Account Chart of accts data FSP3 Edit G/L Account Chart of accts data FSP4 G/L Account Changes in Chart of Accts FSS4 G/L Account Changes in Comp. Code FV50 Park G/L Account Document FV60 Park Vendor Invoice FV65 Park Vendor Credit Memo FWBS Manual Posting FWDP Securities: Securities Account List FWOEZ Manual Posting / Debit Position: Reverse FWSO Securities: Automatic Debit Position FWUP Securities: Update Planned Records FWZE Manual Debit Position FWZZ Display Class - Product Type: ID Number FI
  • 23. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 26 T-Code Description FZM4 SAP Easy Access Treasury Management Information System FZMN SAP Easy Access Treasury Management Basic Functions IM01 Create Inv. Program Definition IM02 Change Inv. Program Definition IM03 Display Inv. Program Definition IM05 Reassignment of measures/app. Requests IM22 Change Inv. Program Structure IM23 Display Inv. Program Structure IM27 Open New Approval Year IM30 Change Program Budget Supplement IM31 Display Program Budget Supplement IM32 Change Original Program Budget IM33 Display Original Program Budget IM34 Rollup of plan values IM35 Change Program Planning IM36 Display Program Planning IM38 Change Program Budget Return IM39 Display Program Budget Return IM52 Budget distribution IM53 Display budget distribution IMA11 Display Appropriation Request IMCAOV Investment Program Budget Carryforward IMCCV1 Copy Plan Version (Investment Program) IMR4 Master data list - App. requests w/o %distrib., w/o variants IMR5 Master data list - App. requests with %distrib., w/o variants IMR6 Master data list - App. requests w/o %distrib., w/variants IMR7 Master data list - App. requests with %distrib., w/variants MIR4 Display Invoice Document MIR6 Invoice overview - selection criteria MIR7 Park Incoming Invoice MIRA Enter Incoming Invoice
  • 24. FINANCE 27 T-Code Description MIRO Enter Incoming Invoice MR8M Cancel Invoice Document MRBR Release Blocked Invoices MRKO Consignment and Pipeline Settlement MRRL Evaluated Receipt Settlement (ERS) with Logistics Invoice Verification OADB Change View “Define Depreciation Areas” : Overview OAY2 Change View “Asset class”: Overview OB08 Change View “Currency Exchange Rates”: Overview OB52 Change View “Posting Periods: Specify Time Intervals”: Overview OB55 Maintain Worklists: Objects TBB1 Treasury: Post Flows TBB4 Treasury: Accrual/Deferral of Expenses and Revenues TBB5 Treasury: Reverse Accrual/Deferral TBI1 Create/Change Payment Details TBI5 Create/Change Standing Instructions Corresp. TBI5D Standing Instructions Correspondence TBI6 Create/Change Transaction Authorization TBI7 Create/Change Derived Flows TBT1 Create/Change Trans. Authorization for Trader TBZ1 Create Correspondence on Basis of Planned Records TBZ11 Correspondence Monitor TI10 Create Interest Rate Adjustment TI11 Change Interest Rate Adjustment TI12 Display Interest Rate Adjustment TI37 Reverse Interest Rate Adjustment TI90 Manua; Posting Release TI93 Manual Posting Block TJ05 Automatic interest rate adjustment TJ09 Update Planned Records TK11 Create Condition Records TK12 Change Condition Records FI
  • 25. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 28 T-Code Description TK13 Display Condition Records TK14 Create Condition Records with Reference TM_60 Facilities: Lines of Credit and Utilization TM_60A Facilities: Lines of Credit, Drawings and Fees TM00 Money Market: Collective Processing TM1F Deposit at notice fast entry TM20 Time Deposit - Fast Processing TM21 Deposits at Notice Cash Flow Update TM22 Date Check TMFM Money Market: Generate the Cash Flow TMR1 Money Market: Position List TPM1 Execute Valuation TPM10 Fix.. Post or Reverse Transactions TPM12 Subledger Positions TPM13 Subledger Cash Flow TPM18 Fix and Post Derived Business Transactions TPM2 Reverse Valuation TPM20 Posting Journal TPM26 Position List for Quantity Ledger Positions TPM27 Generate Derived Flows TPM40 Display Class Cash Flow for Sec. Account TPM41 Display Securities Account Position List TPM42 Display Class Position List TPM44 Treasury Products: Accrual/Deferral of Income TPM45 Treasury Products: Reverse Accrual/Deferral of Income TPM57A Display Position Indicator TPM57C Display Position Indicator TS00 Securities: Collective Processing TS01 Create Security Transaction TS02 Change Security Transaction TS03 Execute Security Order
  • 26. FINANCE 29 T-Code Description TS04 Settle Security Contract TS07 Reverse Security Transaction TS08 History of Security Transaction WL00 SAP Easy Access Vendor WPCA Payment Cards: Execute Settlement XD01 Customer Create XD02 Customer Change XD03 Customer Display XD04 Customer Account Changes XD05 Customer Block/Unblock XD06 Customer Flag for Deletion XD07 Change Account Group XD99 Mass Maintenance: Customers XDN1 Customer Number Ranges XEIP Number Range for Export/Import XK01 Create Vendor XK02 Change Vendor XK03 Display Vendor XK04 Vendor Account Changes XK05 Block/Unblock Vendor XK06 Flag for Deletion Vendor XK07 Change Account Group XK99 Mass Maintenance: Vendors FI
  • 28. CONTROLLING 33 T-Code Description 1KE4 Profit Center Accounting: Assignment Monitor 1KE8 Transfer Documents from Financial Accounting 1KEK Profit Center Accounting: Transfer Payables/Receivables 2KEU Copy Cost Center Groups 2KEV Copy Cost Centers 6KEA Display Change Documents 7KE1 Change Plan Costs/Revenues: Characteristics 7KE2 Display Plan Costs/Revenues: Characteristics 8KEG Create Pricing Report 9KE9 Display Document C000 Overhead Cost Controlling Information System CKMLCP Costing Cockpit: Actual Costing - Change/Execute CKMPCD Price Change Document KA01 Create Cost Element KA02 Change Cost Element KA03 Display Cost Element KA04 Delete Cost Element KA23 Display Cost Element KA24 Delete Cost elements KABL Planning Report KAH1 Create Cost element group KAH2 Change Cost element group KAH3 Display Cost element group KAK2 "Change View ""Statistical Key Figures"": Overview" KAK3 "Display View ""Statistical Key Figures"": Overview" KB21N Enter Direct Activity Allocation KB23 Display Direct Activity Allocation KB24 Reverse Direct Activity Allocation KB31N Enter Statistical Key Figures KB33N Display Statistical Key Figures KB34N Reverse Statistical Key Figures CO
  • 29. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 34 T-Code Description KB41N Enter Manual Repostings of Revenues KB43N Display Manual Repostings of Revenues KB44N Reverse Manual Repostings of Revenues KB65 Enter IAA Reposting: Document Row Selection KB66 Display IAA Reposting: Document Row Selection KB67 Reverse IAA Reposting: Document Row Selection KBH1 Create Statistical Key Figure Group KBH2 Change Statistical Key Figure Group KBH3 Display Statistical Key Figure Group KCH1 Create Profit Center Group KCH2 Change Profit Center Group KCH3 Display Profit Center Group KCH5N Standard Hierarchy for Profit Centers Change KCH6N Standard Hierarchy for Profit Centers Display KE21N CO-PA Line item entry KE24 Line item display - Actual data KE25 Line item display - Plan data KE27 Periodic valuation KE2D Display Sales Orders Containing Errors KE30 Execute profitability report KE31 Create profitability report KE32 Change report KE41 Create Condition Records KE42 Change Condition Records KE43 Display Condition Records KE4N Change Pricing Report KE4O Display Pricing report KE4Q Execute Pricing Report KE50 SAP Easy Access Profit Center Accounting KE51 Create Profit Center KE52 Change Profit Center
  • 30. CONTROLLING 35 T-Code Description KE53 Display Profit Center KE54 Delete Profit Centers KE56 Assignment of Profit Centers to Company Codes - Change KE5Y Profit Center: Plan Line Items KE5Z Profit Center: Actual Line Items KEPM CO-PA Planning KES1 Change Characteristic Values KEU5 Perform act. cost-ctr cost transfer KEU8 Change plan transfer of CCtr costs KEU9 Display plan transfer of CCtr costs KEUB Perform plan cost-ctr cost transfer KGI2 Actual Overhead Calculation: Order KJH1 Create WBS element group KJH2 Change WBS element group KJH3 Display WBS element group KK01 Create Statistical Key Figure KK02 Change Statistical Key Figure KK03 Display Statistical Key Figure KK04 Master Data Report: Statistical Key Figures KK11 Create Condition Records KK12 Change Condition Records KK13 Display Condition Records KK14 Create Condition Records with Reference KK87 Actual Settlement: Product Cost Collector KK88 Actual Settlement: Cost Object KK89 Actual settlement: Cost Object KKA0 Change Cutoff Period KKA3 Results Analysis for Sales Order KKA6 Results Analysis for Sales Order: Enter Data KKA9 Delete Results Analysis Data for Sales Order KKAK Actual Results Analysis: Sales Orders CO
  • 31. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 36 T-Code Description KKAO Calculate Work in Progress: Collective Processing KKAS Calculate Work in Progress: Individual Processing KKAX Calculate Work in Progress: Individual Processing KKBC Application Tree Report Selection Product Cost Controlling KKC1 Create Cost Object KKC2 Change Cost Object KKC3 Display Cost Object KKC7 Create Product Group KKC8 Change Product Group KKC9 Display Product Group KKCA Display Variance Line Items for Cost Objects KKCS Display Actual Cost Line Items for Cost Objects KKF1 Create CO Production Order KKF2 Change CO Production Order/QM Order KKF3 Display CO Production Order/QM Order KKF4 Change Order Planning KKF6M Create Multiple Product Cost Collectors for Production Versions KKF6N Display Product Cost Collector KKF7 Change Product Cost Collector KKFB Display Variance Line Items for Orders KKG1 Order: Enter Cost of Sales KKG2 Project: Enter Cost of Sales KKG3 Sales Order: Enter Cost of Sales KKH1 Create Cost object group KKH2 Change Cost object group KKH3 Display Cost object group KKP4 Display Cost Object Hierarchy KKP6 Reports: Cost Object Hierarchy KKRC Summarization: CO object KKS1 Variance Calculation KKS2 Variance Calculation
  • 32. CONTROLLING 37 T-Code Description KKS5 Variance Calculation KKS6 Variance Calculation KL01 Create Activity Type KL02 Change Activity Type KL03 Display Activity Type KL04 Delete Activity Type KL05 Display Change Documents: Activity Type KL13 Display Activity Types KL14 Delete Activity Types KLH1 Create Activity type group KLH2 Change Activity type group KLH3 Display Activity type group KO01 Create Internal Order KO02 Change Internal Order KO03 Display Internal Order KO04 Order Manager KO12 Change Overall Planning KO12N Overall planning for orders: change KO13 Display Overall Planning KO13N Overall planning for orders: Display KO14 Copy Planning KO14N Set planner profile KO15 Copy Actual to Plan KO22 Change Original Budget KO23 Display Original Budget KO24 Change Supplement KO25 Display Supplement KO2A Change Document KO2B Display Document KO88 Actual Settlement: Order KO8B Display settlement document CO
  • 33. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 38 T-Code Description KO8G Actual Settlment: Orders KO9E Planned Settlement: Internal orders KO9G Planned Settlement: Internal orders KOB1 Display Actual Cost Line Items for Orders KOB2 Display Commitment Line Items for Orders KOB3 Display Variance Line Items for Orders KOB4 Display Budget Line Items for Orders KOB8 Display Results Analysis Line Items for Orders KOC4 Order Selection KOCF Fiscal year close: Carry forward commitment KOCO Budget Carryforward for Orders KOH1 Create Order Group KOH2 Change Order Group KOH3 Display Order Group KOK2 Collective Processing for Internal Orders KOK3 Collective Display for Internal Orders KOK4 Automatic Collective Processing for Internal Orders KOK5 Master Data List for Orders KOW1N Create Actual Periodic Reposting Cycle KOW2N Change Actual Periodic Reposting Cycle KOW3N Display Actual Periodic Reposting Cycle KOW4N Delete Actual Periodic Reposting Cycle KP04 Set planner profile KP06 Change CElem/Activity input planning KP07 Display planning CElem/Act. input KP26 Change Activity Type/Price Planning KP27 Display Activity Type/Price Planning KP46 Change Statistical Key Figure Planning KP47 Display Statistical Key Figure Planning KP90 Delete Planned Costs (All Integrated Planning Objects) KP98 Copy Actual to Plan
  • 34. CONTROLLING 39 T-Code Description KP9R Copy CO Resource Prices KPD6 Change Statistical Key Figure Planning KPD7 Display Statistical Key Figure Planning KPF6 Change CElem/activity input plannin KPF7 Display CElem./Acty input planning KPG5 Report Painter: Create Orders: Planning layout for cost elements/activ KPG6 Report Painter: Change Orders: Planning layout for cost elements/activ KPG7 Report Painter: Display Orders: Planning layout for cost elements/activ KPSI Execute Plan Reconciliation KRMI Display Actual Cost Line Items for Orders KS01 Create Cost Center KS02 Change Cost Center KS03 Display Cost Center KS04 Delete Cost Center KS05 Display Change Documents: Cost Center KS12 Change Cost Centers KS13 Display Cost Centers KS14 Delete Cost Centers KSB1 Display Actual Cost Line Items for Cost Centers KSB2 Display Commitment Line Items for Cost Centers KSBP Display Plan Cost Line Items for Cost Centers KSBT Activity Type Price Report KSC1N Create Cycle for Actual Indirect Activity Allocation KSC2N Change Cycle for Actual Indirect Activity Allocation KSC3N Display Cycle for Actual Indirect Activity Allocation KSC4N Delete Cycle for Actual Indirect Activity Allocation KSC6N Act. indirect acty alloc.: Overview KSC7N Create Cycle for Planned Indirect Activity Allocation KSC8N Change Cycle for Planned Indirect Activity Allocation KSC9N Display Cycle for Planned Indirect Activity Allocation KSCB Execute plan indirect acty alloc. CO
  • 35. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 40 T-Code Description KSCCN Document List for Selected Cycle KSH1 Create Cost Center Group KSH2 Change Cost Center Group KSH3 Display Cost Center Group KSS4 Plan Cost Splitting KSU1N Create Actual Assessment Cycle KSU2N Change Actual Assessment Cycle KSU3N Display Actual Assessment Cycle KSU4N Delete Actual Assessment Cycle KSU5 Execute actual assessment KSU6N Document List for Selected Cycle KSU7N Create Plan Assessment Cycle KSU8N Change Plan Assessment Cycle KSU9N Display Plan Assessment Cycle KSUAN Delete Plan Assessment Cycle KSUB Execute plan assessment KSUCN Plan assessment: Overview KSV1N Create Actual Distribution Cycle KSV2N Change Actual Distribution Cycle KSV3N Display Actual Distribution Cycle KSV4N Delete Actual Distribution Cycle KSV5 Execute actual distribution KSV6N Actual distribution: Overview KSV7N Create Plan Distribution Cycle KSV8N Change Plan Distribution Cycle KSV9N Display Plan Distribution Cycle KSVAN Delete Plan Distribution Cycle KSVCN Plan distribution: Overview KSWB Execute plan periodic reposting KVA5 Transfer Actual Data from LIS OKENN Standard Hierarchy for Cost Centers Display
  • 36. CONTROLLING 41 T-Code Description OKEON Standard Hierarchy for Cost Centers Change OKKP "Change View ""Basic data"": Overview (Maintain Controlling Area)" OKO5 Delete CO orders OKP1 Maintain Period Lock OKP2 Display Period Lock PCA1 Create Production Campaign PCA2 Change Production Campaign PCA3 Display Production Campaign PCCO Production Campaign: Costs - Itemization CO
  • 38. INVENTORY MANAGEMENT 45 T-Code Description MB00 SAP Easy Access Inventory Management MB01 Goods Receipt for Purchase Order MB02 Change Material Document MB03 Display Material Document MB04 Subcontracting Subsequent Adjustment MB0A Goods Receipt - PO Unknown MB1A Enter Goods Issue MB1B Enter Transfer Posting MB1C Enter Other Goods Receipts MB21 Create Reservation MB22 Change Reservation MB23 Display Reservation MB24 Reservation List Inventory Management MB25 Reservation List Inventory Management MB26 Pick List MB51 Material Document List MB52 Display Warehouse Stocks of Material MB53 Plant Availability MB54 Display Consignment Stocks MB56 Display Batch Where-Used List MB58 Display Consignment and Returnable Packaging Stocks at Customer MB59 Material Document List MB5B Stocks on Posting Date MB5C Pick-Up List for Batch Where-Used List MB5K Stock Consistency Check MB5L List of Stock Values: Balances MB5M Shelf Life List MB5S List of GR/IR Balances MB5T Display Stock in Transit MB5U Analysis of Conversion Differences MB90 Output from Goods Movements IM
  • 39. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 46 T-Code Description MBBM Batch Input: Post Material Document MBBR Batch Input: Create Reservation MBBS Valuated Sales Order and Project Stock MBC1 Create Batch Search Strategy MBC2 Change Batch Search Strategy MBC3 Display Batch Search Strategy MBGR Material Docmts. With Reason f. Mvt MBLB Stocks at Subcontractor MBPM Manage Held Data (Inventory Management) MBRL Enter return Delivery MBSF Release Blocked Stock MBSL Copy Material Document MBSM Cancelled Material Documents MBST Cancel Material Document MBSU Place in Stor. for Mat. Doc. MC.1 Plant Analysis: Stock: Selection MC.2 Plant Analysis: Receipts/Issues: Selection MC.3 Plant Analysis: Inventory Turnover: Selection MC.4 Plant Analysis: Range of Coverage: Selection MC.5 Storage Location Analysis: Stock: Selection MC.6 Storage Loc. Analysis: Receipts/Issues: Selection MC.7 Storage Loc. Analysis: Inventory Turnover: Selection MC.9 Material Analysis: Stock: Selection MC.A Material Analysis: Receipts/Issues: Selection MC.B Material Analysis: Inventory Turnover: Selection MC.C Material Analysis: Range of Coverage: Selection MC01 Logistics Information Library MC02 Key Fig.Retrieval via Text MC03 Key Fig Retrieval via Classification Characteristics MC04 Create Info Set MC05 Change Info Set
  • 40. INVENTORY MANAGEMENT 47 T-Code Description MC06 Display Info Set: Members MC07 Create Key Figure MC08 Change Key Figure MC09 Display Key Figure MC40 Usage-Based ABC Analysis MC41 Requirement-Based ABC Analysis MC42 Key Figure: Range of Coverage Based on Usage Values MC43 Key Figure: Range of Coverage Based on Requirement Values MC44 Key Figure: Inventory Turnover MC45 Key Figure: Usage Value MC46 Key Figure: Slow-Moving Items MC47 Key Figure: Requirements Value MC48 Key Figure: Stock Value MC49 Key Figure: Average Stock Value MC50 Key Figure: Dead Stock MCB% Background Report for Parameters Controlling MCBA INVCO: Plant Analysis Selection MCBC INVCO: Stor. Loc. Analysis Selection MCBE INVCO: Material Analysis Selection MCBR INVCO: Batch Selection Analysis MCBV Parameter Analysis MCBZ Current Requirements/Stock MCL1 Analysis: Stock Placements and Removals: Selection MCL5 Analysis: Quantity Flows: Selection MCL9 Analysis: Mat. Stock Placemnts + Removals: Selection MCLD Analysis: Material Quantity Flows: Selection MCLH Analysis: Movement Types: Selection MCSK Call Standard Analyses of Stocks MCYG Exception Analysis INVCO MD04 Stock/Requirements List MI00 SAP Easy Access Physical Inventory IM
  • 41. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 48 T-Code Description MI01 Create Physical Inventory Document MI02 Change Physical Inventory Document MI03 Display Physical Inventory Document MI04 Enter Inventory Count MI05 Change Inventory Count MI06 Display Inventory Count MI07 Post Inventory Difference MI08 Post Count and Difference MI09 Enter Count w/o Reference to Document MI10 Post Document, Count, and Difference MI11 Enter Recount MI12 Display Changes to Phys. Inv. Docs MI20 List of Inventory Differences MI21 Print Physical Inventory Document MI22 Display Physical Inventory Documents for Material MI23 Dispay Physical Inventory Data for Material MI24 Physical Inventory List MI31 Selected Data for Phys. Inventory Docmts w/o Special Stock MI32 Batch input: Block material for physical inventory MI33 Batch input: Freeze book inv. balance for phys. inv. MI34 Batch input: Enter Count with Reference to Document MI35 Batch Input: Post Zero Count for Uncounted Materials MI37 Batch Input: Post Differences MI38 Batch Input: Enter Count w. Reference to Doc. MI39 Batch Input: Enter Count w/o Reference to Document MI40 Batch Input: Enter Count w/o Ref. to Doc., Post Differences MIBC ABC Analysis for Cycle Counting (Physical Inventory) MICN Batch Input: Create Phys. Inv. Docs. For Cycle Counting MIDO Display Physical Inventory Overview MIGO Goods Receipt Purchase Order MIGO_GI Goods Movement
  • 42. INVENTORY MANAGEMENT 49 T-Code Description MIGO_GS Subseq. Adjust. of Material Provided MIK1 Selected Data for Phys. Inventory Docmts Vendor Consignment MIMD Report for Transferring PDC Phys. Inv. Data MIQ1 Selected Data for Physical Inventory Documents for Project MMBE Stock Overview: Company Code/Plant/Storage Location/Batch MR51 Accounting Documents for Material RWBE Stock Overview IM
  • 44. MATERIALS MANAGEMENT 53 T-Code Description ME00 SAP Easy Access Purchasing ME01 Maintain Source List ME03 Display Source List ME04 Changes to Source List ME05 Generate Source List ME06 Analyze Source List ME07 Reorganize Source List ME08 Send Source List ME0M Source List for Material ME11 Create Info Record ME12 Change Info Record ME13 Display Info Record ME14 Changes to Purchasing Info Record ME15 Flag Info Record for Deletion ME16 Deletion Proposals for Info Records ME17 Archive Administration (Purchasing Info Records) ME18 Send Purchasing Info Record ME1A Archived Purchasing Info Records ME1B Define Background Job ME1E Quotation Price History ME1L Info Records per Vendor ME1M Info Records per Material ME1P Purchase Order Price History ME1W Info Records Per Material Group ME1X Print Buyer's Negotiation Sheet for Vendor ME1Y Print Buyer's Negotiation Sheet for Material ME21N Create Purchase Order ME22N Change Purchase Order ME23N Display Purchase Order ME24 Maintain PO Supplement ME25 Create PO (with Source Determination) MM
  • 45. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 54 T-Code Description ME26 Display PO Supplement ME27 Create Purchase Order (Stock Transfer) ME28 Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents ME29N Display Purchase Order (Individual Release) ME2A Monitor Vendor Confirmations ME2B Purchasing Documents per Requirement Tracking Number ME2C Purchasing Documents for Material Group ME2J Purchasing Documents per Project ME2K Purchasing Documents per Account Assignment ME2L Purchasing Documents per Vendor ME2M Purchasing Documents for Material ME2N Purchasing Documents per Document Number ME2O SC Stock Monitoring for Vendor ME2S PO Reporting with Services ME2V Expected Goods Receipts ME2W Purchasing Documents per Supplying Plant ME308 Send Contracts (with Conditions) ME31 Create Outline Agreement ME31K Create Contract ME31L Create Scheduling Agreement ME32 Change Outline Agreement ME32K Change Contract ME32L Change Scheduling Agreement ME33 Display Outline Agreement ME33K Display Contract ME33L Display Scheduling Agreement ME34 Maintain Outline Agreement Supplement ME34K Maintain Contract Supplement ME34L Maintain Sched. Agmt. Suppl. ME35 Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents ME35K Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents (Outline Agreement)
  • 46. MATERIALS MANAGEMENT 55 T-Code Description ME35L Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents (Scheduling Agreement) ME36 Display Outline Agreement Supplement ME37 Create Scheduling Agreement ME38 Maintain Sch. Agmt Schedule ME39 Display Sch. Agmt Schedule ME3A Send Release Document ME3B Purchasing Documents per Requirement Tracking Number ME3C Purchasing Documents for Material Group ME3J Outline Agreements per Project ME3K Purchasing Documents per Account Assignment ME3L Purchasing Documents per Vendor ME3M Purchasing Documents for Material ME3N Purchasing Documents per Document Number ME3P Define Background Job ME3R Define Background Job ME3S Contract Reporting with Services ME41 Create RFQ ME42 Change RFQ ME43 Display RFQ ME44 Maintain RFQ Supplement ME45 Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents (RFQ) ME47 Maintain Quotation ME48 Display Quotation ME49 Price Comparison List ME4B Purchasing Documents per Requirement Tracking Number (RFQ) ME4C Purchasing Documents for Material Group (RFQ) ME4L Purchasing Documents per Vendor (RFQ) ME4M Purchasing Documents for Material (RFQ) ME4N Purchasing Documents per Document Number (RFQ) ME4S RFQs per Collective Number ME51N Create Purchase Requisition MM
  • 47. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 56 T-Code Description ME52N Change Purchase Requisition ME53N Display Purchase Requisition ME54N Release Purchase Requisition (Individual Release) ME55 Collective Release of Purchase Requisitions ME56 Assign Source to Supply to Requisitions ME57 Assign and Process Purchase Requisitions ME58 Ordering: Assigned Purchase Requisitions ME59N Automatic Creation of Purchase Orders from Requisitions ME5A List Display of Purchase Requisitions ME5F Release (Approval) Reminder: Purchase Requisitions ME5J List Display of Purchase Requisitions for Project ME5K List Display of Purchase Requisitions (by Account Assignment) ME5W Resubmission of Purchase Requisitions ME61 Maintain Vendor Evaluation ME62 Display Vendor Evaluation ME63 Calculate Scores for Semi-Automatic and Automatic Subcriteria ME64 Evaluation Comparison ME65 Ranking List of Vendors ME6A Display Change Documents ME6B Ranking List of Vendor Evaluations Based on Material/Material Group ME6C Vendors Without Evaluation ME6D Vendors Not Evaluated Since... ME6E Evaluation Records Without Weighting Key ME6F Print Vendor Evaluation Sheet ME6G Define Background Job ME6H Vendor Evaluation Analysis ME80 Purchasing Documents (General Analysis) ME80A Purchasing Documents (RFQs) ME80AN General Evaluations (RFQs) ME80F Purchasing Documents (Purchase Orders) ME80FN General Evaluations (Purchase Orders)
  • 48. MATERIALS MANAGEMENT 57 T-Code Description ME80R Purchasing Documents (Outline Agreements) ME80RN General Evaluations (Outline Agreement) ME81N Analysis of Purchase Order Values ME82 Archived Purchasing Documents ME84 Create Releases ME84A Individual Display of Scheduling Agreement Release ME85 Renumber SA Delivery Schedule Lines ME86 Aggregation/Disaggregation of Scheduling Agreement Schedule Lines ME87 Summarization and Removal of PO History Records ME88 Set/Reset Agreed Cumulative Quantity and Reconciliation Date ME91 Purchasing Documents.: Reminders/Expediters ME91A Purchasing Documents.: Reminders/Expediters ME91E Purchasing Documents.: Reminders/Expediters (Scheduling Agreement) ME91F Purchasing Documents.: Reminders/Expediters (Purchase Orders) ME92 Monitor Receipt of Order Acknowledgments ME92F Monitor Receipt of Order Acknowledgments (Purchase Order) ME92K Monitor Receipt of Order Acknowledgments (Contract) ME92L Monitor Receipt of Order Acknowledgments (Scheduling Agreement) ME98 Archive Administration (Purchasing Documents) ME99 Output from Purchase Orders ME9A Message Output (Request for Quotation) ME9E Message Output (Scheduling Agreement) ME9F Message Output (Purchase Order) ME9K Message Output (Contract) ME9L Message Output (Scheduling Agreement) MEAN "Address maintanance:Initial screen ""Delivery addresses (master data)"" MEB0 Cancel Settlement Runs MEB1 Create Agreement (Rebate Arrangement) MEB2 Change Agreement (Rebate Arrangement) MEB3 Display Agreement (Rebate Arrangement) MEB4 Settlement: Vendor Rebate Arrangements, Purchasing MM
  • 49. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 58 T-Code Description MEB5 List of Vendor Rebate Arrangements: Purchasing MEB8 Detailed Statement; Vendor Busn.Vols.: Reb.Arrangements, Purchasing MEDL Price Change Involving Vendor's Contracts MEI1 Changes to Purchasing Documents Due to Changes in Conditions MEI2 Mass Adjustment of Documents Due to Changes in Documentss MEI3 Recompilation of Doc. Index (Auto. Document Adj., Subseq. Settlement) MEI4 Automatic Document Adjustment: Create Worklist MEI5 Automatic document adjustment: delete worklist MEI6 Delete document index (Auto. Doc.Adjustment, Subsequent Settlement) MEI7 Make Price Change in Open Purchase Orders MEI8 Recompilation of document index (doc. adjustment) for payment docs MEI9 Recompilation of Doc. Index (Doc. Adjustment) for Vend. Billing Docs MEK1 Create Condition Records MEK2 Change Condition Records MEK3 Display Condition Records MEK31 Change Condition Records MEK32 Change Condition Records MEK33 Display Condition Records MEK4 Create Condition Records with Reference MEKA Purchasing Conditions MEKB Conditions by Contract MEKC Conditions by Info Record MEKD Conditions for Material Group MEKE Conditions by Vendor MEKF Conditions for Material Type MEKG Conditions by Condition Group of Vendor MEKH Market Price MEKI Conditions by Incoterms MEKJ Conditions for Invoicing Party MEKK Conditions by Vendor Subrange MEKL Price Change Involving Vendor's Scheduling Agreements
  • 50. MATERIALS MANAGEMENT 59 T-Code Description MEKLE Currency Change for Scheduling Agreement Conditions of Vendor MEKP Price Change Involving Vendor's Info Records MEKPE Currency Change for Info Record Conditions of Vendor MEKR Price Change Involving Vendor's Contracts MEKRE Currency Change for Contract Conditions of Vendor MELB Purchasing Transactions per Requirement Tracking Number MEPA Order Price Simulation/Price Information MEPB Price Information/Vendor Negotiation Sheet MEPO Display Purchase Order MEQ1 Maintain Quota Arrangement MEQ3 Display Quota Arrangement MEQ4 Changes to Quota Arrangement MEQ6 Analyze Quota Arrangement MEQ8 Quota Arrangement for Material MEQB Define Background Job MEQM Quota Arrangement for Material MEU2 Perform Comparison of Business Volumes MEW6 Assign Purchase Orders WEB MEW7 Release of Service Entry Sheets MEW8 Release of Service Entry Sheet MK01 Create Vendor (Purchasing) MK02 Change Vendor (Purchasing) MK03 Display Vendor (Purchasing) MK04 Vendor Account Changes (Purchasing) MK05 Block/Unblock Vendor (Purchasing) MK06 Flag for Deletion Vendor (Purchasing) MK12 Plan Vendor MK14 Planned Vendor Account Changes MK19 Display in future Vendor MKVG Vendor's Settlement and Condition Groups MKVZ List of Vendors: Purchasing MM
  • 51. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 60 T-Code Description MM00 SAP Easy Access Material Master MM01 Create Material MM02 Change Material MM03 Display Material MM04 Display Changes MM06 Flag Material for Deletion MM11 Schedule Creation of Material MM12 Schedule Changing of Material MM16 Schedule Material for Deletion MM19 Display Material at Key Date MM50 Extend Material View(s) MM60 Materials List MMAM Change Material Type MMH1 Create Trading Goods MMI1 Create Operating Supplies MMN1 Create Non-Stock Material MMPI Initialize Period for Material Master Records MMPV Close Period for Material Master Records MMR1 Create Raw Material MMRV Allow Posting to Previous Period MMS1 Create Service MMSC Enter storage locations collectivel MMU1 Create Non-Valuated Material MMV1 Create Packaging MMVD Change Material MMVH Create Material MMVV Change Material MMZ2 Change Material MN01 Create Output - Condition Records: Purchasing RFQ MN02 Change Output - Condition Records: Purchasing RFQ MN03 Display Output - Condition Records: Purchasing RFQ
  • 52. MATERIALS MANAGEMENT 61 T-Code Description MN04 Create Output - Condition Records: Purchase Order MN05 Change Output - Condition Records: Purchase Order MN06 Display Output - Condition Records: Purchase Order MN07 Create Output - Condition Records: Purch. Outline Agr. MN08 Change Output - Condition Records: Purch. Outline Agr. MN09 Display Output - Condition Records: Purch. Outline Agr. MN10 Create Output - Condition Records: Purch. Sch Agr Release MN11 Change Output - Condition Records: Purch. Sch Agr Release MN12 Display Output - Condition Records: Purch. Sch Agr Release MN13 Create Output - Condition Records: Entry Sheet MN14 Change Output - Condition Records: Entry Sheet MN15 Display Output - Condition Records: Entry Sheet MN21 Create Output - Condition Records: Inventory Management MN22 Change Output - Condition Records: Inventory Management MN23 Display Output - Condition Records: Inventory Management MN24 Create Output - Condition Records: Inbound Delivery MN25 Change Output - Condition Records: Inbound Delivery MN26 Display Output - Condition Records: Inbound Delivery MP01 Maintain Approved Manufacturer Parts List MP02 Display Approved Manufacturer Parts List MR00 SAP Easy Access Invoice MR02 Invoice Items Release MR03 Display Original Document MR08 Cancel Invoice Document MR11 Maintain GR/IR Clearing Account MR21 Price Change - Overview Screen MR42 Change Parked Document MR43 Display Parked Document MR44 Post Parked Document MR90 Output Messages in Logistics Invoice Verification MR91 Messages for Invoice Verification MM
  • 53. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 62 T-Code Description MRA1 Archive Administration: Create Archive Files MRA2 Archive Administration: Execute Delete Program MRA3 Analysis of Invoice Document Archive MRM0 SAP Easy Access Logistics Invoice Verification MRM1 Create Message: Invoice Verificatio MRM2 Change Output - Condition Records: Invoice Verification MRM3 Display Output - Condition Records: Invoice Verification MRNB Revaluation with Logistics Invoice Verification MSRV2 Reporting on Services (Purchase Requisition) MSRV4 Reporting on Services (RFQ) WC23 Logistics Invoice Verification - Verification in Background WF10 Create Collective Purchase Order: Selection and Control Parameters
  • 55. WAREHOUSE MANAGEMENT 65 T-Code Description EC09 Org.Object Copier: Warehouse Number J1A5 Display Warehouse Stock LB01 Create Transfer Requirement LB02 Change Transfer Requirement LB03 Display Transfer Requirement LB10 Display Transfer Requirement: List for Storage Type LB11 Display Transfer Requirement: List for Material LB12 Process Material Document LCO1 Set Up Warehouse Co/Material Docs. LCO2 Set Up Warehouse Co/Transport Orders LI01N Create System Inventory Record LI02N Change System Inventory Record LI03N Display System Inventory Record LI04 Print Inventory List LI06 "Change View ""Block/Unblock Storage Type for Annual Inv."": Overview" LI11N Enter Inventory Count LI12N Change Inventory Count LI13N Display Inventory Count LI14 Start Recount LI20 Clear Inventory Differences WM LI21 Clearing of Differences in Inventory Management LICC Execute Inventory with Cycle-Counting Method and by Quants LL01 Warehouse Activity Monitor LLVS SAP Easy Access Warehouse Management LM00 Logon RF LM01 Dynamic Menu LM02 Select by SU -Put Away LM03 Put Away - by TO LM04 Put Away -System Guided LM05 Picking by TO ID LM06 Picking - by Delivery ID WM
  • 56. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 66 T-Code Description LM07 Picking - System Guided LM09 Put Away by Delivery ID LM11 Posting Changes LM12 Material Inquiry LM13 Put Away Clustered LM18 Handling Unit Inquiry LM19 Handling Unit - Pack LM22 Handling Unit - Unpack LM24 Packing HU by Delivery LM25 Unpack HU by Delivery LM26 Picking by Delivery - W/O sel scree LM27 Put Away by Delivery - W/O sel scree LM30 Load Control - Load by Shipment LM31 Load Control - Load by Delivery LM32 Load Control - System Guide Load LM33 Load Control - UnLd by Shipment LM34 Load Control - UnLd by Delivery LM35 Load Control - Detail by Shipping Un LM36 Load Control - Detail by Delivery LM37 Load Control - Detail by Shipment LM45 Pick and Pack LM46 Pick and Pack by Delivery LM50 Count Inventory By System Guided LM51 Count Inventory By User Selection LM55 Print Storage Bin Labels LM56 Select by SU - Interleaving LM57 System Guided Putaway - Interleaving LM58 Sys. guided dynamic inventory count LM59 User initiated dynamic invent. count LM60 User guided dynamic invent. count LM61 Goods Issue by Delivery
  • 57. WAREHOUSE MANAGEMENT 67 T-Code Description LM62 Goods Issue by MS area LM63 Goods Issue by Shipment LM64 Goods Issue by ALL LM65 Goods Issue by Group LM66 Goods Issue by HU LM71 Goods Receipt by Delivery LM72 Goods Receipt by MS area LM73 Goods Receipt by Shipment LM74 Goods Receipt by ALL LM76 Goods Receipt by HU LM77 Queue Assignment LM80 Serial number capture LN07 Number Range for WM Communicication Records LP11 WM Staging of Crate Parts LP12 WM Material Staging of Release Order Parts LP21 Replenishment for Fixed Bins in WM LP22 Replenishm. Planning for Fixed Bins LP24 Replenishment for Storage Types with Random Space Management LPIN Information on Material Status in Production LPK1 Create Control Cycle LPK2 Change Control Cycle LPK3 Display Control Cycle LPK4 Automatic creation of control cycles for release order parts LQ01 Posting Chge Stor. Loc. to Stor. Loc. in Inventory Management. LQ02 Posting Change in WM and IM LRF1 RF Monitor; Active LRF2 RF Monitor, Passive LS01N Create Storage Bin LS02N Change Storage Bin LS03N Display Storage Bin LS04 Display Empty Storage Bins WM
  • 58. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 68 T-Code Description LS05 Automatic Creation of Storage Bins LS06 Block/Unblock Several Storage Bins Simultaneously LS07 Block and Unblock Quants for Material LS08 Block and Unblock a Range of Storage Bins LS09 WM Material Data per Storage Type LS10 "Change View ""Storage Bin Structure for Automatic Creation" ": Overview" LS11 Change Several Storage Bins Simultaneously LS12 "Change View ""Block/unblock storage type"": Overview" LS22 Change Quant LS23 Display Quant LS24 Stock per Material LS25 Stock per Storage Bin LS26 Stock Overview LS27 Stock per Storage Unit LS28 Storage Units per Storage Bin LS32 Change Storage Unit LS33 Display Storage Unit LS41 List of Control Cycles LS51 Create Batch Search Strategy LS52 Change Batch Search Strategy LS53 Display Batch Search Strategy LT0A Create Transfer Order LT0B Putaway of Pre-Picked Handling Units LT0C Removal of Pre-Picked Handling Units LT0D Transferring Pre-Picked Handling Units LT0E Create Removal TO for 2-Step Picking LT0F Create Transfer Order for Inbound Delivery LT0G Return to Stock from Delivery LT0H Put Away/Transfer Handling Units LT0I Removal of Handling Units from Stoc LT0J Create Transfer Order for Storage Unit: Entry
  • 59. WAREHOUSE MANAGEMENT 69 T-Code Description LT0R Request replenishment manually LT1C Confirm Item: Confirm Single Item LT1D Confirm Transfer Order Pick LT1E Confirm Transfer Order LT1F Confirm Transfer Order Items for Storage Unit: Preparation (Pick) LT1G Confirm Transfer Order Items for Storage Unit: Preparation (Transfer) LU01 Create Posting Change Notice LU02 Change Posting Change Notice LU03 Display Posting Change Notice LU04 Display Posting Change Notice: Overview LX01 List of Empty Storage Bins LX02 WM Stock LX03 Bin Status Report LX04 Capacity Used per Storage Type LX12 Transfer Orders: Resident Documents (Detailed View) LX15 Selection of Storage Bins for Annual Inventory Count LX16 Carry out Continuous Inventory LX17 Differnces List per Storage Type LX18 Statistics for Inventory Differences LX22 Inventory Overview LX23 Stock Comparison Inventory Management / Warehouse Management LX25 Inventory status LX26 Carry Out Inventory Using the Cycle Counting Method LX27 SLED Control List LX30 Overview of WM Messages Transmitted to External Systems LX41 WM-PP Evaluation Report LX42 Evaluation PP Order from WM View LX43 Consistency Check for Control Cycles LX46 Transmission WM performance data -> HR incentive wage FI PM PP PS SD WM
  • 61. PLANT MAINTENANCE 73 T-Code Description AC03 Create Service Master Record AC06 List Display: Service Master: Selection of Services CA82 Work Center Where-Used: Selection CA83 Work Center Where-Used: Selection (Standard network) CL01 Create Class CL02 Class (Change) CL03 Display Class CL04 Delete Class CL20N Assign Object to Classes CL22N Assign Class to Superior Classes CL24N Assign Objects/Classes to Class CL26 Mass Release for a Class Type/Class CL2A Classification Status for Change Number CL30N Find Objects in Classes CL31 Find Objects in Class Type CL6AN Class List CL6B Object List CL6BN Object List CL6C Class Hierarchy CL6D List of Classes Without Superior Class CL6O Object Comparison CLMM Mass Change for Assigned Values IA00 SAP Easy Access Work Scheduling IA01 Create Equipment Task List IA02 Change Equipment Task List IA03 Display Equipment Task List IA04 Start transaction for object service IA05 Create General Task List IA06 Change General Task List IA07 Display General Task List IA08 Change PM Task Lists PM
  • 62. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 74 T-Code Description IA09 Display Task Lists: Task List Selection IA10 Multi-Level Task List: PM Task List Selection IA11 Create Functional Location Task List IA12 Change Functional Location Task List IA13 Display Functional Location Task List IA15 Display task list change documents IA16 Task list costing IA17 Task List Printing List IA18 Display Standard Milestone IA19 Change Standard Milestone IA21 Display Task List Change Documents IB01 Create equipment BOM IB02 Change equipment BOM IB03 Display equipment BOM IB05 Change BOM group IB06 Display BOM group IB07 Create Plant Assignment IB08 Change Plant Assignment IB09 Display Plant Assignment IB11 Create functional location BOM IB12 Change functional location BOM IB13 Display functional location BOM IB15 Change BOM group IB16 Display BOM group IB17 Create Plant Assignment IB18 Change Plant Assignment IB19 Display Plant Assignment IB51 Create Installed Base IB52 Change Installed Base IB53 Display Installed Base IE00 SAP Easy Access Management of Technical Objects
  • 63. PLANT MAINTENANCE 75 T-Code Description IE01 Create Equipment IE02 Change Equipment IE03 Display Equipment IE05 Change Equipment: Equipment Selection IE07 Multi-Level Equipment List: Equipment Selection IE08 Create Equipment IE10 Equipment Entry List IE31 Create Fleet Object IE36 Display Vehicles: Vehicles Selection IH01 Functional Location Structure IH02 Reference Location Structure IH04 Equipment Structure IH05 Material Structure: Selection IH06 Display Functional Location: Functional Location Selection IH07 Display Reference Location: Reference Location Selection IH08 Display Equipment: Equipment Selection IH09 Display Material: Material Selection IH12 Functional Location Structure IH18 Ref. Location List (Multilevel): Selection Ref. Locations IK11 Create Measurement Document IK12 Change Measurement Document IK13 Display Measurement Document IK15 Take Up Measurement Reading Transfer IK17 Display Measurement Documents: Measurement Document Selection IK18 Change Measurement Documents: Measurement Document Selection IK21 Collective Entry of MeasDocuments (Funct Location) IK22 Collective Entry of MeasDocuments (Equipment) IK31 Measurement Reading Entry List: Create IK32 Measurement Reading Entry List: Change IK33 Measurement Reading Entry List: Display IK34 Collective Entry of MeasDocuments PM
  • 64. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 76 T-Code Description IK51 Measurement Reading Transfer: Structural Display IK52 Display Measurement Reading Transfer (History) IL01 Create Functional Location IL02 Change Functional Location IL03 Display Functional Location IL04 Create FunctLocation: List Entry IL05 Change Functional Location: Functional Location Selection IL06 Data Transfer From FunctLocation IL07 Multi-Level FunctLocation List: FunctLocation Selection IL11 Create Reference Location IL12 Change Reference Location IL13 Display Reference Location IP01 Create Maintenance Plan IP02 Change Maintenance Plan IP03 Display Maintenance Plan IP04 Create Maintenance Item IP05 Change Maintenance Item IP06 Display Maintenance Item IP10 Schedule Maintenance Plan IP11 Change Maintenance Strategies: Overview IP11Z Change Cycle Sets: Overview IP12 Display Maintenance Strategies: Overview IP12Z Display Cycle Sets: Overview IP13 Package Sequence IP14 Where-Used List by Strategy IP15 Change Maintenance Plan: Selection Criteria IP16 Display Maintenance Plan: Selection Criteria IP17 Change Maintenance Item: Selection Criteria IP18 Display Maintenance Item: Selection Criteria IP19 Maintenance Scheduling Overview and Simulation: Selection Criteria IP24 Scheduling overview list form: Selection Criteria
  • 65. PLANT MAINTENANCE 77 T-Code Description IP25 Set Deletion Flag for Maintenance Plans IP30 Deadline Monitoring for Maintenance Plans (Batch Input IP10) IP31 Maintenance Plan Costing IP40 Create Maintenance Plan IP41 Create Maintenance Plan (Single Cycle Plan) IP42 Create Maintenance Plan (Strategy Plan) IP43 Create Maintenance Plan (Multiple Counter Plan) IP50 Create Maintenance Plan IP62 Material where-used list in task list IPCS SAP Easy Access Service Agreements IPM2 Change Permit: Selection of Permits IPM3 Display Permit: Selection of Permits IQ01 Create Material Serial Number IQ02 Change Material Serial Number IQ03 Display Material Serial Number IQ04 Create Material Serial Number: List Entry IQ08 Change Material Serial Number: Serial Number Selection IQ09 Display Material Serial Number: Serial Number Selection IQS1 Create Notification (Extended View) IQS2 Change Notification (Extended View) IQS21 Create Notification (Simplified View) IQS22 Change Notification (Simplified View) IQS23 Display Notification (Simplified View) IQS3 Display Notification (Extended View) IQS8 Worklist: Notifications (General) IR01 Create Work Center IR02 Change Work Center IR03 Display Work Center IW13 Material Where-Used List IW21 Create PM Notification IW22 Change PM Notification PM
  • 66. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 78 T-Code Description IW23 Display PM Notification IW24 Create PM Notification: Malfunction Report IW25 Create PM Notification: Activity Report IW26 Create PM Notification: Maintenance Request IW27 Assign Deletion Flag to Completed Maintenance Notifications IW28 Change Notifications: Selection of Notifications IW29 Display Notifications: Selection of Notifications IW30 Notification List (Multi-level): Notification Selection IW31 Create Order IW32 Change Order IW33 Display Order IW34 Create Notification Order IW36 Create Sub-order IW37N Change Orders and Operations: Selection of Orders and Operations IW38 Change PM Orders: Selection of Orders IW39 Display PM Orders: Selection of Orders IW3D Print Order IW3K Change Order: Component Overview IW3L Display Order: Component Overview IW3M List of Goods Movements for Order: Selection of Goods Movements IW40 Order List (Multi-Level): Selection of Orders IW41 Enter PM Order Confirmation IW42 Overall Completion Confirmation IW43 Display PM Order Confirmation IW44 PM Order Confirmation: Collective Confirmation IW45 Cancel PM Order Confirmation IW47 Display Confirmations IW48 Confirmation using operation list: Selection of Order Operations IW49N Display Orders and Operations: Selection of Orders and Operations IW51 Create Service Notification IW52 Change Service Notification
  • 67. PLANT MAINTENANCE 79 T-Code Description IW53 Display Service Notification IW54 Create Service Notification: Problem Notification IW55 Create Service Notification: Activity Report IW56 Create Service Notification: Service Request IW57 Set Deletion Flag For Notification IW58 Change Service Notifications: Selection of Notifications IW59 Display Service Notifications: Selection of Notifications IW61 Create Historical PM Order IW62 Change Historical PM Order IW63 Display Historical PM Order IW64 Change Activities: Selection of Notifications IW65 Display Activities: Selection of Notifications IW66 Change Tasks: Selection of Notifications IW67 Display Tasks: Selection of Notifications IW68 Change Notification Items: Selection of Notifications IW69 Diaplay Notification Items: Selection of Notifications IW70 Maintenance Order: Total Network Scheduling IW72 Change Service Order: Selection of Orders IW73 Display Service Order: Selection of Orders IW81 Create Order (Refurbishment) IW8W Goods Receipt Serial Numbers for Refurbishment Order IWBK Material Availability Information MC=E Create Exception MC=F Change Exception MC=G Display Exception MC=H Create Exception Group MC=I Change Exception Group MC=J Display Exception Group MC=K Periodic Analyses for Exception: Area to analyze Create MC=L Periodic Analyses for Exception: Area to analyze Change MC=M Periodic Analyses for Exception: Area to analyze Display PM
  • 68. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 80 T-Code Description MCIZ Vehicle Consumption Analysis MCJB PMIS: MTTR/MTBR - Equipment MCJE SAP Easy Access Plant Maintenance Information System MCMM Display Selection Version MCYK Plant Maintenance Information System (PMIS): Execute Exception Analysis ML01 Create Standard Service Catalog ML02 Change Standard Service Catalog ML03 Display Standard Service Catalog ML10 Create Model Service Specifications ML11 Change Model Service Specifications ML12 Display Model Service Specifications ML15 Model Service Specifications: Reporting ML81 Maintain Service Entry Sheet MLS6 Standard Service Catalog: Reporting
  • 70. PRODUCTION PLANNING 83 T-Code Description B3MG Display Master Warranty BGM1 Create Master Warranty BGM2 Change Master Warranty BM00 SAP Easy Access Batch Management BMBC Batch Information Cockpit C201 Create Master Recipe C202 Change Master Recipe C203 Display Master Recipe C223 Production Version: Mass Processing C251 Master Recipe Print List C252 Print List for Production Versions with Consistency Check C260 Task List Changes C261 Display Change Documents for a Recipe Group C298 Deletion of Task Lists without Archiving CA00 SAP Easy Access Routings CA01 Create Routing CA02 Change Routing CA03 Display Routing CA10 Stdandard Text CA11 Create Reference Operation Set CA12 Change Reference Operation Set CA13 Display Reference Operation Set CA21 Create Rate Routing CA22 Change Rate Routing CA23 Display Rate Routing CA31 Create Reference Rate Routing CA32 Change Reference Rate Routing CA33 Display Reference Rate Routing CA60 Task List Changes CA62 Display Change Documents for Reference Operation Set Group CA63 Display Change Documents for a Routing PP
  • 71. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 84 T-Code Description CA64 Display Change Documents for a Reference Rate Routing Group CA70 Use of PRT in Task Lists: Selection CA75 Replace PRT in Task Lists: Selection CA75N Mass Change of Production Res./Tools: Selection CA80 Work Center Where-Used: Selection CA81 Resource Where-Used: Selection CA85 Replace Work Center: Selection CA85N Mass Change Work Center CA87 Replace Work Center: Selection CA90 Use of Reference Operation Set in Task Lists: Selection CA95 Replace Reference Operation Set: Selection CA95N Mass Change Ref. Operation Set Reference: Selection CA96 Update Material Master CA97 Update Material Master: Initial Screen (for Mass Processing) CA98 Deletion of Task Lists without Archiving CA99 Archive Administration CAC0 SAP Easy Access Master Recipe - Access Via Production Version CC00 SAP Easy Access Engineering Change Management CC01 Create Change Master CC02 Change Change Master CC03 Display Change Master CC04 Product Structure Browser CC05 Change Overview Initial Screen CC07 Change Number Selection CK11N Create Material Cost Estimate with Quantity Structure CK13N Display Material Cost Estimate with Quantity Structure CK24 Price Update: Mark Standard Price CK31 Print log of costing run CK33 Comparison of Itemizations CK40N Edit Costing Run CK41 Create Costing Run (Material)
  • 72. PRODUCTION PLANNING 85 T-Code Description CK42 Change Costing Run (Material) CK43 Display Costing Run (Material) CK44 Delete Costing Run CK80 Cost Component Report for Product Cost Estimate CK81 Application Tree Report Selection Product Cost Planning CK82 List of Existing Material Cost Estimates CK83 Call RKKBPCD0 in Background CK84 Line items in cost est for product CK85 Line Item Report Costing Items CK86 Costed Multilevel BOM, Material Cost Estimate CK87 Costed Multilevel BOM, Sales Order Cost Estimate CK88 Partner Cost Component Split CK89 Cost Component Report for Sales Document Cost Estimate CK90 SAP Easy Access: Mixed Costing CK91 Create Procurement Alternative CK91N Display Procurement Alternatives CK92 Change Procurement Alternatives CK93 Display Procurement Alternatives CK94 Change Mixing Ratios CK95 Display Mixing Ratios CKC1 Check Costing Variant CKCM Easy Cost Planning: Model CKECP Ad Hoc Cost Estimate CKM3 Material Price Analysis CKMB Display Material Ledger Document CKME Release Planned Price Changes CKMF Allow Price Determination CKMG Allow Closing Entries CKMH Single-Level Material Price Determination CKR1 Reorganization of Cost Estimates CKUC Multilevel Unit Costing PP
  • 73. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 86 T-Code Description CKW1 Create Cost Estimate for Production Lot CKW3 Display Cost Estimate for Production Lot CKW4 Activate Cost Estimate for Production Lot CM00 SAP Easy Access Capacity Planning CM01 Capacity Planning: Selection (Work Center - Load) CM02 Capacity Planning: Selection (Orders) CM03 Capacity Planning: Selection (Work Center - Pool) CM04 Capacity Planning: Selection (Work Center - Backlog) CM05 Capacity Planning: Selection (Work Center - Overload) CM07 Capacity Planning (Variable) CM22 Capacity leveling: SFC planning table CM23 Capacity leveling: SFC orders tab CM24 Capacity Leveling (Individual Capacity - Tabular) CM25 Capacity Leveling (Variable) CM26 Capacity leveling: Proj. View Tabular CM27 Capacity level.: SFC indiv. cap. graph CM28 Capac. level.: SFC indiv. cap. Tab CM30 Capacity Leveling (Indvidual Capacity - Graphical) CM31 Cap. leveling: SFC orders graphical CM32 Cap. leveling: PS graph CM33 Capacity Leveling (Work Center - Graphical) CM34 Capacity Leveling (Work Center - Tabular) CM35 Capacity Leveling (Resource View - Table) CM36 Capacity Leveling (Process Order View) CM38 Capacity Planning (Capacity Leveling Long-Term Planning) CM50 Capacity level: SFC work cntr list CM51 Cap. level: SFC individual cap. list CM52 Cap. leveling: SFC orders list CM53 Capacity leveling: PS elem/version CM54 Capacity leveling: PS list via vers. CM55 Cap. leveling: PS list WCntr/version
  • 74. PRODUCTION PLANNING 87 T-Code Description CM56 Capacity evaluation (Resource View) CM57 Capacity evaluation (Order View) CMP2 Workforce Planning - Selection Project View CMP3 Workforce Planning: Selection for Work Center View CMP9 Workforce Planning - Reporting CO00 SAP Easy Access Shop Floor Control CO01 Production Order Create CO01S Simulation Order Create CO02 Production Order Change CO02S Simulation Order Change CO03 Production Order Display CO03S Simulation Order Display CO04 Print Shop Papers CO04N Print Production Orders CO05N Release Production Orders CO06 Backorder Processing CO07 Production Order Create (Without Material) CO08 Production Order Create (For Sales Order) CO09 Availability Overview CO10 Production Order Create CO11 Enter Production Order Confirmation CO11N Enter time ticket for production order CO12 Collective Entry: Time Ticket CO13 Cancel Production Order Confirmation CO14 Display Production Order Confirmation CO15 Enter Production Order Confirmation CO16N Postprocessing Incorrect Confirmations CO27 Picking List CO40 Production Order Create (Planned Order) CO41 Collective Conversion of Planned Orders CO43 Actual Overhead Calculation: Production/Process Orders PP
  • 75. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 88 T-Code Description CO44 Mass Processing for Orders CO46 Order Progress Report: Selection Screen CO48 Production Order Create CO78 Archiving of Production Orders CO88 Actual Settlement: Production/Process Orders COB1 Create Batch Search Strategy COB2 Change Batch Search Strategy COB3 Display Batch Search Strategy COFC Reprocessing of confirmations with errors in calc. of actual costs COHV Mass Processing Production Orders COID Selection of Indiv. Object Lists COIO Order Info System for PP-PI COMAC Collective Availability Check COOIS Production Order Information System COPD Print Process Order COPI Print Process Order Shop Floor Papers COR1 Create Process Order COR2 Change Process Order COR3 Display Process Order COR5 Release Process Order COR6 Create Process Order Confirmation COR6N Enter time ticket for process order COR7 Create Process Order (Convert Planned Order) COR8 Collective Conversion of Planned Orders CORA Process Order: Scheduling External Relationships CORK Enter Process Order Confirmation CORO Create Process Order w/o Material CORR Collective Entry of Confirmations CORS Cancel Process Order Confirmation CORT Display Process Order Confirmation CORZ Enter Confirmation of Process Order: Create Time Event
  • 76. PRODUCTION PLANNING 89 T-Code Description CR01 Create Work Center CR02 Change Work Center CR03 Display Work Center CR05 Work Center List CR06 Assignment of Work Centers to Cost Centers CR07 Work Center Capacities CR08 Work Center Hierarchy CR09 Standard Text CR10 Work Center Change Documents CR11 Create Capacity CR12 Change Capacity CR13 Display Capacity CR15 Capacity: Where-used CR21 Create Hierarchy CR22 Change Hierarchy CR23 Display Hierarchy CR60 Work center information system CRA1 Archive Administration: Create Archive Files CRA2 Archive Administration: Execute Delete Program CRAA Display Work Center CRAH Create Work Center CRAV Change Work Center CS00 SAP Easy Access Bills of Material CS01 Create Material BOM CS02 Change Material BOM CS03 Display Material BOM CS05 Change BOM Group CS06 Display BOM Group CS07 Create Plant Assignment CS08 Change Plant Assignment CS09 Display Plant Assignment PP
  • 77. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 90 T-Code Description CS11 Explode BOM: Level by Level CS12 Explode BOM: Multi-Level BOM CS13 Explode BOM: Summarized BOM CS14 BOM Comparison: Initial Screen (One-Level) CS15 Where-Used List: Material: Initial Screen CS20 Mass Changes: Material Selection (Bills of Material) CS21 Mass Changes: Material Selection CS22 Mass Changes: Document Selection CS23 Mass Changes: Class Selection CS25 Archive Administration: Create Archive Files CS26 Archive Administration: Execute Delete Program CS27 Archive Administration: Run Read Program CS28 Archive Administration: Initial Screen CS31 Create class BOM CS32 Change class BOM CS33 Display class BOM CS40 Create Link to Configurable Material CS41 Change Link to Configurable Material CS42 Display Link to Configurable Material CS51 Create standard BOM CS52 Change standard BOM CS53 Display standard BOM CS61 Create order BOM CS62 Change order BOM CS63 Display order BOM CS71 Create WBS BOM CS72 Change WBS BOM CS73 Display WBS BOM CS74 Create WBS BOM (Structure) CS75 Change WBS BOM (Structure) CS76 Display WBS BOM (Structure)
  • 78. PRODUCTION PLANNING 91 T-Code Description CS80 Display Change Documents: Material BOM CS81 Display Change Documents: Standard BOM CS82 Display Change Documents: Order BOM CS83 Display Change Documents: WBS BOM CS84 Change documents for class BOM CS90 Number ranges for material bills of material CS91 Standard object list number range CS92 Number ranges for sales order BOMs CSK1 Explode BOM: Level by Level CSK2 Explode BOM: Multi-Level BOM CSK3 Explode BOM: Summarized BOM CSMB Material BOM Browser CSPB WBS BOM CV15 Change Document BOM group CV16 Display Document BOM group IK01 Create Measuring Point IK01R Create Reference Measuring Point IK02 Change Measuring Point IK02R Change Reference Measuring Point IK03 Display Measuring Point IK03R Display Reference Measuring Point IK06 Display Measuring Points for Object IK07 Display Measuring Points: MeasPoint Selection IK07R Display Reference Measuring Point: Reference Measuring Point Selection IK08 Change Measuring Points: MeasPoint Selection IK08R Change Reference Measuring Point: Reference Measuring Point Selection IPMD "Display View ""Maintain Permits"": Overview" KSOP Transfer Scheduled from PP for Business Processes KSPP Transfer Planned Activity Requirements for Production LDB1 Create Line Hierarchy PP
  • 79. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 92 T-Code Description LDB2 Change Line Hierarchy LDB3 Display Line Hierarchy MB11 Enter Goods Movement MB31 Goods Receipt for Order (Production) MBVR Manage Reservations MC11 Create Evaluation MC12 Change Evaluation MC13 Display Evaluation MC35 Create Rough-Cut Planning Profile MC36 Change Rough-Cut Planning Profile MC37 Display Rough-Cut Planning Profile MC61 Create Planning Hierarchy MC62 Change Planning Hierarchy MC63 Display Planning Hierarchy MC64 Create Event MC65 Change Event MC66 Display Event MC67 Planning Hierarchy Graphic MC71 Product group hierarchy MC72 Product Group Usage MC74 Transfer Planning Data to Demand Management (Material) MC75 Transfer Planning Data to Demand Management (Product Group) MC78 Copy Planning Version MC80 Delete Planning Version MC84 Create Product Group MC85 Display Product Group MC86 Change Product Group MC88 Sales and Operations Planning MC8A Planning Type: Create MC8B Planning Type: Change MC8C Planning Type: Display
  • 80. PRODUCTION PLANNING 93 T-Code Description MC8D Create Planning Job MC8E Change Planning Job MC8G Schedule Background Run for Selected Planning Objects MC8J List of planning objects MC8V Copy Planning Version MC8W Delete Planning Version MC90 Transfer Planning Data to Demand Management MC93 Create Plan in Flexible Planning MC94 Change Plan in Flexible Planning MC95 Display Plan in Flexible Planning MC96 "Change View ""Configuration of Forecast Profiles"": Details" MC9B Determine Proporations of Lowest-Level Nodes for Consistent Planning MC9C Standard Analysis for Info Structure MC9K Maintain Available Capacity for Material MCI6 Object Statistics MCP1 Operation Analysis MCP3 Production Order Analysis MCP5 Material Analysis MCP7 Work Center Analysis: Selection MCRE Material Usage Analysis MCRI Product Costs Analysis MCRX Material Usage Analysis MCRY Product Costs Analysis MCYJ Shop Floor Information System (PP-IS): Execute Exception Analysis MD01 MRP Run MD02 Single-Item; Multi-Level (MRP) MD03 Single-Item, Single-Level (MRP) MD05 MRP List (Individual Display) MD06 MRP List (Collective Display) MD07 Stock/Requirements List (collective Display) MD09 Determine Pegged Requirements PP
  • 81. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 94 T-Code Description MD11 Create Planned Order MD12 Change Planned Order MD13 Display Planned Order MD14 Convert Planned Order to Purchase Requisition MD15 Collective Conversion of Plnd Ord. to Pur. Req. MD16 Display Planned Orders MD17 Collective Requirements Display MD20 Create Planning File Entry MD21 Display planning file entries MD25 Create Planning Calendar MD26 Change Planning Calendar MD27 Display Planning Calendar MD43 Single-Item Planning - Interactive MD44 Evaluation of the Planning Situation MD45 Evaluation of the Planning Result MD46 Evaluation of the Planning Result for MRP Controller MD47 Evaluation of Product Group Planning MD48 Cross-Plant Evaluation MD4C Multilevel Order Report MD50 Make-To-Order Planning - Multi-Level MD51 Project Planning - Multi-Level MD61 Create Planned Independent Requirements MD62 Change Planned Independent Requirements MD63 Display Planned Independent Requirements MD64 Standard Independent Requirements (Create) MD65 Change Standard Independent Requirements MD66 Display Standard Independent Requirements MD73 Display Total Requirements MD74 Reorganizing Indep. Reqmts - Adjusting Requirements (PlndIndReq) MD75 Indep. requirements reorganization - Delete old requirements records MD76 Reorg: Indep. Reqmts - Delete History and Independent Requirements
  • 82. PRODUCTION PLANNING 95 T-Code Description MD79 PP Demand Management / XXL List Viewer MD81 Create Independent Requirements MD82 Change Independent Requirements MD83 Display Independent Requirements MDAB Set up planning file entries: Variant MDAC Execute Action for Planned Order MDBT Total Planning: Variants MDL1 Create Production Lot MDL2 Change Production Lot MDL3 Display Production Lot MDLD Print MRP List MDRE Plnning file entries consisten: Variants MDSA Display BOM Explosion Numbers MDSP Maintain BOM Explosion Numbers MDUM Convert Planned Orders into PR: Variants MDUP Process project assignment MDUS Display project assignment MDVP Collective Availability Check MF12 Display Document Log Information MF26 Display Reporting Point Information MF30 Creation of Preliminary Cost Estimates for Product Cost Collectors MF41 Document-Specific Backflush Reversal MF42N Collective Entry of Confirmations MF45 Postprocess Backflush Items MF46 Collective Postprocessing MF50 Planning Table Initial Screen: Change Mode MF51 Production List for Repetitive Manufacturing MF52 Planning Table Initial Screen: Display Mode MF57 Planning Table Initial Screen: By MRP Lists MF60 Material Staging for Planned Orders MF63 Staging Situation for Planned Orders PP
  • 83. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 96 T-Code Description MF65 Picking: Collective processing MF68 Message logs for material staging MF70 Aggregate Collective Backflush MFBF REM Confirmation: Transaction Variant: None MFHU HU Backflush in Repetitive Manufacturing MP30 Execute Forecast (Materials) MP31 Change Forecast (Materials) MP32 Display Forecast (Materials) MP33 Forecast Reprocessing MP38 Execute Mass Forecast MP39 Material Forecast Printing MP80 Forecast Profile Create MP81 Forecast Profile Change MP82 Forecast Profile Delete MP83 Forecast Profile Display MP90 Number Ranges for Forecast Parameter MP91 Number Ranges for Forecast Values MPBT Total Forecast: Variants MPDR Print forecast: Variants MS31 Create Planning Scenario MS32 Change Planning Scenario MS33 Display Planning Scenario MS44 Long-Term Planning: Evaluation MS64 Copy Version MSC1N Create Batch MSC2N Change Batch MSC3N Display Batch MSC4N Display Change Documents for Batch OMI8 Plant Parameters for Material Requirements Planning OP4A "Change View ""Grouping"": Overview" OPPP "Change View ""Alternative BOM Determination"": Overview"
  • 84. PRODUCTION PLANNING 97 T-Code Description OS29 "Change View ""User Profile for BOMs"": Overview" PK00 SAP Easy Access Kanban PK01 Create Control Cycle PK02 Change Control Cycle PK03 Display Control Cycle PK03NR Display Control Cycle PK05 "Change View ""Supply Area"": Overview" PK05S Fast Entry Supply Area PK06 "Display View ""Supply Area"": Overview" PK10 Define Status of Kanban Board PK11 Kanban Plant Overview PK12N Kanban Board: Supply Source Overview PK13N Kanban Board: Demand Source Overview PK17 Collective Kanban Print PK18 Econtrol Cycle and Kanban Evaluation PK21 Kanban Signal PK22 Quantity Signal: Input PK23 Create Kanban PK41 Kanban Backflush PK50 Kanban Processing: Error Display PKBC Kanban Signal PKC1 SAP Easy Access Activity-Based Costing Information System PKMC Control Cycle Maintenance: Display WWP1 Planning Workbench (Online Planning) WWP3 Planning Workbench (Order Cancellation) PP
  • 86. PROJECT SYSTEM 101 T-Code Description CJ01 Create Project (Work Breakdown Structure) CJ02 Change Project (Work Breakdown Structure) CJ03 Display Project (Work Breakdown Structure) CJ06 Create Project Definition CJ07 Change Project Definition CJ08 Display Project Definition CJ11 Create WBS Element CJ12 Change WBS Element CJ13 Display WBS Element CJ20 Structure Planning: Change CJ20N Project Builder CJ21 Change Time Scheduling: Basic Dates CJ22 Display Time Scheduling: Basic Dates CJ23 Change Time Scheduling: Forecast Dates CJ24 Display Time Scheduling: Forecast Dates CJ25 Change Time Scheduling: Actual Dates CJ26 Display Time Scheduling: Actual Dates CJ27 Create Project (Project Planning Board) CJ29 Project Scheduling CJ2A Structure Planning: Display CJ2B Change Project Planning Board CJ2C Display Project Planning Board CJ2D Create Project (Structure Planning) CJ30 Change Original Budget CJ31 Display Original Budget CJ32 Change Release CJ33 Display Release CJ34 Transfer Budget CJ35 Post Return CJ36 Post Supplement CJ37 Change Supplement PS
  • 87. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 102 T-Code Description CJ38 Change Return CJ3A Change Document CJ3B Display Document CJ40 Change Cost Planning CJ41 Display Project Plan CJ42 Change Revenue Planning CJ43 Display Revenue Planning CJ44 Actual Overhead Calculation: Project/WBS Element/Network CJ45 Actual Overhead Calculation: Projects/WBS Elements/Networks CJ46 Plan Overhead Calculation: Project/WBS Element CJ47 Plan Overhead Calculation: Projects/WBS Elements CJ48 Payment Planning Change CJ49 Payment Planning Display CJ70 Display Project Settlement Line Items CJ74 Display Project Actual Cost Line Items CJ76 Display Project Commitment Line Items CJ7E Transfer of Planning Data: Projects/WBS elements CJ7G Transfer of Planning Data: Projects/WBS elements CJ7M Display Project Planned Cost Line Items CJ88 Actual Settlement: Project/WBS Element/Network CJ8G Actual Settlement: Projects/WBS Elements/Networks CJ91 Create Standard WBS CJ92 Change Standard WBS CJ93 Display Standard WBS CJ9B Copy WBS Plan to Plan (Collective) CJ9BS Copy WBS Plan to Plan (Individual) CJ9C Copy WBS Actual to Plan (Collective) CJ9CS Copy WBS Actual to Plan (Individual) CJ9D Orders/Networks for Project: Copy Plan Version CJ9E Planned Settlement: Projects/WBS elements CJ9F Copy Project Costing (Collective)
  • 88. PROJECT SYSTEM 103 T-Code Description CJ9FS Copy Project Costing (Individual) CJ9G Planed Settlement: Projects/WBS elements CJ9K Asynchronous Network Costing: Planned Costs and Payments CJ9L Cost Forecast (Individual Processing) CJ9M Cost Forecast (Collective Processing) CJ9Q Integrated Planning for Networks (Collective Processing) CJ9QS Integrated Planning for Networks (Individual Processing) CJA1 Project-Related Incoming Orders (Collective Processing) CJA2 Project-Related Incoming Orders (Individual Processing) CJB1 Generate Settlement Rules: WBS Elements (Collective Processing) CJB2 Generate Settlement Rules: WBS Elements (Individual Processing) CJBV Project Availability Control Background Job Activation CJBW Deactivate Availabilty Control for Projects CJCF Fiscal year close: Carry forward commitment CJCO Carrying Forward Project Budget CJCS Display change documents: Reference WBS CJE1 Create Hierarchy Report CJE2 Change Hierarchy Report CJE3 Display Hierarchy Report CJEA Selection: Plan/Actual/Commitment/Rem. Plan/Assigned CJF1 Create Transfer Price Agreement CJI1 Display Project Budget Line Items CJI2 Budget Updates: Document Chain CJI3 Display Project Actual Cost Line Items CJI4 Display Project Planned Cost Line Items CJI5 Display Project Commitment Line Items CJI8 Display Project Budget Line Items CJI9 Display Project Hierarchy Cost Planning Line Items CJIA Display Project Actual Payment Line Items CJIB Display Project Planned Payment Line Items CJIC Display Project Settlement Line Items PS
  • 89. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 104 T-Code Description CJID Display Project Settlement Line Items CJK2 Change Statistical Key Figure Planning CJK3 Display Statistical Key Figure Planning CJP1 Create Plan Revaluation CJP2 Change Plan Revaluation CJP3 Display Plan Revaluation CJP4 Delete Plan Revaluation CJPU Plan Revaluation CJR2 Change Cost and Activity Inputs CJR3 Display Cost and Activity Inputs CJS2 Change Planning Statistical Key Figures CJS3 Display Planning Statistical Key Figures CJS4 Change Planning Statistical Key Figures CJS5 Display Planning Statistical Key Figures CJSN Number Range for Project Definition CJT2 Display Project Actual Payment Line Items CJV1 Project Planning Board: Create Simulation CJV2 Project Planning Board: Change Simulation CJV3 Project Planning Board: Display Simulation CJV4 Transfer Project CJV5 Delete Simulation Version CN01 Standard Network Create CN02 Standard Network Change CN03 Standard Network Display CN04 PS Text Catalog: Change CN05 PS Text Catalog: Display CN08 Allocate Material to Standard Network Change: Overview CN09 Allocate Material to Standard Network Display: Overview CN11 Create Standard Milestone CN12 Change Standard Milestone CN13 Display Standard Milestone
  • 90. PROJECT SYSTEM 105 T-Code Description CN21 Create: Network CN22 Change: Network CN23 Display: Network CN24N Overall Network Scheduling CN25 Enter Network Confirmation CN27 Network Confirmation: Collective Confirmation CN28 Display Network Confirmation CN29 Cancel Network Confirmation CN2X Process Network Confirmation CN40 Project Info System CN41 Structure Overview CN42N Overview: Project Definitions CN43N Overview: WBS Elements CN44N Overview: Planned Orders CN45N Overview: Orders CN46N Overview: Networks CN47N Overview: Activities/Elements CN48N Overview Confirmations CN49N Overview: Relationships CN50N Overview: Capacity Requirements CN51N Overview: PRTs CN52N Overview: Components CN53N Overview: Milestones CN54N Overview: Sales Document CN55N Overview: Sales and Dist. Doc. Items CN60 Change Documents for Projects/Netw. CN61 Display Change Documents: Library Network CN65 Display Change Document: Network CN71 Project Info System: Save Project Version Initial Screen CN72 Create Project Version CN85 Operative Project Structures / Delete without Archiving PS
  • 91. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 106 T-Code Description CN98 Delete Standard Networks Without Archiving CNB1 List Display of Purchase Requisitions for Project CNB2 Purchasing Documents per Project CNC4 Master Data Reconciliation Report: Consistency Within Project Struct. CNC5 Master Reconciliation Report: Consistency Sales Order/Project CNE1 Project Progress (Individual Processing) CNE2 Project Progress (Collective Processing) CNE5 Project Info System: Progress Analysis Initial Screen CNL1 Create Delivery Info CNL2 Change Delivery Info CNL3 Display Delivery Info CNMASS Mass Changes in the Project System CNMM Project-Oriented Procurement CNPRG Progress Report: Network Activities CNR1 Create Work Center CNR2 Change Work Center CNR3 Display Work Center CNS0 Delivery from Project: Selection Initial Screen CNS40 Project Info System CNS41 Project Info System: Structure Initial Screen CNS42 Project Info System: Project Definitions Initial Screen CNS43 Project Info System: WBS Elements Initial Screen CNS44 Project Info System: Planned Orders Initial Screen CNS45 Project Info System: Orders Initial Screen CNS46 Project Info System: Networks Initial Screen CNS47 Project Info System: Activities Initial Screen CNS48 Project Info System: Confirmations Initial Screen CNS49 Project Info System: Relationships Initial Screen CNS50 Project Info System: Capacity Requirements Initial Screen CNS51 Project Info System: Prod. Resources/Tools Initial Screen CNS52 Project Info System: Components Initial Screen
  • 92. PROJECT SYSTEM 107 T-Code Description CNS53 Project Info System: Milestones Initial Screen CNS54 Project Info System: SD Documents Initial Screen CNS55 Project Info System: Sales Document Items Initial Screen CNS60 Project Info System: Change Documents CNS71 Project Info System: Save Project Version Initial Screen CNSE5 Project Info System: Progress Analysis Initial Screen PS
  • 94. QUALITY MANAGEMENT 111 T-Code Description CRQ1 Create work center (QM) CRQ2 Change work center (QM) CRQ3 Display work center (QM) CT12 Where-Used List for Characteristics/Characteristic Values CV01N Create Document CV02N Change Document CV03N Display document CV04N Find Document: Selection Criteria MCOA Customer Analysis Overview: Lots: Selection MCVA Vendor Analysis Overview: Lots: Selection MCXB Analysis: Inspection Results, General: Selection MCXC Material Analysis Overview: Quantities: Selection MCXI Material Analysis Quantities: Selection MCXV Q-Notification Analysis: Mat. Overview: Selection Q000 SAP Easy Access Quality Management QA00 SAP Easy Access Quality Inspection QA01A Create Inspection Lot Manually QA02A Change Inspection Lot QA03 Display Inspection Lot QA05 Recurring insp. job planning: Variants QA07 Deadline Monitoring of Batches QA08 Mass Change of QM Inspection Setup Data in Materials QA09 QM inspection lot QA10 Lot Selection for Automatic Usage Decision QA10L Log for Automatic Usage Decision QA11 Record Usage Decision QA12 Change Usage Decision QA13 Display Usage Decision QA14 Change Usage Decision without History QA16 Collective Usage Decision for OK Lots QA17 Job planning for automatic UD: Variants QM
  • 95. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 112 T-Code Description QA18 Job overview (Automatic Usage Decision) QA19 Lot Selection for Automatic Usage Decision QA22 Change Inspection Point: Initial QA23 Display Inspection Point Quantities QA32 Inspection Lot Selection QA33 Inspection Lot Selection QA40 Complete Production Inspection Lots/Lots for PM Orders QA40L Log for Automatic Usage Decision (Orders) QA41 UD prod. lots: job planning: Variants QA42 Job Overview (Automatic Usage Decision - Orders) QA51 Source inspection: job planning: Variants QA52 Job Overview (Source Inspection) QAC1 Correct Actual Quantity in Insp. Lot QAC2 Transfer Insp. Lot Quant. (PlntToPlnt, StorLoc to StorLoc) QAC3 Insp. Lot - Reset Sample Calculation QAS1 Download inspection specifications QAS2 Download Basic Data QAS3 Upload Inspection Results QAS4 Upload Usage Decision QC01 Create Certificate Profile QC02 Change Certificate Profile QC03 Display Certificate Profile QC06 Deletion of Unused Certificate Profiles QC11 Create Certificate Profile Assignment QC12 Change Certificate Profile Assignment QC13 Display Certificate Profile Assignment QC20 Qualtiy Certificates for Deliveries QC21 Quality Certificate for the Inspection Lot QC22 Quality Certificate for Batch QC31 Archive Display Quality Certificate for a Delivery Item QC32 Archive Display Quality Certificate for an Inspection Lot
  • 96. QUALITY MANAGEMENT 113 T-Code Description QC51 Create Quality Certificate Receipt QC52 Change Quality Certificate QC53 Display Quality Certificate QC55 QM Worklist: Quality Certificates in Procurement QCE2 "Change View ""Partner setting for quality data exchange"": Overview" QCE3 "Display View ""Partner setting for quality data exchange"": Overview" QCYF Copy Forms Between Clients QCYT Copy Texts Between Clients QD33 Deletion Program for Quality Levels where Deletion Date Exceeded QD34 Delete Q-level job planning: Variants QD35 Jobs for Deleting Quality Level QDB1 "Change View ""Allwd. Relationships: Sampling Procedures/Dynamic Mod. Rule)"" QDB3 "Display View ""Allwd. Relationships: Sampling Procedures/Dynamic Mod. Rule)"" QDH1 Q-level Evaluation: Select Quality Levels (Edit) QDH2 Q-level Evaluation: Select Quality Levels (Display) QDL1 Create Quality Level QDL2 Change Quality Level QDL3 Display Quality Level QDP1 Create Sampling Scheme QDP2 Change Sampling Scheme QDP3 Display Sampling Scheme QDR1 Create Dynamic Modification Rule QDR2 Change Dynamic Modification Rule QDR3 Display Dynamic Modification Rule QDR6 Dynamic Modification Rule Where-Used List QDR7 Replace Dynamic Modification Rule QDV1 Create Sampling Procedure QDV2 Change Sampling Procedure QDV3 Display Sampling Procedure QDV6 Sampling Procedure Where-Used List QM
  • 97. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 114 T-Code Description QDV7 Replace Sampling Procedure QE00 SAP Easy Access Quality Planning QE01 Record Results (Characteristic) QE02 Change Results (Characteristic) QE03 Display Results (Characteristic) QE04 Record Sample Results QE05 Change Sample Results QE06 Display Sample Results QE09 Display Individual Result QE11 Record Results for Inspection Point QE12 Change Results for Inspection Point QE13 Display Results for Inspection Point QE14 Record Results for Delivery Note QE15 Change Results for Delivery Note QE16 Display Results for Delivery Note QE17 Record Equipment Results QE18 Change Results for Equipment QE19 Display results for equipment QE20 Record Results for Functional Location QE21 Change Results for Functional Location QE22 Display Results for Functional Location QE23 Record Physical Sample Results QE24 Change Physical Sample Results QE25 Display Physical Sample Results QE51N Results Recording Worklist QE52 Results Recording Worklist for Physical Samples QE53 Results Recording Worklist for Eqquipment QE54 Results Recording Worklist for Functional Locations QE71 Selection: Tabular Results Recording for Inspection Points QE72 Selection: Tabular Results Recording for Inspection Lots QE73 Selection: Tabular Results Recording for a Characteristic
  • 98. QUALITY MANAGEMENT 115 T-Code Description QEH1 Mobile Results Recording Worklist - Selection QEI1 Analyze Application Log QEI2 Deleting the Application Log for the QM-IDI Interface QF01 Record Defects QF02 Change Defects QF03 Display Defects QF11 Record Defects for Inspection Lot QF21 Record Defects for Operation QF31 Record Defects for Characteristic QG09 Quality control chart QGA1 Time Line Representation of Quality Scores QGA2 Display Inspection Results QGA3 Results Printout QGC1 Quality Control Charts for Inspection Lots QGC2 Control Charts for Task List Characteristic QGC3 Control Charts for a Master Inspection Characteristic QGD1 Test Equipment Usage List: Equipment Selection QGD2 Test Equipment Tracking QGP1 Inspection Results for TList Charac. (History for Inspection Characteristic) QGP2 Inspection Results for TList Charac. (Calibration Results History) QI01 Create Q-Info Record QI02 Change Q-Info Record QI03 Display Q-Info Record QI04 QM procurement key: material: Variants QI05 Mass maintenance QM procurement key QI06 QM Releases: Mass maintenance QI07 Worklist of Source Inspections QI08 Job Overview (Control Keys for Procurement) QK01 Create and Assign QM Orders to Materials QK02 Overview of QM Order Usage in Material Master QK04 Creation of QM Orders QM
  • 99. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 116 T-Code Description QK05 Confirmed Activities for the Inspection Lot QL11 Send Inspection Setup QL21 Send Master Inspection Characteristics QL31 Send Inspection Method QL41 Send Code Groups QM00 SAP Easy Access Quality Notifications QM01 Create Notification (Quality) QM02 Change Notification (Quality) QM03 Display Notification (Quality) QM10 Change list of quality notifications: Selection of Notifications QM11 Display List of Qual. Notifications: Selection of Notifications QM12 Change list of tasks: Selection of Notifications QM13 Display list of tasks: Selection of Notifications QM14 Change list of items: Selection of Notifications QM15 Display list of items: Selection of Notifications QM16 Change activity list: Selection of Notifications QM17 Display activity list: Selection of Notifications QM19 Notification List (Multi-Level): Notification Selection QM50 Time line display of quality notifications QP01 Create Inspection Plan QP02 Change Inspection Plan QP03 Display Inspection Plan QP05 Print list for task list QP06 Missing/Non-unusable Inspection Plans QP07 Missing/Unusable Goods Receipt Inspection Plans QP08 Print list: Task list for material QP11 Create Reference Operation Set QP12 Change Reference Operation Set QP13 Display Reference Operation Set QP48 Number range for physical samples QP49 This No. Documents the Withdrawal of Physical Samples
  • 100. QUALITY MANAGEMENT 117 T-Code Description QP60 Task List Changes QP61 Display Change Documents for an Inspection Plan Group QP62 Display Change Documents for Reference Operation Set Group QPNQ Number Ranges Object Maintenance QPR1 Create Physical Sample QPR2 Change Physical Sample QPR3 Display Physical Sample QPR4 Process Physical-Sample Drawing QPR5 Create Inspection Lots for Physical Samples QPR6 Create New Physical-Sample Drawing with Reference QPR7 Storage Data Maintenance QPV2 "Change View ""Sample-drawing procedure"": Overview" QPV3 "Display View ""Sample-drawing procedure"": Overview" QS21 Create Master Inspection Characteristic QS22 Create Master Insp. Characteristic Version QS23 Change Master Insp. Characteristic Version QS24 Display Master Insp. Characteristic Version QS25 Delete Master Insp. Characteristic Version QS26 Master Inspection Charac. Where-Used List QS27 Replace Master Inspection Characteristic QS28 Display Master Inspection Characteristics QS29 Master - inspection characteristics in QSS QS31 Create Inspection Method QS32 Create Inspection Method Version QS33 Change Inspection Method Version QS34 Display Inspection Method Version QS35 Delete Inspection Method Version QS36 Display Inspection Method in Task List QS37 Replace Inspection Method in Task List QS38 Display Inspection Method List QS39 QM test methods QM
  • 101. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 118 T-Code Description QS41 Edit Catalog QS42 Display Catalog QS43 Edit Catalog (Individual Maintenance) QS44 Edit Catalog (Group Code) QS45 Display Catalog (Group Code) QS46 Display Code Group in Task List QS47 Replace Code Group in Task List QS48 Code groups: Check usage indicator QS49 Display Code Group Index QS51 Edit Selected Set QS52 Display selected sets QS58 Selected sets: Check usage indicator QS59 Display Selected Set Index QS61 Maintain Material Specification QS62 Display Material Specification QS63 Maintain Material Specification (TLists) QS65 Activate Material Specification QS66 Activate material spec.: Variants QSR6 Delete Task Lists Without Archiving QST04 Selection: Display of Packages Used in Inspection Plans QST06 Scheduling Overview for Stability Studies (List) QST07 Change Testing Schedule Items QST08 Display Testing Schedule Items QTSA Transfer: Product Allocation Quantities to APO QTSP Transfer: Customizing Settings to APO QV51 Create QM Control Data in SD QV52 Change QM Control Data in SD QV53 Display QM Control Data in SD QVM1 Inspection Lots Without Inspection Completion QVM2 Inspection Lots with Outstanding Quantities QVM3 Inspection Lots without Usage Decision
  • 103. SALES AND DISTRIBUTION 121 T-Code Description BD21 Creating IDoc Type from Change Pointers BD22 Delete Change Pointers BUP1 Create Business Partner BUP2 Maintain Business Partner BUP3 Display Business Partner COGI Automatic Goods Movements: Error Handling DGP1 Create Dangerous Goods Master DGP2 Change Dangerous Goods Master DGP3 Display Dangerous Goods Master DGR1 Dangerous Goods Master: Display with Descriptions DP90 Resource-Related Billing Request LT01 Create Transfer Order LT02 Clear Inventory Using Transfer Order LT03 Create Transfer Order for Delivery Note LT04 Create Transfer Order from TR LT05 Processing Posting Change LT06 Create Transfer Order for Material Document LT07 Place Storage Unit into Stock: Beginning Process LT08 Additional Stock for Storage Unit: Beginning Process LT09 Create Transfer Order for Storage Unit: Entry LT0S Create Transfer Order for Multiple Orders LT10 Stock Transfer: Start LT11 Confirm Item: Confirm Single Item (In One Step) LT12 Confirm Transfer Order LT13 Confirm Transfer Order Items for Storage Unit: Preparation LT14 Confirm Planned Single Item LT15 Cancelling Transfer Order LT16 Cancel Transfer Order for Storage Unit LT1A Change Transfer Order Header LT1B Confirm Item: Confirm Single Item (Pick Step) LT21 Display Transfer Order SD
  • 104. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 122 T-Code Description LT22 Transfer orders for storage type LT23 Transfer Orders: List of Resident Documents LT24 Transfer Orders for Material LT25 Display Transfer Order / Group LT25A Transfer Orders for Each Group (By Wave Pick) LT25N Transfer Orders for Each Group (Collective Processing) LT26 Transfer Orders for Storage Bin LT27 Transfer Orders for Storage Unit LT28 Transfer Orders for Each Group LT31 Print Transfer Order LT42 Create TOs by Multiple Processing MC+A Customer Analysis: Returns: Selection MC+E Customer Analysis: Invoiced Sales: Selection MCTA Customer Analysis: Selection MCTC Material Analysis (SIS): Selection MCTE Sales Organization Analysis: Selection MCV9 Incomplete SD Documents OLVD SAP Easy Access Customizing for Sales and Distribution: Shipping OLVF SAP Easy Access SD Customizing: Billing OLVS SAP Easy Access Customizing for Sales and Distribution: Master Data OVKK "Change View ""Pricing Procedurs: Determination in Sales Docs."": Overview" OVXC Shipping Points -> Plants: Overview POF1 Pkg instruction - Create Determination Recs POF2 Pkg instruction - Change Determination Recs POF3 Pkg instruction - Display Determination Recs POP1 Create Packing Instruction POP2 Change Packing Instruction POP5 Report that outputs all condition records for packaging instructions PRICAT Initial screen: Price Catalog Maintenance V.01 Incomplete SD Documents V.02 Incomplete SD Documents (Incomplete Orders)
  • 105. SALES AND DISTRIBUTION 123 T-Code Description V.14 Sales Orders/Contracts Blocked for Delivery V.15 Backorders V.21 Log of Collective Run V.23 Release Sales Orders for Billing V/03 Create Condition Table (Pricing Sales/Distribution) V/04 Change Condition Table (Pricing Sales/Distribution) V/05 Display Condition Table (Pricing Sales/Distribution) V/06 "Change View ""Conditions: Condition Types"": Overview" V/07 "Change View ""Access Sequences"": Overview" V/08 "Change View ""Procedures"": Overview" V/09 "Change View ""Conditions: Types"": Overview" V/10 "Change View ""Access Sequences"": Overview" V/11 "Change View ""Procedures"": Overview" V/12 Create Condition Table (Accnt Determination Sales/Distribution) V/13 Change Condition Table (Accnt Determination Sales/Distribution) V/14 Display Condition Table (Accnt Determination Sales/Distribution) V/LD Execute Pricing Report V_NL Create net price list V_R2 Rescheduling of sales and stock transfer documents: Evaluation V_UC Selection of Incomplete SD Documents V_V2 Rescheduling of sales and stock transfer documents: by material V-61 Create Customer Discount Condition (K007): Fast Entry V-64 Display Customer Discount (K007): Selection VA00 SAP Easy Access Sales VA01 Create Sales Order VA02 Change Sales Order VA03 Display Sales Order VA05 List of Sales Orders VA07 Selection: Comparison of Orders with Purchase Requisitions and POs VA08 Adjustment sales-purchasing (selection using organizational data) VA11 Create Inquiry SD
  • 106. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 124 T-Code Description VA12 Change Inquiry VA13 Display Inquiry VA14L Sales Documents Blocked for Deliver VA15 List of Inquiries VA21 Create Quotation VA22 Change Quotation VA23 Display Quotation VA25 List of Quotations VA26 List of Quotations (Follow-up Actions) VA31 Create Scheduling Agreement VA32 Change Scheduling Agreement VA33 Display Scheduling Agreement VA35 List of Scheduling Agreements VA41 Create Contract VA42 Change Contract VA42W Change Contract VA43 Display Contract VA44 Actual Overhead: Calculation: Sales Order VA45 List of Contracts VA46 List of Contracts (Follow-up Actions) VA51 Create Item Proposal VA52 Change Item Proposal VA53 Display Item Proposal VA55 List of Item Proposals VA88 Actual Settlement: Sales Orders VACF Fiscal year close: Carry forward commitment VB01 Create Listing/Exclusion VB02 Change Listing/Exclusion VB03 Display Listing/Exclusion VB11 Create Material Determination VB12 Change Material Determination
  • 107. SALES AND DISTRIBUTION 125 T-Code Description VB13 Display Material Determination VB21 Create Sales Deal VB22 Change Sales Deal VB23 Display Sales Deal VB25 List of Sales Deals VB31 Create Promotion VB32 Change Promotion VB33 Display Promotion VB35 Promotions List VB41 Create cross-selling VB42 Change cross-selling VB43 Display cross-selling VBG1 Create Material Grouping VBG2 Change Material Grouping VBG3 Display Material Grouping VBK0 SAP Easy Access Material Grouping/Bonus Buy VBK1 Create bonus buy VBK2 Change bonus buy VBK3 Display bonus buy VBN1 Create free goods determination VBN2 Change free goods determination VBN3 Display free goods determination VBO1 Create Rebate Agreement VBO2 Change Rebate Agreement VBO3 Display Rebate Agreement VBOF Update Billing Documents VC/2 Sales Summary VC00 SAP Easy Access Sales Support VC01 Create Sales Activity VC02 Change Sales Activity VC03 Display Sales Activity SD
  • 108. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 126 T-Code Description VCC1 Payment Cards: Worklist VD01 Customer Create (Sales) VD02 Customer Change (Sales) VD03 Customer Display (Sales) VD04 Customer Account Changes VD05 Customer Block/Unblock VD06 Customer Flag for Deletion VD51 Create Customer-Material Info Record VD52 Selection of Customer-Material Info Records (Change) VD53 Selection of Customer-Material Info Records (Display) VD59 List customer-material-info VDH2 Display customer hierarchy VF00 SAP Easy Access Billing VF01 Create Billing Document VF02 Change Billing Document VF03 Display Billing Document VF04 Maintain Billing Due List VF05 List of Billing Documents VF11 Cancel Billing Document VF21 Create Invoice List VF22 Change invoice list VF23 Display Invoice List VF25 List of Invoice Lists VF26 Cancel Invoice List VF31 Output from Billing VFRB Retro-billing VFX3 Release Billing Documents for Accounting VG01 Create Group VG02 Change Group VG03 Display Group VGK1 Create Group: Documents by Group
  • 109. SALES AND DISTRIBUTION 127 T-Code Description VGK2 Change Group VGK3 Display Group VGM1 Create Group: Documents by Group VI01 Create Shipment Costs VI02 Change Shipment Costs VI03 Display freight costs VI04 Shipment List: Create shipment costs VI05 List Shipment Costs: Change Worklist VI11 List Shipment Costs: Calculation VI12 List Shipment Costs: Settlement VI16 Logs in the application log VK11 Create Condition Records VK12 Change Condition Records VK13 Display Condition Records VK14 Create Condition Records with Reference VKM1 Blocked SD Documents VKM2 Released SD Documents VKM3 Sales Document VKM4 SD Documents VKM5 Deliveries VKP0 SAP Easy Access Pricing VKP1 Change Price Calculation VKP5 Create Price Calculation VL00 SAP Easy Access Shipping VL01N Create Outbound Delivery with Order Reference VL01NO Create Outbound Delivery without Order Reference VL02N Change Outbound Delivery VL03N Display Outbound Delivery VL04 Sales Orders/Purchase Orders Worklist: Selection VL06 Delivery Monitor VL06C Outbound Deliveries for Confirmation SD
  • 110. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 128 T-Code Description VL06D Outbound Deliveries for Distribution VL06F General Delivery List - Outbound Deliveries VL06G Oubound Deliveries for Goods Issue VL06I Inbound Delivery Monitor VL06IC Inbound Deliveries for Confirmation VL06ID Inbound Deliveries for Distribution VL06IF List of Inbound Deliveries VL06IG Inbound Deliveries for Goods Receipt VL06IP Inbound Deliveries for Putaway VL06L Outbound Deliveries for Loading VL06O Outbound Delivery Monitor VL06P Outbound Deliveries for Picking VL06T Outbound Deliveries for Transportation Planning VL06U Unchecked Outbound Deliveries VL08 Report Results of Pick Order VL09 Reverse Goods Movement VL10 Sales Orders, Fast Display VL10A Sales Orders, Fast Display VL10B Purchase Orders, Fast Display VL10H Sales Order and Purchase Order Items VL10I Sales and Purch. Order Item Sched. Lines VL21 Create Background Jobs for Goods Issue Posting VL22 Display change documents of delivery VL23N Scheduling reports for background processing VL30 SAP Easy Access Inbound Delivery VL31N Create Inbound Delivery VL32N Change Inbound Delivery VL33N Display Inbound Delivery VL34 Generation of Inbound Deliveries VL35 Create Picking Waves According to Delivery Compare Times VL35_S Create Pick. Waves Acc. To Shpmnts
  • 111. SALES AND DISTRIBUTION 129 T-Code Description VL36 Change Wave Picks VL37 Wave Pick Monitor VL41 Create Rough Goods Receipt VL42 Change Rough GR VL43 Display Rough GR VLSP Subsequent Outbound-Delivery Split VM01 Create hazardous material VM02 Change hazardous material VM03 Display hazardous material VRRE Create Returns Delivery for Repair Order VS00 SAP Easy Access Sales Master Data VS01 Create scale VS02 Change scale VS03 Display scale VS04 Create scale with reference VS05 List Scales VS06 List Scales (Shipment Cost) VSB1 Inbound Monitor: SD Self-Billing Procedure, Status Window VT00 SAP Easy Access Transportation VT01N Create Shipment VT02N Change Shipment VT03N Display Shipment VT04 Create shipments in collective proc. VT05 Logs in the application log VT06 Shipment List: Colelctive change shpmt VT11 Shipment List: Planning VT12 Shipment List: Shipment Completion VT16 Shipment List: Check-in VT20 Overall Shipment Status Monitor VT22 Selection Screen: Change Document Shipment VT32 Selection Criteria for Forwarding Agent SD
  • 112. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 130 T-Code Description VT70 Messages for Shipments VV21 Create Output - Condition Records: Shipping VV22 Change Output - Condition Records: Shipping VV23 Display Output - Condition Records: Shipping VV31 Create Output - Condition Records: Billing VV32 Change Output - Condition Records: Billing VV33 Display Output - Condition Records: Billing VV51 Create Output - Condition Records: Sales activities VV52 Change Output - Condition Records: Sales activities VV53 Display Output - Condition Records: Sales activities VV61 Create Output - Condition Records: Handling Units VV62 Change Output - Condition Records: Handling Units VV63 Display Output - Condition Records: Handling Units VV71 Create Output - Condition Records: Transport VV72 Change Output - Condition Records: Transport VV73 Display Output - Condition Records: Transport VVG1 Create Output - Condition Records: Groups VVG2 Change Output - Condition Records: Groups VVG3 Display Output - Condition Records: Groups VX00 SAP Easy Access Foreign Trade / Customs VX01N License Create VX01X License Create VX02N License Change VX02X License Change VX03N License Display VX03X License Display VX0C SAP Easy Access Foreign Trade W10M SAP Easy Access Retailing WA01 Create Allocation Table WA02 Change Allocation Table WA03 Display Allocation Table
  • 113. SALES AND DISTRIBUTION 131 T-Code Description WA04 Edit allocation table, reply WA08 Follow-on Document Generation Allocation Table WA11 Allocation Table: Message Bundling / Notification Creation WA21 Allocation Rule Create WA22 Allocation Rule Change WA23 Allocation Rule Display WAK0 SAP Easy Access Promotion WAK1 Create promotion WAK11 Promotion - display for plant WAK12 Maintain promotion items WAK14 Promotions for a material WAK15 Promotions for a plant WAK2 Change promotion WAK3 Display promotion WAK4 Delete promotion WAK5 Promo. Subsequent processing WAP1 Appointments: Process Worklist WAP2 Appointments: Change WAP3 Appointments: Display WAP4 Appointments: Overview WAP5 Appointment: Change WB00 SAP Easy Access Subseq. Settlement, Purchasing - Vendor Rebate Arrang WB01 Plant Create WB02 Plant Change WB03 Plant Display WB20 SAP Easy Access SAP Global Trade Management WB21 Trading Contract Create WB22 Trading Contract Change WB23 Trading Contract Display WB24 Trading Contract: General Document Overview WB25 Trading Contract: General Document Overview SD
  • 114. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 132 T-Code Description WB26 Trading Contract: Document Flow WB27 Trading Contract: Document Flow WB28 Trading contract: Display change documents WB2R Global Trade General Control Parameters WB60 Create Promotions WB61 Change Promotions WB62 Display Promotions WB63 Delete Promotions WB66 Plants in a Class - Maintain Assignment WDBI Assortment List: Initialization and Full Version WDBM Assortment List.: Manual Request WDIS SAP Easy Access Materials Requirements Planning WDRD1 Determine Delivery Relationship WDRD2 Change Delivery Relationship WDRD3 Display Delivery Relationship WDRD4 Delete Delivery Relationship WEKF SAP Easy Access Purchase Order WF30 Merchandise Distribution: Monitor WF40 Delete distribution WF50 Adjust Distribution: Selection WF60 Create Outbound Deliveries for Merchandise Distribution WF70 Create distribution orders - selection WFRE Distribution of Returns Among Backorders WKK1 Create Market-Basket Price Calculation WLCN Delete All Listing Conditions From Layout Module WLWB Space Management: Layout Workbench WMB1 Create Price Entry WMB2 Change Price Entry WMB3 Display Price Entry WMBE Stock Overview: Value-only Material WPER POS Interface Monitor
  • 115. SALES AND DISTRIBUTION 133 T-Code Description WPLG Space Management: Display Materials in Layout Module WPMA Direct requrest for POS outbound WPMI POS Outbound: Initialization WPMU POS Interface - Outbound: Change Message WPUF POS Simulation: Accounting Documents - Items WPUK POS Simulation: Selection WPUS Simulation: Inbound Processing WPUW Goods Movements WSE4 Material Discontinuation (Material/Plant Discontinuation) WSK1 Assortment Copy Assortment WSL0 Material Groups - Material - Assortments Consistency Check WSL1 Listing Conditions WSL11 Evaluation of Listing Conditions WSL5 Modules in Assortment WSL7 Material List of a Vendor for Assortment WSM4A Automatic Relisting Via Changes to Assortment Master Data WSM8 Reorganize Listing Conditions By Material Group WSM9 Deletion of Obsolete Listing Conditions WSO1 Assortment Module Create WSO5 Assortment Module assignment to Assortment: Maintn WSO7 Assortment Module assignment to Assortment: Display WSOA1 Create Assortment WSOA2 Change Assortment WSOA3 Display Assortment WSP4 Create Individual Listing Material/Assortment WSP5 Change Individual Listing Material/Assortment WSP6 Delete Individual Listing Material/Assortment WSPL Display/edit material master segments that cannot be generated WVA1 Create Planned mark-up WVA2 Change Planned mark-up WVA3 Display Planned mark-up SD
  • 116. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 134 T-Code Description WVA7 Display Planned markup (Price list) WVFB Simulation Store Orders: Header Data Selection WVFD Send physical inventory document WVFI Simulation: Store Physical Inventory/Sales Price Change WVM2 Transfer of Stock and Sales Data WVN0 Pricing Worklist: Generate WVN1 Release Worklist for Material WWM1 Create Product Catalog WWM2 Change Product Catalog WWM3 Display Product Catalog WWM4 Copy Product Catalog WWM5 Delete Product Catalog
  • 118. HUMAN RESOURCES 137 T-Code Description BD78 Monitoring control data distribution BD82 Generate Partner Profile CADO Display Time Sheet Data CAOR Display Time Sheet Data CAPS Time Sheet: Approve Times (Selection by Master Data) CAT2 Time Sheet (Change) CAT3 Time Sheet (Display) CAT4 Time Sheet: Approve Times (Selection by Org. Assignment) CAT6 Transfer Time Data to HR Time Management CATC Time Sheet: Time Leveling CATS SAP Easy Access Time Sheet CATS_DA Display Working Times CBHR11 Create Person: Role External Person CBHR12 Change Person: Finance. New Role External Person CBHR13 Display External Person CBHR21 Create Organization: Role Authority CBHR22 Change Authority CBHR23 Display Authority OOPD "Change View ""HR Master Data"": Overview" P1B4 Copy Object Lists Between Clients PA00 SAP Easy Access Personnel Administration PA03 Payroll control record PA05 Table COIFT key PA06 Number Range for Time Events and Plant Data PA07 HR vendor for garnishment remittance PA08 Define vendor subgroup for individual remittance PA09 Days carried MM-SRV: HR document number PA0A Range of Numbers for Central Person PA10 Personnel File PA20 Display HR Master Data PA30 Maintain HR Master Data HR
  • 119. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 138 T-Code Description PA40 Personnel Actions PA41 Change Entry/Leaving Date PA42 Fast Entry for Actions PA48 Hiring of Transferred Employees PA51 Display Time Data PA53 Display Time Data PA61 Maintain Time Data PA62 List Entry of Additional Data PA63 Maintain Time Data PA64 Calendar Entry PA70 Fast Entry PA71 Fast Entry of Time Data PAAH InfoSet Query (InfoSet: HR Personnel Administration) PAC5 Maintain HR Master Data PACA PF Administration PACB PF Account Maintenance: Access PACC PF Debugger PACE Maintain Postings: Access PACK SAP Easy Access HR-CH: Pension Fund PACN HR-CH: Pension fund: Account number number ranges PACP HR-CH: Pension fund, person view PACT PC parameter maintenance: Access PAL1 Create Sales Representative PAL2 Display Sales Representative PAL3 Maintain Sales Representative PAL4 Create Buyer PAL5 Maintain Buyer PAL6 Display Buyer PAR1 Flexible Employee Data PAR2 Employee List PAT1 Display Report Tree Report Selection for Administration
  • 120. HUMAN RESOURCES 139 T-Code Description PAUX Adjustment Workbench PAUY Adjustment Workbench (special retro processing) PAW1 Who is Who PB00 SAP Easy Access Recruitment PB04 Number Ranges for Applicant Administration PB10 Initial entry of basic data (Applicant Master Data) PB20 Display applicant master data PB30 Maintain applicant master data PB40 Applicant actions PB50 Display Applicant Activities PB60 Maintain Applicant Activities PB80 Vacancies PBA0 Job Advertisements PBA1 Applicants by Name PBA2 Applications PBA3 Vacancy Assignments PBA4 Applicants by action PBA5 Print Letters (SAPscript) PBA6 Complete Activities after Printout PBA7 Direct Data Transfer PBA8 Complete Activities after Data Transfer PBA9 Planned activities PBAA Evaluate Recruitment Instruments PBAB Maintain vacancy assignments PBAC Applicant Statistics PBAD Print Letters (RTF format) PBAE Applicants by action PBAF Administration of Selection Procedure PBAG Vacancies PBAH Applicant Selection PBAI Find Objects for Qualifications HR
  • 121. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 140 T-Code Description PBAJ Display Report Tree Reporting selection for Recruitment: Overview PBAK Print labels PBAL Create Activities in Bulk processing PBAM Variable Applicant List PBAN InfoSet Query (InfoSet: HR Recruitment) PBAP Find Objects for Qualifications (Internal Applicants) PBAQ Find Objects for Qualifications (External Applicants) PBAT Print Letters (SAPscript) PBAU "Change View ""Recruitment Instrument"": Overview" PBAV "Display View ""Recruitment Instrument"": Overview" PBAW Job Advertisements (Maintain) PBAX Job Advertisements (Display) PBAY Vacancies (Maintain) PBAZ Vacancies (Display) PBWW Maintain Standard Text in RTF Format (access word processing) PDSY HR Documentation Maintenance PE50 HR Form Editor PEPM Display Profile Matchup PEPP Profile Evaluation PF02 Test Settings for Value-Based Inventory Management PF05 Number Range for Standard Task, Role, etc. PFAC Maintain Rule PFAL HR: ALE Distribution HR Master Data PFCG Acivity Group (Authorizations) PFCP Copy Report for Workflow Tasks PFCT Task Catalog PFOM Initial Screen: Assignment to SAP Organizational Objects (Create) PFOS Initial Screen: Assignment to SAP Organizational Objects (Display) PFSE Planning Tool (PFS): Start PFSO Display of Organizational Assignment PFT Maintain Task
  • 122. HUMAN RESOURCES 141 T-Code Description PFTR Choose Standard Task Transaction PFTS Maintain Standard task PFWF Maintain Workflow task PFWS Maintain Workflow template PGOM PD Graphics Interface PIMN SAP Easy Access Human Resources Information System PM01 Create Infotype PMEC Employee (Change) PMED Employee (Display) PMMN SAP Easy Access HR Funds and Position Management PO01 Maintain Work Center PO01D Display Work Center PO02 Maintain Training Program PO02D Display Training Program PO03 Maintain Job PO03D Display Job PO04 Maintain Business Event Type PO04D Display Business Event Type PO05 Maintain Business Event PO05D Display Business Event PO06 Maintain Location PO06D Display Location PO07 Maintain Resource PO07D Display Resource PO08 Maintain External Person PO08D Display External Person PO09 Maintain Business Event Group PO09D Display Business Event Group PO10 Maintain Organizational Unit PO10D Display Organizational Unit PO11 Maintain Qualification HR
  • 123. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 142 T-Code Description PO11D Display Qualification PO12 Maintain Resource Type PO12D Display Resource Type PO13 Maintain Position PO13D Display Position PO14 Maintain Task PO14D Display Task PO15 Maintain Company PO15D Display Company PO16 Maintain Services PO16D Display Service PO17 Maintain Requirements Profile PO17D Display Requirements Profile PO18 Maintain Resource 'Room' PO18D Display Resource Room PO19 Maintain External Instructor PO19D Display External Instructor POI1 Selection of master data to be sent for PFS POIL Monitor receipt of data changes POIM Select Master Data for Transfer POIT Select Transaction Data for Transfer POIU Start POI Data Upload PP01 Maintain object PP02 Maintain Plan Data: Expert Mode PP03 Maintain Plan Data: Execute Actions PP05 Number Ranges for Personnel Planning PP06 Number of Additional Relationship Data PP23 Personnel Cost Planning: Change Scenario Group's Password PP26 Plan scenario administration PP27 Releasing a plan scenario for Controlling PP28 Planning Basis Projected Pay
  • 124. HUMAN RESOURCES 143 T-Code Description PP29 Change Scenario Group PP2B Planning Basis Basic Pay PP30 Room Reservations PP32 Services (Room Reservations) PP40 Business Event Notifications PP61 Shift Plan: Entry Screen (Change) PP62 Requirements Display: Entry Screen PP63 Requirements Change: Entry Screen PP64 Choose plan version (Shift Planning) PP65 Simple maintenance (Entry Objects) PP6A Display Personal Shift Plan PP6B Display attendance list PP70 SAP Easy Access Organizational Management PP72 SAP Easy Access Time Management: Shift Planning PP74 SAP Easy Access Personnel Cost Planning PP7S SAP Easy Access Organizational Management PP90 Set Up Organization PPCI Create infotype PPCJ Create infotype PPCO Organisational Management: Maintain Organizational Plan PPCP Career Planning PPCT Task Catalog PPEM Planning for Organizational Unit PPIS HIS: Access Object PPLB Evaluate Careers PPME Initial Screen Matrix (Change) PPMM SAP Easy Access Personnel Planning PPMS Initial Screen Matrix (Display) PPO1 Account Assignment / Change PPO2 Account Assignment / Display PPO3 Reporting Structure / Change HR
  • 125. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 144 T-Code Description PPO4 Display Reporting Structure PPO5 Attributes of Organizational Units and Positions / Change PPO6 Attributes of Organizational Units and Positions / Display PPOC Organizational and Staffing (Workflow) Create PPOM Organizational and Staffing (Workflow) Change PPOMA Attributes in Organizational Management Change PPOME Organization and Staffing Change PPOS Organization and Staffing Display (Organizational Unit) PPOSE Organization and Staffing Display (Organization and Staffing) PPPE SAP Easy Access Personnel Development PPPM User: Change Profile PPQ1 Find Objects for Qualifications PPQ2 Find Objects for Requirements PPQD Catalog: Display Qualification(s) PPRP Reporting: Personnel Development PPSC Create Structure PPSM Change Structure PPSP Succession Planning PPSS Display Structure PPST Structure Display/Maintenance PPUP Settings for Personnel Development PQ01 Actions for Work Center PQ02 Actions for Training Program PQ03 Actions for Job PQ04 Actions for Business Event Type PQ06 Actions for Location PQ07 Actions for Resource PQ08 Actions for External Person PQ09 Actions for Business Event Group PQ10 Actions for Organizational Unit PQ12 Actions for Resource Type
  • 126. HUMAN RESOURCES 145 T-Code Description PQ13 Actions for Position PQ14 Actions for Task PQ15 Actions for Company PQ17 Actions for Requirement Profiles PQ18 Actions for Resource Room PQ19 Actions for External Instructor PQAH InfoSet Query (InfoSet: HR Personnel Administration) PR00 SAP Easy Access Travel Expenses PR02 Travel Calendar: Domestic Trips PR03 Trip Advances PR04 Overview of Weekly Reports PR05 Travel Expense Manager PR10 Number ranges for trip numbers PR11 Days Carried FI/CO: Travel Expenses Posting Documents PRAA Create/Change/Block Vendor Master Records from HR Master Records PRAP Approval of Trips PRCC Import of Credit Card Data (Credit Card Clearing) PRCD Delete/Restore Trip Country Data PREC Settlement of Trip Data PRMD Maintain HR Master Data PRML Change Country Grouping PRMM Personnel Actions PRMS Display HR Master Data PRMT Update of Trip Costs Matchcode PRPD Delimitation of Per-Diem/Maximum Rates for Meals PS03 SAP Easy Access Project Planning PS04 SAP Easy Access Project Budgeting PSC0 Set Plan Version PSO0 Set Plan Version (Organizational Management) PSO1 Set Aspect (Organizational Management) PSO3 Display and Maintain Infotypes HR
  • 127. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 146 T-Code Description PSO4 Maintain Infotype PSOA Work Center Reporting PSOC Job Reporting PSOG Lists PSOO Organizational Unit Reporting PSOS Position Reporting PSOT Task Reporting PSSD Loans - Borrower's Notes Customizing Check Report Flow Types PSV0 Change / Display Resources PSV1 Dynamic Attendance Menu PSV2 Dynamic Business Event Menu PSV3 Dynamic Information Menu PSV4 Set Plan Version PSV5 Information menu: participation PSV6 Information menu: business events PSV7 Information menu: resources PSV8 Maintain objects for internal courses (Create Participant/Attendee) PSV9 Maintain objects for external courses (Change/Display Participant/ Attendee) PSVA Set Aspect PSVC Current Settings PSVL Set Business Event Language PSVO Change / display organizer PSVP Dynamic Planning Menu PSVR Resource Menu PSVT Dynamic Tool Menu PT00 SAP Easy Access Time Management: Time Data Administration PT01 Create Work Schedule PT02 Change Work Schedule PT03 Display Work Schedule PT10 Number range for person time document number PT11 Number range for person time quotas
  • 128. HUMAN RESOURCES 147 T-Code Description PT12 HR: Posting documents for days carried: Cost allocation PT40 Time Management Pool PT41 HR-PDC/CC1: Communication Parameters PT42 Transfer HR Master Data to PDC Subsystems PT43 Transfer Master Data to PDC Subsystems PT44 Upload request PT45 HR-PDC: Post personnel time events PT46 Post Work Time Events from PP-PDC PT50 Quota Overview PT60 Time Evaluation for Concurrent Employment PT61 Time Statement Form PT62 Attendance Check PT63 Personal Work Schedule PT64 Attendance/Absence Data: Overview PT65 Overview Graphic of Attendances/Absences PT66 Display Time Evaluation Results (Cluster B2) PT68 Transfer Additional Data for Activity Allocation to Accounting PT69 Time Recording for Multiple Persons and Infotypes PT70 Display Report Tree Time Management report selection: Overview PT71 Display Report Tree Time Management tool selection: Overview PT90 Attendance/Absence Data: Calendar View PT91 Attendances/Absences: Multiple Employee View PTE1 Create Batch Input Session for Employee Expenditures PTE2 Batch Input: Process sessions in batch PTE3 Reorganize Table TEXLGA (Employee Expenditures) PTMW Time Manager's Workplace PU90 Delete applicant data PUC0 HR-CH: Assign/delete employee attributes PUCG Reference copier for pension funds PUCK Organizational object HR-CH: Pension funds PUCV Organizational object Business area HR
  • 129. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 148 T-Code Description PUCW Task: Maintain PUOCBA Subsequent Processes of Off-Cycle Activities PUST HR Process Workbench PUU1 BSI test tool 5.0 PV00 Book Attendance: Data PV01 Rebook Attendance PV02 Prebook Attendance: Data PV03 Replace Attendance PV04 Cancel Attendance PV05 Book Attendee List PV06 Prebooking List per Business Event Type PV07 Book Attendee List PV08 Book List: Business Events PV09 Plan Business Events PV10 Create Business Event with Resources PV11 Create Business Event without Resources PV12 Firmly Book / Cancel Business Event PV14 Lock / Unlock Business Event PV15 Follow Up Business Event PV16 Prebooking List per Attendee PV17 Billing Business Events PV18 Internal Activity Allocation for Attendees PV1A Change Business Event PV1B Display Business Event PV1C Business Event Cost Calculation and Cost Transfer to CO PV1D Calculate Business Event Prices and Transfer to Infotype 1021 'Price' PV26 Book List: Business Events PV34 Attendee Appraisal PVB0 Budgeting (Business Event Budget) PVB1 Create Budget Structure PVB2 Display Budget Structure
  • 130. HUMAN RESOURCES 149 T-Code Description PVB3 Change Budget Structure PVBA Budget Comparison PVBB Display Development Plan Catalog PVCT Training and Event Management: Master Data Catalog PVD0 Business event type PVF0 Location (Create/Change) PVF1 Location: Initial Screen (Room Reservations) PVG0 Resource (Create/Change) PVG1 Room (Create/Change) PVG2 Lock/Unlock Resource PVG3 Room: Initial Screen (Room Reservations) PVH0 External person (Create/Change) PVH1 External instructor (Create/Change) PVH2 External person: Initial Screen (Room Reservations) PVL0 Business event group (Create/Change) PVMN SAP Easy Access Training and Event Management PVR0 Resource type (Create/Change) PVR1 Resource type: Initial Screen (Room Reservations) PVU0 Company (Create/Change) PVU1 Company: Initial Screen (Room Reservations) PVV0 Service (Create/Change) TPED Maintain HR Master Data (ESS) TPES Display HR Master Data (ESS) HR
  • 132. PAYROLL 153 T-Code Description FDTA Data Medium Administration PC00 SAP Easy Access Payroll for all countries PC10 SAP Easy Access Payroll PC99 SAP Easy Access International Payroll PCP0 Display posting runs PDF0 Conversion Report for Remuneration Statement Forms PDF7 Delete Form in Customer Client PDF8 Copy Form from SAP Client to Customer Client PDF9 Copy form within customer client PDFA Conversion of Payroll Journal Forms PE01 Personnel Calculation Schemas PE02 Personnel Calculation Rules PE03 Maintain Features PE04 Maintain Functions and Operations PE51 HR Form Editor PEST Maintenance of Process Models PM10 Statements PM11 Statements: Initial Screen PM12 Statements: Fast data entry PM13 Statements: Administration PMESIM Posting to Accounting: Create Posting Run PMSI Payroll Simulation for Persons PP2D Personnel Cost Planning; Delete Payroll Results PP2P Planning Basis Payroll Results PRC2 "Change View ""Screen Modification for Account Assignment Block" ": Overview" PRC7 "Change View ""Screen Modification for Account Assignment Block" ": Overview" PRCU International Payment Medium - Check (with check management) PRD1 Payment Medium USA - Transfers/Bank Direct Debits in ACH Formats PRDE Delete Trip Provision Variant PRDH Determination of Employees with Exceeded Trip Days PY
  • 133. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 154 T-Code Description PRDX Data Medium Exchange: Travel Expenses (USA) PREX Create expense report PRF0 Standard Travel Expense Form PRF1 Summarized Form 1 for Travel Expenses PRF2 Summarized Form 2 for Travel Expenses Accounting PRFI Create Posting Run PRFW Income-Relatedl.Expenses Statement PRHD Delimitation of Per-Diem/Maximum Rates for Meals PRHH Generation of Scaled Meals Rates According to Times PRHP Generation of Scaled Meals Rates According to Times PRPY Transfer Travel Expenses to Separate Payroll System PRRQ Create Travel Request PRRW Posting Run Management PRST Travel Expense Reporting by Period PRTE Trip Details PRTS Overview of Trips PT67 PDC Time Evaluation: Supply Third-Party Payroll System PU00 Delete Personnel Data PU01 Delete current payroll result PU03 Change Payroll Status PU11 Supplementary Pension (PSG) - Initial Access PU12 Interface Toolbox PU19 Tax Reporter PU22 Archiving Payroll Data PU30 Wage Type Maintenance PU95 Edit Wage Type Groups and Logical Views PU96 Edit Wage Type Groups PU97 Edit Logical Views PU98 Assign Wage Types to Wage Type Groups PUOCLL Bank transfer reversed or replaced by check PW00 SAP Easy Access Incentive Wages
  • 134. PAYROLL 155 T-Code Description PW01 Maintain Incentive Wages PW02 Display Incentive Wages PW03 Record Incentive Wages PW41 Integration with Logistics: Read Interface File and Generate Session PW42 Batch Input: Session Overview PW43 Integration with Logistics: Reorganize Interface File PW61 Time Leveling PW62 Working Times of Time - and Incentive Wage Earners PW63 Reassignment Proposals for Wage Groups PW70 Recalculate Results and Cumulations for Individual Incentive Wages PW71 Recalculate Results and Cumulations for Group Incentive Wages PW91 Incentive Wages: Parameters PW92 User Exits PW93 Validation for Group Incentive Wages PW94 Logistics Integration Parameters PY
  • 135. SYSTEM
  • 136. SYSTEM 159 T-Code Description AL08 List of All Users Logged On AL11 Display SAP Directories AL12 Display Table Buffer AL13 Display Shared Memory AL15 Customize SAPOSCOL destination ALO1 Determine ASH/DOREX Relationships BD64 Display Distribution Model BD83 Process Outbound IDOCs with Errors Again BD84 Reprocess IDOCs After Inbound ALE Error BD87 Status Monitor for ALE Messages CMOD Project Management of SAP Enhancements DB01 DBA Cockpit: System Configuration Maintenance DB02 Tables and Indexes Monitor DB03 Parameter history, active parameters and db options DB11 Select Database Connection DB12 DBA Backup Logs DB13 DBA Planning Calendar DB15 Tables and Archiving Objects DB2 Select Database Activities DB26 Parameter history, active parameters and db options DB2J DB2 z/OS: JCL Settings DBCO "Display View "" Description of Database Connections"": Overview" EWZ5 EMU Conversion: Lock and Unlock Users EWZ6 EMU Conversion: Lock and Unlock Users FILE Cross-Client File Names/Paths IDX1 Port Maintenance in IDoc Adapter IDX2 Metadata Overview for IDoc Adapter LSMW Legacy System Migration Workbench NACE Conditions for Output Control OAA1 ArchiveLink: Selection of Storage Systems OAA3 ArchiveLink: Communications Interface Administration SYS
  • 137. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 160 T-Code Description OAA4 ArchiveLink: Application Maintenance OAAD ArchiveLink: Administration of Stored Documents OAC2 "Change View ""Global document types"": Overview" OAC5 "Display View "" Settings for Bar Code Entry"": Overview" OACA "Change View ""Parameter Definition Workflow"": Overview" OAD0 "Change View ""Definition of Object Link Types"": Overview" OAD2 "Change View ""ArchiveLink: Document classes"": Overview" OAD3 "Change View ""Link Tables"": Overview" OAD4 "Change View ""Bar Code Types"": Overview" OAD5 ArchiveLink Customizing Wizard OADR Search for Stored Print Lists OAM1 ArchiveLink: Monitor OAOR Business Document Navigator OARE "Display View ""Administration: Storage system error messages" ": Overview" OOSB "Change View ""User Authorizations"": Overview" OS01 LAN Check by PING OS03 Parameter Changes in Operating System OS04 Local / Configuration Parameter OS05 Remote System Cconfiguration OS06 Local / Operating System Monitor OS07 Remote Operating System Activity OSS1 Log On to SAPNet OY18 Analysis of Changed Customizing Objects and Tables PFCG Role Maintenance PFTC Task: Maintain PFUD User Master Data Reconciliation RZ01 Job Scheduling Monitor RZ03 CCMS Control Panel: Display Server Statuses and Alerts RZ04 CCMS: Maintain Operation Modes and Instances RZ10 Maintain Profile Parameters RZ11 Profile Parameter Maintenance
  • 138. SYSTEM 161 T-Code Description RZ12 CCMS: RFC Server Group Maintenance RZ20 CCMS Monitor Sets - Maintenance functions OFF RZ21 Monitoring: Properties and Methods RZ70 System Landscape Directory: Local Administration S000 SAP Easy Access S001 SAP Easy Access ABAP Workbench S002 SAP Easy Access System Administration SA38 ABAP: Program Execution SAINT Add-On Installation Tool SALE Display ALE Customizing SARA Archive Administration SARI Archive Information System: Central management SARP Report Tree SB01 Internal Application Component Hierarchy Maintenance SBWP SAP Business Workplace SC38 Cross-system Program Execution SCAT Computer Aided Test Tool SCC1 Copy by Transaport Request SCC3 Client Copy/Transport Log Analysis SCC4 Client administration SCC5 Delete Client SCC7 Post-Client Import Methods SCC8 Client Export SCC9 Remote Client Copy SCCL Local Client Copy SCDO Change Document Objects: Overview SCMP View/Table Comparison SCON SAPconnect: Administration (system status) SCU0 Customizing Cross-System Viewer SCU3 Analysis of Changed Customizing Objects and Tables SCUA Display System Landscape SYS
  • 139. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 162 T-Code Description SCUG Transfer Users SCUM Central User Administration SD11 Data Modeler SDBE Input SQL statement SE01 Transport Organizer SE03 Transport Organizer Tools SE06 Post-Installation Actions for Transport Organizer SE07 Import Monitor of SE1 SE09 Transport Organizer SE10 Transport Organizer SE11 ABAP Dictionary SE13 Dictionary: Technical Settings SE14 ABAP Dictionary: Database Utility SE15 ABAP/4 Repository Information System SE16 Data Browser SE16N General Table Display SE17 General Table Display SE30 ABAP Runtime Analysis SE32 ABAP Text Elements Maintenance SE33 Context Builder SE35 Maintain Dialog Modules SE36 Logical Database Builder SE37 Function Builder SE38 ABAP Editor SE39 ABAP Splitscreen Editor SE40 Menu Painter Standards Maintenance SE41 Menu Painter SE43N Area Menu Maintenance SE51 Screen Painter SE54 Generate Table Maintenance Dialog: Initial Table/View Screen SE55 Generate Table Maintenance Dialog: Initial Table/View Screen
  • 140. SYSTEM 163 T-Code Description SE56 Generate Table Maintenance Dialog: Initial Table/View Screen SE57 Generate Table Maintenance Dialog: Initial Table/View Screen SE61 Document Mainentance SE62 Short Text Conversion - Activation SE63 Initial Screen: Standard Translation Environment SE71 Form Painter: Request SE72 Style: Request SE73 SAPscript Font Maintenance SE74 SAPscript format conversion SE75 SAPscript Settings SE76 SAPscript Form Translation SE77 SAPscript Style Conversion SE78 Administration of Form Graphics SE80 Object Navigator SE81 Application Hierarchy: Display SE82 Application Hierarchy: Display SE84 Repository Information System SE85 ABAP/4 Repository Information System SE89 R/3 Repository Information System: Maintain Tree Display SE91 Message Maintenance SE92 System Log Message Maint.: Access SE93 Maintain Transaction SE94 Simulation: Customer enhancement to SE38 SE95 Modification Browser: Object selection SECR Audit Information System SEPS Electronic Parcel Service SERP Report Tree SF01 "Change View ""Logical File Names, Client-Specific"": Overview" SFAW Field Selection Maintenance SHDB Transaction Recorder: Recording Overview SICF Maintain Services SYS
  • 141. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 164 T-Code Description SICK SAP Initial Consistency Check SIN1 Business Workplace SINA Maintain Standard Configurations SLG0 Application Log: Object Maintenance SLG1 Analyze Application Log SLG2 Application log: Delete Expired Logs SLIN ABAP Program Extended Syntax Check SM01 Lock Transactions SM02 System Messages SM04 User List SM12 Display and Delete Locks SM13 Update Requests SM14 Update Program Administration SM21 System Log: Local Analysis SM28 SAP Initial Consistency Check SM29 Tables - Model Transfer SM30 Maintain Table Views SM31 Maintain Table Views SM32 Maintain Table Parameter ID TAB SM33 Display Table Parameter ID TAB SM34 View Cluster Maintenance SM35 Batch Input: Session Overview SM36 Define Background Job SM37 Simple Job Selection SM38 Queue: Initial Screen SM49 External Operating System Commands SM50 Process Overview SM51 List of SAP Systems SM54 Maintain Table TXCOM SM55 THOST Table Maintenance SM56 Number Range Buffer
  • 142. SYSTEM 165 T-Code Description SM58 Transactional RFC SM59 Configuration of RFC Connections SM61 Backgroup control objects monitor SM62 Event History: Overview SM63 Display/Maintain Operation Mode Set SM64 Background Events: Overview and Administration SM65 Analysis Tool - Background Processing (Simple Tests) SM66 Global Work Process Overview SM69 External Operating System Commands SMGW Gateway Monitor SMICM ICM Monitor SMLG CCMS: Maintain Logon Groups SMLT Language Management SMOD SAP Enhancements SMQ1 qRFC Monitor (Outbound Queue) SMQ2 qRFC Monitor (Inbound Queue) SMQR qRFC Monitor (QIN Scheduler) SMT1 Display and Maintain Trusted Systems SMT2 Display and Maintain Trusting Systems SMW0 SAP Web Repository SMX Job Overview SNRO Number Range Object Maintenance SO95 Search Interafce: Request SO99 Find Release Notes SOA0 "Change View ""Workflow Document Types"": Overview" SOBJ View Cluster Maintenance SOLE "Display View ""Maintenance view for OLE applications"": Overview" SOPE "Change View ""Exclusion of Specific File Extensions"": Overview" SOST SAPconnect : Transmission Requests SP00 SAP Easy Access: Spool and Related Areas SP01 Output controller: Spool request selection screen SYS
  • 143. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 166 T-Code Description SP02 Output Controller: List of Spool Requests SP11 TemSe: Request Screen SP12 TemSe - Administration of Temporary Sequential Data SPAD Spool Administration SPAM Support Package Manager SPAU Modification Adjustment: Object Selection SPDD Modification Adjustment Directory: Object Selection SPHA SAPphone Administration SPRO Customizing SQ01 SAP Query: Maintain queries SQ02 SAP Query: Maintain InfoSet SQ07 Language Comparison of SAP Query Objects SQVI QuickViewer SRZL SAP Easy Access Test SSAA R/3 - Administrative Activities SSCA Appointment Calendar: Administration for Authorizations ST01 System Trace ST02 Tune Summary ST03 Workload Monitor ST04 DBA Cockpit: System Configuration Maintenance ST05 Performance Analysis ST06 Local / Operating System Monitor ST07 Application Monitor: user Distribution ST10 Table Call Statistics ST11 Error Log Files (Display Developer Traces) ST12 Single transaction analysis ST14 Application analysis ST22 ABAP Runtime Error ST62 Short Texts Conversion - Preparation STMS Transport Management System STUN SAP Easy Access Performance Monitoring
  • 144. SYSTEM 167 T-Code Description STZAC "Change View ""Customizing time zones"": Details" STZAD "Display View ""Customizing time zones"": Details" SU01 User Maintenance SU01D User Maintenance SU02 Maintain Authorization Profiles SU03 Maintain Authorizations SU05 Maintain Internet Users SU10 User Mass Maintenance SU12 Mass Changes to User Master Records SU20 Maintain Authorization Fields SU21 Maintain Authorization Objects SU22 Auth. Object Usage in Transactions SU24 Auth. Obj. Check Under Transactions SU25 Upgrade Tool for Profile Generator SU26 Upgrade Tool for Profile Generator SU52 Maintain User Profile SU53 Display Authorization Data for User SU56 Analyze User Buffer SUIM User Information System SUPC Roles: Mass generation of profiles SWDC Maintain Administration Data SWI30 Unlock Workflows SWIA Process Work Item as Administrator SWPR Workflow Restart After Error SWU2 Transactional RFC SWWL Delete Work Item SXDA Data Transfer Workbench TBD6 Datafeed: User Log Display TU02 Parameter Changes in SAPSYSTEM USMM System Measurement WE02 IDoc List SYS
  • 145. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 168 T-Code Description WE05 IDoc List WE06 Active IDoc Monitoring WE07 IDoc Statistics WE08 "Display View ""File Status: Overview" WE09 IDoc Search for Business Content WE10 IDoc Search for Business Content WE11 Delete IDocs WE12 Modification of Outbound File Triggering Inbound Procg WE14 Process All Selected IDocs (EDI) WE15 Selection Program for Issuing Output WE16 Trigger inbound processing WE17 Trigger status processing WE18 Generate test status file for outbound IDocs WE19 Test tool for IDOC processing WE20 Partner profiles WE21 Ports in IDoc processing WE23 Display Test Catalog Test IDoc Interface WE46 Settings: Error and Status Processing WEDI SAP Easy Access IDoc and EDI Basis
  • 147. BUSINESS WAREHOUSE 171 T-Code Description DB14 Display DBA Operation Logs DB16 Display DB Check Results DB20 Update DB Statistics KEB2 CO-PA / SAP BW: Display Detailed Information about the Data- Source LISTCUBE Call List Viewer for Data Targets LISTSCHEMA Call up schema viewer for InfoCubes RSA1 Modeling - DW Workbench RSA11 DW Workbench: InfoProvider Tree RSA12 DW Workbench: InfoSource Tree RSA13 DW Workbench: Source System Tree RSA14 DW Workbench: InfoObject Tree RSA15 DW Workbench: DataSource Tree RSA16 RSA16 - Calling up AWB with Favorites RSA17 RSA17 - Call up the AWB Find Option RSA18 RSA18 - Calling up the AWB with the Open Hub (Info Spoke) Tree RSA2 OLTP Metadata Repository RSA3 Extractor Checker RSA5 Install Business Content RSA6 Maintain DataSources RSA7 BW Delta Queue Monitor RSA8 DataSource Repository RSA9 Transfer Application Components RSBBS Maintaining BW Sender-Receiver RSCUSTA Maintain BW Settings RSCUSTA2 ODS Settings RSCUSTV1 "Change View ""BW: Settings for Flat Files"": Details" RSCUSTV10 "Change View ""URL Creation by the Server"": Details" RSCUSTV11 "Change View ""Standard Web Templates"": Details" RSCUSTV12 "Change View ""Settings - Microsoft Analysis Services"": Details" RSCUSTV13 "Change View ""Drag&Relate Settings"": Details" RSCUSTV14 "Change View ""OLAP: Cache Parameters"": Details" BW
  • 148. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 172 T-Code Description RSCUSTV15 "Change View ""Web Protocol for BW Reporting URLs Created by Server"" RSCUSTV16 "Change View ""Authorization Settings"": Details" RSCUSTV17 "Change View ""Settings for Currency Translations"": Details" RSCUSTV18 "Change View ""DB Connect Settings"": Details" RSCUSTV19 "Change View ""Settings for InfoSets"": Details" RSCUSTV2 "Change View ""BW: Monitor Waiting Time"": Details" RSCUSTV3 "Change View ""BW: User in SS for ALE Communication"": Details" RSCUSTV4 "Change View ""BEx Values"": Details" RSCUSTV5 "Change View ""BW: Currency Conversion for External Systems"": Details" RSCUSTV6 "Change View ""BW: Threshold Value for Data Loading"": Details" RSCUSTV7 "Change View ""BW: Basic Settings"": Details " RSCUSTV8 "Change View ""BW: Parameter for Aggregates (Structure, Change Run)"": Details" RSCUSTV9 "Change View ""BW: Posting Mode for Master Data"": Details" RSD1 Characteristic maintenance RSD2 Maintenance of key figures RSD3 Maintenance of units RSD4 Maintenance of time characteristics RSD5 Edit InfoObjects: Start RSDCUBE Start: InfoCube editing RSDCUBED Start: InfoCube editing RSDCUBEM Start: InfoCube editing RSDDV Maintaining Aggregates/BIA Index RSDIOBC Start: InfoObject catalog editing RSDIOBCD Start: InfoObject catalog editing RSDIOBCM Start: InfoObject catalog editing RSDL DB Connect - Test Program RSDMD Master Data Maintenance w. Prev. Sel. RSDMD_TEST Master Data Test RSDMPRO Initial Screen: MultiProvider Proc.
  • 149. BUSINESS WAREHOUSE 173 T-Code Description RSDMPROD Initial Screen: MultiProvider Proc. RSDMPROM Initial Screen: MultiProvider Proc. RSDMWB Datamining Workbnch RSDODS Initial Screen: ODS Object Processng RSDS Data Source RSECADMIN Management of Analysis Authorizations RSIMPCUR Load Exchange Rates from File RSINPUT Manual Data Entry RSISET Maintain InfoSets RSKC Maintaining the Permittd Extra Chars RSLGMP Maintain RSLOGSYSMAP RSMO Data Load Monitor Start RSMON Administration - DW Workbench RSOR BW Metadata Repository RSORBCT BI Business Content Transfer RSORMDR BW Metadata Repository RSPC Process Chain Maintenance RSPC1 Process Chain Display RSPCM Monitor daily process chains RSRCACHE OLAP: Cache Monitor RSRT Start of the report monitor RSRT1 Start of the Report Monitor RSRT2 Start of the Report Monitor RSRTRACE Set trace configuration RSRTRACETEST Trace tool configuration RSRV Analysis and Repair of BW Objects SE18 Add-Ins: Definitions SE19 Business Add-Ins: Implementations SE21 Package Builder SE24 Class Builder BW
  • 150. Part B
  • 151. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 177 T-Code Description Module 1KE4 Profit Center Accounting: Assignment Monitor CO 1KE8 Transfer Documents from Financial Accounting CO 1KEK Profit Center Accounting:Transfer Payables/Receivables CO 2KEU Copy Cost Center Groups CO 2KEV Copy Cost Centers CO 6KEA Display Change Documents CO 7KE1 Change Plan Costs/Revenues: Characteristics CO 7KE2 Display Plan Costs/Revenues: Characteristics CO 8KEG Create Pricing Report CO 9KE9 Display Document CO AB02 Documents for Asset (Change) FI AB03 Documents for Asset (Display) FI AB08 Documents for Asset (Reverse) FI ABAA Unplanned Depreciation FI ABAON Enter Asset Transaction: Asset Sale without Customer FI ABAVN Enter Asset Transaction:Asset Retirement by Scrapping FI ABAW Balance Sheet Revaluation FI ABGF Credit Memo in Year after Invoice FI ABGL Credit Memo in Year of Invoice FI ABMA Manual Depreciation FI ABNAN Enter Asset Transaction: Post-Capitalization FI ABNE Subsequent Revenue FI ABNK Subsequent Costs FI ABSO Miscellaneous Transactions FI ABST2 Reconcil. Program FI-AA <-> G/L: List of accounts showing differences FI ABT1N Enter Asset Transaction: Intercompany Asset Transfer FI ABUMN Enter Asset Transaction: Transfer within Company Code FI ABZE Acquisition from in-house production FI ABZON Enter Asset Transaction: Acquis. W/Autom. Offsetting Entry FI ABZP Acquistion from affiliated company FI
  • 152. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 178 T-Code Description Module ABZU Write-up FI AC03 Create Service Master Record PM AC06 List Display: Service Master: Selection of Services PM AFAB Depreciation Posting Run FI AFAR Recalculate Depreciation FI AFBP Log of Posting Run FI AIAB Settlement AuC FI AIBU AuC Settlement FI AIST Reversal of Settlement of AuC FI AJAB Year-end closing Asset Accounting FI AJRW Asset fiscal year change FI AKE1 Create Condition Records FI AKE2 Change Condition Records FI AKE3 Display Condition Records FI AL08 List of All Users Logged On SYS AL11 Display SAP Directories SYS AL12 Display Table Buffer SYS AL13 Display Shared Memory SYS AL15 Customize SAPOSCOL destination SYS ALO1 Determine ASH/DOREX Relationships SYS AR01 Asset Balances FI AR11 Investment Support FI AR31 Edit Worklist FI AS01 Create Asset FI AS02 Change Asset FI AS03 Display Asset FI AS04 Changes Asset FI AS05 Block Asset FI AS06 Delete Asset FI AS11 Create Subnumber FI AS21 Create Group Asset FI
  • 153. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 179 T-Code Description Module AS22 Change Group Asset FI AS23 Display Group Asset FI AS25 Block Group Asset FI AUN0 Analysis of an asset and its environment: Data collect. and analysis FI AUVA Incomplete Assets - Detail List FI AW01N Asset Explorer FI B3MG Display Master Warranty PP BD21 Creating IDoc Type from Change Pointers SD BD22 Delete Change Pointers SD BD64 Display Distribution Model SYS BD78 Monitoring control data distributio HR BD82 Generate Partner Profile HR BD83 Process Outbound IDOCs with Errors Again SYS BD84 Reprocess IDOCs After Inbound ALE Error SYS BD87 Status Monitor for ALE Messages SYS BGM1 Create Master Warranty PP BGM2 Change Master Warranty PP BM00 SAP Easy Access Batch Management PP BMBC Batch Information Cockpit PP BPC1 Create Business Partner FI BPC2 Change Business Partner FI BPC3 Display Business Partner FI BPC4 Create business partner from customer FI BPC5 Change business partner with customer reference FI BPCD Change Documents (business partner) FI BUP1 Create Business Partner SD BUP2 Maintain Business Partner SD BUP3 Display Business Partner SD C000 Overhead Cost Controlling Information System CO C201 Create Master Recipe PP C202 Change Master Recipe PP
  • 154. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 180 T-Code Description Module C203 Display Master Recipe PP C223 Production Version: Mass Processing PP C251 Master Recipe Print List PP C252 Print List for Production Versions with Consistency Check PP C260 Task List Changes PP C261 Display Change Documents for a Recipe Group PP C298 Deletion of Task Lists without Archiving PP CA00 SAP Easy Access Routings PP CA01 Create Routing PP CA02 Change Routing PP CA03 Display Routing PP CA10 Stdandard Text PP CA11 Create Reference Operation Set PP CA12 Change Reference Operation Set PP CA13 Display Reference Operation Set PP CA21 Create Rate Routing PP CA22 Change Rate Routing PP CA23 Display Rate Routing PP CA31 Create Reference Rate Routing PP CA32 Change Reference Rate Routing PP CA33 Display Reference Rate Routing PP CA60 Task List Changes PP CA62 Display Change Documents for Reference Operation Set Group PP CA63 Display Change Documents for a Routing PP CA64 Display Change Documents for a Reference Rate Routing Group PP CA70 Use of PRT in Task Lists: Selection PP CA75 Replace PRT in Task Lists: Selection PP CA75N Mass Change of Production Res./Tools: Selection PP CA80 Work Center Where-Used: Selection PP
  • 155. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 181 T-Code Description Module CA81 Resource Where-Used: Selection PP CA82 Work Center Where-Used: Selection PM CA83 Work Center Where-Used: Selection (Standard network) PM CA85 Replace Work Center: Selection PP CA85N Mass Change Work Center PP CA87 Replace Work Center: Selection PP CA90 Use of Reference Operation Set in Task Lists: Selection PP CA95 Replace Reference Operation Set: Selection PP CA95N Mass Change Ref. Operation Set Reference: Selection PP CA96 Update Material Master PP CA97 Update Material Master: Initial Screen (for Mass Processing) PP CA98 Deletion of Task Lists without Archiving PP CA99 Archive Administration PP CAC0 SAP Easy Access Master Recipe - Access Via Production Version PP CADO Display Time Sheet Data HR CAOR Display Time Sheet Data HR CAPS Time Sheet: Approve Times (Selection by Master Data) HR CAT2 Time Sheet (Change) HR CAT3 Time Sheet (Display) HR CAT4 Time Sheet: Approve Times (Selection by Org. Assignment) HR CAT6 Transfer Time Data to HR Time Management HR CATC Time Sheet: Time Leveling HR CATS SAP Easy Access Time Sheet HR CATS_DA Display Working Times HR CBHR11 Create Person: Role External Person HR CBHR12 Change Person: Finance. New Role External Person HR CBHR13 Display External Person HR CBHR21 Create Organization: Role Authority HR
  • 156. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 182 T-Code Description Module CBHR22 Change Authority HR CBHR23 Display Authority HR CC00 SAP Easy Access Engineering Change Management PP CC01 Create Change Master PP CC02 Change Change Master PP CC03 Display Change Master PP CC04 Product Structure Browser PP CC05 Change Overview Initial Screen PP CC07 Change Number Selection PP CJ01 Create Project (Work Breakdown Structure) PS CJ02 Change Project (Work Breakdown Structure) PS CJ03 Display Project (Work Breakdown Structure) PS CJ06 Create Project Definition PS CJ07 Change Project Definition PS CJ08 Display Project Definition PS CJ11 Create WBS Element PS CJ12 Change WBS Element PS CJ13 Display WBS Element PS CJ20 Structure Planning: Change PS CJ20N Project Builder PS CJ21 Change Time Scheduling: Basic Dates PS CJ22 Display Time Scheduling: Basic Dates PS CJ23 Change Time Scheduling: Forecast Dates PS CJ24 Display Time Scheduling: Forecast Dates PS CJ25 Change Time Scheduling: Actual Dates PS CJ26 Display Time Scheduling: Actual Dates PS CJ27 Create Project (Project Planning Board) PS CJ29 Project Scheduling PS CJ2A Structure Planning: Display PS CJ2B Change Project Planning Board PS CJ2C Display Project Planning Board PS
  • 157. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 183 T-Code Description Module CJ2D Create Project (Structure Planning) PS CJ30 Change Original Budget PS CJ31 Display Original Budget PS CJ32 Change Release PS CJ33 Display Release PS CJ34 Transfer Budget PS CJ35 Post Return PS CJ36 Post Supplement PS CJ37 Change Supplement PS CJ38 Change Return PS CJ3A Change Document PS CJ3B Display Document PS CJ40 Change Cost Planning PS CJ41 Display Project Plan PS CJ42 Change Revenue Planning PS CJ43 Display Revenue Planning PS CJ44 Actual Overhead Calculation: Project/WBS Element/ Network PS CJ45 Actual Overhead Calculation: Projects/WBS Elements/ Networks PS CJ46 Plan Overhead Calculation: Project/WBS Element PS CJ47 Plan Overhead Calculation: Projects/WBS Elements PS CJ48 Payment Planning Change PS CJ49 Payment Planning Display PS CJ70 Display Project Settlement Line Items PS CJ74 Display Project Actual Cost Line Items PS CJ76 Display Project Commitment Line Items PS CJ7E Transfer of Planning Data: Projects/WBS elements PS CJ7G Transfer of Planning Data: Projects/WBS elements PS CJ7M Display Project Planned Cost Line Items PS CJ88 Actual Settlement: Project/WBS Element/Network PS CJ8G Actual Settlement: Projects/WBS Elements/Networks PS
  • 158. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 184 T-Code Description Module CJ91 Create Standard WBS PS CJ92 Change Standard WBS PS CJ93 Display Standard WBS PS CJ9B Copy WBS Plan to Plan (Collective) PS CJ9BS Copy WBS Plan to Plan (Individual) PS CJ9C Copy WBS Actual to Plan (Collective) PS CJ9CS Copy WBS Actual to Plan (Individual) PS CJ9D Orders/Networks for Project: Copy Plan Version PS CJ9E Planned Settlement: Projects/WBS elements PS CJ9F Copy Project Costing (Collective) PS CJ9FS Copy Project Costing (Individual) PS CJ9G Planed Settlement: Projects/WBS elements PS CJ9K Asynchronous Network Costing: Planned Costs and Payments PS CJ9L Cost Forecast (Individual Processing) PS CJ9M Cost Forecast (Collective Processing) PS CJ9Q Integrated Planning for Networks (Collective Processing) PS CJ9QS Integrated Planning for Networks (Individual Processing) PS CJA1 Project-Related Incoming Orders (Collective Processing) PS CJA2 Project-Related Incoming Orders (Individual Processing) PS CJB1 Generate Settlement Rules: WBS Elements (Collective Processing) PS CJB2 Generate Settlement Rules: WBS Elements (Individual Processing) PS CJBV Project Availability Control Background Job Activation PS CJBW Deactivate Availabilty Control for Projects PS CJCF Fiscal year close: Carry forward commitment PS CJCO Carrying Forward Project Budget PS CJCS Display change documents: Reference WBS PS CJE1 Create Hierarchy Report PS CJE2 Change Hierarchy Report PS CJE3 Display Hierarchy Report PS
  • 159. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 185 T-Code Description Module CJEA Selection: Plan/Actual/Commitment/Rem. Plan/ Assigned PS CJF1 Create Transfer Price Agreement PS CJI1 Display Project Budget Line Items PS CJI2 Budget Updates: Document Chain PS CJI3 Display Project Actual Cost Line Items PS CJI4 Display Project Planned Cost Line Items PS CJI5 Display Project Commitment Line Items PS CJI8 Display Project Budget Line Items PS CJI9 Display Project Hierarchy Cost Planning Line Items PS CJIA Display Project Actual Payment Line Items PS CJIB Display Project Planned Payment Line Items PS CJIC Display Project Settlement Line Items PS CJID Display Project Settlement Line Items PS CJK2 Change Statistical Key Figure Planning PS CJK3 Display Statistical Key Figure Planning PS CJP1 Create Plan Revaluation PS CJP2 Change Plan Revaluation PS CJP3 Display Plan Revaluation PS CJP4 Delete Plan Revaluation PS CJPU Plan Revaluation PS CJR2 Change Cost and Activity Inputs PS CJR3 Display Cost and Activity Inputs PS CJS2 Change Planning Statistical Key Figures PS CJS3 Display Planning Statistical Key Figures PS CJS4 Change Planning Statistical Key Figures PS CJS5 Display Planning Statistical Key Figures PS CJSN Number Range for Project Definition PS CJT2 Display Project Actual Payment Line Items PS CJV1 Project Planning Board: Create Simulation PS CJV2 Project Planning Board: Change Simulation PS CJV3 Project Planning Board: Display Simulation PS
  • 160. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 186 T-Code Description Module CJV4 Transfer Project PS CJV5 Delete Simulation Version PS CK11N Create Material Cost Estimate with Quantity Structure PP CK13N Display Material Cost Estimate with Quantity Structure PP CK24 Price Update: Mark Standard Price PP CK31 Print log of costing run PP CK33 Comparison of Itemizations PP CK40N Edit Costing Run PP CK41 Create Costing Run (Material) PP CK42 Change Costing Run (Material) PP CK43 Display Costing Run (Material) PP CK44 Delete Costing Run PP CK80 Cost Component Report for Product Cost Estimate PP CK81 Application Tree Report Selection Product Cost Planning PP CK82 List of Existing Material Cost Estimates PP CK83 Call RKKBPCD0 in Background PP CK84 Line items in cost est for product PP CK85 Line Item Report Costing Items PP CK86 Costed Multilevel BOM, Material Cost Estimate PP CK87 Costed Multilevel BOM, Sales Order Cost Estimate PP CK88 Partner Cost Component Split PP CK89 Cost Component Report for Sales Document Cost Estimate PP CK90 SAP Easy Access: Mixed Costing PP CK91 Create Procurement Alternative PP CK91N Display Procurement Alternatives PP CK92 Change Procurement Alternatives PP CK93 Display Procurement Alternatives PP CK94 Change Mixing Ratios PP CK95 Display Mixing Ratios PP CKC1 Check Costing Variant PP CKCM Easy Cost Planning: Model PP
  • 161. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 187 T-Code Description Module CKECP Ad Hoc Cost Estimate PP CKM3 Material Price Analysis PP CKMB Display Material Ledger Document PP CKME Release Planned Price Changes PP CKMF Allow Price Determination PP CKMG Allow Closing Entries PP CKMH Single-Level Material Price Determination PP CKMLCP Costing Cockpit: Actual Costing - Change/Execute CO CKMPCD Price Change Document CO CKR1 Reorganization of Cost Estimates PP CKUC Multilevel Unit Costing PP CKW1 Create Cost Estimate for Production Lot PP CKW3 Display Cost Estimate for Production Lot PP CKW4 Activate Cost Estimate for Production Lot PP CL01 Create Class PM CL02 Class (Change) PM CL03 Display Class PM CL04 Delete Class PM CL20N Assign Object to Classes PM CL22N Assign Class to Superior Classes PM CL24N Assign Objects/Classes to Class PM CL26 Mass Release for a Class Type/Class PM CL2A Classification Status for Change Number PM CL30N Find Objects in Classes PM CL31 Find Objects in Class Type PM CL6AN Class List PM CL6B Object List PM CL6BN Object List PM CL6C Class Hierarchy PM CL6D List of Classes Without Superior Class PM CL6O Object Comparison PM
  • 162. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 188 T-Code Description Module CLMM Mass Change for Assigned Values PM CM00 SAP Easy Access Capacity Planning PP CM01 Capacity Planning: Selection (Work Center - Load) PP CM02 Capacity Planning: Selection (Orders) PP CM03 Capacity Planning: Selection (Work Center - Pool) PP CM04 Capacity Planning: Selection (Work Center - Backlog) PP CM05 Capacity Planning: Selection (Work Center - Overload) PP CM07 Capacity Planning (Variable) PP CM22 Capacity leveling: SFC planning table PP CM23 Capacity leveling: SFC orders tab PP CM24 Capacity Leveling (Individual Capacity - Tabular) PP CM25 Capacity Leveling (Variable) PP CM26 Capacity leveling: Proj. View Tabular PP CM27 Capacity level.: SFC indiv. cap. graph PP CM28 Capac. level.: SFC indiv. cap. Tab PP CM30 Capacity Leveling (Indvidual Capacity - Graphical) PP CM31 Cap. leveling: SFC orders graphical PP CM32 Cap. leveling: PS graph PP CM33 Capacity Leveling (Work Center - Graphical) PP CM34 Capacity Leveling (Work Center - Tabular) PP CM35 Capacity Leveling (Resource View - Table) PP CM36 Capacity Leveling (Process Order View) PP CM38 Capacity Planning (Capacity Leveling Long-Term Planning) PP CM50 Capacity level: SFC work cntr list PP CM51 Cap. level: SFC individual cap. list PP CM52 Cap. leveling: SFC orders list PP CM53 Capacity leveling: PS elem/version PP CM54 Capacity leveling: PS list via vers. PP CM55 Cap. leveling: PS list WCntr/version PP CM56 Capacity evaluation (Resource View) PP CM57 Capacity evaluation (Order View) PP
  • 163. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 189 T-Code Description Module CMOD Project Management of SAP Enhancements SYS CMP2 Workforce Planning - Selection Project View PP CMP3 Workforce Planning: Selection for Work Center View PP CMP9 Workforce Planning - Reporting PP CN01 Standard Network Create PS CN02 Standard Network Change PS CN03 Standard Network Display PS CN04 PS Text Catalog: Change PS CN05 PS Text Catalog: Display PS CN08 Allocate Material to Standard Network Change: Overview PS CN09 Allocate Material to Standard Network Display: Overview PS CN11 Create Standard Milestone PS CN12 Change Standard Milestone PS CN13 Display Standard Milestone PS CN21 Create: Network PS CN22 Change: Network PS CN23 Display: Network PS CN24N Overall Network Scheduling PS CN25 Enter Network Confirmation PS CN27 Network Confirmation: Collective Confirmation PS CN28 Display Network Confirmation PS CN29 Cancel Network Confirmation PS CN2X Process Network Confirmation PS CN40 Project Info System PS CN41 Structure Overview PS CN42N Overview: Project Definitions PS CN43N Overview: WBS Elements PS CN44N Overview: Planned Orders PS CN45N Overview: Orders PS CN46N Overview: Networks PS CN47N Overview: Activities/Elements PS
  • 164. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 190 T-Code Description Module CN48N Overview Confirmations PS CN49N Overview: Relationships PS CN50N Overview: Capacity Requirements PS CN51N Overview: PRTs PS CN52N Overview: Components PS CN53N Overview: Milestones PS CN54N Overview: Sales Document PS CN55N Overview: Sales and Dist. Doc. Items PS CN60 Change Documents for Projects/Netw. PS CN61 Display Change Documents: Library Network PS CN65 Display Change Document: Network PS CN71 Project Info System: Save Project Version Initial Screen PS CN72 Create Project Version PS CN85 Operative Project Structures / Delete without Archiving PS CN98 Delete Standard Networks Without Archiving PS CNB1 List Display of Purchase Requisitions for Project PS CNB2 Purchasing Documents per Project PS CNC4 Master Data Reconciliation Report: Consistency Within Project Struct. PS CNC5 Master Reconciliation Report: Consistency Sales Order/ Project PS CNE1 Project Progress (Individual Processing) PS CNE2 Project Progress (Collective Processing) PS CNE5 Project Info System: Progress Analysis Initial Screen PS CNL1 Create Delivery Info PS CNL2 Change Delivery Info PS CNL3 Display Delivery Info PS CNMASS Mass Changes in the Project System PS CNMM Project-Oriented Procurement PS CNPRG Progress Report: Network Activities PS CNR1 Create Work Center PS CNR2 Change Work Center PS
  • 165. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 191 T-Code Description Module CNR3 Display Work Center PS CNS0 Delivery from Project: Selection Initial Screen PS CNS40 Project Info System PS CNS41 Project Info System: Structure Initial Screen PS CNS42 Project Info System: Project Definitions Initial Screen PS CNS43 Project Info System: WBS Elements Initial Screen PS CNS44 Project Info System: Planned Orders Initial Screen PS CNS45 Project Info System: Orders Initial Screen PS CNS46 Project Info System: Networks Initial Screen PS CNS47 Project Info System: Activities Initial Screen PS CNS48 Project Info System: Confirmations Initial Screen PS CNS49 Project Info System: Relationships Initial Screen PS CNS50 Project Info System: Capacity Requirements Initial Screen PS CNS51 Project Info System: Prod. Resources/Tools Initial Screen PS CNS52 Project Info System: Components Initial Screen PS CNS53 Project Info System: Milestones Initial Screen PS CNS54 Project Info System: SD Documents Initial Screen PS CNS55 Project Info System: Sales Document Items Initial Screen PS CNS60 Project Info System: Change Documents PS CNS71 Project Info System: Save Project Version Initial Screen PS CNSE5 Project Info System: Progress Analysis Initial Screen PS CO00 SAP Easy Access Shop Floor Control PP CO01 Production Order Create PP CO01S Simulation Order Create PP CO02 Production Order Change PP CO02S Simulation Order Change PP CO03 Production Order Display PP CO03S Simulation Order Display PP CO04 Print Shop Papers PP
  • 166. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 192 T-Code Description Module CO04N Print Production Orders PP CO05N Release Production Orders PP CO06 Backorder Processing PP CO07 Production Order Create (Without Material) PP CO08 Production Order Create (For Sales Order) PP CO09 Availability Overview PP CO10 Production Order Create PP CO11 Enter Production Order Confirmation PP CO11N Enter time ticket for production order PP CO12 Collective Entry: Time Ticket PP CO13 Cancel Production Order Confirmation PP CO14 Display Production Order Confirmation PP CO15 Enter Production Order Confirmation PP CO16N Postprocessing Incorrect Confirmations PP CO27 Picking List PP CO40 Production Order Create (Planned Order) PP CO41 Collective Conversion of Planned Orders PP CO43 Actual Overhead Calculation: Production/Process Orders PP CO44 Mass Processing for Orders PP CO46 Order Progress Report: Selection Screen PP CO48 Production Order Create PP CO78 Archiving of Production Orders PP CO88 Actual Settlement: Production/Process Orders PP COB1 Create Batch Search Strategy PP COB2 Change Batch Search Strategy PP COB3 Display Batch Search Strategy PP COFC Reprocessing of confirmations with errors in calc. of actual costs PP COGI Automatic Goods Movements: Error Handling SD COHV Mass Processing Production Orders PP COID Selection of Indiv. Object Lists PP
  • 167. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 193 T-Code Description Module COIO Order Info System for PP-PI PP COMAC Collective Availability Check PP COOIS Production Order Information System PP COPD Print Process Order PP COPI Print Process Order Shop Floor Papers PP COR1 Create Process Order PP COR2 Change Process Order PP COR3 Display Process Order PP COR5 Release Process Order PP COR6 Create Process Order Confirmation PP COR6N Enter time ticket for process order PP COR7 Create Process Order (Convert Planned Order) PP COR8 Collective Conversion of Planned Orders PP CORA Process Order: Scheduling External Relationships PP CORK Enter Process Order Confirmation PP CORO Create Process Order w/o Material PP CORR Collective Entry of Confirmations PP CORS Cancel Process Order Confirmation PP CORT Display Process Order Confirmation PP CORZ Enter Confirmation of Process Order: Create Time Event PP CR01 Create Work Center PP CR02 Change Work Center PP CR03 Display Work Center PP CR05 Work Center List PP CR06 Assignment of Work Centers to Cost Centers PP CR07 Work Center Capacities PP CR08 Work Center Hierarchy PP CR09 Standard Text PP CR10 Work Center Change Documents PP CR11 Create Capacity PP CR12 Change Capacity PP
  • 168. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 194 T-Code Description Module CR13 Display Capacity PP CR15 Capacity: Where-used PP CR21 Create Hierarchy PP CR22 Change Hierarchy PP CR23 Display Hierarchy PP CR60 Work center information system PP CRA1 Archive Administration: Create Archive Files PP CRA2 Archive Administration: Execute Delete Program PP CRAA Display Work Center PP CRAH Create Work Center PP CRAV Change Work Center PP CRF1 Payment Cards: Read, Display, Check, Save Incoming File FI CRF2 Payment Cards: Delete Saved File FI CRF3 Payment Cards: Display File, Create Postings, Edit Log FI CRK1 Card Document Create FI CRK2 Card Document Change FI CRK3 Card Document Display FI CRQ1 Create work center (QM) QM CRQ2 Change work center (QM) QM CRQ3 Display work center (QM) QM CRS1 Payment Card Master Record Create FI CRS2 Payment Card Master Record Change FI CRS3 Payment Card Master Record Display FI CS00 SAP Easy Access Bills of Material PP CS01 Create Material BOM PP CS02 Change Material BOM PP CS03 Display Material BOM PP CS05 Change BOM Group PP CS06 Display BOM Group PP CS07 Create Plant Assignment PP CS08 Change Plant Assignment PP
  • 169. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 195 T-Code Description Module CS09 Display Plant Assignment PP CS11 Explode BOM: Level by Level PP CS12 Explode BOM: Multi-Level BOM PP CS13 Explode BOM: Summarized BOM PP CS14 BOM Comparison: Initial Screen (One-Level) PP CS15 Where-Used List: Material: Initial Screen PP CS20 Mass Changes: Material Selection (Bills of Material) PP CS21 Mass Changes: Material Selection PP CS22 Mass Changes: Document Selection PP CS23 Mass Changes: Class Selection PP CS25 Archive Administration: Create Archive Files PP CS26 Archive Administration: Execute Delete Program PP CS27 Archive Administration: Run Read Program PP CS28 Archive Administration: Initial Screen PP CS31 Create class BOM PP CS32 Change class BOM PP CS33 Display class BOM PP CS40 Create Link to Configurable Material PP CS41 Change Link to Configurable Material PP CS42 Display Link to Configurable Material PP CS51 Create standard BOM PP CS52 Change standard BOM PP CS53 Display standard BOM PP CS61 Create order BOM PP CS62 Change order BOM PP CS63 Display order BOM PP CS71 Create WBS BOM PP CS72 Change WBS BOM PP CS73 Display WBS BOM PP CS74 Create WBS BOM (Structure) PP CS75 Change WBS BOM (Structure) PP
  • 170. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 196 T-Code Description Module CS76 Display WBS BOM (Structure) PP CS80 Display Change Documents: Material BOM PP CS81 Display Change Documents: Standard BOM PP CS82 Display Change Documents: Order BOM PP CS83 Display Change Documents: WBS BOM PP CS84 Change documents for class BOM PP CS90 Number ranges for material bills of material PP CS91 Standard object list number range PP CS92 Number ranges for sales order BOMs PP CSK1 Explode BOM: Level by Level PP CSK2 Explode BOM: Multi-Level BOM PP CSK3 Explode BOM: Summarized BOM PP CSMB Material BOM Browser PP CSPB WBS BOM PP CT12 Where-Used List for Characteristics/Characteristic Values QM CV01N Create Document QM CV02N Change Document QM CV03N Display document QM CV04N Find Document: Selection Criteria QM CV15 Change Document BOM group PP CV16 Display Document BOM group PP CXL1 Create Ledger FI CXL2 Change Ledger: Overview FI CXL3 Display Ledger: Overview FI CXL4 Delete Ledger FI DB01 DBA Cockpit: System Configuration Maintenance SYS DB02 Tables and Indexes Monitor SYS DB03 Parameter history, active parameters and db options SYS DB11 Select Database Connection SYS DB12 DBA Backup Logs SYS DB13 DBA Planning Calendar SYS
  • 171. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 197 T-Code Description Module DB14 Display DBA Operation Logs BW DB15 Tables and Archiving Objects SYS DB16 Display DB Check Results BW DB2 Select Database Activities SYS DB20 Update DB Statistics BW DB26 Parameter history, active parameters and db options SYS DB2J DB2 z/OS: JCL Settings SYS DBCO "Display View "" Description of Database Connec- tions"": Overview" SYS DGP1 Create Dangerous Goods Master SD DGP2 Change Dangerous Goods Master SD DGP3 Display Dangerous Goods Master SD DGR1 Dangerous Goods Master: Display with Descriptions SD DP90 Resource-Related Billing Request SD EC09 Org.Object Copier: Warehouse Number WM EWZ5 EMU Conversion: Lock and Unlock Users SYS EWZ6 EMU Conversion: Lock and Unlock Users SYS F.03 Financial Accounting Comparative Analysis FI F.05 Foreign Currency Valuation FI F.07 Carry Forward Receivables/Payables FI F.08 G/L: Account Balances FI F.09 G/L: Account List FI F.10 Chart of Accounts FI F.13 Automatic Clearing FI F.14 Create Posting Documents from Recurring Documents FI F.15 Recurring Entry Documents FI F.19 Analyze GR/IR Clearing Accountsand Display Acquisition Tax FI F.1A Grouping Customer/Vendor Master Records FI F.20 Customer List FI F.21 List of Customer Line Items FI F.22 Customer Evaluation with OI Sorted List FI
  • 172. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 198 T-Code Description Module F.23 Customer Balances in Local Currency FI F.24 Calculate Interest on Arrears FI F.25 Bill of Exchange List FI F.26 Customer Interest Scale FI F.27 Periodic Account Statements FI F.28 SD, FI: Recreation of Credit Data after Organizational Changes FI F.31 Credit Overview FI F.32 Customers with Missing Credit Data FI F.35 Credit Master Sheet FI F.38 Deferred Tax Transfer FI F.40 Vendor List FI F.41 List of Vndor Line Items FI F.42 Vendor Balances in Local Currency FI F.44 Vendor Interest Scale FI F.45 Define Background Job FI F.50 Profit and Loss Adjustment FI F.51 General Ledger Line Items FI F.52 G/L Account Interest Scale FI F.53 Account Assignment Manual FI F.56 Delete Reference Documents FI F.57 Delete Reference Documents FI F.58 Open Item Account Balance Audit Trail from the Document File FI F.5D Calculate Balance Sheet Adjustment FI F.5E Post Balance Sheet Adjustment FI F.64 Maintain Correspondence Requests FI F.80 Mass Reversal of Documents FI F.81 Reverse Accrual/Deferral Documents FI F.97 Application Tree Report Selection General Ledger FI F.98 Application Tree Report Selection Vendors FI F.99 Application Tree Report Selection Customers FI
  • 173. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 199 T-Code Description Module F/LA Create Pricing Report FI F/LB Change Pricing Report FI F/LC Display Pricing report FI F000 Financial Accounting Information System FI F-01 Enter Sample Document Header Data FI F-02 Enter G/L Account Posting: Header Data FI F-03 Clear G/L Account: Header Data FI F-04 Post with Clearing: Header Data FI F-05 Post Foreign Currency Valuation: Header Data FI F-06 Post Incoming Payments: Header Data FI F-07 Post Outgoing Payments: Header Data FI F110 Parameters for automatic payment FI F110S Report for the Automatic Scheduling of the Payment Program FI F111 Automatic Payment Transactions for Payment Re- quests FI F150 Dunning FI F-19 Reverse Statistical Posting: Header Data FI F-20 Reverse Bill Liability: Header Data FI F-21 Enter Transfer Posting: Header Data FI F-22 Enter Customer Invoice: Header Data FI F-23 Return Bill of Exchange Pmt Request: Header Data FI F-26 Incoming Payments Fast Entry: Header Data FI F-27 Enter Customer Credit Memo: Header Data FI F-28 Post Incoming Payments: Header Data FI F-29 Post Customer Down Payment: Header Data FI F-30 Post with Clearing: Header Data FI F-31 Post Outgoing Payments: Header Data FI F-32 Clear Customer: Header Data FI F-33 Post Bill of Exchange Usage: Header Data FI F-34 Post Collection: Header Data FI F-35 Post Forfaiting: Header Data FI
  • 174. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 200 T-Code Description Module F-36 Bill of Exchange Payment: Header Data FI F-37 Customer Down Payment Request: Header Data FI F-38 Enter Statistical Posting: Header Data FI F-39 Clear Customer Down Payment: Header Data FI F-40 Bill of Exchange Payment: Header Data FI F-41 Enter Vendor Credit Memo: Header Data FI F-42 Enter Transfer Posting: Header Data FI F-43 Enter Vendor Invoice: Header Data FI F-44 Clear Vendor: Header Data FI F-47 Down Payment Request: Header Data FI F-48 Post Vendor Down Payment: Header Data FI F-49 Customer noted item FI F-51 Post with Clearing: Header Data FI F-52 Post Incoming Payments: Header Data FI F-53 Post Outgoing Payments: Header Data FI F-54 Clear Vendor Down Payment: Header Data FI F-55 Enter Statistical Posting: Header Data FI F-56 Reverse Statistical Posting: Header Data FI F-57 Vendor Noted Item: Header Data FI F-62 "Change View ""Currency Exchange Rates" ": Overview" FI F-63 Park Document: Document Header FI F-64 Park Document: Document Header FI F-65 Park Document: Document Header FI F-66 Park Document: Document Header FI F-67 Park Document: Document Header FI F801 Create Payment Request FI F802 Change payment request FI F803 Display payment request FI F804 Changes to payment requests FI F8BT Display Payment Requests FI F8BU Create Payment Runs for Payment Requests FI
  • 175. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 201 T-Code Description Module F8BV Reversal of bank-to-bank transfers FI F8BW Reverse Clearing of PaymenesRequests FI F8Q8 Create Posting Documents from Standing Requests FI F-90 Acquisition from purchase w. vendor FI F-91 Asset Acquis. Posted w/Clearing Acct: Header Data FI F-92 Asset Retire. frm Sale w/ Customer: Header Data FI FB00 Accounting Editing Options FI FB01 Post Document: Header Data FI FB01L General Posting for Ledger Group: Header Data FI FB02 Change Document FI FB03 Display Document FI FB04 Document Changes FI FB05 Post with Clearing: Header Data FI FB08 Reverse Document: Header Data FI FB09 Change Line Items FI FB09D Display Line Items FI FB10 Invoice/Credit Fast Entry: Header Data FI FB11 Post Held Document: Header Data FI FB12 Request Correspondence FI FB13 Release Line Item FI FB1D Clear Customer: Header Data FI FB1K Clear Vendor: Header Data FI FB1S Clear G/L Account: Header Data FI FB21 Enter Statistical Posting: Header Data FI FB22 Reverse Statistical Posting: Header Data FI FB31 Enter Noted Item: Header Data FI FB50 Enter G/L Account Document: Company Code XXX FI FB50L Enter G/L Acct Document for Ledger Group FI FB60 Enter Vendor Invoice: Company Code XXX FI FB65 Enter Vendor Credit Memo: Company Code XXX FI FB70 Enter Customer Invoice: Company Code XXX FI
  • 176. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 202 T-Code Description Module FB75 Enter Customer Credit Memo: Company Code XXX FI FBA1 Customer Down Payment Request: Header Data FI FBA2 Post Customer Down Payment: Header Data FI FBA3 Clear Customer Down Payment: Header Data FI FBA6 Vendor Down Payment Request: Header Data FI FBA7 Post Vendor Down Payment: Header Data FI FBA8 Clear Vendor Down Payment: Header Data FI FBB1 Post Foreign Currency Valn: Header Data FI FBCJ Cash Journal XXX Company Code XXX FI FBD1 Enter Recurring Entry: Header Data FI FBD2 Change Recurring Document FI FBD3 Display Recurring Document FI FBD4 Recurring Document Changes FI FBD5 Realize Recurring Entry: Header Data FI FBD9 Enter Recurring Entry: Header Data FI FBE1 Create Payment Advice FI FBE2 Change Payment Advice FI FBE3 Display Payment Advice FI FBE6 Delete Payment Advice FI FBKP Maintain Accounting Configuration FI FBL1N Vendor Line Item Display FI FBL2N Vendor Line Item Display FI FBL3N G/L Account Line Item Display FI FBL4N G/L Account Line Item Display FI FBL5N Customer Line Item Display FI FBL6N Customer Line Item Display FI FBM1 Enter Sample Document FI FBM2 Change Sample Document FI FBM3 Display Sample Document FI FBM4 Sample Document Changes FI FBMA Display Dunning Procedure: List FI
  • 177. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 203 T-Code Description Module FBME SAP Easy Access Banks FI FBMP Maintain Dunning Procedure: List FI FBN1 Number Ranges for Accounting Documents FI FBN2 Internal number ranges for payment orders FI FBP1 Enter Payment Request FI FBR1 Post with Reference Document: Header Data FI FBR2 Post Document: Header Data FI FBRA Reset Cleared Items FI FBRC Reverse clearing with payment card data FI FBS1 Enter Accrual/Deferral Doc.: Header Data FI FBU2 Change Transaction FI FBU3 Display Transaction FI FBU8 Reverse Cross-Company Code Transaction: Header Data FI FBV0 Post Parked Document FI FBV1 Park Document: Document Header FI FBV2 Change Parked Document FI FBV3 Display Parked Document FI FBV4 Change Parked Document (Header) FI FBV5 Document changes of parked document FI FBV6 Reject Parked Document FI FBVB Post parked document FI FBW1 Enter Bill of Exchange Pmnt Request: Header Data FI FBW2 Post Bill of Exch. acc. to Pmt Request: Header Data FI FBW4 Reverse Bill Liability: Header Data FI FBW5 Customer Check/Bill of Exchange: Header Data FI FBW6 Vendor Check/Bill of Exchange FI FBZ0 Payment Proposal FI FBZ1 Post Incoming Payments: Header Data FI FBZ2 Post outgoing payments FI FBZ3 Incoming Payments Fast Entry: Header Data FI FBZ4 Payment with Printout: Header Data FI
  • 178. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 204 T-Code Description Module FBZ5 Print Form for Payment Document FI FBZ8 Display Payment Run FI FBZG Editing of Failed Payment Transactions FI FCH1 Display Check Information FI FCH2 Payment Document Checks FI FCH3 Void Checks Not Used FI FCH4 Renumber Checks FI FCH5 Create Check Information FI FCH6 Change Check Information/Cash Check FI FCH7 Reprint Check FI FCH8 Cancel Check Payment FI FCH9 Void Issued Checks FI FCHD Delete Check Information on Payment Run FI FCHE Delete Check Information on Voided Checks FI FCHF Delete Information on Checks Created Manually FI FCHG Reset Check Information Data FI FCHI Check Lots FI FCHK SAP Easy Access Check Management FI FCHN Check Register FI FCHR Online Cashed Checks FI FCHX Check Extract Creation FI FCMN SAP Easy Access Consolidation FI FD01 Customer Create FI FD02 Customer Change FI FD03 Customer Display FI FD04 Customer Account Changes FI FD05 Customer Block/Unblock FI FD06 Customer Flag for Deletion FI FD08 Customer Confirm Change FI FD09 Display/Confirm Critical Customer Changes FI FD10N Customer Balance Display FI
  • 179. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 205 T-Code Description Module FD10NA Customer Balance Display FI FD11 Customer: Initial Screen Account Analysis FI FD15 Transfer Customer Master Data from Source Company Code FI FD16 Transfer customer changes: Receive FI FD24 Credit Management Changes FI FD32 Customer Credit Management Change FI FD33 Customer Credit Management Display FI FDIC Currency Translation Type FI FDTA Data Medium Administration PY FEBA Edit Bank Statement FI FEBP Post electronic bank statement FI FF.5 Select Program: Import Electronic Bank Statement FI FF.6 Select Program: Display Electronic Bank Statement FI FF_3 Cashed Checks per Bank Account FI FF_4 Outstanding Checks Analysis per G/L Account and Vendor FI FF_5 Bank Statements: Various Formats FI FF_6 Display electronic bank statement FI FF63 Create Memo Record FI FF67 Process Manual Bank Statement FI FF68 Edit Check Deposit List FI FF6B Memo Records: List FI FF71 Cash Management and Forecast FI FF72 Cash Management and Forecast FI FF73 Automatic Cash Concentration FI FF74 Access Automatic Cash Concentration Using a Pro- gram FI FF7A Cash Management and Forecast FI FF7B Cash Management and Forecast FI FG99 Flexible G/L: Report selection FI FGI0 Execute Drill-Down Report FI
  • 180. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 206 T-Code Description Module FGI1 Create Drill-Down Report FI FGI2 Change Report: Settings FI FGI3 Display Report: Settings FI FGI4 Report Painter: Create Form FI FGI5 Report Painter: Change Form FI FGI6 Report Painter: Display Form FI FI01 Create Bank FI FI02 Change Bank FI FI03 Display Bank FI FI04 Bank Data Changes FI FI06 Set bank Deletion Flag FI FIAA SAP Easy Access Asset Accounting Information System FI FILE Cross-Client File Names/Paths SYS FK01 Create Vendor FI FK02 Change Vendor FI FK03 Display Vendor FI FK04 Vendor Account Changes FI FK05 Block/Unblock Vendor FI FK06 Flag for Deletion Vendor FI FK08 Confirm Change Vendor FI FK09 Display/Confirm Critical Vendor Changes FI FK10N Vendor Balance Display FI FKI0 Execute Drill-Down Report FI FKI1 Create Drill-Down Report FI FKI2 Change Report: Settings FI FKI3 Display Report: Settings FI FKI4 Report Painter: Create Form FI FKI5 Report Painter: Change Form FI FKI6 Report Painter: Display Form FI FKMT Account Assignment Model FI FLB1 Postprocessing Lockbox Data FI
  • 181. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 207 T-Code Description Module FLB2 Main Lockbox Program FI FLBP Main Lockbox Program FI FM03 Display FM Document FI FM5I Create Fund FI FM5S Display Fund FI FM5U Change Fund FI FM9B Copy Budget Version FI FM9C Plan Data Transfer from CO FI FM9D Lock Budget Version FI FM9E Unlock Budget Version FI FMEDD Display Entry Document FI FMN0 Transfer Documents from Financial Accounting FI FMR1 Actual/commitment report FI FMR3 Plan/Actual/Commitment Report FI FMSA Create Funds Center in FM Area FI FMX1 Funds Reservation: Create InitScrn FI FMX2 Funds Reservation: Change InitScrn FI FMX3 Funds Reservation: Display InitScrn FI FMY1 Funds precommitment: Create InitScrn FI FMY2 Funds precommitment: Change InitScrn FI FMY3 Funds precommitment: Display InitScrn FI FPS3 Same day Statement: Create memo records FI FQUK Query from User Group FK FI FS00 Edit G/L Account Centrally FI FS01 Edit G/L Account Centrally FI FS02 Edit G/L Account Centrally FI FS03 Edit G/L Account Centrally FI FS04 Central G/L Account Changes FI FS05 Edit G/L Account Centrally FI FS06 Edit G/L Account Centrally FI FS10N G/L Account Balance Display FI
  • 182. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 208 T-Code Description Module FSE2 Change Financial Statement Version FI FSP0 Edit G/L Account Chart of accts data FI FSP1 Edit G/L Account Chart of accts data FI FSP2 Edit G/L Account Chart of accts data FI FSP3 Edit G/L Account Chart of accts data FI FSP4 G/L Account Changes in Chart of Accts FI FSS4 G/L Account Changes in Comp. Code FI FV50 Park G/L Account Document FI FV60 Park Vendor Invoice FI FV65 Park Vendor Credit Memo FI FWBS Manual Posting FI FWDP Securities: Securities Account List FI FWOEZ Manual Posting / Debit Position: Reverse FI FWSO Securities: Automatic Debit Position FI FWUP Securities: Update Planned Records FI FWZE Manual Debit Position FI FWZZ Display Class - Product Type: ID Number FI FZM4 SAP Easy Access Treasury Management Information System FI FZMN SAP Easy Access Treasury Management Basic Functions FI IA00 SAP Easy Access Work Scheduling PM IA01 Create Equipment Task List PM IA02 Change Equipment Task List PM IA03 Display Equipment Task List PM IA04 Start transaction for object service PM IA05 Create General Task List PM IA06 Change General Task List PM IA07 Display General Task List PM IA08 Change PM Task Lists PM IA09 Display Task Lists: Task List Selection PM IA10 Multi-Level Task List: PM Task List Selection PM
  • 183. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 209 T-Code Description Module IA11 Create Functional Location Task List PM IA12 Change Functional Location Task List PM IA13 Display Functional Location Task List PM IA15 Display task list change documents PM IA16 Task list costing PM IA17 Task List Printing List PM IA18 Display Standard Milestone PM IA19 Change Standard Milestone PM IA21 Display Task List Change Documents PM IB01 Create equipment BOM PM IB02 Change equipment BOM PM IB03 Display equipment BOM PM IB05 Change BOM group PM IB06 Display BOM group PM IB07 Create Plant Assignment PM IB08 Change Plant Assignment PM IB09 Display Plant Assignment PM IB11 Create functional location BOM PM IB12 Change functional location BOM PM IB13 Display functional location BOM PM IB15 Change BOM group PM IB16 Display BOM group PM IB17 Create Plant Assignment PM IB18 Change Plant Assignment PM IB19 Display Plant Assignment PM IB51 Create Installed Base PM IB52 Change Installed Base PM IB53 Display Installed Base PM IDX1 Port Maintenance in IDoc Adapter SYS IDX2 Metadata Overview for IDoc Adapter SYS IE00 SAP Easy Access Management of Technical Objects PM
  • 184. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 210 T-Code Description Module IE01 Create Equipment PM IE02 Change Equipment PM IE03 Display Equipment PM IE05 Change Equipment: Equipment Selection PM IE07 Multi-Level Equipment List: Equipment Selection PM IE08 Create Equipment PM IE10 Equipment Entry List PM IE31 Create Fleet Object PM IE36 Display Vehicles: Vehicles Selection PM IH01 Functional Location Structure PM IH02 Reference Location Structure PM IH04 Equipment Structure PM IH05 Material Structure: Selection PM IH06 Display Functional Location: Functional Location Selection PM IH07 Display Reference Location: Reference Location Selection PM IH08 Display Equipment: Equipment Selection PM IH09 Display Material: Material Selection PM IH12 Functional Location Structure PM IH18 Ref. Location List (Multilevel): Selection Ref. Locations PM IK01 Create Measuring Point PP IK01R Create Reference Measuring Point PP IK02 Change Measuring Point PP IK02R Change Reference Measuring Point PP IK03 Display Measuring Point PP IK03R Display Reference Measuring Point PP IK06 Display Measuring Points for Object PP IK07 Display Measuring Points: MeasPoint Selection PP IK07R Display Reference Measuring Point: Reference Mea- suring Point Selection PP IK08 Change Measuring Points: MeasPoint Selection PP
  • 185. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 211 T-Code Description Module IK08R Change Reference Measuring Point: Reference Measuring Point Selection PP IK11 Create Measurement Document PM IK12 Change Measurement Document PM IK13 Display Measurement Document PM IK15 Take Up Measurement Reading Transfer PM IK17 Display Measurement Documents: Measurement Document Selection PM IK18 Change Measurement Documents: Measurement Document Selection PM IK21 Collective Entry of MeasDocuments (Funct Location) PM IK22 Collective Entry of MeasDocuments (Equipment) PM IK31 Measurement Reading Entry List: Create PM IK32 Measurement Reading Entry List: Change PM IK33 Measurement Reading Entry List: Display PM IK34 Collective Entry of MeasDocuments PM IK51 Measurement Reading Transfer: Structural Display PM IK52 Display Measurement Reading Transfer (History) PM IL01 Create Functional Location PM IL02 Change Functional Location PM IL03 Display Functional Location PM IL04 Create FunctLocation: List Entry PM IL05 Change Functional Location: Functional Location Selection PM IL06 Data Transfer From FunctLocation PM IL07 Multi-Level FunctLocation List: FunctLocation Selec- tion PM IL11 Create Reference Location PM IL12 Change Reference Location PM IL13 Display Reference Location PM IM01 Create Inv. Program Definition FI IM02 Change Inv. Program Definition FI IM03 Display Inv. Program Definition FI
  • 186. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 212 T-Code Description Module IM05 Reassignment of measures/app. Requests FI IM22 Change Inv. Program Structure FI IM23 Display Inv. Program Structure FI IM27 Open New Approval Year FI IM30 Change Program Budget Supplement FI IM31 Display Program Budget Supplement FI IM32 Change Original Program Budget FI IM33 Display Original Program Budget FI IM34 Rollup of plan values FI IM35 Change Program Planning FI IM36 Display Program Planning FI IM38 Change Program Budget Return FI IM39 Display Program Budget Return FI IM52 Budget distribution FI IM53 Display budget distribution FI IMA11 Display Appropriation Request FI IMCAOV Investment Program Budget Carryforward FI IMCCV1 Copy Plan Version (Investment Program) FI IMR4 Master data list - App. requests w/o %distrib., w/o variants FI IMR5 Master data list - App. requests with %distrib., w/o variants FI IMR6 Master data list - App. requests w/o %distrib., w/ variants FI IMR7 Master data list - App. requests with %distrib., w/ variants FI IP01 Create Maintenance Plan PM IP02 Change Maintenance Plan PM IP03 Display Maintenance Plan PM IP04 Create Maintenance Item PM IP05 Change Maintenance Item PM IP06 Display Maintenance Item PM
  • 187. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 213 T-Code Description Module IP10 Schedule Maintenance Plan PM IP11 Change Maintenance Strategies: Overview PM IP11Z Change Cycle Sets: Overview PM IP12 Display Maintenance Strategies: Overview PM IP12Z Display Cycle Sets: Overview PM IP13 Package Sequence PM IP14 Where-Used List by Strategy PM IP15 Change Maintenance Plan: Selection Criteria PM IP16 Display Maintenance Plan: Selection Criteria PM IP17 Change Maintenance Item: Selection Criteria PM IP18 Display Maintenance Item: Selection Criteria PM IP19 Maintenance Scheduling Overview and Simulation: Selection Criteria PM IP24 Scheduling overview list form: Selection Criteria PM IP25 Set Deletion Flag for Maintenance Plans PM IP30 Deadline Monitoring for Maintenance Plans (Batch Input IP10) PM IP31 Maintenance Plan Costing PM IP40 Create Maintenance Plan PM IP41 Create Maintenance Plan (Single Cycle Plan) PM IP42 Create Maintenance Plan (Strategy Plan) PM IP43 Create Maintenance Plan (Multiple Counter Plan) PM IP50 Create Maintenance Plan PM IP62 Material where-used list in task list PM IPCS SAP Easy Access Service Agreements PM IPM2 Change Permit: Selection of Permits PM IPM3 Display Permit: Selection of Permits PM IPMD "Display View ""Maintain Permits"": Overview" PP IQ01 Create Material Serial Number PM IQ02 Change Material Serial Number PM IQ03 Display Material Serial Number PM IQ04 Create Material Serial Number: List Entry PM
  • 188. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 214 T-Code Description Module IQ08 Change Material Serial Number: Serial Number Selec- tion PM IQ09 Display Material Serial Number: Serial Number Selection PM IQS1 Create Notification (Extended View) PM IQS2 Change Notification (Extended View) PM IQS21 Create Notification (Simplified View) PM IQS22 Change Notification (Simplified View) PM IQS23 Display Notification (Simplified View) PM IQS3 Display Notification (Extended View) PM IQS8 Worklist: Notifications (General) PM IR01 Create Work Center PM IR02 Change Work Center PM IR03 Display Work Center PM IW13 Material Where-Used List PM IW21 Create PM Notification PM IW22 Change PM Notification PM IW23 Display PM Notification PM IW24 Create PM Notification: Malfunction Report PM IW25 Create PM Notification: Activity Report PM IW26 Create PM Notification: Maintenance Request PM IW27 Assign Deletion Flag to Completed Maintenance Notifications PM IW28 Change Notifications: Selection of Notifications PM IW29 Display Notifications: Selection of Notifications PM IW30 Notification List (Multi-level): Notification Selection PM IW31 Create Order PM IW32 Change Order PM IW33 Display Order PM IW34 Create Notification Order PM IW36 Create Sub-order PM IW37N Change Orders and Operations: Selection of Orders and Operations PM
  • 189. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 215 T-Code Description Module IW38 Change PM Orders: Selection of Orders PM IW39 Display PM Orders: Selection of Orders PM IW3D Print Order PM IW3K Change Order: Component Overview PM IW3L Display Order: Component Overview PM IW3M List of Goods Movements for Order: Selection of Goods Movements PM IW40 Order List (Multi-Level): Selection of Orders PM IW41 Enter PM Order Confirmation PM IW42 Overall Completion Confirmation PM IW43 Display PM Order Confirmation PM IW44 PM Order Confirmation: Collective Confirmation PM IW45 Cancel PM Order Confirmation PM IW47 Display Confirmations PM IW48 Confirmation using operation list: Selection of Order Operations PM IW49N Display Orders and Operations: Selection of Orders and Operations PM IW51 Create Service Notification PM IW52 Change Service Notification PM IW53 Display Service Notification PM IW54 Create Service Notification: Problem Notification PM IW55 Create Service Notification: Activity Report PM IW56 Create Service Notification: Service Request PM IW57 Set Deletion Flag For Notification PM IW58 Change Service Notifications: Selection of Notifications PM IW59 Display Service Notifications: Selection of Notifications PM IW61 Create Historical PM Order PM IW62 Change Historical PM Order PM IW63 Display Historical PM Order PM IW64 Change Activities: Selection of Notifications PM IW65 Display Activities: Selection of Notifications PM
  • 190. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 216 T-Code Description Module IW66 Change Tasks: Selection of Notifications PM IW67 Display Tasks: Selection of Notifications PM IW68 Change Notification Items: Selection of Notifications PM IW69 Diaplay Notification Items: Selection of Notifications PM IW70 Maintenance Order: Total Network Scheduling PM IW72 Change Service Order: Selection of Orders PM IW73 Display Service Order: Selection of Orders PM IW81 Create Order (Refurbishment) PM IW8W Goods Receipt Serial Numbers for Refurbishment Order PM IWBK Material Availability Information PM J1A5 Display Warehouse Stock WM KA01 Create Cost Element CO KA02 Change Cost Element CO KA03 Display Cost Element CO KA04 Delete Cost Element CO KA23 Display Cost Element CO KA24 Delete Cost elements CO KABL Planning Report CO KAH1 Create Cost element group CO KAH2 Change Cost element group CO KAH3 Display Cost element group CO KAK2 "Change View ""Statistical Key Figures"": Overview" CO KAK3 "Display View ""Statistical Key Figures"": Overview" CO KB21N Enter Direct Activity Allocation CO KB23 Display Direct Activity Allocation CO KB24 Reverse Direct Activity Allocation CO KB31N Enter Statistical Key Figures CO KB33N Display Statistical Key Figures CO KB34N Reverse Statistical Key Figures CO KB41N Enter Manual Repostings of Revenues CO KB43N Display Manual Repostings of Revenues CO
  • 191. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 217 T-Code Description Module KB44N Reverse Manual Repostings of Revenues CO KB65 Enter IAA Reposting: Document Row Selection CO KB66 Display IAA Reposting: Document Row Selection CO KB67 Reverse IAA Reposting: Document Row Selection CO KBH1 Create Statistical Key Figure Group CO KBH2 Change Statistical Key Figure Group CO KBH3 Display Statistical Key Figure Group CO KCH1 Create Profit Center Group CO KCH2 Change Profit Center Group CO KCH3 Display Profit Center Group CO KCH5N Standard Hierarchy for Profit Centers Change CO KCH6N Standard Hierarchy for Profit Centers Display CO KE21N CO-PA Line item entry CO KE24 Line item display - Actual data CO KE25 Line item display - Plan data CO KE27 Periodic valuation CO KE2D Display Sales Orders Containing Errors CO KE30 Execute profitability report CO KE31 Create profitability report CO KE32 Change report CO KE41 Create Condition Records CO KE42 Change Condition Records CO KE43 Display Condition Records CO KE4N Change Pricing Report CO KE4O Display Pricing report CO KE4Q Execute Pricing Report CO KE50 SAP Easy Access Profit Center Accounting CO KE51 Create Profit Center CO KE52 Change Profit Center CO KE53 Display Profit Center CO KE54 Delete Profit Centers CO
  • 192. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 218 T-Code Description Module KE56 Assignment of Profit Centers to Company Codes - Change CO KE5Y Profit Center: Plan Line Items CO KE5Z Profit Center: Actual Line Items CO KEB2 CO-PA / SAP BW: Display Detailed Information about the DataSource BW KEPM CO-PA Planning CO KES1 Change Characteristic Values CO KEU5 Perform act. cost-ctr cost transfer CO KEU8 Change plan transfer of CCtr costs CO KEU9 Display plan transfer of CCtr costs CO KEUB Perform plan cost-ctr cost transfer CO KGI2 Actual Overhead Calculation: Order CO KJH1 Create WBS element group CO KJH2 Change WBS element group CO KJH3 Display WBS element group CO KK01 Create Statistical Key Figure CO KK02 Change Statistical Key Figure CO KK03 Display Statistical Key Figure CO KK04 Master Data Report: Statistical Key Figures CO KK11 Create Condition Records CO KK12 Change Condition Records CO KK13 Display Condition Records CO KK14 Create Condition Records with Reference CO KK87 Actual Settlement: Product Cost Collector CO KK88 Actual Settlement: Cost Object CO KK89 Actual settlement: Cost Object CO KKA0 Change Cutoff Period CO KKA3 Results Analysis for Sales Order CO KKA6 Results Analysis for Sales Order: Enter Data CO KKA9 Delete Results Analysis Data for Sales Order CO KKAK Actual Results Analysis: Sales Orders CO
  • 193. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 219 T-Code Description Module KKAO Calculate Work in Progress: Collective Processing CO KKAS Calculate Work in Progress: Individual Processing CO KKAX Calculate Work in Progress: Individual Processing CO KKBC Application Tree Report Selection Product Cost Controlling CO KKC1 Create Cost Object CO KKC2 Change Cost Object CO KKC3 Display Cost Object CO KKC7 Create Product Group CO KKC8 Change Product Group CO KKC9 Display Product Group CO KKCA Display Variance Line Items for Cost Objects CO KKCS Display Actual Cost Line Items for Cost Objects CO KKF1 Create CO Production Order CO KKF2 Change CO Production Order/QM Order CO KKF3 Display CO Production Order/QM Order CO KKF4 Change Order Planning CO KKF6M Create Multiple Product Cost Collectors for Production Versions CO KKF6N Display Product Cost Collector CO KKF7 Change Product Cost Collector CO KKFB Display Variance Line Items for Orders CO KKG1 Order: Enter Cost of Sales CO KKG2 Project: Enter Cost of Sales CO KKG3 Sales Order: Enter Cost of Sales CO KKH1 Create Cost object group CO KKH2 Change Cost object group CO KKH3 Display Cost object group CO KKP4 Display Cost Object Hierarchy CO KKP6 Reports: Cost Object Hierarchy CO KKRC Summarization: CO object CO KKS1 Variance Calculation CO KKS2 Variance Calculation CO
  • 194. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 220 T-Code Description Module KKS5 Variance Calculation CO KKS6 Variance Calculation CO KL01 Create Activity Type CO KL02 Change Activity Type CO KL03 Display Activity Type CO KL04 Delete Activity Type CO KL05 Display Change Documents: Activity Type CO KL13 Display Activity Types CO KL14 Delete Activity Types CO KLH1 Create Activity type group CO KLH2 Change Activity type group CO KLH3 Display Activity type group CO KO01 Create Internal Order CO KO02 Change Internal Order CO KO03 Display Internal Order CO KO04 Order Manager CO KO12 Change Overall Planning CO KO12N Overall planning for orders: change CO KO13 Display Overall Planning CO KO13N Overall planning for orders: Display CO KO14 Copy Planning CO KO14N Set planner profile CO KO15 Copy Actual to Plan CO KO22 Change Original Budget CO KO23 Display Original Budget CO KO24 Change Supplement CO KO25 Display Supplement CO KO2A Change Document CO KO2B Display Document CO KO88 Actual Settlement: Order CO KO8B Display settlement document CO
  • 195. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 221 T-Code Description Module KO8G Actual Settlment: Orders CO KO9E Planned Settlement: Internal orders CO KO9G Planned Settlement: Internal orders CO KOB1 Display Actual Cost Line Items for Orders CO KOB2 Display Commitment Line Items for Orders CO KOB3 Display Variance Line Items for Orders CO KOB4 Display Budget Line Items for Orders CO KOB8 Display Results Analysis Line Items for Orders CO KOC4 Order Selection CO KOCF Fiscal year close: Carry forward commitment CO KOCO Budget Carryforward for Orders CO KOH1 Create Order Group CO KOH2 Change Order Group CO KOH3 Display Order Group CO KOK2 Collective Processing for Internal Orders CO KOK3 Collective Display for Internal Orders CO KOK4 Automatic Collective Processing for Internal Orders CO KOK5 Master Data List for Orders CO KOW1N Create Actual Periodic Reposting Cycle CO KOW2N Change Actual Periodic Reposting Cycle CO KOW3N Display Actual Periodic Reposting Cycle CO KOW4N Delete Actual Periodic Reposting Cycle CO KP04 Set planner profile CO KP06 Change CElem/Activity input planning CO KP07 Display planning CElem/Act. input CO KP26 Change Activity Type/Price Planning CO KP27 Display Activity Type/Price Planning CO KP46 Change Statistical Key Figure Planning CO KP47 Display Statistical Key Figure Planning CO KP90 Delete Planned Costs (All Integrated Planning Objects) CO KP98 Copy Actual to Plan CO
  • 196. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 222 T-Code Description Module KP9R Copy CO Resource Prices CO KPD6 Change Statistical Key Figure Planning CO KPD7 Display Statistical Key Figure Planning CO KPF6 Change CElem/activity input plannin CO KPF7 Display CElem./Acty input planning CO KPG5 Report Painter: Create Orders: Planning layout for cost elements/activ CO KPG6 Report Painter: Change Orders: Planning layout for cost elements/activ CO KPG7 Report Painter: Display Orders: Planning layout for cost elements/activ CO KPSI Execute Plan Reconciliation CO KRMI Display Actual Cost Line Items for Orders CO KS01 Create Cost Center CO KS02 Change Cost Center CO KS03 Display Cost Center CO KS04 Delete Cost Center CO KS05 Display Change Documents: Cost Center CO KS12 Change Cost Centers CO KS13 Display Cost Centers CO KS14 Delete Cost Centers CO KSB1 Display Actual Cost Line Items for Cost Centers CO KSB2 Display Commitment Line Items for Cost Centers CO KSBP Display Plan Cost Line Items for Cost Centers CO KSBT Activity Type Price Report CO KSC1N Create Cycle for Actual Indirect Activity Allocation CO KSC2N Change Cycle for Actual Indirect Activity Allocation CO KSC3N Display Cycle for Actual Indirect Activity Allocation CO KSC4N Delete Cycle for Actual Indirect Activity Allocation CO KSC6N Act. indirect acty alloc.: Overview CO KSC7N Create Cycle for Planned Indirect Activity Allocation CO KSC8N Change Cycle for Planned Indirect Activity Allocation CO
  • 197. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 223 T-Code Description Module KSC9N Display Cycle for Planned Indirect Activity Allocation CO KSCB Execute plan indirect acty alloc. CO KSCCN Document List for Selected Cycle CO KSH1 Create Cost Center Group CO KSH2 Change Cost Center Group CO KSH3 Display Cost Center Group CO KSOP Transfer Scheduled from PP for Business Processes PP KSPP Transfer Planned Activity Requirements for Production PP KSS4 Plan Cost Splitting CO KSU1N Create Actual Assessment Cycle CO KSU2N Change Actual Assessment Cycle CO KSU3N Display Actual Assessment Cycle CO KSU4N Delete Actual Assessment Cycle CO KSU5 Execute actual assessment CO KSU6N Document List for Selected Cycle CO KSU7N Create Plan Assessment Cycle CO KSU8N Change Plan Assessment Cycle CO KSU9N Display Plan Assessment Cycle CO KSUAN Delete Plan Assessment Cycle CO KSUB Execute plan assessment CO KSUCN Plan assessment: Overview CO KSV1N Create Actual Distribution Cycle CO KSV2N Change Actual Distribution Cycle CO KSV3N Display Actual Distribution Cycle CO KSV4N Delete Actual Distribution Cycle CO KSV5 Execute actual distribution CO KSV6N Actual distribution: Overview CO KSV7N Create Plan Distribution Cycle CO KSV8N Change Plan Distribution Cycle CO KSV9N Display Plan Distribution Cycle CO KSVAN Delete Plan Distribution Cycle CO
  • 198. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 224 T-Code Description Module KSVCN Plan distribution: Overview CO KSWB Execute plan periodic reposting CO KVA5 Transfer Actual Data from LIS CO LB01 Create Transfer Requirement WM LB02 Change Transfer Requirement WM LB03 Display Transfer Requirement WM LB10 Display Transfer Requirement: List for Storage Type WM LB11 Display Transfer Requirement: List for Material WM LB12 Process Material Document WM LCO1 Set Up Warehouse Co/Material Docs. WM LCO2 Set Up Warehouse Co/Transport Orders WM LDB1 Create Line Hierarchy PP LDB2 Change Line Hierarchy PP LDB3 Display Line Hierarchy PP LI01N Create System Inventory Record WM LI02N Change System Inventory Record WM LI03N Display System Inventory Record WM LI04 Print Inventory List WM LI06 "Change View ""Block/Unblock Storage Type for Annual Inv."": Overview" WM LI11N Enter Inventory Count WM LI12N Change Inventory Count WM LI13N Display Inventory Count WM LI14 Start Recount WM LI20 Clear Inventory Differences WM WM LI21 Clearing of Differences in Inventory Management WM LICC Execute Inventory with Cycle-Counting Method and by Quants WM LISTCUBE Call List Viewer for Data Targets BW LISTSCHEMA Call up schema viewer for InfoCubes BW LL01 Warehouse Activity Monitor WM LLVS SAP Easy Access Warehouse Management WM
  • 199. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 225 T-Code Description Module LM00 Logon RF WM LM01 Dynamic Menu WM LM02 Select by SU -Put Away WM LM03 Put Away - by TO WM LM04 Put Away -System Guided WM LM05 Picking by TO ID WM LM06 Picking - by Delivery ID WM LM07 Picking - System Guided WM LM09 Put Away by Delivery ID WM LM11 Posting Changes WM LM12 Material Inquiry WM LM13 Put Away Clustered WM LM18 Handling Unit Inquiry WM LM19 Handling Unit - Pack WM LM22 Handling Unit - Unpack WM LM24 Packing HU by Delivery WM LM25 Unpack HU by Delivery WM LM26 Picking by Delivery - W/O sel scree WM LM27 Put Away by Delivery - W/O sel scree WM LM30 Load Control - Load by Shipment WM LM31 Load Control - Load by Delivery WM LM32 Load Control - System Guide Load WM LM33 Load Control - UnLd by Shipment WM LM34 Load Control - UnLd by Delivery WM LM35 Load Control - Detail by Shipping Un WM LM36 Load Control - Detail by Delivery WM LM37 Load Control - Detail by Shipment WM LM45 Pick and Pack WM LM46 Pick and Pack by Delivery WM LM50 Count Inventory By System Guided WM LM51 Count Inventory By User Selection WM
  • 200. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 226 T-Code Description Module LM55 Print Storage Bin Labels WM LM56 Select by SU - Interleaving WM LM57 System Guided Putaway - Interleaving WM LM58 Sys. guided dynamic inventory count WM LM59 User initiated dynamic invent. count WM LM60 User guided dynamic invent. count WM LM61 Goods Issue by Delivery WM LM62 Goods Issue by MS area WM LM63 Goods Issue by Shipment WM LM64 Goods Issue by ALL WM LM65 Goods Issue by Group WM LM66 Goods Issue by HU WM LM71 Goods Receipt by Delivery WM LM72 Goods Receipt by MS area WM LM73 Goods Receipt by Shipment WM LM74 Goods Receipt by ALL WM LM76 Goods Receipt by HU WM LM77 Queue Assignment WM LM80 Serial number capture WM LN07 Number Range for WM Communicication Records WM LP11 WM Staging of Crate Parts WM LP12 WM Material Staging of Release Order Parts WM LP21 Replenishment for Fixed Bins in WM WM LP22 Replenishm. Planning for Fixed Bins WM LP24 Replenishment for Storage Types with Random Space Management WM LPIN Information on Material Status in Production WM LPK1 Create Control Cycle WM LPK2 Change Control Cycle WM LPK3 Display Control Cycle WM LPK4 Automatic creation of control cycles for release order parts WM
  • 201. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 227 T-Code Description Module LQ01 Posting Chge Stor. Loc. to Stor. Loc. in Inventory Management WM LQ02 Posting Change in WM and IM WM LRF1 RF Monitor; Active WM LRF2 RF Monitor, Passive WM LS01N Create Storage Bin WM LS02N Change Storage Bin WM LS03N Display Storage Bin WM LS04 Display Empty Storage Bins WM LS05 Automatic Creation of Storage Bins WM LS06 Block/Unblock Several Storage Bins Simultaneously WM LS07 Block and Unblock Quants for Material WM LS08 Block and Unblock a Range of Storage Bins WM LS09 WM Material Data per Storage Type WM LS10 "Change View ""Storage Bin Structure for Automatic Creation"": Overview" WM LS11 Change Several Storage Bins Simultaneously WM LS12 "Change View ""Block/unblock storage type" ": Overview" WM LS22 Change Quant WM LS23 Display Quant WM LS24 Stock per Material WM LS25 Stock per Storage Bin WM LS26 Stock Overview WM LS27 Stock per Storage Unit WM LS28 Storage Units per Storage Bin WM LS32 Change Storage Unit WM LS33 Display Storage Unit WM LS41 List of Control Cycles WM LS51 Create Batch Search Strategy WM LS52 Change Batch Search Strategy WM LS53 Display Batch Search Strategy WM
  • 202. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 228 T-Code Description Module LSMW Legacy System Migration Workbench SYS LT01 Create Transfer Order SD LT02 Clear Inventory Using Transfer Order SD LT03 Create Transfer Order for Delivery Note SD LT04 Create Transfer Order from TR SD LT05 Processing Posting Change SD LT06 Create Transfer Order for Material Document SD LT07 Place Storage Unit into Stock: Beginning Process SD LT08 Additional Stock for Storage Unit: Beginning Process SD LT09 Create Transfer Order for Storage Unit: Entry SD LT0A Create Transfer Order WM LT0B Putaway of Pre-Picked Handling Units WM LT0C Removal of Pre-Picked Handling Units WM LT0D Transferring Pre-Picked Handling Units WM LT0E Create Removal TO for 2-Step Picking WM LT0F Create Transfer Order for Inbound Delivery WM LT0G Return to Stock from Delivery WM LT0H Put Away/Transfer Handling Units WM LT0I Removal of Handling Units from Stoc WM LT0J Create Transfer Order for Storage Unit: Entry WM LT0R Request replenishment manually WM LT0S Create Transfer Order for Multiple Orders SD LT10 Stock Transfer: Start SD LT11 Confirm Item: Confirm Single Item (In One Step) SD LT12 Confirm Transfer Order SD LT13 Confirm Transfer Order Items for Storage Unit: Preparation SD LT14 Confirm Planned Single Item SD LT15 Cancelling Transfer Order SD LT16 Cancel Transfer Order for Storage Unit SD LT1A Change Transfer Order Header SD LT1B Confirm Item: Confirm Single Item (Pick Step) SD
  • 203. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 229 T-Code Description Module LT1C Confirm Item: Confirm Single Item WM LT1D Confirm Transfer Order Pick WM LT1E Confirm Transfer Order WM LT1F Confirm Transfer Order Items for Storage Unit: Preparation (Pick) WM LT1G Confirm Transfer Order Items for Storage Unit: Preparation (Transfer) WM LT21 Display Transfer Order SD LT22 Transfer orders for storage type SD LT23 Transfer Orders: List of Resident Documents SD LT24 Transfer Orders for Material SD LT25 Display Transfer Order / Group SD LT25A Transfer Orders for Each Group (By Wave Pick) SD LT25N Transfer Orders for Each Group (Collective Processing) SD LT26 Transfer Orders for Storage Bin SD LT27 Transfer Orders for Storage Unit SD LT28 Transfer Orders for Each Group SD LT31 Print Transfer Order SD LT42 Create TOs by Multiple Processing SD LU01 Create Posting Change Notice WM LU02 Change Posting Change Notice WM LU03 Display Posting Change Notice WM LU04 Display Posting Change Notice: Overview WM LX01 List of Empty Storage Bins WM LX02 WM Stock WM LX03 Bin Status Report WM LX04 Capacity Used per Storage Type WM LX12 Transfer Orders: Resident Documents (Detailed View) WM LX15 Selection of Storage Bins for Annual Inventory Count WM LX16 Carry out Continuous Inventory WM LX17 Differnces List per Storage Type WM LX18 Statistics for Inventory Differences WM
  • 204. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 230 T-Code Description Module LX22 Inventory Overview WM LX23 Stock Comparison Inventory Management / Warehouse Management WM LX25 Inventory status WM LX26 Carry Out Inventory Using the Cycle Counting Method WM LX27 SLED Control List WM LX30 Overview of WM Messages Transmitted to External Systems WM LX41 WM-PP Evaluation Report WM LX42 Evaluation PP Order from WM View WM LX43 Consistency Check for Control Cycles WM LX46 Transmission WM performance data -> HR incentive wage WM MB00 SAP Easy Access Inventory Management IM MB01 Goods Receipt for Purchase Order IM MB02 Change Material Document IM MB03 Display Material Document IM MB04 Subcontracting Subsequent Adjustment IM MB0A Goods Receipt - PO Unknown IM MB11 Enter Goods Movement PP MB1A Enter Goods Issue IM MB1B Enter Transfer Posting IM MB1C Enter Other Goods Receipts IM MB21 Create Reservation IM MB22 Change Reservation IM MB23 Display Reservation IM MB24 Reservation List Inventory Management IM MB25 Reservation List Inventory Management IM MB26 Pick List IM MB31 Goods Receipt for Order (Production) PP MB51 Material Document List IM MB52 Display Warehouse Stocks of Material IM
  • 205. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 231 T-Code Description Module MB53 Plant Availability IM MB54 Display Consignment Stocks IM MB56 Display Batch Where-Used List IM MB58 Display Consignment and Returnable Packaging Stocks at Customer IM MB59 Material Document List IM MB5B Stocks on Posting Date IM MB5C Pick-Up List for Batch Where-Used List IM MB5K Stock Consistency Check IM MB5L List of Stock Values: Balances IM MB5M Shelf Life List IM MB5S List of GR/IR Balances IM MB5T Display Stock in Transit IM MB5U Analysis of Conversion Differences IM MB90 Output from Goods Movements IM MBBM Batch Input: Post Material Document IM MBBR Batch Input: Create Reservation IM MBBS Valuated Sales Order and Project Stock IM MBC1 Create Batch Search Strategy IM MBC2 Change Batch Search Strategy IM MBC3 Display Batch Search Strategy IM MBGR Material Docmts. With Reason f. Mvt IM MBLB Stocks at Subcontractor IM MBPM Manage Held Data (Inventory Management) IM MBRL Enter return Delivery IM MBSF Release Blocked Stock IM MBSL Copy Material Document IM MBSM Cancelled Material Documents IM MBST Cancel Material Document IM MBSU Place in Stor. for Mat. Doc. IM MBVR Manage Reservations PP MC.1 Plant Analysis: Stock: Selection IM
  • 206. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 232 T-Code Description Module MC.2 Plant Analysis: Receipts/Issues: Selection IM MC.3 Plant Analysis: Inventory Turnover: Selection IM MC.4 Plant Analysis: Range of Coverage: Selection IM MC.5 Storage Location Analysis: Stock: Selection IM MC.6 Storage Loc. Analysis: Receipts/Issues: Selection IM MC.7 Storage Loc. Analysis: Inventory Turnover: Selection IM MC.9 Material Analysis: Stock: Selection IM MC.A Material Analysis: Receipts/Issues: Selection IM MC.B Material Analysis: Inventory Turnover: Selection IM MC.C Material Analysis: Range of Coverage: Selection IM MC+A Customer Analysis: Returns: Selection SD MC+E Customer Analysis: Invoiced Sales: Selection SD MC=E Create Exception PM MC=F Change Exception PM MC=G Display Exception PM MC=H Create Exception Group PM MC=I Change Exception Group PM MC=J Display Exception Group PM MC=K Periodic Analyses for Exception: Area to analyze Create PM MC=L Periodic Analyses for Exception: Area to analyze Change PM MC=M Periodic Analyses for Exception: Area to analyze Display PM MC01 Logistics Information Library IM MC02 Key Fig.Retrieval via Text IM MC03 Key Fig Retrieval via Classification Characteristics IM MC04 Create Info Set IM MC05 Change Info Set IM MC06 Display Info Set: Members IM MC07 Create Key Figure IM MC08 Change Key Figure IM MC09 Display Key Figure IM
  • 207. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 233 T-Code Description Module MC11 Create Evaluation PP MC12 Change Evaluation PP MC13 Display Evaluation PP MC35 Create Rough-Cut Planning Profile PP MC36 Change Rough-Cut Planning Profile PP MC37 Display Rough-Cut Planning Profile PP MC40 Usage-Based ABC Analysis IM MC41 Requirement-Based ABC Analysis IM MC42 Key Figure: Range of Coverage Based on Usage Values IM MC43 Key Figure: Range of Coverage Based on Requirement Values IM MC44 Key Figure: Inventory Turnover IM MC45 Key Figure: Usage Value IM MC46 Key Figure: Slow-Moving Items IM MC47 Key Figure: Requirements Value IM MC48 Key Figure: Stock Value IM MC49 Key Figure: Average Stock Value IM MC50 Key Figure: Dead Stock IM MC61 Create Planning Hierarchy PP MC62 Change Planning Hierarchy PP MC63 Display Planning Hierarchy PP MC64 Create Event PP MC65 Change Event PP MC66 Display Event PP MC67 Planning Hierarchy Graphic PP MC71 Product group hierarchy PP MC72 Product Group Usage PP MC74 Transfer Planning Data to Demand Management (Material) PP MC75 Transfer Planning Data to Demand Management (Product Group) PP MC78 Copy Planning Version PP
  • 208. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 234 T-Code Description Module MC80 Delete Planning Version PP MC84 Create Product Group PP MC85 Display Product Group PP MC86 Change Product Group PP MC88 Sales and Operations Planning PP MC8A Planning Type: Create PP MC8B Planning Type: Change PP MC8C Planning Type: Display PP MC8D Create Planning Job PP MC8E Change Planning Job PP MC8G Schedule Background Run for Selected Planning Objects PP MC8J List of planning objects PP MC8V Copy Planning Version PP MC8W Delete Planning Version PP MC90 Transfer Planning Data to Demand Management PP MC93 Create Plan in Flexible Planning PP MC94 Change Plan in Flexible Planning PP MC95 Display Plan in Flexible Planning PP MC96 "Change View ""Configuration of Forecast Profiles"": Details" PP MC9B Determine Proporations of Lowest-Level Nodes for Consistent Planning PP MC9C Standard Analysis for Info Structure PP MC9K Maintain Available Capacity for Material PP MCB% Background Report for Parameters Controlling IM MCBA INVCO: Plant Analysis Selection IM MCBC INVCO: Stor. Loc. Analysis Selection IM MCBE INVCO: Material Analysis Selection IM MCBR INVCO: Batch Selection Analysis IM MCBV Parameter Analysis IM MCBZ Current Requirements/Stock IM
  • 209. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 235 T-Code Description Module MCI6 Object Statistics PP MCIZ Vehicle Consumption Analysis PM MCJB PMIS: MTTR/MTBR - Equipment PM MCJE SAP Easy Access Plant Maintenance Information System PM MCL1 Analysis: Stock Placements and Removals: Selection IM MCL5 Analysis: Quantity Flows: Selection IM MCL9 Analysis: Mat. Stock Placemnts + Removals: Selection IM MCLD Analysis: Material Quantity Flows: Selection IM MCLH Analysis: Movement Types: Selection IM MCMM Display Selection Version PM MCOA Customer Analysis Overview: Lots: Selection QM MCP1 Operation Analysis PP MCP3 Production Order Analysis PP MCP5 Material Analysis PP MCP7 Work Center Analysis: Selection PP MCRE Material Usage Analysis PP MCRI Product Costs Analysis PP MCRX Material Usage Analysis PP MCRY Product Costs Analysis PP MCSK Call Standard Analyses of Stocks IM MCTA Customer Analysis: Selection SD MCTC Material Analysis (SIS): Selection SD MCTE Sales Organization Analysis: Selection SD MCV9 Incomplete SD Documents SD MCVA Vendor Analysis Overview: Lots: Selection QM MCXB Analysis: Inspection Results, General: Selection QM MCXC Material Analysis Overview: Quantities: Selection QM MCXI Material Analysis Quantities: Selection QM MCXV Q-Notification Analysis: Mat. Overview: Selection QM MCYG Exception Analysis INVCO IM
  • 210. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 236 T-Code Description Module MCYJ Shop Floor Information System (PP-IS): Execute Excep- tion Analysis PP MCYK Plant Maintenance Information System (PMIS): Execute Exception Analysis PM MD01 MRP Run PP MD02 Single-Item; Multi-Level (MRP) PP MD03 Single-Item, Single-Level (MRP) PP MD04 Stock/Requirements List IM MD05 MRP List (Individual Display) PP MD06 MRP List (Collective Display) PP MD07 Stock/Requirements List (collective Display) PP MD09 Determine Pegged Requirements PP MD11 Create Planned Order PP MD12 Change Planned Order PP MD13 Display Planned Order PP MD14 Convert Planned Order to Purchase Requisition PP MD15 Collective Conversion of Plnd Ord. to Pur. Req. PP MD16 Display Planned Orders PP MD17 Collective Requirements Display PP MD20 Create Planning File Entry PP MD21 Display planning file entries PP MD25 Create Planning Calendar PP MD26 Change Planning Calendar PP MD27 Display Planning Calendar PP MD43 Single-Item Planning - Interactive PP MD44 Evaluation of the Planning Situation PP MD45 Evaluation of the Planning Result PP MD46 Evaluation of the Planning Result for MRP Controller PP MD47 Evaluation of Product Group Planning PP MD48 Cross-Plant Evaluation PP MD4C Multilevel Order Report PP MD50 Make-To-Order Planning - Multi-Level PP
  • 211. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 237 T-Code Description Module MD51 Project Planning - Multi-Level PP MD61 Create Planned Independent Requirements PP MD62 Change Planned Independent Requirements PP MD63 Display Planned Independent Requirements PP MD64 Standard Independent Requirements (Create) PP MD65 Change Standard Independent Requirements PP MD66 Display Standard Independent Requirements PP MD73 Display Total Requirements PP MD74 Reorganizing Indep. Reqmts - Adjusting Requirements (PlndIndReq) PP MD75 Indep. requirements reorganization - Delete old requirements records PP MD76 Reorg: Indep. Reqmts - Delete History and Indepen- dent Requirements PP MD79 PP Demand Management / XXL List Viewer PP MD81 Create Independent Requirements PP MD82 Change Independent Requirements PP MD83 Display Independent Requirements PP MDAB Set up planning file entries: Variant PP MDAC Execute Action for Planned Order PP MDBT Total Planning: Variants PP MDL1 Create Production Lot PP MDL2 Change Production Lot PP MDL3 Display Production Lot PP MDLD Print MRP List PP MDRE Plnning file entries consisten: Variants PP MDSA Display BOM Explosion Numbers PP MDSP Maintain BOM Explosion Numbers PP MDUM Convert Planned Orders into PR: Variants PP MDUP Process project assignment PP MDUS Display project assignment PP MDVP Collective Availability Check PP
  • 212. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 238 T-Code Description Module ME00 SAP Easy Access Purchasing MM ME01 Maintain Source List MM ME03 Display Source List MM ME04 Changes to Source List MM ME05 Generate Source List MM ME06 Analyze Source List MM ME07 Reorganize Source List MM ME08 Send Source List MM ME0M Source List for Material MM ME11 Create Info Record MM ME12 Change Info Record MM ME13 Display Info Record MM ME14 Changes to Purchasing Info Record MM ME15 Flag Info Record for Deletion MM ME16 Deletion Proposals for Info Records MM ME17 Archive Administration (Purchasing Info Records) MM ME18 Send Purchasing Info Record MM ME1A Archived Purchasing Info Records MM ME1B Define Background Job MM ME1E Quotation Price History MM ME1L Info Records per Vendor MM ME1M Info Records per Material MM ME1P Purchase Order Price History MM ME1W Info Records Per Material Group MM ME1X Print Buyer's Negotiation Sheet for Vendor MM ME1Y Print Buyer's Negotiation Sheet for Material MM ME21N Create Purchase Order MM ME22N Change Purchase Order MM ME23N Display Purchase Order MM ME24 Maintain PO Supplement MM ME25 Create PO (with Source Determination) MM
  • 213. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 239 T-Code Description Module ME26 Display PO Supplement MM ME27 Create Purchase Order (Stock Transfer) MM ME28 Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents MM ME29N Display Purchase Order (Individual Release) MM ME2A Monitor Vendor Confirmations MM ME2B Purchasing Documents per Requirement Tracking Number MM ME2C Purchasing Documents for Material Group MM ME2J Purchasing Documents per Project MM ME2K Purchasing Documents per Account Assignment MM ME2L Purchasing Documents per Vendor MM ME2M Purchasing Documents for Material MM ME2N Purchasing Documents per Document Number MM ME2O SC Stock Monitoring for Vendor MM ME2S PO Reporting with Services MM ME2V Expected Goods Receipts MM ME2W Purchasing Documents per Supplying Plant MM ME308 Send Contracts (with Conditions) MM ME31 Create Outline Agreement MM ME31K Create Contract MM ME31L Create Scheduling Agreement MM ME32 Change Outline Agreement MM ME32K Change Contract MM ME32L Change Scheduling Agreement MM ME33 Display Outline Agreement MM ME33K Display Contract MM ME33L Display Scheduling Agreement MM ME34 Maintain Outline Agreement Supplement MM ME34K Maintain Contract Supplement MM ME34L Maintain Sched. Agmt. Suppl. MM ME35 Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents MM
  • 214. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 240 T-Code Description Module ME35K Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents (Outline Agreement) MM ME35L Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents (Scheduling Agreement) MM ME36 Display Outline Agreement Supplement MM ME37 Create Scheduling Agreement MM ME38 Maintain Sch. Agmt Schedule MM ME39 Display Sch. Agmt Schedule MM ME3A Send Release Document MM ME3B Purchasing Documents per Requirement Tracking Number MM ME3C Purchasing Documents for Material Group MM ME3J Outline Agreements per Project MM ME3K Purchasing Documents per Account Assignment MM ME3L Purchasing Documents per Vendor MM ME3M Purchasing Documents for Material MM ME3N Purchasing Documents per Document Number MM ME3P Define Background Job MM ME3R Define Background Job MM ME3S Contract Reporting with Services MM ME41 Create RFQ MM ME42 Change RFQ MM ME43 Display RFQ MM ME44 Maintain RFQ Supplement MM ME45 Release (Approve) Purchasing Documents (RFQ) MM ME47 Maintain Quotation MM ME48 Display Quotation MM ME49 Price Comparison List MM ME4B Purchasing Documents per Requirement Tracking Number (RFQ) MM ME4C Purchasing Documents for Material Group (RFQ) MM ME4L Purchasing Documents per Vendor (RFQ) MM
  • 215. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 241 T-Code Description Module ME4M Purchasing Documents for Material (RFQ) MM ME4N Purchasing Documents per Document Number (RFQ) MM ME4S RFQs per Collective Number MM ME51N Create Purchase Requisition MM ME52N Change Purchase Requisition MM ME53N Display Purchase Requisition MM ME54N Release Purchase Requisition (Individual Release) MM ME55 Collective Release of Purchase Requisitions MM ME56 Assign Source to Supply to Requisitions MM ME57 Assign and Process Purchase Requisitions MM ME58 Ordering: Assigned Purchase Requisitions MM ME59N Automatic Creation of Purchase Orders from Requisitions MM ME5A List Display of Purchase Requisitions MM ME5F Release (Approval) Reminder: Purchase Requisitions MM ME5J List Display of Purchase Requisitions for Project MM ME5K List Display of Purchase Requisitions (by Account Assignment) MM ME5W Resubmission of Purchase Requisitions MM ME61 Maintain Vendor Evaluation MM ME62 Display Vendor Evaluation MM ME63 Calculate Scores for Semi-Automatic and Automatic Subcriteria MM ME64 Evaluation Comparison MM ME65 Ranking List of Vendors MM ME6A Display Change Documents MM ME6B Ranking List of Vendor Evaluations Based on Material/ Material Group MM ME6C Vendors Without Evaluation MM ME6D Vendors Not Evaluated Since... MM ME6E Evaluation Records Without Weighting Key MM ME6F Print Vendor Evaluation Sheet MM ME6G Define Background Job MM
  • 216. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 242 T-Code Description Module ME6H Vendor Evaluation Analysis MM ME80 Purchasing Documents (General Analysis) MM ME80A Purchasing Documents (RFQs) MM ME80AN General Evaluations (RFQs) MM ME80F Purchasing Documents (Purchase Orders) MM ME80FN General Evaluations (Purchase Orders) MM ME80R Purchasing Documents (Outline Agreements) MM ME80RN General Evaluations (Outline Agreement) MM ME81N Analysis of Purchase Order Values MM ME82 Archived Purchasing Documents MM ME84 Create Releases MM ME84A Individual Display of Scheduling Agreement Release MM ME85 Renumber SA Delivery Schedule Lines MM ME86 Aggregation/Disaggregation of Scheduling Agreement Schedule Lines MM ME87 Summarization and Removal of PO History Records MM ME88 Set/Reset Agreed Cumulative Quantity and Reconciliation Date MM ME91 Purchasing Documents.: Reminders/Expediters MM ME91A Purchasing Documents.: Reminders/Expediters MM ME91E Purchasing Documents.: Reminders/Expediters (Scheduling Agreement) MM ME91F Purchasing Documents.: Reminders/Expediters (Purchase Orders) MM ME92 Monitor Receipt of Order Acknowledgments MM ME92F Monitor Receipt of Order Acknowledgments (Purchase Order) MM ME92K Monitor Receipt of Order Acknowledgments (Contract) MM ME92L Monitor Receipt of Order Acknowledgments (Scheduling Agreement) MM ME98 Archive Administration (Purchasing Documents) MM ME99 Output from Purchase Orders MM ME9A Message Output (Request for Quotation) MM
  • 217. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 243 T-Code Description Module ME9E Message Output (Scheduling Agreement) MM ME9F Message Output (Purchase Order) MM ME9K Message Output (Contract) MM ME9L Message Output (Scheduling Agreement) MM MEAN "Address maintanance: Initial screen ""Delivery addresses (master data)"" MM MEB0 Cancel Settlement Runs MM MEB1 Create Agreement (Rebate Arrangement) MM MEB2 Change Agreement (Rebate Arrangement) MM MEB3 Display Agreement (Rebate Arrangement) MM MEB4 Settlement: Vendor Rebate Arrangements, Purchasing MM MEB5 List of Vendor Rebate Arrangements: Purchasing MM MEB8 Detailed Statement; Vendor Busn. Vols.: Reb. Arrangements, Purchasing MM MEDL Price Change Involving Vendor's Contracts MM MEI1 Changes to Purchasing Documents Due to Changes in Conditions MM MEI2 Mass Adjustment of Documents Due to Changes in Documentss MM MEI3 Recompilation of Doc. Index (Auto. Document Adj., Subseq. Settlement) MM MEI4 Automatic Document Adjustment: Create Worklist MM MEI5 Automatic document adjustment: delete worklist MM MEI6 Delete document index (Auto. Doc. Adjustment, Subsequent Settlement) MM MEI7 Make Price Change in Open Purchase Orders MM MEI8 Recompilation of document index (doc. adjustment) for payment docs MM MEI9 Recompilation of Doc. Index (Doc. Adjustment) for Vend. Billing Docs MM MEK1 Create Condition Records MM MEK2 Change Condition Records MM MEK3 Display Condition Records MM
  • 218. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 244 T-Code Description Module MEK31 Change Condition Records MM MEK32 Change Condition Records MM MEK33 Display Condition Records MM MEK4 Create Condition Records with Reference MM MEKA Purchasing Conditions MM MEKB Conditions by Contract MM MEKC Conditions by Info Record MM MEKD Conditions for Material Group MM MEKE Conditions by Vendor MM MEKF Conditions for Material Type MM MEKG Conditions by Condition Group of Vendor MM MEKH Market Price MM MEKI Conditions by Incoterms MM MEKJ Conditions for Invoicing Party MM MEKK Conditions by Vendor Subrange MM MEKL Price Change Involving Vendor's Scheduling Agreements MM MEKLE Currency Change for Scheduling Agreement Conditions of Vendor MM MEKP Price Change Involving Vendor's Info Records MM MEKPE Currency Change for Info Record Conditions of Vendor MM MEKR Price Change Involving Vendor's Contracts MM MEKRE Currency Change for Contract Conditions of Vendor MM MELB Purchasing Transactions per Requirement Tracking Number MM MEPA Order Price Simulation/Price Information MM MEPB Price Information/Vendor Negotiation Sheet MM MEPO Display Purchase Order MM MEQ1 Maintain Quota Arrangement MM MEQ3 Display Quota Arrangement MM MEQ4 Changes to Quota Arrangement MM MEQ6 Analyze Quota Arrangement MM MEQ8 Quota Arrangement for Material MM
  • 219. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 245 T-Code Description Module MEQB Define Background Job MM MEQM Quota Arrangement for Material MM MEU2 Perform Comparison of Business Volumes MM MEW6 Assign Purchase Orders WEB MM MEW7 Release of Service Entry Sheets MM MEW8 Release of Service Entry Sheet MM MF12 Display Document Log Information PP MF26 Display Reporting Point Information PP MF30 Creation of Preliminary Cost Estimates for Product Cost Collectors PP MF41 Document-Specific Backflush Reversal PP MF42N Collective Entry of Confirmations PP MF45 Postprocess Backflush Items PP MF46 Collective Postprocessing PP MF50 Planning Table Initial Screen: Change Mode PP MF51 Production List for Repetitive Manufacturing PP MF52 Planning Table Initial Screen: Display Mode PP MF57 Planning Table Initial Screen: By MRP Lists PP MF60 Material Staging for Planned Orders PP MF63 Staging Situation for Planned Orders PP MF65 Picking: Collective processing PP MF68 Message logs for material staging PP MF70 Aggregate Collective Backflush PP MFBF REM Confirmation: Transaction Variant: None PP MFHU HU Backflush in Repetitive Manufacturing PP MI00 SAP Easy Access Physical Inventory IM MI01 Create Physical Inventory Document IM MI02 Change Physical Inventory Document IM MI03 Display Physical Inventory Document IM MI04 Enter Inventory Count IM MI05 Change Inventory Count IM MI06 Display Inventory Count IM
  • 220. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 246 T-Code Description Module MI07 Post Inventory Difference IM MI08 Post Count and Difference IM MI09 Enter Count w/o Reference to Document IM MI10 Post Document, Count, and Difference IM MI11 Enter Recount IM MI12 Display Changes to Phys. Inv. Docs IM MI20 List of Inventory Differences IM MI21 Print Physical Inventory Document IM MI22 Display Physical Inventory Documents for Material IM MI23 Dispay Physical Inventory Data for Material IM MI24 Physical Inventory List IM MI31 Selected Data for Phys. Inventory Docmts w/o Special Stock IM MI32 Batch input: Block material for physical inventory IM MI33 Batch input: Freeze book inv. balance for phys. inv. IM MI34 Batch input: Enter Count with Reference to Document IM MI35 Batch Input: Post Zero Count for Uncounted Materials IM MI37 Batch Input: Post Differences IM MI38 Batch Input: Enter Count w. Reference to Doc. IM MI39 Batch Input: Enter Count w/o Reference to Document IM MI40 Batch Input:Enter Count w/o Ref.to Doc.,Post Differences IM MIBC ABC Analysis for Cycle Counting (Physical Inventory) IM MICN Batch Input: Create Phys. Inv. Docs. For Cycle Counting IM MIDO Display Physical Inventory Overview IM MIGO Goods Receipt Purchase Order IM MIGO_GI Goods Movement IM MIGO_GS Subseq. Adjust. of Material Provided IM MIK1 Selected Data for Phys. Inventory Docmts Vendor Consignment IM MIMD Report for Transferring PDC Phys. Inv. Data IM MIQ1 Selected Data for Physical Inventory Documents for Project IM
  • 221. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 247 T-Code Description Module MIR4 Display Invoice Document FI MIR6 Invoice overview - selection criteria FI MIR7 Park Incoming Invoice FI MIRA Enter Incoming Invoice FI MIRO Enter Incoming Invoice FI MK01 Create Vendor (Purchasing) MM MK02 Change Vendor (Purchasing) MM MK03 Display Vendor (Purchasing) MM MK04 Vendor Account Changes (Purchasing) MM MK05 Block/Unblock Vendor (Purchasing) MM MK06 Flag for Deletion Vendor (Purchasing) MM MK12 Plan Vendor MM MK14 Planned Vendor Account Changes MM MK19 Display in future Vendor MM MKVG Vendor's Settlement and Condition Groups MM MKVZ List of Vendors: Purchasing MM ML01 Create Standard Service Catalog PM ML02 Change Standard Service Catalog PM ML03 Display Standard Service Catalog PM ML10 Create Model Service Specifications PM ML11 Change Model Service Specifications PM ML12 Display Model Service Specifications PM ML15 Model Service Specifications: Reporting PM ML81 Maintain Service Entry Sheet PM MLS6 Standard Service Catalog: Reporting PM MM00 SAP Easy Access Material Master MM MM01 Create Material MM MM02 Change Material MM MM03 Display Material MM MM04 Display Changes MM MM06 Flag Material for Deletion MM
  • 222. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 248 T-Code Description Module MM11 Schedule Creation of Material MM MM12 Schedule Changing of Material MM MM16 Schedule Material for Deletion MM MM19 Display Material at Key Date MM MM50 Extend Material View(s) MM MM60 Materials List MM MMAM Change Material Type MM MMBE Stock Overview: Company Code/Plant/Storage Location/Batch IM MMH1 Create Trading Goods MM MMI1 Create Operating Supplies MM MMN1 Create Non-Stock Material MM MMPI Initialize Period for Material Master Records MM MMPV Close Period for Material Master Records MM MMR1 Create Raw Material MM MMRV Allow Posting to Previous Period MM MMS1 Create Service MM MMSC Enter storage locations collectivel MM MMU1 Create Non-Valuated Material MM MMV1 Create Packaging MM MMVD Change Material MM MMVH Create Material MM MMVV Change Material MM MMZ2 Change Material MM MN01 Create Output - Condition Records: Purchasing RFQ MM MN02 Change Output - Condition Records: Purchasing RFQ MM MN03 Display Output - Condition Records: Purchasing RFQ MM MN04 Create Output - Condition Records: Purchase Order MM MN05 Change Output - Condition Records: Purchase Order MM MN06 Display Output - Condition Records: Purchase Order MM MN07 Create Output - Condition Records: Purch. Outline Agr. MM MN08 Change Output - Condition Records: Purch. Outline Agr. MM
  • 223. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 249 T-Code Description Module MN09 Display Output - Condition Records: Purch. Outline Agr. MM MN10 Create Output - Condition Records: Purch. Sch Agr Release MM MN11 Change Output - Condition Records: Purch. Sch Agr Release MM MN12 Display Output - Condition Records: Purch. Sch Agr Release MM MN13 Create Output - Condition Records: Entry Sheet MM MN14 Change Output - Condition Records: Entry Sheet MM MN15 Display Output - Condition Records: Entry Sheet MM MN21 Create Output - Condition Records: Inventory Management MM MN22 Change Output - Condition Records: Inventory Management MM MN23 Display Output - Condition Records:Inventory Management MM MN24 Create Output - Condition Records: Inbound Delivery MM MN25 Change Output - Condition Records: Inbound Delivery MM MN26 Display Output - Condition Records: Inbound Delivery MM MP01 Maintain Approved Manufacturer Parts List MM MP02 Display Approved Manufacturer Parts List MM MP30 Execute Forecast (Materials) PP MP31 Change Forecast (Materials) PP MP32 Display Forecast (Materials) PP MP33 Forecast Reprocessing PP MP38 Execute Mass Forecast PP MP39 Material Forecast Printing PP MP80 Forecast Profile Create PP MP81 Forecast Profile Change PP MP82 Forecast Profile Delete PP MP83 Forecast Profile Display PP MP90 Number Ranges for Forecast Parameter PP MP91 Number Ranges for Forecast Values PP MPBT Total Forecast: Variants PP
  • 224. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 250 T-Code Description Module MPDR Print forecast: Variants PP MR00 SAP Easy Access Invoice MM MR02 Invoice Items Release MM MR03 Display Original Document MM MR08 Cancel Invoice Document MM MR11 Maintain GR/IR Clearing Account MM MR21 Price Change - Overview Screen MM MR42 Change Parked Document MM MR43 Display Parked Document MM MR44 Post Parked Document MM MR51 Accounting Documents for Material IM MR8M Cancel Invoice Document FI MR90 Output Messages in Logistics Invoice Verification MM MR91 Messages for Invoice Verification MM MRA1 Archive Administration: Create Archive Files MM MRA2 Archive Administration: Execute Delete Program MM MRA3 Analysis of Invoice Document Archive MM MRBR Release Blocked Invoices FI MRKO Consignment and Pipeline Settlement FI MRM0 SAP Easy Access Logistics Invoice Verification MM MRM1 Create Message: Invoice Verificatio MM MRM2 Change Output - Condition Records: Invoice Verifica- tion MM MRM3 Display Output - Condition Records: Invoice Verification MM MRNB Revaluation with Logistics Invoice Verification MM MRRL Evaluated Receipt Settlement (ERS) with Logistics Invoice Verification FI MS31 Create Planning Scenario PP MS32 Change Planning Scenario PP MS33 Display Planning Scenario PP MS44 Long-Term Planning: Evaluation PP MS64 Copy Version PP
  • 225. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 251 T-Code Description Module MSC1N Create Batch PP MSC2N Change Batch PP MSC3N Display Batch PP MSC4N Display Change Documents for Batch PP MSRV2 Reporting on Services (Purchase Requisition) MM MSRV4 Reporting on Services (RFQ) MM NACE Conditions for Output Control SYS OAA1 ArchiveLink: Selection of Storage Systems SYS OAA3 ArchiveLink: Communications Interface Administration SYS OAA4 ArchiveLink: Application Maintenance SYS OAAD ArchiveLink: Administration of Stored Documents SYS OAC2 "Change View ""Global document types"": Overview" SYS OAC5 "Display View "" Settings for Bar Code Entry"": Overview" SYS OACA "Change View ""Parameter Definition Workflow" ": Overview" SYS OAD0 "Change View ""Definition of Object Link Types" ": Overview" SYS OAD2 "Change View ""ArchiveLink: Document classes" ": Overview" SYS OAD3 "Change View ""Link Tables"": Overview" SYS OAD4 "Change View ""Bar Code Types"": Overview" SYS OAD5 ArchiveLink Customizing Wizard SYS OADB "Change View ""Define Depreciation Areas"" : Overview" FI OADR Search for Stored Print Lists SYS OAM1 ArchiveLink: Monitor SYS OAOR Business Document Navigator SYS OARE "Display View ""Administration: Storage system error messages"": Overview" SYS OAY2 "Change View ""Asset class"": Overview" FI OB08 "Change View ""Currency Exchange Rates"": Overview" FI OB52 "Change View ""Posting Periods: Specify Time Intervals"": Overview" FI OB55 Maintain Worklists: Objects FI
  • 226. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 252 T-Code Description Module OKENN Standard Hierarchy for Cost Centers Display CO OKEON Standard Hierarchy for Cost Centers Change CO OKKP "Change View ""Basic data"": Overview (Maintain Controlling Area)" CO OKO5 Delete CO orders CO OKP1 Maintain Period Lock CO OKP2 Display Period Lock CO OLVD SAP Easy Access Customizing for Sales and Distribution: Shipping SD OLVF SAP Easy Access SD Customizing: Billing SD OLVS SAP Easy Access Customizing for Sales and Distribution: Master Data SD OMI8 Plant Parameters for Material Requirements Planning PP OOPD "Change View ""HR Master Data"": Overview" HR OOSB "Change View ""User Authorizations"": Overview" SYS OP4A "Change View ""Grouping"": Overview" PP OPPP "Change View ""Alternative BOM Determination" ": Overview" PP OS01 LAN Check by PING SYS OS03 Parameter Changes in Operating System SYS OS04 Local / Configuration Parameter SYS OS05 Remote System Cconfiguration SYS OS06 Local / Operating System Monitor SYS OS07 Remote Operating System Activity SYS OS29 "Change View ""User Profile for BOMs"": Overview" PP OSS1 Log On to SAPNet SYS OVKK "Change View ""Pricing Procedurs: Determination in Sales Docs."": Overview" SD OVXC Shipping Points -> Plants: Overview SD OY18 Analysis of Changed Customizing Objects and Tables SYS P1B4 Copy Object Lists Between Clients HR PA00 SAP Easy Access Personnel Administration HR PA03 Payroll control record HR
  • 227. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 253 T-Code Description Module PA05 Table COIFT key HR PA06 Number Range for Time Events and Plant Data HR PA07 HR vendor for garnishment remittance HR PA08 Define vendor subgroup for individual remittance HR PA09 Days carried MM-SRV: HR document number HR PA0A Range of Numbers for Central Person HR PA10 Personnel File HR PA20 Display HR Master Data HR PA30 Maintain HR Master Data HR PA40 Personnel Actions HR PA41 Change Entry/Leaving Date HR PA42 Fast Entry for Actions HR PA48 Hiring of Transferred Employees HR PA51 Display Time Data HR PA53 Display Time Data HR PA61 Maintain Time Data HR PA62 List Entry of Additional Data HR PA63 Maintain Time Data HR PA64 Calendar Entry HR PA70 Fast Entry HR PA71 Fast Entry of Time Data HR PAAH InfoSet Query (InfoSet: HR Personnel Administration) HR PAC5 Maintain HR Master Data HR PACA PF Administration HR PACB PF Account Maintenance: Access HR PACC PF Debugger HR PACE Maintain Postings: Access HR PACK SAP Easy Access HR-CH: Pension Fund HR PACN HR-CH: Pension fund: Account number number ranges HR PACP HR-CH: Pension fund, person view HR PACT PC parameter maintenance: Access HR
  • 228. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 254 T-Code Description Module PAL1 Create Sales Representative HR PAL2 Display Sales Representative HR PAL3 Maintain Sales Representative HR PAL4 Create Buyer HR PAL5 Maintain Buyer HR PAL6 Display Buyer HR PAR1 Flexible Employee Data HR PAR2 Employee List HR PAT1 Display Report Tree Report Selection for Administration HR PAUX Adjustment Workbench HR PAUY Adjustment Workbench (special retro processing) HR PAW1 Who is Who HR PB00 SAP Easy Access Recruitment HR PB04 Number Ranges for Applicant Administration HR PB10 Initial entry of basic data (Applicant Master Data) HR PB20 Display applicant master data HR PB30 Maintain applicant master data HR PB40 Applicant actions HR PB50 Display Applicant Activities HR PB60 Maintain Applicant Activities HR PB80 Vacancies HR PBA0 Job Advertisements HR PBA1 Applicants by Name HR PBA2 Applications HR PBA3 Vacancy Assignments HR PBA4 Applicants by action HR PBA5 Print Letters (SAPscript) HR PBA6 Complete Activities after Printout HR PBA7 Direct Data Transfer HR PBA8 Complete Activities after Data Transfer HR PBA9 Planned activities HR
  • 229. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 255 T-Code Description Module PBAA Evaluate Recruitment Instruments HR PBAB Maintain vacancy assignments HR PBAC Applicant Statistics HR PBAD Print Letters (RTF format) HR PBAE Applicants by action HR PBAF Administration of Selection Procedure HR PBAG Vacancies HR PBAH Applicant Selection HR PBAI Find Objects for Qualifications HR PBAJ Display Report Tree Reporting selection for Recruitment: Overview HR PBAK Print labels HR PBAL Create Activities in Bulk processing HR PBAM Variable Applicant List HR PBAN InfoSet Query (InfoSet: HR Recruitment) HR PBAP Find Objects for Qualifications (Internal Applicants) HR PBAQ Find Objects for Qualifications (External Applicants) HR PBAT Print Letters (SAPscript) HR PBAU "Change View ""Recruitment Instrument"": Overview" HR PBAV "Display View ""Recruitment Instrument"": Overview" HR PBAW Job Advertisements (Maintain) HR PBAX Job Advertisements (Display) HR PBAY Vacancies (Maintain) HR PBAZ Vacancies (Display) HR PBWW Maintain Standard Text in RTF Format (access word processing) HR PC00 SAP Easy Access Payroll for all countries PY PC10 SAP Easy Access Payroll PY PC99 SAP Easy Access International Payroll PY PCA1 Create Production Campaign CO PCA2 Change Production Campaign CO PCA3 Display Production Campaign CO
  • 230. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 256 T-Code Description Module PCCO Production Campaign: Costs - Itemization CO PCP0 Display posting runs PY PDF0 Conversion Report for Remuneration Statement Forms PY PDF7 Delete Form in Customer Client PY PDF8 Copy Form from SAP Client to Customer Client PY PDF9 Copy form within customer client PY PDFA Conversion of Payroll Journal Forms PY PDSY HR Documentation Maintenance HR PE01 Personnel Calculation Schemas PY PE02 Personnel Calculation Rules PY PE03 Maintain Features PY PE04 Maintain Functions and Operations PY PE50 HR Form Editor HR PE51 HR Form Editor PY PEPM Display Profile Matchup HR PEPP Profile Evaluation HR PEST Maintenance of Process Models PY PF02 Test Settings for Value-Based Inventory Management HR PF05 Number Range for Standard Task, Role, etc. HR PFAC Maintain Rule HR PFAL HR: ALE Distribution HR Master Data HR PFCG Acivity Group (Authorizations) HR PFCG Role Maintenance SYS PFCP Copy Report for Workflow Tasks HR PFCT Task Catalog HR PFOM Initial Screen: Assignment to SAP Organizational Objects (Create) HR PFOS Initial Screen: Assignment to SAP Organizational Objects (Display) HR PFSE Planning Tool (PFS): Start HR PFSO Display of Organizational Assignment HR PFT Maintain Task HR
  • 231. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 257 T-Code Description Module PFTC Task: Maintain SYS PFTR Choose Standard Task Transaction HR PFTS Maintain Standard task HR PFUD User Master Data Reconciliation SYS PFWF Maintain Workflow task HR PFWS Maintain Workflow template HR PGOM PD Graphics Interface HR PIMN SAP Easy Access Human Resources Information System HR PK00 SAP Easy Access Kanban PP PK01 Create Control Cycle PP PK02 Change Control Cycle PP PK03 Display Control Cycle PP PK03NR Display Control Cycle PP PK05 "Change View ""Supply Area"": Overview" PP PK05S Fast Entry Supply Area PP PK06 "Display View ""Supply Area"": Overview" PP PK10 Define Status of Kanban Board PP PK11 Kanban Plant Overview PP PK12N Kanban Board: Supply Source Overview PP PK13N Kanban Board: Demand Source Overview PP PK17 Collective Kanban Print PP PK18 Econtrol Cycle and Kanban Evaluation PP PK21 Kanban Signal PP PK22 Quantity Signal: Input PP PK23 Create Kanban PP PK41 Kanban Backflush PP PK50 Kanban Processing: Error Display PP PKBC Kanban Signal PP PKC1 SAP Easy Access Activity-Based Costing Information System PP PKMC Control Cycle Maintenance: Display PP
  • 232. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 258 T-Code Description Module PM01 Create Infotype HR PM10 Statements PY PM11 Statements: Initial Screen PY PM12 Statements: Fast data entry PY PM13 Statements: Administration PY PMEC Employee (Change) HR PMED Employee (Display) HR PMESIM Posting to Accounting: Create Posting Run PY PMMN SAP Easy Access HR Funds and Position Management HR PMSI Payroll Simulation for Persons PY PO01 Maintain Work Center HR PO01D Display Work Center HR PO02 Maintain Training Program HR PO02D Display Training Program HR PO03 Maintain Job HR PO03D Display Job HR PO04 Maintain Business Event Type HR PO04D Display Business Event Type HR PO05 Maintain Business Event HR PO05D Display Business Event HR PO06 Maintain Location HR PO06D Display Location HR PO07 Maintain Resource HR PO07D Display Resource HR PO08 Maintain External Person HR PO08D Display External Person HR PO09 Maintain Business Event Group HR PO09D Display Business Event Group HR PO10 Maintain Organizational Unit HR PO10D Display Organizational Unit HR PO11 Maintain Qualification HR
  • 233. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 259 T-Code Description Module PO11D Display Qualification HR PO12 Maintain Resource Type HR PO12D Display Resource Type HR PO13 Maintain Position HR PO13D Display Position HR PO14 Maintain Task HR PO14D Display Task HR PO15 Maintain Company HR PO15D Display Company HR PO16 Maintain Services HR PO16D Display Service HR PO17 Maintain Requirements Profile HR PO17D Display Requirements Profile HR PO18 Maintain Resource 'Room' HR PO18D Display Resource Room HR PO19 Maintain External Instructor HR PO19D Display External Instructor HR POF1 Pkg instruction - Create Determination Recs SD POF2 Pkg instruction - Change Determination Recs SD POF3 Pkg instruction - Display Determination Recs SD POI1 Selection of master data to be sent for PFS HR POIL Monitor receipt of data changes HR POIM Select Master Data for Transfer HR POIT Select Transaction Data for Transfer HR POIU Start POI Data Upload HR POP1 Create Packing Instruction SD POP2 Change Packing Instruction SD POP5 Report that outputs all condition records for packaging instructions SD PP01 Maintain object HR PP02 Maintain Plan Data: Expert Mode HR PP03 Maintain Plan Data: Execute Actions HR
  • 234. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 260 T-Code Description Module PP05 Number Ranges for Personnel Planning HR PP06 Number of Additional Relationship Data HR PP23 Personnel Cost Planning: Change Scenario Group's Password HR PP26 Plan scenario administration HR PP27 Releasing a plan scenario for Controlling HR PP28 Planning Basis Projected Pay HR PP29 Change Scenario Group HR PP2B Planning Basis Basic Pay HR PP2D Personnel Cost Planning; Delete Payroll Results PY PP2P Planning Basis Payroll Results PY PP30 Room Reservations HR PP32 Services (Room Reservations) HR PP40 Business Event Notifications HR PP61 Shift Plan: Entry Screen (Change) HR PP62 Requirements Display: Entry Screen HR PP63 Requirements Change: Entry Screen HR PP64 Choose plan version (Shift Planning) HR PP65 Simple maintenance (Entry Objects) HR PP6A Display Personal Shift Plan HR PP6B Display attendance list HR PP70 SAP Easy Access Organizational Management HR PP72 SAP Easy Access Time Management: Shift Planning HR PP74 SAP Easy Access Personnel Cost Planning HR PP7S SAP Easy Access Organizational Management HR PP90 Set Up Organization HR PPCI Create infotype HR PPCJ Create infotype HR PPCO Organisational Management: Maintain Organizational Plan HR PPCP Career Planning HR PPCT Task Catalog HR
  • 235. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 261 T-Code Description Module PPEM Planning for Organizational Unit HR PPIS HIS: Access Object HR PPLB Evaluate Careers HR PPME Initial Screen Matrix (Change) HR PPMM SAP Easy Access Personnel Planning HR PPMS Initial Screen Matrix (Display) HR PPO1 Account Assignment / Change HR PPO2 Account Assignment / Display HR PPO3 Reporting Structure / Change HR PPO4 Display Reporting Structure HR PPO5 Attributes of Organizational Units and Positions / Change HR PPO6 Attributes of Organizational Units and Positions / Display HR PPOC Organizational and Staffing (Workflow) Create HR PPOM Organizational and Staffing (Workflow) Change HR PPOMA Attributes in Organizational Management Change HR PPOME Organization and Staffing Change HR PPOS Organization and Staffing Display (Organizational Unit) HR PPOSE Organization and Staffing Display (Organization and Staffing) HR PPPE SAP Easy Access Personnel Development HR PPPM User: Change Profile HR PPQ1 Find Objects for Qualifications HR PPQ2 Find Objects for Requirements HR PPQD Catalog: Display Qualification(s) HR PPRP Reporting: Personnel Development HR PPSC Create Structure HR PPSM Change Structure HR PPSP Succession Planning HR PPSS Display Structure HR PPST Structure Display/Maintenance HR
  • 236. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 262 T-Code Description Module PPUP Settings for Personnel Development HR PQ01 Actions for Work Center HR PQ02 Actions for Training Program HR PQ03 Actions for Job HR PQ04 Actions for Business Event Type HR PQ06 Actions for Location HR PQ07 Actions for Resource HR PQ08 Actions for External Person HR PQ09 Actions for Business Event Group HR PQ10 Actions for Organizational Unit HR PQ12 Actions for Resource Type HR PQ13 Actions for Position HR PQ14 Actions for Task HR PQ15 Actions for Company HR PQ17 Actions for Requirement Profiles HR PQ18 Actions for Resource Room HR PQ19 Actions for External Instructor HR PQAH InfoSet Query (InfoSet: HR Personnel Administration) HR PR00 SAP Easy Access Travel Expenses HR PR02 Travel Calendar: Domestic Trips HR PR03 Trip Advances HR PR04 Overview of Weekly Reports HR PR05 Travel Expense Manager HR PR10 Number ranges for trip numbers HR PR11 Days Carried FI/CO: Travel Expenses Posting Documents HR PRAA Create/Change/Block Vendor Master Records from HR Master Records HR PRAP Approval of Trips HR PRC2 "Change View ""Screen Modification for Account Assignment Block"": Overview" PY
  • 237. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 263 T-Code Description Module PRC7 "Change View ""Screen Modification for Account Assignment Block"": Overview" PY PRCC Import of Credit Card Data (Credit Card Clearing) HR PRCD Delete/Restore Trip Country Data HR PRCU International Payment Medium - Check (with check management) PY PRD1 Payment Medium USA - Transfers/Bank Direct Debits in ACH Formats PY PRDE Delete Trip Provision Variant PY PRDH Determination of Employees with Exceeded Trip Days PY PRDX Data Medium Exchange: Travel Expenses (USA) PY PREC Settlement of Trip Data HR PREX Create expense report PY PRF0 Standard Travel Expense Form PY PRF1 Summarized Form 1 for Travel Expenses PY PRF2 Summarized Form 2 for Travel Expenses Accounting PY PRFI Create Posting Run PY PRFW Income-Relatedl.Expenses Statement PY PRHD Delimitation of Per-Diem/Maximum Rates for Meals PY PRHH Generation of Scaled Meals Rates According to Times PY PRHP Generation of Scaled Meals Rates According to Times PY PRICAT Initial screen: Price Catalog Maintenance SD PRMD Maintain HR Master Data HR PRML Change Country Grouping HR PRMM Personnel Actions HR PRMS Display HR Master Data HR PRMT Update of Trip Costs Matchcode HR PRPD Delimitation of Per-Diem/Maximum Rates for Meals HR PRPY Transfer Travel Expenses to Separate Payroll System PY PRRQ Create Travel Request PY PRRW Posting Run Management PY PRST Travel Expense Reporting by Period PY
  • 238. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 264 T-Code Description Module PRTE Trip Details PY PRTS Overview of Trips PY PS03 SAP Easy Access Project Planning HR PS04 SAP Easy Access Project Budgeting HR PSC0 Set Plan Version HR PSO0 Set Plan Version (Organizational Management) HR PSO1 Set Aspect (Organizational Management) HR PSO3 Display and Maintain Infotypes HR PSO4 Maintain Infotype HR PSOA Work Center Reporting HR PSOC Job Reporting HR PSOG Lists HR PSOO Organizational Unit Reporting HR PSOS Position Reporting HR PSOT Task Reporting HR PSSD Loans - Borrower's Notes Customizing Check Report Flow Types HR PSV0 Change / Display Resources HR PSV1 Dynamic Attendance Menu HR PSV2 Dynamic Business Event Menu HR PSV3 Dynamic Information Menu HR PSV4 Set Plan Version HR PSV5 Information menu: participation HR PSV6 Information menu: business events HR PSV7 Information menu: resources HR PSV8 Maintain objects for internal courses (Create Participant/Attendee) HR PSV9 Maintain objects for external courses (Change/Display Participant/Attendee) HR PSVA Set Aspect HR PSVC Current Settings HR PSVL Set Business Event Language HR
  • 239. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 265 T-Code Description Module PSVO Change / display organizer HR PSVP Dynamic Planning Menu HR PSVR Resource Menu HR PSVT Dynamic Tool Menu HR PT00 SAP Easy Access Time Management: Time Data Administration HR PT01 Create Work Schedule HR PT02 Change Work Schedule HR PT03 Display Work Schedule HR PT10 Number range for person time document number HR PT11 Number range for person time quotas HR PT12 HR: Posting documents for days carried: Cost allocation HR PT40 Time Management Pool HR PT41 HR-PDC/CC1: Communication Parameters HR PT42 Transfer HR Master Data to PDC Subsystems HR PT43 Transfer Master Data to PDC Subsystems HR PT44 Upload request HR PT45 HR-PDC: Post personnel time events HR PT46 Post Work Time Events from PP-PDC HR PT50 Quota Overview HR PT60 Time Evaluation for Concurrent Employment HR PT61 Time Statement Form HR PT62 Attendance Check HR PT63 Personal Work Schedule HR PT64 Attendance/Absence Data: Overview HR PT65 Overview Graphic of Attendances/Absences HR PT66 Display Time Evaluation Results (Cluster B2) HR PT67 PDC Time Evaluation: Supply Third-Party Payroll System PY PT68 Transfer Additional Data for Activity Allocation to Accounting HR
  • 240. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 266 T-Code Description Module PT69 Time Recording for Multiple Persons and Infotypes HR PT70 Display Report Tree Time Management report selec- tion: Overview HR PT71 Display Report Tree Time Management tool selection: Overview HR PT90 Attendance/Absence Data: Calendar View HR PT91 Attendances/Absences: Multiple Employee View HR PTE1 Create Batch Input Session for Employee Expenditures HR PTE2 Batch Input: Process sessions in batch HR PTE3 Reorganize Table TEXLGA (Employee Expenditures) HR PTMW Time Manager's Workplace HR PU00 Delete Personnel Data PY PU01 Delete current payroll result PY PU03 Change Payroll Status PY PU11 Supplementary Pension (PSG) - Initial Access PY PU12 Interface Toolbox PY PU19 Tax Reporter PY PU22 Archiving Payroll Data PY PU30 Wage Type Maintenance PY PU90 Delete applicant data HR PU95 Edit Wage Type Groups and Logical Views PY PU96 Edit Wage Type Groups PY PU97 Edit Logical Views PY PU98 Assign Wage Types to Wage Type Groups PY PUC0 HR-CH: Assign/delete employee attributes HR PUCG Reference copier for pension funds HR PUCK Organizational object HR-CH: Pension funds HR PUCV Organizational object Business area HR PUCW Task: Maintain HR PUOCBA Subsequent Processes of Off-Cycle Activities HR PUOCLL Bank transfer reversed or replaced by check PY PUST HR Process Workbench HR
  • 241. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 267 T-Code Description Module PUU1 BSI test tool 5.0 HR PV00 Book Attendance: Data HR PV01 Rebook Attendance HR PV02 Prebook Attendance: Data HR PV03 Replace Attendance HR PV04 Cancel Attendance HR PV05 Book Attendee List HR PV06 Prebooking List per Business Event Type HR PV07 Book Attendee List HR PV08 Book List: Business Events HR PV09 Plan Business Events HR PV10 Create Business Event with Resources HR PV11 Create Business Event without Resources HR PV12 Firmly Book / Cancel Business Event HR PV14 Lock / Unlock Business Event HR PV15 Follow Up Business Event HR PV16 Prebooking List per Attendee HR PV17 Billing Business Events HR PV18 Internal Activity Allocation for Attendees HR PV1A Change Business Event HR PV1B Display Business Event HR PV1C Business Event Cost Calculation and Cost Transfer to CO HR PV1D Calculate Business Event Prices and Transfer to Infotype 1021 'Price' HR PV26 Book List: Business Events HR PV34 Attendee Appraisal HR PVB0 Budgeting (Business Event Budget) HR PVB1 Create Budget Structure HR PVB2 Display Budget Structure HR PVB3 Change Budget Structure HR PVBA Budget Comparison HR
  • 242. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 268 T-Code Description Module PVBB Display Development Plan Catalog HR PVCT Training and Event Management: Master Data Catalog HR PVD0 Business event type HR PVF0 Location (Create/Change) HR PVF1 Location: Initial Screen (Room Reservations) HR PVG0 Resource (Create/Change) HR PVG1 Room (Create/Change) HR PVG2 Lock/Unlock Resource HR PVG3 Room: Initial Screen (Room Reservations) HR PVH0 External person (Create/Change) HR PVH1 External instructor (Create/Change) HR PVH2 External person: Initial Screen (Room Reservations) HR PVL0 Business event group (Create/Change) HR PVMN SAP Easy Access Training and Event Management HR PVR0 Resource type (Create/Change) HR PVR1 Resource type: Initial Screen (Room Reservations) HR PVU0 Company (Create/Change) HR PVU1 Company: Initial Screen (Room Reservations) HR PVV0 Service (Create/Change) HR PW00 SAP Easy Access Incentive Wages PY PW01 Maintain Incentive Wages PY PW02 Display Incentive Wages PY PW03 Record Incentive Wages PY PW41 Integration with Logistics: Read Interface File and Generate Session PY PW42 Batch Input: Session Overview PY PW43 Integration with Logistics: Reorganize Interface File PY PW61 Time Leveling PY PW62 Working Times of Time - and Incentive Wage Earners PY PW63 Reassignment Proposals for Wage Groups PY PW70 Recalculate Results and Cumulations for Individual Incentive Wages PY
  • 243. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 269 T-Code Description Module PW71 Recalculate Results and Cumulations for Group Incentive Wages PY PW91 Incentive Wages: Parameters PY PW92 User Exits PY PW93 Validation for Group Incentive Wages PY PW94 Logistics Integration Parameters PY Q000 SAP Easy Access Quality Management QM QA00 SAP Easy Access Quality Inspection QM QA01A Create Inspection Lot Manually QM QA02A Change Inspection Lot QM QA03 Display Inspection Lot QM QA05 Recurring insp. job planning: Variants QM QA07 Deadline Monitoring of Batches QM QA08 Mass Change of QM Inspection Setup Data in Materi- als QM QA09 QM inspection lot QM QA10 Lot Selection for Automatic Usage Decision QM QA10L Log for Automatic Usage Decision QM QA11 Record Usage Decision QM QA12 Change Usage Decision QM QA13 Display Usage Decision QM QA14 Change Usage Decision without History QM QA16 Collective Usage Decision for OK Lots QM QA17 Job planning for automatic UD: Variants QM QA18 Job overview (Automatic Usage Decision) QM QA19 Lot Selection for Automatic Usage Decision QM QA22 Change Inspection Point: Initial QM QA23 Display Inspection Point Quantities QM QA32 Inspection Lot Selection QM QA33 Inspection Lot Selection QM QA40 Complete Production Inspection Lots/Lots for PM Orders QM
  • 244. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 270 T-Code Description Module QA40L Log for Automatic Usage Decision (Orders) QM QA41 UD prod. lots: job planning: Variants QM QA42 Job Overview (Automatic Usage Decision - Orders) QM QA51 Source inspection: job planning: Variants QM QA52 Job Overview (Source Inspection) QM QAC1 Correct Actual Quantity in Insp. Lot QM QAC2 Transfer Insp. Lot Quant. (PlntToPlnt, StorLoc to StorLoc) QM QAC3 Insp. Lot - Reset Sample Calculation QM QAS1 Download inspection specifications QM QAS2 Download Basic Data QM QAS3 Upload Inspection Results QM QAS4 Upload Usage Decision QM QC01 Create Certificate Profile QM QC02 Change Certificate Profile QM QC03 Display Certificate Profile QM QC06 Deletion of Unused Certificate Profiles QM QC11 Create Certificate Profile Assignment QM QC12 Change Certificate Profile Assignment QM QC13 Display Certificate Profile Assignment QM QC20 Qualtiy Certificates for Deliveries QM QC21 Quality Certificate for the Inspection Lot QM QC22 Quality Certificate for Batch QM QC31 Archive Display Quality Certificate for a Delivery Item QM QC32 Archive Display Quality Certificate for an Inspection Lot QM QC51 Create Quality Certificate Receipt QM QC52 Change Quality Certificate QM QC53 Display Quality Certificate QM QC55 QM Worklist: Quality Certificates in Procurement QM QCE2 "Change View ""Partner setting for quality data ex- change"": Overview" QM QCE3 "Display View ""Partner setting for quality data exchange"": Overview" QM
  • 245. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 271 T-Code Description Module QCYF Copy Forms Between Clients QM QCYT Copy Texts Between Clients QM QD33 Deletion Program for Quality Levels where Deletion Date Exceeded QM QD34 Delete Q-level job planning: Variants QM QD35 Jobs for Deleting Quality Level QM QDB1 "Change View ""Allwd. Relationships: Sampling Procedures/Dynamic Mod. Rule)"" QM QDB3 "Display View ""Allwd. Relationships: Sampling Procedures/Dynamic Mod. Rule)"" QM QDH1 Q-level Evaluation: Select Quality Levels (Edit) QM QDH2 Q-level Evaluation: Select Quality Levels (Display) QM QDL1 Create Quality Level QM QDL2 Change Quality Level QM QDL3 Display Quality Level QM QDP1 Create Sampling Scheme QM QDP2 Change Sampling Scheme QM QDP3 Display Sampling Scheme QM QDR1 Create Dynamic Modification Rule QM QDR2 Change Dynamic Modification Rule QM QDR3 Display Dynamic Modification Rule QM QDR6 Dynamic Modification Rule Where-Used List QM QDR7 Replace Dynamic Modification Rule QM QDV1 Create Sampling Procedure QM QDV2 Change Sampling Procedure QM QDV3 Display Sampling Procedure QM QDV6 Sampling Procedure Where-Used List QM QDV7 Replace Sampling Procedure QM QE00 SAP Easy Access Quality Planning QM QE01 Record Results (Characteristic) QM QE02 Change Results (Characteristic) QM QE03 Display Results (Characteristic) QM
  • 246. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 272 T-Code Description Module QE04 Record Sample Results QM QE05 Change Sample Results QM QE06 Display Sample Results QM QE09 Display Individual Result QM QE11 Record Results for Inspection Point QM QE12 Change Results for Inspection Point QM QE13 Display Results for Inspection Point QM QE14 Record Results for Delivery Note QM QE15 Change Results for Delivery Note QM QE16 Display Results for Delivery Note QM QE17 Record Equipment Results QM QE18 Change Results for Equipment QM QE19 Display results for equipment QM QE20 Record Results for Functional Location QM QE21 Change Results for Functional Location QM QE22 Display Results for Functional Location QM QE23 Record Physical Sample Results QM QE24 Change Physical Sample Results QM QE25 Display Physical Sample Results QM QE51N Results Recording Worklist QM QE52 Results Recording Worklist for Physical Samples QM QE53 Results Recording Worklist for Eqquipment QM QE54 Results Recording Worklist for Functional Locations QM QE71 Selection: Tabular Results Recording for Inspection Points QM QE72 Selection: Tabular Results Recording for Inspection Lots QM QE73 Selection:Tabular Results Recording for a Characteristic QM QEH1 Mobile Results Recording Worklist - Selection QM QEI1 Analyze Application Log QM QEI2 Deleting the Application Log for the QM-IDI Interface QM QF01 Record Defects QM
  • 247. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 273 T-Code Description Module QF02 Change Defects QM QF03 Display Defects QM QF11 Record Defects for Inspection Lot QM QF21 Record Defects for Operation QM QF31 Record Defects for Characteristic QM QG09 Quality control chart QM QGA1 Time Line Representation of Quality Scores QM QGA2 Display Inspection Results QM QGA3 Results Printout QM QGC1 Quality Control Charts for Inspection Lots QM QGC2 Control Charts for Task List Characteristic QM QGC3 Control Charts for a Master Inspection Characteristic QM QGD1 Test Equipment Usage List: Equipment Selection QM QGD2 Test Equipment Tracking QM QGP1 Inspection Results for TList Charac. (History for Inspection Characteristic) QM QGP2 Inspection Results for TList Charac. (Calibration Re- sults History) QM QI01 Create Q-Info Record QM QI02 Change Q-Info Record QM QI03 Display Q-Info Record QM QI04 QM procurement key: material: Variants QM QI05 Mass maintenance QM procurement key QM QI06 QM Releases: Mass maintenance QM QI07 Worklist of Source Inspections QM QI08 Job Overview (Control Keys for Procurement) QM QK01 Create and Assign QM Orders to Materials QM QK02 Overview of QM Order Usage in Material Master QM QK04 Creation of QM Orders QM QK05 Confirmed Activities for the Inspection Lot QM QL11 Send Inspection Setup QM QL21 Send Master Inspection Characteristics QM
  • 248. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 274 T-Code Description Module QL31 Send Inspection Method QM QL41 Send Code Groups QM QM00 SAP Easy Access Quality Notifications QM QM01 Create Notification (Quality) QM QM02 Change Notification (Quality) QM QM03 Display Notification (Quality) QM QM10 Change list of quality notifications: Selection of Notifications QM QM11 Display List of Qual. Notifications: Selection of Notifications QM QM12 Change list of tasks: Selection of Notifications QM QM13 Display list of tasks: Selection of Notifications QM QM14 Change list of items: Selection of Notifications QM QM15 Display list of items: Selection of Notifications QM QM16 Change activity list: Selection of Notifications QM QM17 Display activity list: Selection of Notifications QM QM19 Notification List (Multi-Level): Notification Selection QM QM50 Time line display of quality notifications QM QP01 Create Inspection Plan QM QP02 Change Inspection Plan QM QP03 Display Inspection Plan QM QP05 Print list for task list QM QP06 Missing/Non-unusable Inspection Plans QM QP07 Missing/Unusable Goods Receipt Inspection Plans QM QP08 Print list: Task list for material QM QP11 Create Reference Operation Set QM QP12 Change Reference Operation Set QM QP13 Display Reference Operation Set QM QP48 Number range for physical samples QM QP49 This No. Documents the Withdrawal of Physical Samples QM QP60 Task List Changes QM
  • 249. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 275 T-Code Description Module QP61 Display Change Documents for an Inspection Plan Group QM QP62 Display Change Documents for Reference Operation Set Group QM QPNQ Number Ranges Object Maintenance QM QPR1 Create Physical Sample QM QPR2 Change Physical Sample QM QPR3 Display Physical Sample QM QPR4 Process Physical-Sample Drawing QM QPR5 Create Inspection Lots for Physical Samples QM QPR6 Create New Physical-Sample Drawing with Reference QM QPR7 Storage Data Maintenance QM QPV2 "Change View ""Sample-drawing procedure" ": Overview" QM QPV3 "Display View ""Sample-drawing procedure" ": Overview" QM QS21 Create Master Inspection Characteristic QM QS22 Create Master Insp. Characteristic Version QM QS23 Change Master Insp. Characteristic Version QM QS24 Display Master Insp. Characteristic Version QM QS25 Delete Master Insp. Characteristic Version QM QS26 Master Inspection Charac. Where-Used List QM QS27 Replace Master Inspection Characteristic QM QS28 Display Master Inspection Characteristics QM QS29 Master - inspection characteristics in QSS QM QS31 Create Inspection Method QM QS32 Create Inspection Method Version QM QS33 Change Inspection Method Version QM QS34 Display Inspection Method Version QM QS35 Delete Inspection Method Version QM QS36 Display Inspection Method in Task List QM QS37 Replace Inspection Method in Task List QM
  • 250. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 276 T-Code Description Module QS38 Display Inspection Method List QM QS39 QM test methods QM QS41 Edit Catalog QM QS42 Display Catalog QM QS43 Edit Catalog (Individual Maintenance) QM QS44 Edit Catalog (Group Code) QM QS45 Display Catalog (Group Code) QM QS46 Display Code Group in Task List QM QS47 Replace Code Group in Task List QM QS48 Code groups: Check usage indicator QM QS49 Display Code Group Index QM QS51 Edit Selected Set QM QS52 Display selected sets QM QS58 Selected sets: Check usage indicator QM QS59 Display Selected Set Index QM QS61 Maintain Material Specification QM QS62 Display Material Specification QM QS63 Maintain Material Specification (TLists) QM QS65 Activate Material Specification QM QS66 Activate material spec.: Variants QM QSR6 Delete Task Lists Without Archiving QM QST04 Selection: Display of Packages Used in Inspection Plans QM QST06 Scheduling Overview for Stability Studies (List) QM QST07 Change Testing Schedule Items QM QST08 Display Testing Schedule Items QM QTSA Transfer: Product Allocation Quantities to APO QM QTSP Transfer: Customizing Settings to APO QM QV51 Create QM Control Data in SD QM QV52 Change QM Control Data in SD QM QV53 Display QM Control Data in SD QM QVM1 Inspection Lots Without Inspection Completion QM
  • 251. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 277 T-Code Description Module QVM2 Inspection Lots with Outstanding Quantities QM QVM3 Inspection Lots without Usage Decision QM RSA1 Modeling - DW Workbench BW RSA11 DW Workbench: InfoProvider Tree BW RSA12 DW Workbench: InfoSource Tree BW RSA13 DW Workbench: Source System Tree BW RSA14 DW Workbench: InfoObject Tree BW RSA15 DW Workbench: DataSource Tree BW RSA16 RSA16 - Calling up AWB with Favorites BW RSA17 RSA17 - Call up the AWB Find Option BW RSA18 RSA18 - Calling up the AWB with the Open Hub (Info Spoke) Tree BW RSA2 OLTP Metadata Repository BW RSA3 Extractor Checker BW RSA5 Install Business Content BW RSA6 Maintain DataSources BW RSA7 BW Delta Queue Monitor BW RSA8 DataSource Repository BW RSA9 Transfer Application Components BW RSBBS Maintaining BW Sender-Receiver BW RSCUSTA Maintain BW Settings BW RSCUSTA2 ODS Settings BW RSCUSTV1 "Change View ""BW: Settings for Flat Files"": Details" BW RSCUSTV10 "Change View ""URL Creation by the Server"": De- tails" BW RSCUSTV11 "Change View ""Standard Web Templates"": Details" BW RSCUSTV12 "Change View ""Settings - Microsoft Analysis Services"": Details" BW RSCUSTV13 "Change View ""Drag&Relate Settings"": Details" BW RSCUSTV14 "Change View ""OLAP: Cache Parameters"": Details" BW RSCUSTV15 "Change View ""Web Protocol for BW Reporting URLs Created by Server"" BW
  • 252. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 278 T-Code Description Module RSCUSTV16 "Change View ""Authorization Settings"": Details" BW RSCUSTV17 "Change View ""Settings for Currency Translations" ": Details" BW RSCUSTV18 "Change View ""DB Connect Settings"": Details" BW RSCUSTV19 "Change View ""Settings for InfoSets"": Details" BW RSCUSTV2 "Change View ""BW: Monitor Waiting Time"": Details" BW RSCUSTV3 "Change View ""BW: User in SS for ALE Communica- tion"": Details" BW RSCUSTV4 "Change View ""BEx Values"": Details" BW RSCUSTV5 "Change View ""BW: Currency Conversion for External Systems"": Details" BW RSCUSTV6 "Change View ""BW: Threshold Value for Data Loading"": Details" BW RSCUSTV7 "Change View ""BW: Basic Settings"": Details " BW RSCUSTV8 "Change View ""BW: Parameter for Aggregates (Structure, Change Run)"": Details" BW RSCUSTV9 "Change View ""BW: Posting Mode for Master Data" ": Details" BW RSD1 Characteristic maintenance BW RSD2 Maintenance of key figures BW RSD3 Maintenance of units BW RSD4 Maintenance of time characteristics BW RSD5 Edit InfoObjects: Start BW RSDCUBE Start: InfoCube editing BW RSDCUBED Start: InfoCube editing BW RSDCUBEM Start: InfoCube editing BW RSDDV Maintaining Aggregates/BIA Index BW RSDIOBC Start: InfoObject catalog editing BW RSDIOBCD Start: InfoObject catalog editing BW RSDIOBCM Start: InfoObject catalog editing BW RSDL DB Connect - Test Program BW RSDMD Master Data Maintenance w. Prev. Sel. BW RSDMD_TEST Master Data Test BW
  • 253. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 279 T-Code Description Module RSDMPRO Initial Screen: MultiProvider Proc. BW RSDMPROD Initial Screen: MultiProvider Proc. BW RSDMPROM Initial Screen: MultiProvider Proc. BW RSDMWB Datamining Workbnch BW RSDODS Initial Screen: ODS Object Processng BW RSDS Data Source BW RSECADMIN Management of Analysis Authorizations BW RSIMPCUR Load Exchange Rates from File BW RSINPUT Manual Data Entry BW RSISET Maintain InfoSets BW RSKC Maintaining the Permittd Extra Chars BW RSLGMP Maintain RSLOGSYSMAP BW RSMO Data Load Monitor Start BW RSMON Administration - DW Workbench BW RSOR BW Metadata Repository BW RSORBCT BI Business Content Transfer BW RSORMDR BW Metadata Repository BW RSPC Process Chain Maintenance BW RSPC1 Process Chain Display BW RSPCM Monitor daily process chains BW RSRCACHE OLAP: Cache Monitor BW RSRT Start of the report monitor BW RSRT1 Start of the Report Monitor BW RSRT2 Start of the Report Monitor BW RSRTRACE Set trace configuration BW RSRTRACETEST Trace tool configuration BW RSRV Analysis and Repair of BW Objects BW RWBE Stock Overview IM RZ01 Job Scheduling Monitor SYS RZ03 CCMS Control Panel: Display Server Statuses and Alerts SYS RZ04 CCMS: Maintain Operation Modes and Instances SYS
  • 254. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 280 T-Code Description Module RZ10 Maintain Profile Parameters SYS RZ11 Profile Parameter Maintenance SYS RZ12 CCMS: RFC Server Group Maintenance SYS RZ20 CCMS Monitor Sets - Maintenance functions OFF SYS RZ21 Monitoring: Properties and Methods SYS RZ70 System Landscape Directory: Local Administration SYS S000 SAP Easy Access SYS S001 SAP Easy Access ABAP Workbench SYS S002 SAP Easy Access System Administration SYS SA38 ABAP: Program Execution SYS SAINT Add-On Installation Tool SYS SALE Display ALE Customizing SYS SARA Archive Administration SYS SARI Archive Information System: Central management SYS SARP Report Tree SYS SB01 Internal Application Component Hierarchy Maintenance SYS SBWP SAP Business Workplace SYS SC38 Cross-system Program Execution SYS SCAT Computer Aided Test Tool SYS SCC1 Copy by Transaport Request SYS SCC3 Client Copy/Transport Log Analysis SYS SCC4 Client administration SYS SCC5 Delete Client SYS SCC7 Post-Client Import Methods SYS SCC8 Client Export SYS SCC9 Remote Client Copy SYS SCCL Local Client Copy SYS SCDO Change Document Objects: Overview SYS SCMP View/Table Comparison SYS SCON SAPconnect: Administration (system status) SYS SCU0 Customizing Cross-System Viewer SYS
  • 255. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 281 T-Code Description Module SCU3 Analysis of Changed Customizing Objects and Tables SYS SCUA Display System Landscape SYS SCUG Transfer Users SYS SCUM Central User Administration SYS SD11 Data Modeler SYS SDBE Input SQL statement SYS SE01 Transport Organizer SYS SE03 Transport Organizer Tools SYS SE06 Post-Installation Actions for Transport Organizer SYS SE07 Import Monitor of SE1 SYS SE09 Transport Organizer SYS SE10 Transport Organizer SYS SE11 ABAP Dictionary SYS SE13 Dictionary: Technical Settings SYS SE14 ABAP Dictionary: Database Utility SYS SE15 ABAP/4 Repository Information System SYS SE16 Data Browser SYS SE16N General Table Display SYS SE17 General Table Display SYS SE18 Add-Ins: Definitions BW SE19 Business Add-Ins: Implementations BW SE21 Package Builder BW SE24 Class Builder BW SE30 ABAP Runtime Analysis SYS SE32 ABAP Text Elements Maintenance SYS SE33 Context Builder SYS SE35 Maintain Dialog Modules SYS SE36 Logical Database Builder SYS SE37 Function Builder SYS SE38 ABAP Editor SYS SE39 ABAP Splitscreen Editor SYS
  • 256. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 282 T-Code Description Module SE40 Menu Painter Standards Maintenance SYS SE41 Menu Painter SYS SE43N Area Menu Maintenance SYS SE51 Screen Painter SYS SE54 Generate Table Maintenance Dialog: Initial Table/View Screen SYS SE55 Generate Table Maintenance Dialog: Initial Table/View Screen SYS SE56 Generate Table Maintenance Dialog: Initial Table/View Screen SYS SE57 Generate Table Maintenance Dialog: Initial Table/View Screen SYS SE61 Document Mainentance SYS SE62 Short Text Conversion - Activation SYS SE63 Initial Screen: Standard Translation Environment SYS SE71 Form Painter: Request SYS SE72 Style: Request SYS SE73 SAPscript Font Maintenance SYS SE74 SAPscript format conversion SYS SE75 SAPscript Settings SYS SE76 SAPscript Form Translation SYS SE77 SAPscript Style Conversion SYS SE78 Administration of Form Graphics SYS SE80 Object Navigator SYS SE81 Application Hierarchy: Display SYS SE82 Application Hierarchy: Display SYS SE84 Repository Information System SYS SE85 ABAP/4 Repository Information System SYS SE89 R/3 Repository Information System: Maintain Tree Display SYS SE91 Message Maintenance SYS SE92 System Log Message Maint.: Access SYS SE93 Maintain Transaction SYS
  • 257. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 283 T-Code Description Module SE94 Simulation: Customer enhancement to SE38 SYS SE95 Modification Browser: Object selection SYS SECR Audit Information System SYS SEPS Electronic Parcel Service SYS SERP Report Tree SYS SF01 "Change View ""Logical File Names, Client-Specific" ": Overview" SYS SFAW Field Selection Maintenance SYS SHDB Transaction Recorder: Recording Overview SYS SICF Maintain Services SYS SICK SAP Initial Consistency Check SYS SIN1 Business Workplace SYS SINA Maintain Standard Configurations SYS SLG0 Application Log: Object Maintenance SYS SLG1 Analyze Application Log SYS SLG2 Application log: Delete Expired Logs SYS SLIN ABAP Program Extended Syntax Check SYS SM01 Lock Transactions SYS SM02 System Messages SYS SM04 User List SYS SM12 Display and Delete Locks SYS SM13 Update Requests SYS SM14 Update Program Administration SYS SM21 System Log: Local Analysis SYS SM28 SAP Initial Consistency Check SYS SM29 Tables - Model Transfer SYS SM30 Maintain Table Views SYS SM31 Maintain Table Views SYS SM32 Maintain Table Parameter ID TAB SYS SM33 Display Table Parameter ID TAB SYS SM34 View Cluster Maintenance SYS SM35 Batch Input: Session Overview SYS
  • 258. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 284 T-Code Description Module SM36 Define Background Job SYS SM37 Simple Job Selection SYS SM38 Queue: Initial Screen SYS SM49 External Operating System Commands SYS SM50 Process Overview SYS SM51 List of SAP Systems SYS SM54 Maintain Table TXCOM SYS SM55 THOST Table Maintenance SYS SM56 Number Range Buffer SYS SM58 Transactional RFC SYS SM59 Configuration of RFC Connections SYS SM61 Backgroup control objects monitor SYS SM62 Event History: Overview SYS SM63 Display/Maintain Operation Mode Set SYS SM64 Background Events: Overview and Administration SYS SM65 Analysis Tool - Background Processing (Simple Tests) SYS SM66 Global Work Process Overview SYS SM69 External Operating System Commands SYS SMGW Gateway Monitor SYS SMICM ICM Monitor SYS SMLG CCMS: Maintain Logon Groups SYS SMLT Language Management SYS SMOD SAP Enhancements SYS SMQ1 qRFC Monitor (Outbound Queue) SYS SMQ2 qRFC Monitor (Inbound Queue) SYS SMQR qRFC Monitor (QIN Scheduler) SYS SMT1 Display and Maintain Trusted Systems SYS SMT2 Display and Maintain Trusting Systems SYS SMW0 SAP Web Repository SYS SMX Job Overview SYS SNRO Number Range Object Maintenance SYS
  • 259. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 285 T-Code Description Module SO95 Search Interafce: Request SYS SO99 Find Release Notes SYS SOA0 "Change View ""Workflow Document Types" ": Overview" SYS SOBJ View Cluster Maintenance SYS SOLE "Display View ""Maintenance view for OLE applications"": Overview" SYS SOPE "Change View ""Exclusion of Specific File Extensions"": Overview" SYS SOST SAPconnect : Transmission Requests SYS SP00 SAP Easy Access: Spool and Related Areas SYS SP01 Output controller: Spool request selection screen SYS SP02 Output Controller: List of Spool Requests SYS SP11 TemSe: Request Screen SYS SP12 TemSe - Administration of Temporary Sequential Data SYS SPAD Spool Administration SYS SPAM Support Package Manager SYS SPAU Modification Adjustment: Object Selection SYS SPDD Modification Adjustment Directory: Object Selection SYS SPHA SAPphone Administration SYS SPRO Customizing SYS SQ01 SAP Query: Maintain queries SYS SQ02 SAP Query: Maintain InfoSet SYS SQ07 Language Comparison of SAP Query Objects SYS SQVI QuickViewer SYS SRZL SAP Easy Access Test SYS SSAA R/3 - Administrative Activities SYS SSCA Appointment Calendar: Administration for Authorizations SYS ST01 System Trace SYS ST02 Tune Summary SYS ST03 Workload Monitor SYS
  • 260. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 286 T-Code Description Module ST04 DBA Cockpit: System Configuration Maintenance SYS ST05 Performance Analysis SYS ST06 Local / Operating System Monitor SYS ST07 Application Monitor: user Distribution SYS ST10 Table Call Statistics SYS ST11 Error Log Files (Display Developer Traces) SYS ST12 Single transaction analysis SYS ST14 Application analysis SYS ST22 ABAP Runtime Error SYS ST62 Short Texts Conversion - Preparation SYS STMS Transport Management System SYS STUN SAP Easy Access Performance Monitoring SYS STZAC "Change View ""Customizing time zones"": Details" SYS STZAD "Display View ""Customizing time zones"": Details" SYS SU01 User Maintenance SYS SU01D User Maintenance SYS SU02 Maintain Authorization Profiles SYS SU03 Maintain Authorizations SYS SU05 Maintain Internet Users SYS SU10 User Mass Maintenance SYS SU12 Mass Changes to User Master Records SYS SU20 Maintain Authorization Fields SYS SU21 Maintain Authorization Objects SYS SU22 Auth. Object Usage in Transactions SYS SU24 Auth. Obj. Check Under Transactions SYS SU25 Upgrade Tool for Profile Generator SYS SU26 Upgrade Tool for Profile Generator SYS SU52 Maintain User Profile SYS SU53 Display Authorization Data for User SYS SU56 Analyze User Buffer SYS SUIM User Information System SYS
  • 261. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 287 T-Code Description Module SUPC Roles: Mass generation of profiles SYS SWDC Maintain Administration Data SYS SWI30 Unlock Workflows SYS SWIA Process Work Item as Administrator SYS SWPR Workflow Restart After Error SYS SWU2 Transactional RFC SYS SWWL Delete Work Item SYS SXDA Data Transfer Workbench SYS TBB1 Treasury: Post Flows FI TBB4 Treasury: Accrual/Deferral of Expenses and Revenues FI TBB5 Treasury: Reverse Accrual/Deferral FI TBD6 Datafeed: User Log Display SYS TBI1 Create/Change Payment Details FI TBI5 Create/Change Standing Instructions Corresp. FI TBI5D Standing Instructions Correspondence FI TBI6 Create/Change Transaction Authorization FI TBI7 Create/Change Derived Flows FI TBT1 Create/Change Trans. Authorization for Trader FI TBZ1 Create Correspondence on Basis of Planned Records FI TBZ11 Correspondence Monitor FI TI10 Create Interest Rate Adjustment FI TI11 Change Interest Rate Adjustment FI TI12 Display Interest Rate Adjustment FI TI37 Reverse Interest Rate Adjustment FI TI90 Manua; Posting Release FI TI93 Manual Posting Block FI TJ05 Automatic interest rate adjustment FI TJ09 Update Planned Records FI TK11 Create Condition Records FI TK12 Change Condition Records FI TK13 Display Condition Records FI
  • 262. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 288 T-Code Description Module TK14 Create Condition Records with Reference FI TM_60 Facilities: Lines of Credit and Utilization FI TM_60A Facilities: Lines of Credit, Drawings and Fees FI TM00 Money Market: Collective Processing FI TM1F Deposit at notice fast entry FI TM20 Time Deposit - Fast Processing FI TM21 Deposits at Notice Cash Flow Update FI TM22 Date Check FI TMFM Money Market: Generate the Cash Flow FI TMR1 Money Market: Position List FI TPED Maintain HR Master Data (ESS) HR TPES Display HR Master Data (ESS) HR TPM1 Execute Valuation FI TPM10 Fix.. Post or Reverse Transactions FI TPM12 Subledger Positions FI TPM13 Subledger Cash Flow FI TPM18 Fix and Post Derived Business Transactions FI TPM2 Reverse Valuation FI TPM20 Posting Journal FI TPM26 Position List for Quantity Ledger Positions FI TPM27 Generate Derived Flows FI TPM40 Display Class Cash Flow for Sec. Account FI TPM41 Display Securities Account Position List FI TPM42 Display Class Position List FI TPM44 Treasury Products: Accrual/Deferral of Income FI TPM45 Treasury Products: Reverse Accrual/Deferral of Income FI TPM57A Display Position Indicator FI TPM57C Display Position Indicator FI TS00 Securities: Collective Processing FI TS01 Create Security Transaction FI TS02 Change Security Transaction FI
  • 263. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 289 T-Code Description Module TS03 Execute Security Order FI TS04 Settle Security Contract FI TS07 Reverse Security Transaction FI TS08 History of Security Transaction FI TU02 Parameter Changes in SAPSYSTEM SYS USMM System Measurement SYS V.01 Incomplete SD Documents SD V.02 Incomplete SD Documents (Incomplete Orders) SD V.14 Sales Orders/Contracts Blocked for Delivery SD V.15 Backorders SD V.21 Log of Collective Run SD V.23 Release Sales Orders for Billing SD V/03 Create Condition Table (Pricing Sales/Distribution) SD V/04 Change Condition Table (Pricing Sales/Distribution) SD V/05 Display Condition Table (Pricing Sales/Distribution) SD V/06 "Change View ""Conditions: Condition Types" ": Overview" SD V/07 "Change View ""Access Sequences"": Overview" SD V/08 "Change View ""Procedures"": Overview" SD V/09 "Change View ""Conditions: Types"": Overview" SD V/10 "Change View ""Access Sequences"": Overview" SD V/11 "Change View ""Procedures"": Overview" SD V/12 Create Condition Table (Accnt Determination Sales/ Distribution) SD V/13 Change Condition Table (Accnt Determination Sales/ Distribution) SD V/14 Display Condition Table (Accnt Determination Sales/ Distribution) SD V/LD Execute Pricing Report SD V_NL Create net price list SD V_R2 Rescheduling of sales and stock transfer documents: Evaluation SD V_UC Selection of Incomplete SD Documents SD
  • 264. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 290 T-Code Description Module V_V2 Rescheduling of sales and stock transfer documents: by material SD V-61 Create Customer Discount Condition (K007): Fast Entry SD V-64 Display Customer Discount (K007): Selection SD VA00 SAP Easy Access Sales SD VA01 Create Sales Order SD VA02 Change Sales Order SD VA03 Display Sales Order SD VA05 List of Sales Orders SD VA07 Selection: Comparison of Orders with Purchase Requisitions and POs SD VA08 Adjustment sales-purchasing (selection using organizational data) SD VA11 Create Inquiry SD VA12 Change Inquiry SD VA13 Display Inquiry SD VA14L Sales Documents Blocked for Deliver SD VA15 List of Inquiries SD VA21 Create Quotation SD VA22 Change Quotation SD VA23 Display Quotation SD VA25 List of Quotations SD VA26 List of Quotations (Follow-up Actions) SD VA31 Create Scheduling Agreement SD VA32 Change Scheduling Agreement SD VA33 Display Scheduling Agreement SD VA35 List of Scheduling Agreements SD VA41 Create Contract SD VA42 Change Contract SD VA42W Change Contract SD VA43 Display Contract SD VA44 Actual Overhead: Calculation: Sales Order SD
  • 265. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 291 T-Code Description Module VA45 List of Contracts SD VA46 List of Contracts (Follow-up Actions) SD VA51 Create Item Proposal SD VA52 Change Item Proposal SD VA53 Display Item Proposal SD VA55 List of Item Proposals SD VA88 Actual Settlement: Sales Orders SD VACF Fiscal year close: Carry forward commitment SD VB01 Create Listing/Exclusion SD VB02 Change Listing/Exclusion SD VB03 Display Listing/Exclusion SD VB11 Create Material Determination SD VB12 Change Material Determination SD VB13 Display Material Determination SD VB21 Create Sales Deal SD VB22 Change Sales Deal SD VB23 Display Sales Deal SD VB25 List of Sales Deals SD VB31 Create Promotion SD VB32 Change Promotion SD VB33 Display Promotion SD VB35 Promotions List SD VB41 Create cross-selling SD VB42 Change cross-selling SD VB43 Display cross-selling SD VBG1 Create Material Grouping SD VBG2 Change Material Grouping SD VBG3 Display Material Grouping SD VBK0 SAP Easy Access Material Grouping/Bonus Buy SD VBK1 Create bonus buy SD VBK2 Change bonus buy SD
  • 266. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 292 T-Code Description Module VBK3 Display bonus buy SD VBN1 Create free goods determination SD VBN2 Change free goods determination SD VBN3 Display free goods determination SD VBO1 Create Rebate Agreement SD VBO2 Change Rebate Agreement SD VBO3 Display Rebate Agreement SD VBOF Update Billing Documents SD VC/2 Sales Summary SD VC00 SAP Easy Access Sales Support SD VC01 Create Sales Activity SD VC02 Change Sales Activity SD VC03 Display Sales Activity SD VCC1 Payment Cards: Worklist SD VD01 Customer Create (Sales) SD VD02 Customer Change (Sales) SD VD03 Customer Display (Sales) SD VD04 Customer Account Changes SD VD05 Customer Block/Unblock SD VD06 Customer Flag for Deletion SD VD51 Create Customer-Material Info Record SD VD52 Selection of Customer-Material Info Records (Change) SD VD53 Selection of Customer-Material Info Records (Display) SD VD59 List customer-material-info SD VDH2 Display customer hierarchy SD VF00 SAP Easy Access Billing SD VF01 Create Billing Document SD VF02 Change Billing Document SD VF03 Display Billing Document SD VF04 Maintain Billing Due List SD VF05 List of Billing Documents SD
  • 267. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 293 T-Code Description Module VF11 Cancel Billing Document SD VF21 Create Invoice List SD VF22 Change invoice list SD VF23 Display Invoice List SD VF25 List of Invoice Lists SD VF26 Cancel Invoice List SD VF31 Output from Billing SD VFRB Retro-billing SD VFX3 Release Billing Documents for Accounting SD VG01 Create Group SD VG02 Change Group SD VG03 Display Group SD VGK1 Create Group: Documents by Group SD VGK2 Change Group SD VGK3 Display Group SD VGM1 Create Group: Documents by Group SD VI01 Create Shipment Costs SD VI02 Change Shipment Costs SD VI03 Display freight costs SD VI04 Shipment List: Create shipment costs SD VI05 List Shipment Costs: Change Worklist SD VI11 List Shipment Costs: Calculation SD VI12 List Shipment Costs: Settlement SD VI16 Logs in the application log SD VK11 Create Condition Records SD VK12 Change Condition Records SD VK13 Display Condition Records SD VK14 Create Condition Records with Reference SD VKM1 Blocked SD Documents SD VKM2 Released SD Documents SD VKM3 Sales Document SD
  • 268. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 294 T-Code Description Module VKM4 SD Documents SD VKM5 Deliveries SD VKP0 SAP Easy Access Pricing SD VKP1 Change Price Calculation SD VKP5 Create Price Calculation SD VL00 SAP Easy Access Shipping SD VL01N Create Outbound Delivery with Order Reference SD VL01NO Create Outbound Delivery without Order Reference SD VL02N Change Outbound Delivery SD VL03N Display Outbound Delivery SD VL04 Sales Orders/Purchase Orders Worklist: Selection SD VL06 Delivery Monitor SD VL06C Outbound Deliveries for Confirmation SD VL06D Outbound Deliveries for Distribution SD VL06F General Delivery List - Outbound Deliveries SD VL06G Oubound Deliveries for Goods Issue SD VL06I Inbound Delivery Monitor SD VL06IC Inbound Deliveries for Confirmation SD VL06ID Inbound Deliveries for Distribution SD VL06IF List of Inbound Deliveries SD VL06IG Inbound Deliveries for Goods Receipt SD VL06IP Inbound Deliveries for Putaway SD VL06L Outbound Deliveries for Loading SD VL06O Outbound Delivery Monitor SD VL06P Outbound Deliveries for Picking SD VL06T Outbound Deliveries for Transportation Planning SD VL06U Unchecked Outbound Deliveries SD VL08 Report Results of Pick Order SD VL09 Reverse Goods Movement SD VL10 Sales Orders, Fast Display SD VL10A Sales Orders, Fast Display SD
  • 269. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 295 T-Code Description Module VL10B Purchase Orders, Fast Display SD VL10H Sales Order and Purchase Order Items SD VL10I Sales and Purch. Order Item Sched. Lines SD VL21 Create Background Jobs for Goods Issue Posting SD VL22 Display change documents of delivery SD VL23N Scheduling reports for background processing SD VL30 SAP Easy Access Inbound Delivery SD VL31N Create Inbound Delivery SD VL32N Change Inbound Delivery SD VL33N Display Inbound Delivery SD VL34 Generation of Inbound Deliveries SD VL35 Create Picking Waves According to Delivery Compare Times SD VL35_S Create Pick. Waves Acc. To Shpmnts SD VL36 Change Wave Picks SD VL37 Wave Pick Monitor SD VL41 Create Rough Goods Receipt SD VL42 Change Rough GR SD VL43 Display Rough GR SD VLSP Subsequent Outbound-Delivery Split SD VM01 Create hazardous material SD VM02 Change hazardous material SD VM03 Display hazardous material SD VRRE Create Returns Delivery for Repair Order SD VS00 SAP Easy Access Sales Master Data SD VS01 Create scale SD VS02 Change scale SD VS03 Display scale SD VS04 Create scale with reference SD VS05 List Scales SD VS06 List Scales (Shipment Cost) SD
  • 270. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 296 T-Code Description Module VSB1 Inbound Monitor: SD Self-Billing Procedure, Status Window SD VT00 SAP Easy Access Transportation SD VT01N Create Shipment SD VT02N Change Shipment SD VT03N Display Shipment SD VT04 Create shipments in collective proc. SD VT05 Logs in the application log SD VT06 Shipment List: Colelctive change shpmt SD VT11 Shipment List: Planning SD VT12 Shipment List: Shipment Completion SD VT16 Shipment List: Check-in SD VT20 Overall Shipment Status Monitor SD VT22 Selection Screen: Change Document Shipment SD VT32 Selection Criteria for Forwarding Agent SD VT70 Messages for Shipments SD VV21 Create Output - Condition Records: Shipping SD VV22 Change Output - Condition Records: Shipping SD VV23 Display Output - Condition Records: Shipping SD VV31 Create Output - Condition Records: Billing SD VV32 Change Output - Condition Records: Billing SD VV33 Display Output - Condition Records: Billing SD VV51 Create Output - Condition Records: Sales activities SD VV52 Change Output - Condition Records: Sales activities SD VV53 Display Output - Condition Records: Sales activities SD VV61 Create Output - Condition Records: Handling Units SD VV62 Change Output - Condition Records: Handling Units SD VV63 Display Output - Condition Records: Handling Units SD VV71 Create Output - Condition Records: Transport SD VV72 Change Output - Condition Records: Transport SD VV73 Display Output - Condition Records: Transport SD VVG1 Create Output - Condition Records: Groups SD
  • 271. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 297 T-Code Description Module VVG2 Change Output - Condition Records: Groups SD VVG3 Display Output - Condition Records: Groups SD VX00 SAP Easy Access Foreign Trade / Customs SD VX01N License Create SD VX01X License Create SD VX02N License Change SD VX02X License Change SD VX03N License Display SD VX03X License Display SD VX0C SAP Easy Access Foreign Trade SD W10M SAP Easy Access Retailing SD WA01 Create Allocation Table SD WA02 Change Allocation Table SD WA03 Display Allocation Table SD WA04 Edit allocation table, reply SD WA08 Follow-on Document Generation Allocation Table SD WA11 Allocation Table: Message Bundling / Notification Creation SD WA21 Allocation Rule Create SD WA22 Allocation Rule Change SD WA23 Allocation Rule Display SD WAK0 SAP Easy Access Promotion SD WAK1 Create promotion SD WAK11 Promotion - display for plant SD WAK12 Maintain promotion items SD WAK14 Promotions for a material SD WAK15 Promotions for a plant SD WAK2 Change promotion SD WAK3 Display promotion SD WAK4 Delete promotion SD WAK5 Promo. Subsequent processing SD WAP1 Appointments: Process Worklist SD
  • 272. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 298 T-Code Description Module WAP2 Appointments: Change SD WAP3 Appointments: Display SD WAP4 Appointments: Overview SD WAP5 Appointment: Change SD WB00 SAP Easy Access Subseq. Settlement, Purchasing - Vendor Rebate Arrang SD WB01 Plant Create SD WB02 Plant Change SD WB03 Plant Display SD WB20 SAP Easy Access SAP Global Trade Management SD WB21 Trading Contract Create SD WB22 Trading Contract Change SD WB23 Trading Contract Display SD WB24 Trading Contract: General Document Overview SD WB25 Trading Contract: General Document Overview SD WB26 Trading Contract: Document Flow SD WB27 Trading Contract: Document Flow SD WB28 Trading contract: Display change documents SD WB2R Global Trade General Control Parameters SD WB60 Create Promotions SD WB61 Change Promotions SD WB62 Display Promotions SD WB63 Delete Promotions SD WB66 Plants in a Class - Maintain Assignment SD WC23 Logistics Invoice Verification - Verification in Background MM WDBI Assortment List: Initialization and Full Version SD WDBM Assortment List.: Manual Request SD WDIS SAP Easy Access Materials Requirements Planning SD WDRD1 Determine Delivery Relationship SD WDRD2 Change Delivery Relationship SD WDRD3 Display Delivery Relationship SD WDRD4 Delete Delivery Relationship SD
  • 273. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 299 T-Code Description Module WE02 IDoc List SYS WE05 IDoc List SYS WE06 Active IDoc Monitoring SYS WE07 IDoc Statistics SYS WE08 "Display View ""File Status: Overview" SYS WE09 IDoc Search for Business Content SYS WE10 IDoc Search for Business Content SYS WE11 Delete IDocs SYS WE12 Modification of Outbound File Triggering Inbound Procg SYS WE14 Process All Selected IDocs (EDI) SYS WE15 Selection Program for Issuing Output SYS WE16 Trigger inbound processing SYS WE17 Trigger status processing SYS WE18 Generate test status file for outbound IDocs SYS WE19 Test tool for IDOC processing SYS WE20 Partner profiles SYS WE21 Ports in IDoc processing SYS WE23 Display Test Catalog Test IDoc Interface SYS WE46 Settings: Error and Status Processing SYS WEDI SAP Easy Access IDoc and EDI Basis SYS WEKF SAP Easy Access Purchase Order SD WF10 Create Collective Purchase Order: Selection and Control Parameters MM WF30 Merchandise Distribution: Monitor SD WF40 Delete distribution SD WF50 Adjust Distribution: Selection SD WF60 Create Outbound Deliveries for Merchandise Distribution SD WF70 Create distribution orders - selection SD WFRE Distribution of Returns Among Backorders SD WKK1 Create Market-Basket Price Calculation SD WL00 SAP Easy Access Vendor FI WLCN Delete All Listing Conditions From Layout Module SD
  • 274. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 300 T-Code Description Module WLWB Space Management: Layout Workbench SD WMB1 Create Price Entry SD WMB2 Change Price Entry SD WMB3 Display Price Entry SD WMBE Stock Overview: Value-only Material SD WPCA Payment Cards: Execute Settlement FI WPER POS Interface Monitor SD WPLG Space Management: Display Materials in Layout Module SD WPMA Direct requrest for POS outbound SD WPMI POS Outbound: Initialization SD WPMU POS Interface - Outbound: Change Message SD WPUF POS Simulation: Accounting Documents - Items SD WPUK POS Simulation: Selection SD WPUS Simulation: Inbound Processing SD WPUW Goods Movements SD WSE4 Material Discontinuation (Material/Plant Discontinuation) SD WSK1 Assortment Copy Assortment SD WSL0 Material Groups - Material - Assortments Consistency Check SD WSL1 Listing Conditions SD WSL11 Evaluation of Listing Conditions SD WSL5 Modules in Assortment SD WSL7 Material List of a Vendor for Assortment SD WSM4A Automatic Relisting Via Changes to Assortment Master Data SD WSM8 Reorganize Listing Conditions By Material Group SD WSM9 Deletion of Obsolete Listing Conditions SD WSO1 Assortment Module Create SD WSO5 Assortment Module assignment to Assortment: Maintn SD WSO7 Assortment Module assignment to Assortment: Display SD WSOA1 Create Assortment SD
  • 275. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 301 T-Code Description Module WSOA2 Change Assortment SD WSOA3 Display Assortment SD WSP4 Create Individual Listing Material/Assortment SD WSP5 Change Individual Listing Material/Assortment SD WSP6 Delete Individual Listing Material/Assortment SD WSPL Display/edit material master segments that cannot be generated SD WVA1 Create Planned mark-up SD WVA2 Change Planned mark-up SD WVA3 Display Planned mark-up SD WVA7 Display Planned markup (Price list) SD WVFB Simulation Store Orders: Header Data Selection SD WVFD Send physical inventory document SD WVFI Simulation: Store Physical Inventory/Sales Price Change SD WVM2 Transfer of Stock and Sales Data SD WVN0 Pricing Worklist: Generate SD WVN1 Release Worklist for Material SD WWM1 Create Product Catalog SD WWM2 Change Product Catalog SD WWM3 Display Product Catalog SD WWM4 Copy Product Catalog SD WWM5 Delete Product Catalog SD WWP1 Planning Workbench (Online Planning) PP WWP3 Planning Workbench (Order Cancellation) PP XD01 Customer Create FI XD02 Customer Change FI XD03 Customer Display FI XD04 Customer Account Changes FI XD05 Customer Block/Unblock FI XD06 Customer Flag for Deletion FI XD07 Change Account Group FI
  • 276. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 302 T-Code Description Module XD99 Mass Maintenance: Customers FI XDN1 Customer Number Ranges FI XEIP Number Range for Export/Import FI XK01 Create Vendor FI XK02 Change Vendor FI XK03 Display Vendor FI XK04 Vendor Account Changes FI XK05 Block/Unblock Vendor FI XK06 Flag for Deletion Vendor FI XK07 Change Account Group FI XK99 Mass Maintenance: Vendors FI
  • 278. 305 Executing a transaction code using the shortcut method The most commonly used method for executing an SAP trans- action code, without navigating via the menu tree, is described below: • Launch SAP The SAP Easy Access window, Figure 1, will be displayed. Figure 1
  • 279. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 306 Notice the small box, known as the Command field, in the up- per left-hand corner of Figure 1. • Type in the transaction code in the Figure 1 Command field Figure 2 shows the transaction code, ME21N, which has been typed in. Figure 2 • Hit the Enter key This will execute the transaction code and, in this case, the Create Purchase Order, window is displayed (Figure 3).
  • 281. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 308 Executing a transaction code using the menu tree Some users prefer to use the menu tree for navigating to and displaying the transaction code. The following procedure demonstrates how to execute a transaction code using the ap- plicable menu tree. • Launch SAP After the SAP Easy Access window is displayed (Figure 1), drill-down the menu tree by clicking on the appropriate items, step-by-step, till the desired transaction code is displayed. In this example, as shown on Figure 4, the following drill-down path is used: SAP Menu > Logistics > Materials Management > Purchasing > Pur- chase Order > Create > ME21N –Vendor/Supplying Plant Known Figure 4
  • 282. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 309 • Double-click on the desired item, after it is displayed, to execute the transaction code (ME21N, in this case)
  • 283. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 310 Determining the menu tree for a transaction code The following procedure demonstrates how to determine and display the menu tree for a particular transaction code. • Type Search_SAP_Menu in the Command field (as shown on Figure 5) Figure 5 • Hit the Enter key This will launch a pop-up box, as shown on Figure 6. Figure 6 • Type in the transaction code for which the menu tree is to be determined (ME21N), as shown on Figure 7
  • 284. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 311 Figure 7 • Hit the Enter key This will cause the appropriate menu tree to be displayed, for ME21N in this case, as shown on Figure 8. Figure 8
  • 285. SAP TRANSACTION CODES 312 It should be noted that multiple menu tree paths can be used to navigate to a transaction code. Figure 8 displays four differ- ent paths that can be used to navigate to the ME21N transact- ion code.